SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORP
S-1/A, 1999-12-30
BUSINESS SERVICES, NEC
Previous: AMERICAN GENERAL SERIES PORTFOLIO CO 2, NSAR-B, 1999-12-30
Next: INTERWORLD CORP, DEFS14A, 1999-12-30



   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 30, 1999
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-90881
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              ------------------
                                AMENDMENT NO. 3
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              ------------------
                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                              <C>
                DELAWARE                          6719                       43-1809960
  (State or other jurisdiction of     (Primary Standard Industrial        (I.R.S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)       Classification Code Number)     Identification Number)

</TABLE>

                              ------------------
                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                          12007 SUNRISE VALLEY DRIVE
                               RESTON, VA 20191
                                 (703) 453-7500
       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,  including area code,
              of registrant's principal executive offices)
                              ------------------

                            STEVEN M. GALLANT, ESQ.
                 VICE PRESIDENT, GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY
                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                          12007 SUNRISE VALLEY DRIVE
                               RESTON, VA 20191
                                (703) 453-7500
(Name,  address,  including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)

                              ------------------
                                  Copies to:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
CHRISTINE M. PALLARES, ESQ.                            ANDREW R. SCHLEIDER, ESQ.
   HOGAN & HARTSON L.L.P.                                 SHEARMAN & STERLING
      885 THIRD AVENUE                                    599 LEXINGTON AVENUE
      NEW YORK, NY 10022                                   NEW YORK, NY 10022
         (212) 409-9800                                      (212) 848-4000
</TABLE>

                              ------------------
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
     If this form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration  statement number of the earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
     If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]
     If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]
     If  delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
<PAGE>


                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF         AMOUNT TO BE           PROPOSED MAXIMUM            PROPOSED MAXIMUM            AMOUNT OF
  SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED     REGISTERED(1)     OFFERING PRICE PER SHARE(2)   AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE   REGISTRATION FEE(3)
<S>                            <C>                            <C>                      <C>                        <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par value.. 14,680,850 shares              $ 25.00                   $367,021,250               $97,944
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) The amount of the securities  registered  includes any securities  which the
    underwriters have options of purchasing to cover over-allotments.


(2) Estimated  solely  for the  purpose  of  determining  the  registration  fee
    pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.


(3) Includes  $77,094  paid  herewith  in  connection  with an  increase  in the
    proposed  maximum  aggregate  offering price.  Also includes $20,850 paid on
    November 12, 1999.

                              ------------------
     THE  REGISTRANT  HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES  AS  MAY  BE  NECESSARY  TO  DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL  FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL  THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                                EXPLANATORY NOTE

     THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT CONTAINS TWO FORMS OF PROSPECTUSES,  ONE TO BE
USED IN CONNECTION WITH AN UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING IN THE UNITED STATES AND
CANADA AND ONE TO BE USED IN A CONCURRENT  UNDERWRITTEN  PUBLIC OFFERING OUTSIDE
THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA.  THE TWO PROSPECTUSES ARE IDENTICAL EXCEPT FOR THE
FRONT AND BACK COVER PAGES AND THE SECTION ENTITLED  "UNDERWRITING." THE FORM OF
U.S.  PROSPECTUS IS INCLUDED IN THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT AND IS FOLLOWED BY
THE  ALTERNATE  PAGES TO BE USED IN THE  INTERNATIONAL  PROSPECTUS.  EACH OF THE
ALTERNATE PAGES FOR THE INTERNATIONAL  PROSPECTUS  INCLUDED IN THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT IS LABELED "INTERNATIONAL  PROSPECTUS--ALTERNATE PAGE." FINAL FORMS OF
EACH PROSPECTUS WILL BE FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION UNDER
RULE 424(B) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

<PAGE>


                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                 PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED DECEMBER 30, 1999


P R O S P E C T U S
- -------------------


                               10,212,766 SHARES



                                     [LOGO]


                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                                  COMMON STOCK

                                ---------------

     This  is  SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation's  initial public offering of
common  stock.  SAVVIS  Communications Corporation is selling all of the shares.
The  U.S. underwriters are offering 10,212,766 shares in the U.S. and Canada and
the  international  managers  are offering 2,553,191 shares outside the U.S. and
Canada.

     We expect the  public  offering  price to be between  $22.00 and $25.00 per
share.  Currently,  no public market exists for the shares. After pricing of the
offering, we expect that the shares will be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market
System under the symbol "SVVS."

     INVESTING  IN THE COMMON  STOCK  INVOLVES  RISKS THAT ARE  DESCRIBED IN THE
"RISK FACTORS" SECTION BEGINNING ON PAGE 10 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
                                ---------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PER SHARE   TOTAL
                                                     ----------- ------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>
      Public offering price ........................ $           $
      Underwriting discount ........................ $           $
      Proceeds, before expenses, to SAVVIS ......... $           $
</TABLE>


     The U.S.  underwriters  may also  purchase  up to an  additional  1,531,915
shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting  discount,  within 30
days  from  the  date  of  this   prospectus  to  cover   over-allotments.   The
international  managers  may  similarly  purchase  up to an  additional  382,978
shares.

     Neither the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  nor any state  securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this
prospectus  is truthful or  complete.  Any  representation  to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

     The shares will be ready for delivery on or about , 2000.

                                ---------------
                          Joint Book-Running Managers



MERRILL LYNCH & CO.                                  MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
                                ---------------
                            BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

                                ---------------
                   The date of this prospectus is      , 2000

The  information in this  prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may
not sell  these  securities  until the  registration  statement  filed  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer
to  sell  these  securities  and it is not  soliciting  an  offer  to buy  these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

<PAGE>
(MAP  OF  THE WORLD SHOWS LOCATIONS OF SAVVIS' PRIVATENAPSM, ATM SWITCHES, FRAME
               RELAY SWITCHES, CAPACITY AND POINTS OF PRESENCE)












                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             PAGE
                                                                                           --------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
Prospectus Summary .....................................................................       3
Risk Factors ...........................................................................      10
Forward-Looking Statements .............................................................      22
Use of Proceeds ........................................................................      23
Dividend Policy ........................................................................      23
Capitalization .........................................................................      24
Dilution ...............................................................................      25
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements ..................................      26
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data ........................................      31
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ..      33
Business ...............................................................................      42
Management .............................................................................      64
Transactions with Affiliates ...........................................................      73
Principal Stockholders .................................................................      74
Description of Capital Stock ...........................................................      77
Shares Available for Future Sale .......................................................      80
United States Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock .....................      81
Underwriting ...........................................................................      84
Validity of the Shares .................................................................      87
Experts ................................................................................      87
Change in Certifying Accountants .......................................................      87
Where You May Find Additional Information ..............................................      88
Index to Financial Statements ..........................................................      F-1
</TABLE>


                             ---------------------

     YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS.  WE
HAVE NOT, AND THE UNDERWRITERS HAVE NOT,  AUTHORIZED ANY OTHER PERSON TO PROVIDE
YOU  WITH  DIFFERENT   INFORMATION.   IF  ANYONE  PROVIDES  YOU  WITH  DIFFERENT
INFORMATION,  YOU SHOULD NOT RELY ON IT. WE ARE NOT,  AND THE  UNDERWRITERS  ARE
NOT,  MAKING AN OFFER TO SELL THESE  SECURITIES  IN ANY  JURISDICTION  WHERE THE
OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED. YOU SHOULD ASSUME THAT THE INFORMATION APPEARING
IN THIS  PROSPECTUS  IS ACCURATE  ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON THE FRONT COVER OF THIS
PROSPECTUS.  OUR  BUSINESS,  FINANCIAL  CONDITION,  RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS  AND
PROSPECTS MAY HAVE CHANGED SINCE THAT DATE.


     MARKET DATA AND SEVERAL INDUSTRY  FORECASTS USED THROUGHOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
WERE OBTAINED FROM MARKET RESEARCH,  PUBLICLY AVAILABLE INFORMATION AND INDUSTRY
PUBLICATIONS.   INDUSTRY  PUBLICATIONS  GENERALLY  STATE  THAT  THE  INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN THOSE  PUBLICATIONS  HAS BEEN OBTAINED FROM SOURCES  BELIEVED TO BE
RELIABLE,  BUT THAT THE ACCURACY AND  COMPLETENESS  OF THAT  INFORMATION  IS NOT
GUARANTEED.
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  information  below  is only a  summary  of more  detailed  information
included in other sections of this prospectus.  This summary may not contain all
the  information  that is  important to you or that you should  consider  before
buying shares in the offering.  The other  information  is important,  so please
read this entire prospectus carefully.



     The terms "SAVVIS,"  "we," "us" and "our" as used in this prospectus  refer
to SAVVIS Communications  Corporation,  a Delaware corporation,  formerly SAVVIS
Holdings  Corporation,  and its subsidiaries,  except where by the context it is
clear that such terms mean only SAVVIS Communications Corporation.

     Unless otherwise indicated,  all information in this prospectus assumes the
underwriters  do not  exercise  their  over-allotment  option and  reflects  the
72,000-for-1  stock  split of our  outstanding  common  stock on July 22,  1999.
Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus about our network
assumes that the  transfer of the network  assets from Bridge to SAVVIS has been
completed.  This offering is  conditioned  on the transfer of the Bridge network
assets to us and the execution of the network services and related agreements.

                                     SAVVIS





OUR BUSINESS

     We are a rapidly growing provider of high quality,  high performance global
data networking and  Internet-related  services to medium and large  businesses,
multinational  corporations and Internet service  providers.  We currently offer
the following services:

   o  MANAGED DATA NETWORKING  SERVICES that provide  secure,  high quality data
      communication   links   over  our   network   to   connect  a   customer's
      geographically  dispersed offices, known as intranets,  or to connect with
      its customers and suppliers, known as extranets.

   o  HIGH BANDWIDTH  INTERNET ACCESS SERVICES  including  dedicated  access and
      digital  subscriber  line,  commonly  known as DSL,  services and Internet
      security  services  which  connect our customers to the Internet at speeds
      ranging from 128 kilobits to 155 megabits per second.

   o  COLOCATION   SERVICES   that   allow  our   customers   to  locate   their
      mission-critical content and networking hardware in our data centers which
      provide a highly secure, fault tolerant environment.

     Simultaneously  with the  closing of this  offering,  we will  acquire  the
Internet  protocol network assets of Bridge and the employees of Bridge who have
operated that network.  This transfer will significantly expand our managed data
networking  services,  which we  began  offering  in  September  1999.  Upon the
transfer  of  the  Bridge  network  to us and  pursuant  to a  network  services
agreement between Bridge and us, Bridge will use the SAVVIS ProActiveSM  Network
to deliver Bridge content and applications to over 4,500 financial  institutions
that are Bridge customers, including 75 of the top 100 banks in the world and 45
of the top 50  brokerage  firms  in the  United  States.  We  currently  provide
Internet  access services  directly to  approximately  800 customers,  including
eBay, Inc., Adforce, Inc. and Charter Communications International.



THE SAVVIS PROACTIVE(SM) NETWORK



     The SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network was created  through the  combination,  in
September  1999,  of the  Bridge  network,  which  was  constructed  to meet the
exacting  requirements of the financial  services  industry  worldwide,  and the
SAVVIS network, which was constructed to provide high quality Internet access in
the United States.  Both of these networks have been operational  since 1996 and
we refer to the combined network as the "SAVVIS ProActiveSM Network."

                                       3

<PAGE>



    The SAVVIS ProActiveSM  Network  interconnects over 6,000 buildings in 83 of
the world's major commercial centers in 43 countries.  Our network  architecture
is based on asynchronous  transfer mode,  commonly known as ATM, frame relay and
Internet protocol technologies. Additionally, our 83 city global system connects
to eight private Internet access points,  which we call  PrivateNAPs(SM),  where
our network connects to a number of Internet service providers, including Sprint
Corporation, Cable & Wireless plc and UUNET, a MCI Worldcom company.

     These  PrivateNAPsSM,  which will be expanded to 12 by March 2000,  use our
proprietary  routing  policies to reduce data loss and  enhance  performance  by
avoiding the congested  public  access  points on the  Internet.  We measure the
performance of our access  services using data loss and  transmission  delay, or
latency,  measurements. The high performance of our Internet access services has
been  verified  by data  collected  by Keynote  Systems,  Inc.,  an  independent
research  firm,  in which we have  consistently  rated  among  the top  Internet
backbone  providers in terms of  performance  as measured by mean download times
throughout 1999.

RELATIONSHIP WITH BRIDGE

     In April 1999, we were acquired by Bridge.  Bridge is a global  provider of
high quality, real-time and historical financial information, including coverage
of equities,  fixed income, foreign exchange and commodities,  which it delivers
to an estimated  250,000 trading  terminals  around the globe as of December 30,
1999. Bridge owned  approximately  72% of our outstanding  common stock prior to
this  offering.  Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe,  a private  equity fund with
extensive  experience in the communications and information  services industries
owned  approximately  41% of  Bridge's  outstanding  voting  stock prior to this
offering.

     Over the last four years, Bridge constructed a sophisticated  network based
on  Internet  protocol  and ATM  technologies  to  service  some of the  largest
financial institutions and institutional investors in the world. These financial
market  participants  rely on information  received  continuously from Bridge to
make trading and investment  decisions  throughout the business day. Bridge must
deliver this information instantaneously and reliably. Accordingly, Bridge built
a highly  redundant,  fault tolerant  network to deliver high volume,  real-time
financial data and news around the globe.

     Since  January  1996,  Bridge has  converted a  substantial  portion of its
customers from less technologically  advanced protocols to its Internet protocol
network.  As of December 30, 1999,  Bridge's Internet protocol network served an
estimated  115,000  terminals.  Bridge has advised us that it intends to convert
the remaining 135,000 terminals on its network to the SAVVIS ProActiveSM Network
over the next three years. As of December 30, 1999, Bridge's proprietary network
monitoring  and customer  support  systems  managed over 10,000 routers and over
11,000 servers.  Additionally,  Bridge has a highly experienced group of network
engineers,  technical support representatives and customer call center personnel
to support their services and has agreed to make their services available to us.

     Acquisition  of  Bridge's  Network  Assets and  Ongoing  Relationship  with
Bridge.  Simultaneously  with the  closing  of this  offering,  we will  acquire
Bridge's  Internet  protocol  network  assets  and the  employees  of Bridge who
operate them,  and we will enter into a network  services  agreement with Bridge
that commits  Bridge to purchase at least $ million of network  services from us
in 2000. This amount will increase by 10% in each of 2001 and 2002.  Thereafter,
Bridge will be required to purchase at least 80% of their  network  requirements
from us,  declining to 60% in 2006 through the end of the  agreement in 2010. We
have  instituted a lead referral  program for Bridge's  approximately  500 sales
representatives  worldwide  to  generate  sales leads for us. We will also enter
into a number of other agreements with Bridge under which Bridge will transfer a
number  of highly  skilled  people to us and we will  purchase  various  support
services from it.

                                       4


<PAGE>

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS



     Our  target  customers  are  businesses  that are  intensive  users of data
communications and require high quality service for their global data networking
and Internet  needs.  We believe our  competitive  strengths in servicing  these
customers include:

     o large number of sophisticated users already connected to our network;

     o unique network engineered for real-time performance;

     o global network presence;

     o single source service offering; and

     o world-class service through proprietary systems.


BUSINESS STRATEGY



     Our objective is to tap the rapidly growing market for reliable, high speed
data  communications  and  Internet  services.  Key  elements of our strategy to
achieve this objective, include:

     o provide a single source for managed data network services and high
quality Internet services;

     o capitalize on Bridge's relationships to penetrate its customer base;

     o target   potential  customers  in  buildings  already  connected  to  our
network;

     o expand our network and PrivateNAPSM infrastructure;

     o grow domestic and international distribution channels;


     o provide enabling infrastructure for e-commerce services; and

     o develop and market new services.



RISK FACTORS

     You should consider  carefully the following risk factors,  the information
contained in "Risk Factors" and the other  information in this prospectus before
deciding to invest in our common stock:

   o  A significant portion of our revenues is expected to come from Bridge, and
      the loss of Bridge as a  customer  or reduced  demand  from  Bridge  would
      materially affect our business;

   o If  Bridge  is  unable  to meet its financial commitments to us, we will be
      adversely affected;

   o  Our limited  operating  history,  and the fact that we only recently began
      offering data networking and colocation  services,  makes it difficult for
      you to evaluate our performance;

   o Our  historical  financial information will not be comparable to our future
      financial performance; and

   o  We expect to continue to incur substantial  losses and negative  operating
      cash flow. We incurred losses of approximately $2.2 million, $14.5 million
      and $21.7 million in 1996, 1997 and 1998,  respectively,  and had negative
      cash flows from operating  activities for each of these years. We also had
      losses of  approximately  $29.2  million,  and  negative  cash  flows from
      operating activities of approximately $16.1 million, in the first nine



                                       5

<PAGE>



      months of 1999.  We expect to incur  significant  net losses and  negative
      cash flow from operating activities at least through 2002. As of September
      30, 1999, our accumulated deficit was approximately  $22.6 million,  which
      reflects our losses since Bridge acquired our company on April 7, 1999.

     Our principal  executive  office is located at 12007 Sunrise  Valley Drive,
Reston, Virginia 20191, and our telephone number is (703) 453-7500.



                                       6

<PAGE>

                                 THE OFFERING


Common stock offered:

U.S. offering............   10,212,766 shares

International offering...   2,553,191 shares

  Total..................   12,765,957 shares

Common stock to be
 outstanding after
 this offering...........   87,769,782 shares.

Over-allotment option....   1,914,893 shares.

Use  of proceeds.........   We will receive net proceeds  from this  offering of
                            approximately  $279.3 million,  assuming a per share
                            price of $23.50. We intend to use these net proceeds
                            to pay a  portion  of the  purchase  price  for  the
                            Bridge  network  assets,  for  capital  expenditures
                            relating  to our  network  expansion,  and for other
                            general corporate purposes.

Dividend  policy.........   We do not  intend  to pay  dividends  on our  common
                            stock for the foreseeable  future. We plan to retain
                            any  earnings  for  use  in  the  operation  of  our
                            business and to fund future growth.

Nasdaq National Market
 Symbol..................   "SVVS"

     This  information is based on our shares  outstanding on December 22, 1999.
This information  excludes  3,495,736 shares of common stock underlying  options
granted  under our stock option plans  outstanding  as of December 22, 1999 at a
weighted average exercise price of $.50 per share.


                                       7
<PAGE>

                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA


     We derived the summary  historical  consolidated  financial  data presented
below as of and for each of the three years ended  December 31,  1996,  1997 and
1998 from our audited consolidated financial statements.  We derived the summary
historical consolidated financial data presented below for the nine months ended
September  30,  1998,  the period from  January 1, 1999 to April 6, 1999 and the
period from April 7, 1999 to  September  30, 1999 and as of  September  30, 1999
from our unaudited consolidated financial statements.  We prepared the unaudited
financial  statements on substantially  the same basis as our audited  financial
statements and, in our opinion,  the unaudited financial  statements include all
adjustments  necessary for a fair  presentation of the results of operations for
those periods.  Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results
to be expected in the future, and results of interim periods are not necessarily
indicative of results for the entire year. You should read the  information  set
forth below together with the discussion under "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial  Statements,"  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial  statements and the notes
to those financial statements that are in the back of this prospectus.

     On April 7, 1999,  Bridge acquired all our equity  securities and accounted
for this acquisition as a purchase  transaction.  Since the purchase transaction
resulted in our company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Bridge,  SEC rules
required us to establish a new basis of accounting for the purchased  assets and
liabilities.  The accounting for the purchase transaction has been "pushed down"
to the financial  statements of SAVVIS.  Therefore,  the purchase price has been
allocated to the underlying  assets  purchased and liabilities  assumed based on
the  estimated  fair  market  values  of these  assets  and  liabilities  on the
acquisition  date.  Solely  as  a  result  of  the  application  of  fair  value
accounting,  intangibles,  goodwill,  other liabilities and stockholders' equity
were  increased,  and fixed  assets  were  decreased,  in the  SAVVIS  unaudited
consolidated balance sheet. The SAVVIS unaudited historical consolidated balance
sheet data as of  September  30, 1999 and  unaudited  consolidated  statement of
operations  data for the period from April 7, 1999  through  September  30, 1999
give effect to our acquisition by Bridge and are labeled "Successor." The SAVVIS
unaudited historical financial data for the periods prior to the acquisition are
labeled "Predecessor."

     On September 10, 1999, Bridge sold in a private placement approximately 25%
of its equity ownership in SAVVIS to existing  stockholders of Bridge,  at which
time Welsh Carson purchased from Bridge a 12% interest in SAVVIS.

     Pro forma data for the year ended  December  31,  1998 and the nine  months
ended  September  30,  1999 give  effect to the  acquisition  of our  company by
Bridge,  our purchase of network assets from Bridge and this offering as if they
had occurred at the beginning of 1998 for the  statement of operations  data and
at September 30, 1999 for the balance sheet data. For more detailed  information
on the pro forma financial data, see "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Statements."

     EBITDA  represents  earnings (loss) before  depreciation and  amortization,
interest income and expense and income tax expense  (benefit).  We have included
information   concerning  EBITDA  because  our  management  believes  that  such
information is used by investors and other interested parties in our industry as
one measure of a company's  operating  performance and liquidity.  EBITDA is not
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles,  is not
indicative of cash used by operating  activities and should not be considered in
isolation  or as an  alternative  to,  or  more  meaningful  than,  measures  of
operating   performance   determined  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted
accounting principles.  Additionally,  EBITDA as used in this prospectus may not
be  comparable  to  similarly  titled  measures  of  other  companies,  as other
companies may not calculate it in a similar manner.

                                       8
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              PREDECESSOR
                                 --------------------------------------
                                               HISTORICAL                  PRO FORMA
                                 -------------------------------------- --------------
                                                                          YEAR ENDED
                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,          DECEMBER 31,
                                 -------------------------------------- --------------
                                     1996        1997          1998          1998
                                 ----------- ------------ ------------- --------------
                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                              <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
 Revenues ......................  $    290    $   2,758    $   13,674    $     13,674
 Direct costs and operating
  expenses:
  Data communications
    and operations .............     1,044       11,072        20,889          20,889
  Selling, general and
    administrative .............     1,204        5,130        12,245          12,245
  Depreciation and
    amortization ...............       153          631         2,208          45,876
                                  --------    ---------    ----------    ------------
  Total direct costs and
    operating expenses .........     2,401       16,833        35,342          79,010
                                  --------    ---------    ----------    ------------
 Loss from operations ..........    (2,111)     (14,075)      (21,668)        (65,336)
 Interest expense, net .........        60          427            75           4,042
                                  --------    ---------    ----------    ------------
 Net loss ......................  $ (2,171)   $ (14,502)   $  (21,743)   $    (69,453)
                                  ========    =========    ==========    ============
 Basic and diluted net loss
  per share ....................  $  (2.42)   $  (15.69)   $   (16.28)   $      (0.82)
 Weighted average number
  of shares ....................   895,764      933,922     1,482,151      84,765,957
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
 EBITDA ........................  $ (1,958)   $ (13,444)   $  (19,460)
 Capital expenditures ..........       884          697         1,688
 Cash used in operating
  activities ...................    (1,293)     (10,502)      (20,560)
 Cash used in investing
  activities ...................      (884)        (697)       (2,438)
 Cash provided by financing
  activities ...................     2,740       12,024        24,121

<CAPTION>
                                          PREDECESSOR              SUCCESSOR
                                 ------------------------------ ---------------
                                           HISTORICAL
                                 ------------------------------
                                                                   HISTORICAL      PRO FORMA
                                   NINE MONTHS     PERIOD FROM    PERIOD FROM     NINE MONTHS
                                      ENDED       JANUARY 1 TO     APRIL 7 TO        ENDED
                                  SEPTEMBER 30,     APRIL 6,     SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                 --------------- -------------- --------------- --------------
                                       1998           1999            1999           1999
                                 --------------- -------------- --------------- --------------
                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                              <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
 Revenues ......................   $    8,914     $     5,440    $     12,192    $     17,632
 Direct costs and operating
  expenses:
  Data communications
    and operations .............       14,609           6,429          13,095          19,524
  Selling, general and
    administrative .............        7,353           4,751          11,142          15,893
  Depreciation and
    amortization ...............        1,500             793           9,747          30,185
                                   ----------     -----------    ------------    ------------
  Total direct costs and
    operating expenses .........       23,462          11,973          33,984          65,602
                                   ----------     -----------    ------------    ------------
 Loss from operations ..........      (14,548)         (6,533)        (21,792)        (47,970)
 Interest expense, net .........          113             135             782           3,484
                                   ----------     -----------    ------------    ------------
 Net loss ......................   $  (14,661)    $    (6,668)   $    (22,574)   $    (51,454)
                                   ==========     ===========    ============    ============
 Basic and diluted net loss
  per share ....................   $   (11.31)    $     (4.51)   $      (0.31)   $      (0.61)
 Weighted average number
  of shares ....................    1,435,792       1,670,709      72,000,000      84,765,957
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
 EBITDA ........................   $  (13,048)    $    (5,740)   $    (12,045)
 Capital expenditures ..........        1,308             275             855
 Cash used in operating
  activities ...................      (15,530)         (6,185)         (9,945)
 Cash used in investing
  activities ...................       (2,058)           (275)           (855)
 Cash provided by financing
  activities ...................       24,445           4,533          12,189

</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            PREDECESSOR                   SUCCESSOR          PRO FORMA
                                                 ---------------------------------- --------------------- --------------
                                                             HISTORICAL                   HISTORICAL
                                                 ---------------------------------- ---------------------
                                                         AS OF DECEMBER 31,                                    AS OF
                                                 ----------------------------------  AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                   1996       1997         1998              1999              1999
                                                 -------- ------------ ------------ --------------------- --------------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>                    <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..................... $573       $ 1,398        $ 2,521         $ 1,983               $181,283
 Goodwill and intangibles, net .................   --            --          1,197          30,322                 30,322
 Total assets .................................. 1,888        4,313         11,454          41,422                308,722
 Debt and capital lease obligations ............ 1,126        9,495          2,759          23,237                 69,237
 Redeemable preferred stock, net of discount and
  deferred financing costs .....................  500         5,261         37,937              --                     --
 Stockholders' equity (deficit) ................ (693)      (15,395)       (35,157)          9,172                230,472

</TABLE>

                                       9
<PAGE>
                                 RISK FACTORS

     You should consider carefully the following risks and the other information
in this  prospectus  before  deciding  to invest  in our  common  stock.We  have
separated the risks into three groups:

     o risks related to our business;

     o risks related to our industry; and

     o risks related to this offering.

     If any of the following  risks actually  occurs,  our business,  prospects,
financial  condition  and results of operations  could be  materially  adversely
affected.  In any such case,  the market price of our common stock could decline
and you could lose all or most of your investment in our company.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

A SIGNIFICANT  PORTION OF OUR REVENUES IS EXPECTED TO COME FROM BRIDGE,  AND THE
LOSS OF BRIDGE AS A CUSTOMER  OR REDUCED  DEMAND FROM  BRIDGE  WOULD  MATERIALLY
ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS.

     Bridge is our  largest  customer  and is  expected  to remain  our  largest
customer for the foreseeable future. We will provide data networking services to
Bridge under a ten-year network services agreement, although the agreement could
be terminated prior to its term if we default in our  performance,  including if
we fail to meet our service level  commitments,  or Bridge could unexpectedly be
unable to perform its obligations  under the agreement.  The loss of Bridge as a
customer,  or reduced demand from Bridge,  would materially  reduce our expected
revenues  and,  consequently,  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on our
business.

IF  BRIDGE  IS  UNABLE  TO MEET  ITS  FINANCIAL  COMMITMENTS  TO US,  WE WILL BE
ADVERSELY AFFECTED.

     We are relying on Bridge to meet its financial commitments to us.

     The following selected  financial  information for the years ended December
31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 was derived from Bridge's audited financial  statements.
The  financial  information  for the nine months  ended  September  30, 1999 was
provided by Bridge and is unaudited.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  NINE MONTHS
                                                        FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,              ENDED
                                                  -------------------------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       1996           1997           1998            1999
                                                  -------------   -----------   -------------   --------------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>
Statement of Operations Data
- ----------------------------
Revenues ......................................    $  268,811      $ 409,926     $  892,141       $1,003,642
Loss from operations ..........................       (40,543)       (33,647)       (69,046)         (42,213)
Net loss ......................................       (60,619)       (63,800)      (129,355)        (109,738)
Other Financial Data
EBITDA before acquisition related
 writeoffs ....................................        25,072         55,648        163,548          170,831
Cash used in operating activities .............          (897)        10,404         46,304          (62,272)
Cash used in investing activities .............      (314,453)       (56,948)      (498,936)        (164,901)
Cash provided by financing activities .........       322,679         43,384        473,812          198,631
</TABLE>


     Bridge has informed us it expects to continue to use cash in its  operating
activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 and that the cash used in
operating  activities  in 1999 was primarily  due to temporary  working  capital
pressures  experienced in the course of integrating its recent acquisitions,  as
well as declines in revenues resulting from the termination of non-Y2K compliant
products and efforts to convert  customers  from less  technologically  advanced
protocol products to Bridge's new technology products.

                                       10
<PAGE>

     The increases in working  capital are  attributable  to (1) billing  delays
resulting  from  conversions  from the  non-Y2K  compliant  billing  systems  of
acquired  companies to the Bridge billing system,  (2) billing issues  resulting
from the migration of customers from the less technologically  advanced protocol
products of acquired  companies to Bridge's  new  technology  products,  (3) the
payment of one-time  accruals  related to  companies  acquired in 1998 and (4) a
reduction in general accounts payable of acquired  companies to more sustainable
levels than existed as of December 31, 1998.

     As of September 30, 1999,  Bridge had $1,248 million of indebtedness,  $470
million  of  redeemable  preferred  stock and a  stockholders'  deficit  of $390
million.

OUR  LIMITED  HISTORY,  AND  THE  FACT THAT WE ONLY RECENTLY BEGAN OFFERING DATA
NETWORKING  AND  COLOCATION SERVICES, MAKES IT DIFFICULT FOR YOU TO EVALUATE OUR
PERFORMANCE.

     Although we began  commercial  operations in 1996,  we only recently  began
offering  data  networking  and  colocation  services.  We expect to  generate a
substantial  portion of our  revenues  from these  services  in the  future.  In
addition,  many of our executive officers and key technical  employees joined us
recently,  and we have adopted our business strategies recently.  Because of our
limited  operating  history,  you have very limited operating and financial data
about us upon which to base an evaluation of our  performance  and prospects and
an investment in our common stock.  Therefore,  you should consider and evaluate
our prospects in light of the risks and difficulties  frequently  encountered by
rapidly growing companies,  particularly  companies in the rapidly evolving data
networking, Internet access and colocation markets.

OUR  HISTORICAL  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  WILL  NOT  BE  COMPARABLE TO OUR FUTURE
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE.

     Upon  completion  of this  offering,  we  will  acquire  Bridge's  Internet
protocol  network assets and enter into an agreement to provide data  networking
services to Bridge. As a result, the historical  financial  information included
in this  prospectus  will not  necessarily  reflect our  results of  operations,
financial  position and cash flows in the future once we have acquired  Bridge's
network assets and entered into the network services and related agreements.

WE EXPECT TO CONTINUE TO INCUR  SUBSTANTIAL  LOSSES AND HAVE NEGATIVE  OPERATING
CASH FLOW.

     We incurred losses of approximately  $2.2 million,  $14.5 million and $21.7
million in 1996, 1997 and 1998,  respectively,  and had negative cash flows from
operating  activities  for each of these years.  As a result of those losses and
working capital  deficiencies,  our independent auditors' report on our 1996 and
1997  financial  statements  included an  explanatory  paragraph  regarding  our
ability to continue as a going concern.  Our 1998  financial  statements did not
include a similar  explanatory  paragraph because Bridge intended to support and
fund our  operations  throughout  1999.  Following  completion of this offering,
however, Bridge does not intend to fund our operations.  From the acquisition by
Bridge of our company on April 7, 1999 through September 30, 1999, we had a loss
of  approximately  $22.6  million and net cash used in operating  activities  of
approximately  $9.9 million.  As of September 30, 1999, our accumulated  deficit
was approximately  $22.6 million.  We expect our operating  expenses to increase
significantly, especially in the areas of data communications and operations, as
a result of the acquisition of Bridge's network assets, and sales and marketing,
as we continue to develop and expand our business.  As a result, we will need to
increase our revenues  significantly  to generate cash flow from our operations.
Under the network  services  agreement  that we will enter into when we purchase
Bridge's network assets,  the amount we charge Bridge for the use of the network
as configured  on the date of the transfer is based on the estimated  cash costs
of operating that network.  As a result, we will incur losses from the operation
of the network to provide services to Bridge until we use the network to provide
additional  services to Bridge or other  customers.  We cannot guarantee that we
will sell enough additional  services to become  profitable.  We expect to incur
significant  net  losses,  negative  cash flow  from  operating  activities  and
negative EBITDA at least through 2002.

                                       11

<PAGE>


WE WILL REQUIRE ADDITIONAL CAPITAL TO CONDUCT OUR BUSINESS,  BUT WE CURRENTLY DO
NOT HAVE A CREDIT FACILITY OR OTHER SOURCE OF FUNDING.

     As we develop and expand our business,  we will require significant capital
to fund our capital expenditures,  operating deficits and working capital needs,
as well as our debt service  requirements.  We believe  that our existing  cash,
cash  equivalents,  short-term  investments  and anticipated  vendor  financing,
together  with the net proceeds from this  offering,  will be sufficient to meet
our capital  requirements  only through the end of 2000.  We currently  estimate
that we will make  approximately  $160 million of capital  expenditures in 2000,
exclusive  of our purchase of the network  assets from Bridge,  and we expect to
make significant  capital  expenditures in the following years. In addition,  we
expect to incur  significant  negative cash flow from  operating  activities and
negative  EBITDA at least  through  2002.  The actual  amounts and timing of our
future capital  requirements  may vary  significantly  from our  estimates.  Our
capital  needs may exceed our current  expectations  because of factors  such as
acquisitions  that  we  may  make,  changes  in the  demand  for  our  services,
regulatory  developments,  the competitive environment in our markets or failure
to expand our business as expected. In that case, we may need to seek additional
capital  sooner  than  we  expect,  and  such  additional  financing  may not be
available on  acceptable  terms or at all. If we are unable to raise  additional
capital  when  needed,  we may  have  to  delay  or  abandon  some or all of our
expansion plans or otherwise  forego market  opportunities.  We do not currently
have a credit facility from which we could access additional capital.

IF WE ARE NOT RELEASED FROM  REGULATION  UNDER THE BANK HOLDING  COMPANY ACT, WE
WOULD NOT BE ABLE TO EXPAND OUR BUSINESS AS WE EXPECT.

     State  Street   Corporation,   a  bank  holding  company,   currently  owns
approximately  7.7% of the outstanding voting capital stock of Bridge on a fully
diluted basis and approximately 2% of our outstanding common stock. State Street
also has the right to elect one member of Bridge's  board of  directors.  At the
time State Street made an investment in Bridge in 1996, State Street agreed with
the Federal  Reserve  Board to regard Bridge as a subsidiary of State Street for
purposes of the Bank  Holding  Company  Act,  and Bridge  agreed to restrict its
activities  and its  investments  to those  permitted  for bank holding  company
subsidiaries under Regulation Y of the Federal Reserve Board. At the time Bridge
acquired us in April 1999,  State Street and Bridge agreed that we also would be
regarded as a subsidiary of a bank holding company and subject to the applicable
restrictions on our activities.  Permitted activities for a bank holding company
subsidiary  include the transmission of data,  provided that no more than 30% of
the revenue generated by a bank holding company subsidiary from that activity is
derived from the transmission of data that is not financial, banking or economic
in nature.  Accordingly,  in connection with Bridge's acquisition of our company
in April 1999, Bridge undertook to ensure that at least 70% of our revenue would
be derived  from the  transmission  of  qualifying  data.  We  believe  that the
services we will provide to Bridge  under the network  services  agreement  will
satisfy this requirement initially.

     State Street has agreed that it will  cooperate with Bridge to ensure that,
by the close of  business  April 30,  2000,  we will no longer be subject to the
activity and investment limitations of Regulation Y. State Street may be able to
accomplish  this objective  through  compliance  with new provisions of the Bank
Holding Company Act enacted on November 12, 1999, which take effect on March 11,
2000.  In the event  State  Street does not comply  with its  commitment  and we
remain  subject to the activity and  investment  limitations of the Bank Holding
Company Act, revenues from Bridge and/or revenues from the transmission of other
qualifying data will need to represent at least 70% of our revenue. As a result,
we may not be able to expand our business as currently contemplated.

OUR FAILURE TO MANAGE OUR GROWTH EFFECTIVELY COULD IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS.

     We expect our business to continue to grow rapidly, which may significantly
strain  our  management,  financial,  customer  support,  sales,  marketing  and
administrative  resources,  as well as our network operations and our management
and  billing  systems.  Such  a  strain  on  our  managerial,   operational  and
administrative  capabilities  could adversely affect the quality of our services
and our

                                       12
<PAGE>


ability to generate revenues. To manage our growth effectively,  we will have to
further enhance the efficiency of our operational  support and other back office
systems, and of our financial systems and controls. We will also have to expand,
train and manage our employees and third-party providers to handle the increased
volume and  complexities  of our  business.  In addition,  if we fail to project
traffic  volume and routing  preferences  correctly,  or fail to  determine  the
appropriate  means of  expanding  our  network,  we could lose  customers,  make
inefficient use of our network, and have higher costs and lower profit margins.

OUR  SUBSTANTIAL  ONGOING  RELATIONSHIPS  WITH  BRIDGE  WILL  BE CRITICAL TO OUR
SUCCESS.   IF  BRIDGE  TERMINATES  ANY  OF  THESE  RELATIONSHIPS,  OUR  BUSINESS
PROSPECTS WILL BE IMPAIRED.

     Bridge will provide to us many  technical,  administrative  and operational
services and related support functions, including technical and customer support
service and project management in the procurement and installation of equipment.
Bridge  will  also  provide  to us  additional  administrative  and  operational
services,  such as payroll and  accounting  functions,  benefit  management  and
office space.  If Bridge  unexpectedly  stops  providing  these services for any
reason,  we could  face  significant  challenges  and  costs in  assuming  these
services or finding an alternative to Bridge.  This could impair our operations,
adversely affect our reputation and harm our financial results.

WE ARE CONTROLLED BY PARTIES WHOSE INTERESTS MAY NOT BE ALIGNED WITH YOURS.

     Bridge and investment  partnerships sponsored by Welsh, Carson,  Anderson &
Stowe,  or Welsh Carson,  owned  approximately  72% and 12% of our common stock,
respectively,   prior  to  this  offering.   In  addition,   Welsh  Carson  owns
approximately 41% of Bridge's  outstanding  voting stock.  Consequently,  Bridge
controls  us and is in a position  to elect our entire  board of  directors  and
control all matters affecting us. In addition,  Welsh Carson may be deemed to be
a controlling person of Bridge.

     Some decisions concerning our operations or financial structure may present
conflicts   of  interest   between   Bridge  and  Welsh  Carson  and  our  other
stockholders.  For example, Bridge or Welsh Carson may make investments in other
entities engaged in the telecommunications  business,  some of which may compete
with us. Also,  Bridge and Welsh Carson are under no  obligation to bring us any
investment  or  business  opportunities  of which they are aware,  even if these
opportunities are within our scope and objectives.

     Upon the  completion  of this  offering,  we will  enter  into a number  of
agreements  with Bridge  relating to the acquisition of Bridge's global Internet
protocol  network and to our  provision  of global data  networking  services to
Bridge and Bridge will provide  various  support  services to us. Because we are
controlled by Bridge,  we cannot assure you that these agreements are comparable
to those that would have been reached had the terms been  negotiated on an arms'
length basis.

WE  DEPEND  ON  KEY  PERSONNEL.  IF  WE  ARE UNABLE TO HIRE AND RETAIN QUALIFIED
PERSONNEL, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO IMPLEMENT OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY EFFECTIVELY.

     Our future  performance  depends to a  significant  degree on the continued
contributions of our management  team, sales force and key technical  personnel.
In particular,  we depend on Robert McCormick,  our Chairman of the Board, Chief
Executive  Officer and President.  Mr.  McCormick was appointed  Chief Executive
Officer  and  President  in  November  1999.  In  addition,  our  business  plan
contemplates  the significant  expansion of our sales and marketing  staff.  The
industries  in which we compete  are  characterized  by a high level of employee
mobility and aggressive  recruiting of skilled  personnel.  As a result,  we may
have  difficulty in hiring and retaining  highly skilled  employees.  Our future
performance  depends on our  ability to  attract,  retain  and  motivate  highly
skilled employees.

                                       13
<PAGE>

FAILURES IN OUR NETWORK OR WITH THE NETWORK  OPERATIONS CENTER COULD DISRUPT OUR
ABILITY TO PROVIDE OUR DATA NETWORKING, INTERNET ACCESS AND COLOCATION SERVICES,
WHICH COULD EXPOSE US TO LIABILITY AND INCREASE OUR CAPITAL COSTS.

     Our ability to  successfully  implement  our business plan depends upon our
ability to provide high quality, reliable services. Interruptions in our ability
to provide our data networking,  Internet access and colocation  services to our
customers  could adversely  affect our business and  reputation.  Our operations
depend  upon our ability to protect our  equipment  and network  infrastructure,
including  connections to our backbone  providers,  and our customers'  data and
equipment,  against  damage  from  natural  disasters,  as well as  power  loss,
telecommunications  failure  and similar  events.  The  occurrence  of a natural
disaster or other  unanticipated  problem could result in  interruptions  in the
services we provide to our customers and could  seriously  harm our business and
business prospects.

WE ARE HIGHLY DEPENDENT ON OUR SUPPLIERS, AND ANY INTERRUPTIONS COULD IMPAIR OUR
SERVICE TO OUR CUSTOMERS.

     If we are unable to obtain required  products or services from  third-party
suppliers  on a timely  basis  and at an  acceptable  cost,  we may be unable to
provide  our data  networking,  Internet  access and  colocation  services  on a
competitive  and timely  basis.  We are  dependent on other  companies to supply
various key  components  of our  infrastructure,  including  network  equipment,
backbone connectivity,  the connections from our customers to our network, which
we call local access, and connection to other Internet network providers. If our
suppliers  fail to provide  products  or  services  on a timely  basis and at an
acceptable cost, we may be unable to meet our customer service  commitments and,
as a result, we may experience increased costs or loss of revenue.

IF WE ARE UNABLE TO EXPAND OUR NETWORK AS  EXPECTED,  OUR RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS
WOULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED.

     Our success will depend on our ability to continue to expand our network on
a timely,  cost-effective  basis. A number of factors could hinder the expansion
of our network.  These factors  include cost  overruns,  the  unavailability  of
appropriate facilities,  communications capacity or additional capital, strikes,
shortages,  delays in obtaining  governmental  or other  third-party  approvals,
natural disasters and other casualties, and other events that we cannot foresee.
In addition,  expanding or enhancing our network,  including through hardware or
software upgrades,  could result in unexpected  interruptions of services to our
customers.

IF OUR ESTIMATES  REGARDING OUR TRAFFIC LEVELS ARE NOT CORRECT,  WE MAY HAVE TOO
MUCH OR TOO LITTLE CAPACITY.

     We rely on other carriers to provide several transmission services. Because
our leased  capacity  costs are generally  fixed monthly  payments  based on the
capacity made  available to us, failing to correctly  estimate the  transmission
capacity  we will need could  increase  the cost and  reduce the  quality of our
services.  Underestimation  of  traffic  levels  could  lead  to a  shortage  of
capacity,  requiring  us to lease  more  capacity,  which may be at  unfavorable
rates,  or could lead to a lower  quality of service  because of increased  data
loss and latency.  Overestimation of traffic levels, because our traffic volumes
decrease or do not grow as  expected,  would  result in idle  capacity,  thereby
increasing our per-unit costs.

OUR  BRAND  IS NOT AS WELL KNOWN AS SOME OF OUR COMPETITORS'. FAILURE TO DEVELOP
BRAND RECOGNITION COULD HURT OUR ABILITY TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY.

     We need to  strengthen  our brand  awareness to realize our  strategic  and
financial  objectives.  Many of our  competitors  have  well-established  brands
associated with the provision of data networking, Internet access and colocation
services. The promotion and enhancement of our brand also will depend in part on
our success in continuing to provide high quality  Internet  access services and
in providing high quality data  networking and  colocation  services.  We cannot
assure you that we will be able to maintain or achieve  these levels of quality.



                                       14
<PAGE>


ANY BREACH OF SECURITY OF OUR NETWORK COULD NEGATIVELY IMPACT OUR BUSINESS.

     Our network may be vulnerable to unauthorized access,  computer viruses and
other  disruptive  problems caused by customers,  employees or others.  Computer
viruses,  unauthorized  access  or  other  disruptive  problems  could  lead  to
interruptions,  delays  or  cessation  of  service  to our  customers  and these
customers' end users.  Unauthorized access also could potentially jeopardize the
security  of  confidential  information  stored in the  computer  systems of our
customers,  which might result in our liability to our customers, and also might
deter potential customers.  We may be unable to implement security measures in a
timely manner or, if and when implemented,  these measures could be circumvented
as a result of accidental or  intentional  actions.  In the past,  some of these
security   measures  have  occasionally  been  circumvented  by  third  parties.
Eliminating computer viruses and alleviating other security problems may require
interruptions,  delays  or  cessation  of  service  to our  customers  and these
customers' end users. Any breach of security on our network may result in a loss
of customers and damage to our reputation.

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO MEET THE OBLIGATIONS UNDER OUR SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENTS.

     We have service level agreements with many of our Internet access customers
in which we provide  various  guarantees  regarding  our levels of  service.  In
addition,  the network services  agreement with Bridge will have required levels
of service  and we offer  service  level  agreements  to other  data  networking
customers.  If we fail to  provide  the  levels  of  service  required  by these
agreements,  our customers may be entitled to terminate their  relationship with
us or receive  service  credits for their  accounts.  If Bridge or a significant
number of other customers  become entitled to exercise,  and do exercise,  these
rights, our revenues could be materially reduced.

WE MAY MAKE  ACQUISITIONS  OR ENTER INTO JOINT VENTURES OR STRATEGIC  ALLIANCES,
EACH OF WHICH IS ACCOMPANIED BY INHERENT RISKS.

     If appropriate  opportunities present themselves,  we may make acquisitions
or investments  or enter into joint  ventures or strategic  alliances with other
companies. Risks commonly encountered in such transactions include:

     o the  difficulty  of  assimilating  the  operations  and  personnel of the
       combined companies;

     o the risk  that we may not be able to  integrate  the  acquired  services,
       products  or  technologies  with  our  current  services,   products  and
       technologies;

     o the potential disruption of our ongoing business;

     o the inability to retain key technical and managerial personnel;

     o the  inability of  management  to maximize our  financial  and  strategic
       position through the successful integration of acquired businesses;

     o increases  in  reported  losses as a result  of  charges  for  in-process
       research  and  development   and   amortization  of  goodwill  and  other
       intangible assets;

     o adverse impact on our annual effective tax rate;

     o difficulty in maintaining controls, procedures and policies; and


     o the impairment of relationships  with employees,  suppliers and customers
       as a result of any integration.

WE  FACE  REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS IN A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF COUNTRIES THAT HAVE
DELAYED  AND MAY PREVENT US FROM ACQUIRING OR OPERATING BRIDGE ASSETS LOCATED IN
THESE COUNTRIES.

     Regulatory  restrictions in a significant  number of countries are expected
to prevent us from acquiring,  as part of the Bridge network asset transfer, the
Bridge network assets located in these

                                       15
<PAGE>

countries.  These assets represent approximately 4% of the net book value of the
assets to be acquired from Bridge. These countries include:

     o Europe--Greece, Hungary, Italy and Poland;

     o Africa--South Africa;

     o Middle  East--Bahrain, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates;


     o Asia Pacific--China, Macau, Malaysia, Taiwan and Thailand; and

     o The Americas/Caribbean--Mexico, Peru and Venezuela.


     Under the Bridge  agreements,  Bridge  will agree to operate  the assets in
these countries until we receive the requisite  approvals.  We will be obligated
to acquire  these  assets from Bridge in these  countries  at book value once we
have received the required  approvals.  We cannot assure you,  however,  that we
will be able to comply with the regulatory and other  requirements  necessary to
exercise our rights to acquire these assets. Until we acquire the assets located
in Greece, Hungary, Italy, Poland, South Africa, Macau, Taiwan, Mexico, Peru and
Venezuela,  Bridge  has agreed to operate  these  assets,  bill us for the costs
directly  associated with doing so and pay us our revenues associated with these
services.  In  addition,  until we acquire the assets  located in the  remaining
countries listed above,  Bridge has agreed to operate these assets and cover the
costs of operation.  In all countries where we have received regulatory approval
to acquire  and  operate  the Bridge  assets,  we will be  permitted  to deliver
network  services to Bridge,  but not necessarily  data  networking  services to
third parties.

NUMEROUS FACTORS MAY CAUSE  FLUCTUATIONS IN OUR QUARTERLY REVENUES AND OPERATING
RESULTS, AS WELL AS IMPACT OUR LONG-TERM VIABILITY.

     Our quarterly  revenues and operating  results have  fluctuated in the past
and are likely to fluctuate  significantly from quarter to quarter in the future
due to a number of factors. These factors include the following:

     o demand for and market acceptance of our data networking,  Internet access
       and colocation services;

     o the fixed nature of most of our costs in the short term;

     o the  timing  and  magnitude  of  capital  expenditures,  including  costs
       relating to the expansion of operations;

     o increasing sales, marketing and other operating expenses;

     o the  compensation of our sales personnel based on achievement of periodic
       sales quotas;

     o our practice of purchasing data  transmission  capacity before  customers
       are secured and our ability to generate revenues for our services;

     o changes in our  revenue mix between  usage-based  and fixed rate  pricing
       plans; and

     o fluctuations in the duration of the sales cycle for our services.

Other factors, which are beyond our control, may also affect us, including:

     o conditions   specific  to  the  data  networking,   Internet  access  and
       colocation services industries, as well as general economic factors;

     o the  announcement  or  introduction  of new or  enhanced  services by our
       competitors;

     o ur ability to obtain, and the pricing for, local access connections; and

     o changes in the prices we pay Internet backbone providers;

Accordingly,  we believe  that  period-to-period  comparisons  of our results of
operations  are not  meaningful  and should not be relied upon as indications of
future  performance.  In  addition,  these  factors  may  impact  our  long-term
viability.

                                       16
<PAGE>

     It is possible that in some future  periods our results of  operations  may
fall below the expectations of investors. In this event, the price of our common
stock may fall.  You should not rely on  quarter-to-quarter  comparisons  of our
results of operations as an indication of future performance.

OUR FAILURE TO BE YEAR 2000 COMPLIANT COULD MATERIALLY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS.

     The year 2000 issue is the result of computer  programs being written using
two digits  rather than four to define the  applicable  year.  As a result,  our
computer  programs that have  date-sensitive  software and software of companies
into which our network is interconnected  may recognize a date using "00" as the
year 1900 rather  than the year 2000.  This could  result in system  failures or
miscalculations  causing  disruptions  of  operations,   including  a  temporary
inability to process  transactions,  send  invoices or engage in similar  normal
business  activities.  If the systems of other  companies  on whose  services we
depend or with whom our systems  interconnect  are not year 2000  compliant,  it
could disrupt our  operations  and cause us to lose revenue as we seek to remedy
any  problems.   The  year  2000  issue  is  discussed  at  greater   length  in
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations--Impact of Year 2000 Issue."

WE MAY BE LIABLE FOR THE MATERIAL  THAT CONTENT  PROVIDERS  DISTRIBUTE  OVER OUR
NETWORK.

     The  law  relating  to the  liability  of  private  network  operators  for
information  carried on or  disseminated  through  their  networks is  currently
unsettled.  We may  become  subject  to legal  claims  relating  to the  content
disseminated  on our network.  For example,  lawsuits may be brought  against us
claiming that  material on our network on which one of our customers  relied was
inaccurate.  Claims could also involve  matters such as defamation,  invasion of
privacy and copyright infringement. Content providers operating private networks
have been sued in the past,  sometimes  successfully,  based on the  content  of
material.  If we need to take costly  measures  to reduce our  exposure to these
risks,  or are required to defend  ourselves  against such claims,  our business
could be adversely affected.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

DATA  NETWORKING,  INTERNET  ACCESS AND COLOCATION  SERVICES ARE NEW AND RAPIDLY
GROWING MARKETS, BUT THIS GROWTH MAY NOT CONTINUE.


     According to industry sources,  the market for data networking services has
been growing  rapidly.  If the data networking  services market does not grow as
expected, or our anticipated share of that market does not grow as expected, our
revenues could be less than expected.

     In addition,  the market for Internet access and related services,  such as
colocation services,  is in an early stage of growth. As a consequence,  current
and future  competitors are likely to introduce  competing  services,  and it is
difficult  to predict  the rate at which the market will grow or at which new or
increased  competition will result in market  saturation.  We face the risk that
the market for high performance Internet access and related services may fail to
develop or may develop more slowly than we expect,  or that our services may not
achieve  widespread market acceptance.  Furthermore,  we may be unable to market
and sell our services  successfully and cost-effectively to a sufficiently large
number of customers.

WIDESPREAD COMMERCIAL USE OF THE INTERNET MAY BE HAMPERED BY POOR PERFORMANCE.

     Despite  growing  interest in the varied  commercial  uses of the Internet,
many businesses have been deterred from purchasing  Internet access services for
a number of reasons,  including  inconsistent or unreliable  quality of service,
lack of availability of cost-effective,  high-speed options, a limited number of
local  access  points for  corporate  users,  inability  to  integrate  business
applications  on the  Internet,  the need to deal with  multiple and  frequently
incompatible  vendors and a lack of tools to simplify  Internet  access and use.
Capacity  constraints  caused by growth in the use of the Internet  may, if left
unresolved,  impede further development of the Internet to the extent that users
experience delays, transmission errors and other difficulties.


                                       17
<PAGE>

GROWTH IN INTERNET ACCESS BUSINESS MAY BE HAMPERED BY SOME COMPANIES' RELUCTANCE
TO ADOPT INTERNET STRATEGIES FOR COMMERCE AND COMMUNICATION.

     The  adoption of  Internet  strategies  for  commerce  and  communications,
particularly by those individuals and enterprises that have historically  relied
upon  alternative  means of commerce and  communication,  generally  requires an
understanding and acceptance of a new way of conducting  business and exchanging
information.  In particular,  enterprises that have already invested substantial
resources in other means of conducting  commerce and exchanging  information may
be  particularly  reluctant or slow to adopt a new strategy  that may make their
existing  personnel and infrastructure  obsolete.  The failure of the market for
business-related  Internet  services to further develop could cause our revenues
to grow more  slowly  than  anticipated  and reduce the demand for our  Internet
access and colocation services.

OUR  ABILITY  TO  COMPETE  FOR  INTERNET  ACCESS BUSINESS MAY BE WEAKENED IF THE
PROBLEMS   OF  INTERNET  CONGESTION,  TRANSMISSION  DELAYS  AND  DATA  LOSS  ARE
RESOLVED.

     If the  Internet  becomes  subject to a form of central  management,  or if
Internet  backbone  providers  establish  an  economic  settlement   arrangement
regarding  the  exchange  of traffic  between  data  networks,  the  problems of
congestion,  latency and data loss  addressed  by our Internet  access  services
could be largely resolved and our ability to compete for business in this market
could be adversely affected.


THE MARKETS  FOR DATA  NETWORKING,  INTERNET  ACCESS AND  COLOCATION  ARE HIGHLY
COMPETITIVE, AND WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY.


     The markets for data  networking,  Internet access and colocation  services
are extremely  competitive,  and there are few significant barriers to entry. We
expect that  competition  will intensify in the future,  and we may not have the
financial  resources,  technical  expertise,  sales and  marketing  abilities or
support  capabilities  to compete  successfully  in these  markets.  Many of our
existing Internet access data networking and colocation competitors have greater
market   presence,   engineering  and  marketing   capabilities  and  financial,
technological  and personnel  resources than we do. As a result,  as compared to
us, our competitors may:

     o develop and expand their networking infrastructures and service offerings
       more efficiently or more quickly;

     o adapt  more  rapidly  to new or  emerging  technologies  and  changes  in
       customer requirements;

     o take  advantage of acquisitions and other opportunities more effectively;

     o develop  products and services  that are superior to ours or have greater
       market acceptance;

     o adopt more aggressive  pricing  policies and devote greater  resources to
       the  promotion,  marketing,  sale,  research  and  development  of  their
       products and services;

     o make more attractive offers to our existing and potential employees;

     o establish  cooperative  relationships  with  each  other  or  with  third
       parties; and

     o more effectively take advantage of existing  relationships with customers
       or exploit a more widely  recognized  brand name to market and sell their
       services.

     Our competitors include:

     o backbone providers that may provide us connectivity  services,  including
       AT&T,  Cable & Wireless  plc, GTE  Internetworking,  ICG  Communications,
       Inc., Sprint Corporation and UUNET, a MCI Worldcom company;


     o global,  national and regional  telecommunications  companies,  including
       regional Bell  operating  companies and providers of satellite  bandwidth
       capacity; and

     o global, national and regional Internet service providers.

                                       18
<PAGE>


     We expect that new  competitors  will enter the data  networking,  Internet
access and  colocation  markets.  Such new  competitors  could include  computer
hardware, software, media and other technology and telecommunications companies,
as well as  satellite  and  cable  companies.  A  number  of  telecommunications
companies and online service providers  currently offer, or have announced plans
to offer or expand, their data networking services. Further, the ability of some
of these potential  competitors to bundle other services and products with their
data networking services could place us at a competitive  disadvantage.  Various
companies are also  exploring  the  possibility  of providing,  or are currently
providing,   high-speed  data  services  using  alternative   delivery  methods,
including the cable television infrastructure,  direct broadcast satellites, all
optical  networks,  wireless  cable and  wireless  local  access.  In  addition,
Internet backbone providers may benefit from technological developments, such as
improved router technology, that will enhance the quality of their services.

OUR FAILURE TO ACHIEVE  DESIRED PRICE LEVELS COULD IMPACT OUR ABILITY TO ACHIEVE
PROFITABILITY OR POSITIVE CASH FLOW.

     We expect  competition  and other  factors  to  continue  to cause  pricing
pressure in the markets we serve and will serve after the Bridge asset transfer.
Prices  for data  networking,  Internet  access  and  colocation  services  have
decreased  significantly  in  recent  years,  and we  expect  significant  price
declines in the future. In addition, by bundling their services and reducing the
overall cost of their services,  telecommunications  companies that compete with
us may be able  to  provide  customers  with  reduced  communications  costs  in
connection with their data networking,  Internet access or colocation  services,
thereby  significantly  increasing pricing pressure on us. We may not be able to
offset the  effects of any such price  reductions  even with an  increase in the
number of our customers, higher revenues from enhanced services, cost reductions
or otherwise. In addition, we believe that the data networking,  Internet access
and colocation  industries are likely to continue to encounter  consolidation in
the future.  Increased price competition or consolidation in these markets could
result in an erosion of our revenues and operating  margins and could prevent us
from becoming profitable.

NEW TECHNOLOGIES COULD DISPLACE OUR SERVICES OR RENDER THEM OBSOLETE.

     New  technologies  or industry  standards  have the potential to replace or
provide lower cost  alternatives  to our Internet  access  services and the data
networking and  colocation  services that we will provide after the Bridge asset
transfer.  The adoption of such new  technologies  or industry  standards  could
render these services obsolete or unmarketable. For example, these services rely
on the continued widespread commercial use of the set of protocols, services and
applications for linking computers known as Internet protocol.  Alternative sets
of protocols,  services and applications for linking  computers could emerge and
become widely adopted. Improvements in Internet protocol could emerge that would
allow for the  assignment of priorities to data packets in order to ensure their
delivery in the manner customers  prefer, as well as other  improvements,  which
could eliminate one advantage of the ATM architecture of our network.  We cannot
guarantee   that  we  will  be  able  to  identify  new  service   opportunities
successfully  and develop  and bring new  products  and  services to market in a
timely and  cost-effective  manner,  or that products,  software and services or
technologies developed by others will not render our current and future services
non-competitive or obsolete.  In addition, we cannot assure you that our current
and future  services  will achieve or sustain  market  acceptance  or be able to
address  effectively the  compatibility  and  interoperability  issues raised by
technological  changes or new industry  standards.  If we fail to anticipate the
emergence of, or obtain access to, a new technology or industry standard, we may
incur increased costs if we seek to use those  technologies and standards or our
competitors  that  use  such  technologies  and  standards  may  use  them  more
cost-effectively than we do.

THE  DATA NETWORKING AND INTERNET ACCESS INDUSTRIES ARE HIGHLY REGULATED IN MANY
OF  THE COUNTRIES IN WHICH WE PLAN TO PROVIDE SERVICES, WHICH COULD RESTRICT OUR
ABILITY TO CONDUCT BUSINESS INTERNATIONALLY.

     Following the Bridge asset transfer,  we will be subject to varying degrees
of regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which we provide  services.  Local
laws and regulations, and their interpretation, differ significantly among those
jurisdictions.  Future regulatory,  judicial and legislative  changes may have a
material  adverse  effect on our  ability to  deliver  services  within  various
jurisdictions.

                                       19
<PAGE>
     National  regulatory  frameworks  that are consistent with the policies and
requirements  of the World Trade  Organization  have only recently  been, or are
still  being,  put in place in many  countries  outside  the  U.S.  and  certain
European  countries.  These nations are in the early stages of providing for and
adapting  to a  liberalized  telecommunications  market.  As a result,  in these
markets,  we may encounter more  protracted  and difficult  procedures to obtain
licenses and negotiate interconnection agreements.

     Following the Bridge asset  transfer,  our operations  will be dependent on
licenses and authorizations  from governmental  authorities in each jurisdiction
in which we plan to operate.  These licenses and  authorizations  generally will
contain clauses  pursuant to which we may be fined or our license may be revoked
in certain  circumstances.  Such revocation may be on short notice,  at times as
short as 30 days'  written  notice to us. We may not be able to obtain or retain
the licenses necessary for our operations.  In addition,  in connection with the
transfer of the Bridge assets,  we need to obtain licenses from certain non-U.S.
jurisdictions in order to provide our services in those jurisdictions.

ADOPTION OR  MODIFICATION  OF  GOVERNMENT  REGULATIONS  RELATING TO THE INTERNET
COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS.

     There  is  currently  only a small  body of laws and  regulations  directly
applicable to access to or commerce on the Internet. However, existing laws have
been applied to Internet transactions in a number of cases. Moreover, due to the
increasing popularity and use of the Internet, international, national, federal,
state and local  governments  may adopt  laws and  regulations  that  affect the
Internet.  The  nature of any new laws and  regulations  and the manner in which
existing and new laws and  regulations may be interpreted and enforced cannot be
predicted  accurately.  The  adoption  of any future laws or  regulations  might
decrease the growth of the Internet,  decrease  demand for our services,  impose
taxes or other costly technical  requirements or otherwise  increase the cost of
doing  business  on the  Internet or in some other  manner have a  significantly
harmful  effect on us or our  customers.  The U.S.  government  also may seek to
regulate some segments of our activities as it has with basic telecommunications
services. Moreover, the applicability to the Internet of existing laws governing
intellectual property ownership and infringement,  copyright,  trademarks, trade
secret,  obscenity,  libel,  employment,  personal  privacy and other  issues is
uncertain and developing.  We cannot predict accurately the impact, if any, that
future laws and  regulations or changes in laws and  regulations may have on our
business.


RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

A SIGNIFICANT  NUMBER OF OUR SHARES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE.  THEIR RESALE COULD
REDUCE  OUR STOCK  PRICE AND  IMPAIR  OUR  ABILITY  TO RAISE  FUNDS IN NEW STOCK
OFFERINGS.

     Immediately after the completion of this offering,  we will have 87,769,782
shares of common stock outstanding and available for resale beginning at various
points of time in the  future.  Sales of  substantial  amounts  of shares of our
common stock in the public market after this offering,  or the  perception  that
those sales will  occur,  could  cause the market  price of our common  stock to
decline. Those sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity and
equity-related  securities  in the  future  at a time  and at a  price  that  we
consider appropriate. In particular,  Bridge has indicated to us that it intends
in the future to sell a portion of its shares of our common stock.

OUR  MANAGEMENT WILL HAVE BROAD DISCRETION OVER ALLOCATION OF PROCEEDS FROM THIS
OFFERING.

     We expect that the net  proceeds to us from the sale of the common stock in
this  offering  will  be  approximately  $279.3  million,  after  deducting  the
underwriting  discounts and commissions  and estimated  offering  expenses.  Our
management will have broad  discretion to allocate the net proceeds to uses they
deem  appropriate.  We may be  unable  to  yield  a  significant  return  on any
investment of the proceeds.


                                       20
<PAGE>

OUR  CERTIFICATE OF  INCORPORATION,  BYLAWS AND DELAWARE LAW CONTAIN  PROVISIONS
THAT COULD DISCOURAGE A TAKEOVER.

     Our certificate of incorporation and Delaware law contain  provisions which
may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, including provisions
that give the board of directors the power to issue shares of preferred stock.


     We have also  chosen to be subject to Section 203 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law,  which  prevents a stockholder of more than 15% of a company's
voting stock from entering into  business  combinations  set forth under Section
203 with that company.

YOU WILL SUFFER IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION.

     Assuming an offering  price of $23.50 per share,  the midpoint of the range
shown on the  cover  page of this  prospectus,  the  price  you will pay for our
common stock in this  offering  will be  substantially  higher than the negative
$.29 pro forma tangible book value per share of our outstanding  common stock as
of September 30, 1999. As a result,  you will experience  immediate  dilution of
$21.13 in  tangible  book value per share,  and our  current  stockholders  will
experience  an immediate  increase in the tangible book value per share of their
shares of common stock of $2.66. In addition, between July and November 1999, we
granted options to purchase  approximately  6,391,000 shares of our common stock
at a weighted average exercise price of $.50 per share. As of December 22, 1999,
options to purchase  approximately 3.5 million shares remained  outstanding.  To
the extent that these options are exercised, you will be diluted further.


                                       21
<PAGE>
                          FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This prospectus  includes  forward-looking  statements based on our current
beliefs and assumptions.  These beliefs and assumptions are based on information
currently available to us. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks
and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning
our possible or assumed future results of operations.

     Forward-looking  statements are not guarantees of  performance.  Our future
results and  requirements  may differ  materially  from those  described  in the
forward-looking  statements.  Many of the  factors  that  will  determine  these
results and  requirements  are beyond our control.  In addition to the risks and
uncertainties  discussed in "Prospectus  Summary,"  "Business" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations,"  you
should consider those discussed under "Risk Factors."

     These  forward-looking  statements  speak  only  as of  the  date  of  this
prospectus.  Except as required by law, we do not intend to update or revise any
forward-looking  statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of
this prospectus,  including  changes in our business strategy or planned capital
expenditures, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.


                                       22
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be  approximately
$279.3  million,   or  $321.5  million  if  the   underwriters   exercise  their
over-allotment option in full. This is based on an initial public offering price
of $23.50 per share,  the  midpoint of the range shown on the cover page of this
prospectus and after deducting estimated  underwriting discounts and commissions
and offering expenses payable by us.

     We expect to use an  aggregate  of $100 million of the net proceeds of this
offering to pay a portion of the purchase price for Bridge's  Internet  protocol
network assets.  In the event we receive more than $300 million from the sale of
common stock in this offering,  50% of the excess will be applied to the balance
of the purchase price.  Approximately $160 million of the remaining net proceeds
will be used  for  capital  expenditures,  although  we  plan to  obtain  vendor
financing  for a portion of such  expenditures,  with any  additional  remaining
proceeds being used for general corporate purposes. We also may use a portion of
the net proceeds of this offering for  acquisitions or  investments.  We have no
present   commitments  or  agreements  with  respect  to  any  material  capital
expenditures,  acquisitions  or  investments.  Pending  the  application  of the
proceeds  towards one of the uses described  above,  we intend to invest the net
proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.


     We will purchase Bridge's  Internet protocol network assets  simultaneously
with the closing of this  offering.  The closing of this offering is conditioned
on the  acquisition  of those  assets  and our and  Bridge's  entering  into the
network services agreement.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock,  and
we do  not  intend  to  pay  any  cash  dividends  on our  common  stock  in the
foreseeable future. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the expansion of
our business and for general corporate purposes.

                                       23
<PAGE>

                                CAPITALIZATION

     The  following  table  sets  forth  our  cash  and  cash   equivalents  and
capitalization as of September 30, 1999:


   o on an actual  basis,  after  adjusting  for the "push down"  accounting  in
     connection with the acquisition of our company by Bridge, see footnote 1 to
     our  unaudited   financial   statements  that  are  in  the  back  of  this
     prospectus; and

   o on a pro forma, as adjusted basis to give effect to our receipt of proceeds
     of $300  million  in  this  offering,  net of  discounts,  commissions  and
     expenses  payable by us, and the use of an aggregate of $100 million of the
     proceeds  to pay a portion of the  purchase  price for the  acquisition  of
     network assets from Bridge.

     The  network  assets are to be recorded  at  Bridge's  historical  net book
value, with the excess of the purchase price over that amount being treated as a
reduction of stockholders' equity.

     See  "Use  of  Proceeds,"  "Unaudited  Pro  Forma  Consolidated   Financial
Statements,"  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results  of  Operations,"  "Business--Bridge  Relationship"  and  our  financial
statements and the notes to those  financial  statements that are in the back of
this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                                                  -------------------------
                                                                                 PRO FORMA
                                                                                    AS
                                                                     ACTUAL      ADJUSTED
                                                                  ------------ ------------
                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS,
                                                                     EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>
Cash and cash equivalents .......................................  $   1,983    $ 181,283
                                                                   =========    =========
Capitalized lease obligations, including current maturities .....  $   5,967    $  30,967
Due to Bridge under notes and sublease obligations ..............     17,270       38,270
                                                                   ---------    ---------
   Subtotal .....................................................     23,237       69,237
                                                                   ---------    ---------
Stockholders' equity:
   Common stock. $.01 par value per share; 125,000,000 shares
    authorized, 72,000,000 issued and outstanding (actual),
    and 84,765,957 issued and oustanding (pro forma as
    adjusted) ...................................................        720          848
   Additional paid-in capital ...................................     31,026      252,198
   Accumulated deficit ..........................................    (22,574)     (22,574)
                                                                   ---------    ---------
    Total stockholders' equity ..................................      9,172      230,472
                                                                   ---------    ---------
   Total capitalization .........................................  $  32,409    $ 299,709
                                                                   =========    =========
</TABLE>


                                       24
<PAGE>
                                   DILUTION

     Our net  tangible  book value as of  September  30, 1999 was  approximately
negative $21 million or  approximately  negative $.29 per share of common stock.
Net tangible book value per share  represents  total tangible  assets less total
liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding on that
date.  Dilution per share is the difference between the amount per share paid by
purchasers  of shares of common  stock in this  offering  and the pro forma,  as
adjusted  net tangible  book value per share  reflecting  this  offering and the
purchase of the network  assets from Bridge.  After giving effect to our sale of
the  12,765,957  shares of common stock  offered in this  offering at an assumed
initial  public  offering  price of $23.50 per share,  the midpoint of the range
shown on the cover of this prospectus,  our pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible
book value as of September 30, 1999 would have been $231  million,  or $2.37 per
share.  This  represents  an immediate  increase in pro forma net tangible  book
value to existing  stockholders of $2.66 per share and an immediate  dilution to
new investors of $21.13 per share.  The  following  table  illustrates  this per
share dilution, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share ..........                 $  23.50
   Net tangible book value per share as of September 30,
    1999 .................................................     $ (.29)
   Increase attributable to new investors ................       2.66
                                                               ------
Pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value per share
 after this offering .....................................                     2.37
                                                                           --------
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to
 new investors ...........................................                 $  21.13
                                                                           ========
</TABLE>



     Assuming the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our
as adjusted  pro forma net tangible  book value as of  September  30, 1999 would
have been approximately  $2.80 per share,  representing an immediate increase in
net tangible book value of $3.10 per share to our existing  stockholders  and an
immediate  dilution to new  investors in net  tangible  book value of $20.70 per
share.

     The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 1999, assuming the sale
of  12,765,957  shares of common  stock  offered in this  offering at a price of
$23.50 per share,   the number of shares of common stock  purchased from us, the
total  consideration  paid to us and the  average  price per  share  paid by the
existing  stockholders and by the new investors, before  deducting the estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and other expenses:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               SHARES PURCHASED         CASH CONSIDERATION(1)       AVERAGE CASH PRICE
                                           ------------------------   --------------------------   -------------------
                                              NUMBER       PERCENT        AMOUNT        PERCENT         PER SHARE
                                           ------------   ---------   --------------   ---------   -------------------
<S>                                        <C>               <C>      <C>                  <C>         <C>
Bridge .................................   53,870,279         64%     $                     0%         $   --
Other stockholders .....................   18,129,721         21%        9,064,861          3%             0.50
                                           ----------         --      ------------          -            ------
Existing stockholders ..................   72,000,000                    9,064,861
New investors in this offering .........   12,765,957         15%      300,000,000         97%          $ 23.50
                                           ----------         --      ------------         --           -------
 Total .................................   84,765,957        100%     $309,064,861        100%
                                           ==========        ===      ============        ===
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1) Cash  consideration  does not include the value of Bridge stock exchanged in
    Bridge's  acquisition of us on April 7, 1999, and the cash  consideration of
    $9,064,861  represents  the gross  amount  received by Bridge in its private
    placement of our stock to Bridge's stockholders.

     The  discussion  and table above  assumes  none of the options  outstanding
under our stock  option  plans as of  September  30, 1999 are  exercised.  As of
September  30,  1999,  there were  options  outstanding  to  purchase a total of
6,063,840  shares of common stock at a weighted  average  exercise price of $.50
per share.  To the extent that any of these options are  exercised,  you will be
diluted further.
                                       25
<PAGE>
             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The unaudited pro forma  consolidated  statement of operations for the nine
months ended  September  30, 1999 and for the year ended  December 31, 1998 give
effect to the following, as if each had occurred on January 1, 1998:

     o the acquisition of our company by Bridge in April 1999;

     o our receipt of $300 million in this offering,  less estimated  discounts,
       commissions  and expenses  payable by us; and o our purchase and sublease
       of the network assets from Bridge and our issuance of a note to Bridge in
       connection with the purchase.

     The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 1999
gives effect to the following, as if each had occurred on September 30, 1999:
     o our receipt of proceeds of $300 million in this offering,  less estimated
       discounts,  commissions  and  expenses  payable by us; o our purchase and
       sublease of the network assets from Bridge; and
     o our use of  proceeds of this  offering  to pay a portion of the  purchase
       price of the asset.

     As a  result  of SEC  rules  and as  discussed  in note 1 to our  unaudited
consolidated  financial  statements  in the  back  of this  prospectus,  we have
applied "push down" accounting to our historical financial statements.  In these
unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements, "Predecessor " represents
the historical results of our operations prior to the purchase of our company by
Bridge on April 7, 1999.  "Successor"  represents  the  historical  consolidated
balance sheet and results of our  operations  for the period  subsequent to that
purchase and the effects of the "push down" from April 7, 1999 through September
30, 1999.

     The  network  assets  to be  purchased  from  Bridge  are  recorded  in the
unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements at Bridge's historical net
book value of those assets. The excess of the purchase price over the historical
net book value of the assets  will be treated as a  reduction  in  stockholders'
equity.

     The pro forma  adjustments  and the assumptions on which they are based are
further  described  in  the  accompanying  notes  to  the  unaudited  pro  forma
consolidated  financial  statements.  You should  read the  unaudited  pro forma
consolidated   financial  statements  together  with  our  historical  financial
statements and the notes to those  financial  statements that are in the back of
this prospectus.

     The pro  forma  consolidated  financial  statements  are  for  illustrative
purposes  only.  You should  not rely on the  unaudited  pro forma  consolidated
financial statements as being indicative of the results that actually would have
occurred if the  transactions had occurred on the dates indicated or that may be
obtained in the future.


                                       26
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                 FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          ADJUSTMENTS
                                                             -------------------------------------
                                         HISTORICAL                BRIDGE
                                 ---------------------------   ACQUISITION OF       PURCHASE OF
                                  PREDECESSOR    SUCCESSOR         SAVVIS         NETWORK ASSETS          PRO FORMA
                                 ------------- ------------- ------------------ ------------------ ----------------------
<S>                               <C>          <C>           <C>                  <C>                 <C>
Revenues .......................  $    5,440   $   12,192                                             $      17,632
                                  ----------   ----------                                             -------------
Direct costs and operating
 expenses:
 Data communications and
   operations ..................       6,429       13,095                                                    19,524
 Selling, general and
   administrative ..............       4,751       11,142                                                    15,893
 Depreciation and
   amortization ................         793        9,747        $   (855) (1)     $  20,500  (3)            30,185
                                  ----------   ----------        --------          ---------          -------------
Total direct costs and operating
 expenses ......................      11,973       33,984            (855)              20,500               65,602
                                  ----------   ----------        --------          -----------        -------------
Loss from operations ...........      (6,533)     (21,792)            855              (20,500)             (47,970)
Net interest expense ...........         135          782                          2,567  (4)                 3,484
                                  ----------   ----------                          -----------        -------------
Net loss .......................  $   (6,668)  $  (22,574)       $    855          $   (23,067)       $     (51,454)
                                  ==========   ==========        ========          ===========        =============
Basic and diluted net loss per
 share .........................  $    (4.51)  $    (0.31)                                            $       (0.61) (7)
                                  ==========   ==========                                             =============
Weighted average number of
 shares ........................   1,670,709   72,000,000                                                84,765,957  (7)
                                  ==========   ==========                                             =============
</TABLE>


See notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

                                       27
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                  -------------------------------------
                                                                        BRIDGE
                                                      HISTORICAL    ACQUISITION OF       PURCHASE OF
                                                     PREDECESSOR        SAVVIS         NETWORK ASSETS         PRO FORMA
                                                    ------------- ------------------ ------------------ ---------------------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>                <C>                 <C>
Revenues ..........................................  $   13,674                                            $      13,674
Direct costs and operating expenses:
 Data communications and operations ...............      20,889                                                   20,889
 Selling, general and administrative ..............      12,245                                                   12,245
 Depreciation and amortization ....................       2,208      $  16,335  (2)     $  27,333  (3)            45,876
                                                     ----------      ---------          ---------          -------------
Total direct costs and operating expenses .........      35,342           16,335             27,333               79,010
                                                     ----------      -----------        -----------        -------------
Loss from operations ..............................     (21,668)         (16,335)           (27,333)             (65,336)
Net interest expense ..............................          75                         4,042  (4)                 4,117
                                                     ----------                         -----------        -------------
Net loss ..........................................  $  (21,743)     $   (16,335)       $   (31,375)       $     (69,453)
                                                     ==========      ===========        ===========        =============
Basic and diluted net loss per share ..............  $   (16.28)                                           $       (0.82)(7)
                                                     ==========                                            =============
Weighted average number of shares .................   1,482,151                                               84,765,957 (7)
                                                     ==========                                            =============
</TABLE>


See notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.


                                       28
<PAGE>
                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                           AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                    ----------------------------------------
                                                                       SALE OF COMMON        PURCHASE OF       PRO FORMA
                                                        HISTORICAL         STOCK           NETWORK ASSETS     AS ADJUSTED
                                                       ------------ ------------------- -------------------- ------------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>                  <C>               <C>
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents ............................    $ 1,983      $  279,300  (6)      $  (100,000)(5)    $181,283
Accounts receivable, net .............................      2,106                                                 2,106
Other current assets .................................        489                                                   489
                                                          -------                                              --------
    CURRENT ASSETS ...................................      4,578           279,300            (100,000)        183,878
Property, plant and equipment ........................      5,995                          88,000  (5)           93,995
Goodwill and intangible assets .......................     30,322                                                30,322
Other long-term assets ...............................        527                                                   527
                                                          -------                                              --------
       Total .........................................    $41,422      $    279,300         $   (12,000)       $308,722
                                                          =======      ============        ============        ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Accounts payable .....................................    $ 5,089                                              $  5,089
Accrued expenses .....................................      1,095                                                 1,095
Current portion of capital lease obligations .........      1,986                           $     8,000 (5)       9,986
Due to Bridge ........................................     17,270                                                17,270
Other accrued liabilities ............................      2,385                                                 2,385
                                                          -------                                              --------
    CURRENT LIABILITIES ..............................     27,825                                (8,000)         35,825
Due to Bridge ........................................         --                          21,000  (5)           21,000
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations              3,981                                17,000 (5)      20,981
Other liabilities ....................................        444                                                   444
                                                          -------                                              --------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES ................................     32,250                --              46,000          78,250
Stockholders' equity .................................      9,172      $  279,300  (6)          (58,000)(5)     230,472
                                                          -------      ------------        ------------        --------
       Total .........................................    $41,422      $    279,300         $   (12,000)       $308,722
                                                          =======      ============        ============        ========
</TABLE>

See notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

                                       29
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

       NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)


1)  To record  depreciation and amortization  expense of $9,685  associated with
    fixed assets, intangible assets and excess of purchase price over fair value
    of net assets acquired when Bridge acquired our company. These expenses were
    offset by the reversal of historical  amortization and depreciation  expense
    of $10,540.

2)  To record  depreciation and amortization  expense of $18,543 associated with
    fixed assets, intangible assets and excess of purchase price over fair value
    of net assets acquired when Bridge acquired our company. These expenses were
    offset by the reversal of historical  depreciation and amortization  expense
    of $2,208.

3)  To reflect  depreciation and amortization on the additional $88,000 net book
    value of the network assets acquired and subleased from Bridge. Depreciation
    on such assets, excluding approximately $6,000 of uninstalled equipment, has
    been  computed  using the straight  line method with an estimated  remaining
    life of assets of three years.


4)  To reflect  interest  expense on borrowings  from Bridge and under  sublease
    arrangements  assuming  that  network  assets with a $82,000 net book value,
    plus $6,000 in equipment awaiting installation,  were purchased or subleased
    from  Bridge for  $150,000  less  $4,000 of call  assets,  and  assuming  an
    interest rate of 10% on the note payable to Bridge and 9% on the subleases.

5)  To reflect the purchase of network assets  together with related  borrowings
    from  Bridge and the  sublease  from  Bridge,  assuming a purchase  price of
    $150,000  less  $4,000 of call  assets,  with the payment of $100,000 of the
    purchase price in cash from the offering proceeds of this offering,  $25,000
    in the form of capital  subleases  and  $21,000 in the form of a  promissory
    note to Bridge.  These amounts  exclude the net book value of assets outside
    the  United  States  that may be  purchased  in the  future,  once we obtain
    regulatory  approvals.  The excess of the purchase  price of the assets over
    their net book value has been  reflected  as a  reduction  of  stockholders'
    equity.

6)  To reflect the proceeds,  net of issuance costs, from the sale of 12,765,957
    shares  of common  stock in this  offering,  at an  assumed  initial  public
    offering price of $23.50 per share.


7)  Pro forma  loss per  share is  calculated  using the total  shares of common
    stock that will be outstanding after this offering.

                                       30
<PAGE>


                SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     We derived the selected  historical  consolidated  financial data presented
below as of and for each of the three years ended  December 31,  1996,  1997 and
1998  from our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  consolidated
financial  statements as of and for the years ended  December 31, 1996, and 1997
have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent  auditors.  Our consolidated
financial  statements  as of and for the year ended  December 31, 1998 have been
audited by  Deloitte & Touche LLP,  independent  auditors.  We began  commercial
operations in 1996.

     We derived the selected consolidated financial data presented below for the
nine months  ended  September  30,  1998,  the period from January 1 to April 6,
1999,  and the period from April 7 to September 30, 1999 and as of September 30,
1999 from our  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements.  We prepared  the
unaudited  financial  statements on substantially  the same basis as our audited
financial  statements and, in our opinion,  the unaudited  financial  statements
include all  adjustments  necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the results of
operations for those periods.  Historical results are not necessarily indicative
of the results to be expected in the future,  and results of interim periods are
not  necessarily  indicative of results for the entire year. You should read the
information  set forth below together with the  discussion  under the "Unaudited
Pro Forma  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,"  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations"  and our financial
statements and the notes to those  financial  statements that are in the back of
this prospectus.

     On April 7, 1999,  Bridge acquired all our equity  securities and accounted
for this acquisition as a purchase  transaction.  Since the purchase transaction
resulted in our company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Bridge,  SEC rules
required us to establish a new basis of accounting for the purchased  assets and
liabilities.  The accounting for the purchase transaction has been "pushed down"
to the financial  statements of SAVVIS.  Therefore,  the purchase price has been
allocated to the underlying  assets  purchased and liabilities  assumed based on
the  estimated  fair  market  values  of these  assets  and  liabilities  at the
acquisition  date.  Solely  as  a  result  of  the  application  of  fair  value
accounting,  intangibles,  goodwill,  other liabilities and stockholders' equity
were  increased,  and fixed  assets  were  decreased,  in the  SAVVIS  unaudited
consolidated balance sheet. The SAVVIS unaudited historical consolidated balance
sheet data as of  September  30, 1999 and  unaudited  consolidated  statement of
operations  data for the period from April 7, 1999  through  September  30, 1999
reflect  our  acquisition  by Bridge  and are  labeled  "Successor."  The SAVVIS
historical  financial data for the periods prior to the  acquisition are labeled
"Predecessor."

     On September 10, 1999, Bridge sold in a private placement approximately 25%
of its equity ownership in SAVVIS to existing  shareholders of Bridge,  at which
time Welsh Carson purchased from Bridge a 12% interest in SAVVIS.

     EBITDA  represents  earnings (loss) before  depreciation and  amortization,
interest income and expense and income tax expense  (benefit).  We have included
information   concerning  EBITDA  because  our  management  believes  that  such
information is used by investors and other interested parties in our industry as
one measure of a company's  operating  performance and liquidity.  EBITDA is not
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles,  is not
indicative of cash used by operating  activities and should not be considered in
isolation  or as an  alternative  to,  or  more  meaningful  than,  measures  of
operating   performance   determined  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted
accounting principles.  Additionally,  EBITDA as used in this prospectus may not
be  comparable  to  similarly  titled  measures  of  other  companies,  as other
companies may not calculate it in a similar manner.

                                       31
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 PREDECESSOR
                                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            NINE MONTHS ENDED   JANUARY 1 TO
                                                -------------------------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,       APRIL 6,
                                                     1996          1997           1998              1998             1999
                                                ------------- -------------- -------------- ------------------- --------------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>               <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues ......................................   $     290     $    2,758     $   13,674       $    8,914        $    5,440
Direct costs and operating expenses:
 Data communications and operations                   1,044         11,072         20,889           14,609             6,429
 Selling, general and administrative ..........       1,204          5,130         12,245            7,353             4,751
 Depreciation and amortization ................         153            631          2,208            1,500               793
                                                  ---------     ----------     ----------       ----------        ----------
   Total direct costs and operating
    expenses ..................................       2,401         16,833         35,342           23,462            11,973
                                                  ---------     ----------     ----------       ----------        ----------
Loss from operations ..........................      (2,111)       (14,075)       (21,668)         (14,548)           (6,533)
Interest expense, net .........................          60            427             75              113               135
Net loss ......................................   $  (2,171)    $  (14,502)    $  (21,743)      $  (14,661)       $   (6,668)
                                                  =========     ==========     ==========       ==========        ==========
Net loss available to common
 stockholders .................................   $  (2,171)    $  (14,653)    $  (24,134)      $  (16,237)       $   (7,540)
                                                  =========     ==========     ==========       ==========        ==========
Basic and diluted net loss per share ..........   $   (2.42)    $   (15.69)    $   (16.28)      $   (11.31)       $    (4.51)
Weighted average number of shares .............     895,764        933,922      1,482,151        1,435,792         1,670,709
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA ........................................   $  (1,958)    $  (13,444)    $  (19,460)      $  (13,048)       $   (5,740)
Capital expenditures ..........................         884            697          1,688            1,308               275
Cash used in operating activities .............      (1,293)       (10,502)       (20,560)         (15,530)           (6,185)
Cash used in investing activities .............        (884)          (697)        (2,438)          (2,058)             (275)
Cash provided by financing activities .........       2,740         12,024         24,121           24,445             4,533



<CAPTION>
                                                   SUCCESSOR
                                                --------------
                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                  APRIL 7 TO
                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1999
                                                --------------
                                                 (DOLLARS IN
                                                  THOUSANDS,
                                                    EXCEPT
                                                SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                             <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues ......................................  $    12,192
Direct costs and operating expenses:
 Data communications and operations                   13,095
 Selling, general and administrative ..........       11,142
 Depreciation and amortization ................        9,747
                                                 -----------
   Total direct costs and operating
    expenses ..................................       33,984
                                                 -----------
Loss from operations ..........................      (21,792)
Interest expense, net .........................          782
Net loss ......................................  $   (22,574)
                                                 ===========
Net loss available to common
 stockholders .................................  $   (22,574)
                                                 ===========
Basic and diluted net loss per share ..........  $     (0.31)
Weighted average number of shares .............   72,000,000
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA ........................................  $   (12,045)
Capital expenditures ..........................          855
Cash used in operating activities .............       (9,945)
Cash used in investing activities .............         (855)
Cash provided by financing activities .........       12,189
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PREDECESSOR                    SUCCESSOR
                                                   --------------------------------------   --------------
                                                             AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                   --------------------------------------        AS OF
                                                                                             SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1996         1997           1998            1999
                                                   --------   ------------   ------------   --------------
                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents ......................    $  573     $   1,398      $   2,521         $ 1,983
Goodwill and intangibles, net ..................        --            --          1,197          30,322
Total assets ...................................     1,888         4,313         11,454          41,422
Debt and capital lease obligations .............     1,126         9,495          2,759          23,237
Redeemable preferred stock, net of
 discount and deferred financing costs .........       500         5,261         37,937              --
Stockholders' equity (deficit) .................      (693)      (15,395)       (35,157)          9,172
</TABLE>


                                       32
<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     You  should  read the  following  discussion  together  with our  financial
statements and the notes to those  financial  statements that are in the back of
this prospectus.

OVERVIEW

     We are a rapidly growing provider of high quality,  high performance global
data networking and  Internet-related  services to medium and large  businesses,
multinational  corporations  and  Internet  service  providers.  To provide  our
Internet  access  services,  we  use  the  SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network,  a data
communications  network that uses our eight  PrivateNAPsSM  and our  proprietary
routing  policies to reduce data loss and enhance  performance  by avoiding  the
congested public access points on the Internet.

     We began commercial  operations in 1996,  offering Internet access services
to local and regional  Internet service  providers.  Our customer base has grown
from 15 customers at the end of 1996 to over 800.

     On March 4, 1998, we acquired Interconnected  Associates,  Inc., a regional
Internet  service  provider  serving  approximately  170  customers  in Seattle,
Washington and Portland,  Oregon,  for $750,000 in cash and shares of our common
stock with an estimated fair value of $583,000. We accounted for the acquisition
using the purchase method of accounting.

     On  April  7,  1999,  we  were  acquired  by  Bridge  in a  stock-for-stock
transaction that was accounted for as a "purchase  transaction" under Accounting
Principles  Board  Opinion No. 16.  Under the terms of the  transaction,  Bridge
issued  approximately  3,011,000  shares  of  its  common  stock  together  with
approximately  239,000  options and warrants on its common stock in exchange for
all of  our  outstanding  equity  securities.  Since  the  purchase  transaction
resulted in our company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Bridge,  SEC rules
required us to establish a new basis of accounting for the assets  purchased and
liabilities  assumed.  As a result, the purchase price has been allocated to the
underlying  assets  purchased and  liabilities  assumed based on estimated  fair
market value of these assets and  liabilities on the  acquisition  date, and the
difference  between the purchase price and the fair market value was recorded as
goodwill.  The accounting for the purchase transaction has been "pushed down" to
our financial  statements.  The impact of the  acquisition on our balance sheet,
solely as a result of the application of fair value accounting,  was to increase
intangibles,  goodwill,  other  liabilities  and  stockholders'  equity,  and to
decrease  fixed  assets.  As a result of the  acquisition  and the  "push  down"
accounting,  our results of operations  following the acquisition,  particularly
our  depreciation  and  amortization,  are  not  comparable  to our  results  of
operations prior to the acquisition.

     On September 10, 1999, Bridge sold in a private placement approximately 25%
of its equity  ownership in SAVVIS to the existing  stockholders  of Bridge,  at
which time Welsh Carson purchased from Bridge a 12% interest in SAVVIS.

     Simultaneously  with  the  completion  of this  offering,  we will  acquire
Bridge's global Internet  protocol  network,  which has been integrated with our
network since  September 1999, for total  consideration  of  approximately  $150
million.  At that time, we will enter into a 10-year network services  agreement
with Bridge under which we will  provide  managed  data  networking  services to
Bridge.   The  purchase  will   substantially   increase  our  depreciation  and
amortization.  Our fees  will be based  upon the  actual  cash cost to Bridge of
operating the network as configured on October 31, 1999, as adjusted for changes
to the network  related to  Bridge's  network  requirements  through the date of
transfer. Our fees for additional services provided during the first year beyond
the  original  network  will be  based  on the  estimated  cost to  provide  the
services. After the first year of the agreement the prices for services provided
over  our  network  will be  mutually  agreed  upon  or  determined  by  binding
arbitration. However, Bridge has agreed that:

   (1)  the amount  paid to us under the  agreement  during the second year will
        not be less than 110% of the rates and  charges  as  determined  for the
        first year of the agreement;


                                       33
<PAGE>

   (2)  the  amount  paid to us under the  agreement  for the third  year of the
        agreement  will  not be less  than  120% of the  rates  and  charges  as
        determined for the first year of the agreement;

   (3)  the amount  paid to us under the  agreement  for the  fourth,  fifth and
        sixth years will not be less than 80% of the total amount paid by Bridge
        and its subsidiaries for Internet protocol data transport services; and

   (4)  the amount paid to us under the agreement for the seventh  through tenth
        years will not be less than 60% of the total  amount  paid by Bridge and
        its subsidiaries for Internet protocol data transport services.


     Because under the network services agreement the amounts paid to us for the
services to be provided over the original network acquired from Bridge are based
upon the cash cost to operate the original network,  the purchase of the network
and provision of services  under the network  services  agreement will result in
losses  and  negative  cash flow from  operations  until we can sell  additional
services over that network to Bridge or other customers. However, because Bridge
is paying us the  estimated  cash cost to operate the  original  network and the
estimated total cost for additional network facilities, we expect any additional
revenues  generated from the use of the network to generate  higher  incremental
operating margins.

     Bridge  will  also  agree to  provide  to us  various  services,  including
technical  support,  customer support and project  management in the procurement
and installation of equipment.  In addition,  Bridge will agree to provide to us
additional   administrative  and  operational  services,  such  as  payroll  and
accounting functions,  benefit management and office space, until we develop the
capabilities to perform these services ourselves. We expect to generally develop
these  capabilities  by the end of 2000. For a more detailed  description of our
arrangements with Bridge, see "Business--Bridge Relationship."

     Revenue.  Our  revenue  will be  derived  primarily  from  the sale of data
networking,  Internet access and colocation services. Through December 31, 1998,
our revenue was primarily  derived from the sale of Internet  access services to
local and regional Internet service providers in the United States. Beginning in
late 1998, we also began to offer Internet  security and colocation  services to
corporate customers. Beginning in September 1999, we began to offer managed data
networking services.

     We charge each customer an initial  installation  fee that typically ranges
from  $500 to  $5,000  and a fixed  monthly  fee that  varies  depending  on the
services  provided,  the bandwidth used and the quality of service level chosen.
Our customer  agreements  are typically for 12 to 36 months.  As of November 30,
1999, approximately 6% of our customer agreements, representing approximately 5%
of our revenues for the month of November  1999,  were  month-to-month  and were
able to be terminated on 30 days' notice.  We expect the proportion of customers
on  month-to-month  agreements will continue to decrease as we add new customers
and our sales force continues to pursue longer renewals.

     Prices for  telecommunication  services,  including  the services we offer,
have  decreased  significantly  over the past  several  years and we expect this
trend to continue for the foreseeable future.

     We expect that a  substantial  portion of our revenues will be generated by
our network services agreement with Bridge. As of September 30, 1999, Bridge had
an estimated  105,000  trading  terminals  connected  to its  Internet  protocol
network and an estimated 145,000 trading terminals connected over networks using
older protocols. Bridge has informed us that it expects to convert its remaining
customers to the Internet  protocol network over the next three years. We expect
that, to the extent these customers are converted,  Bridge will order additional
services from us under the network services agreement. We cannot assure you that
any of these  customers will be converted or as to what schedule any conversions
will be completed.

     While we expect our  revenues  from Bridge to  increase,  we expect them to
decrease as a percentage of our total revenues as we expand our data networking,
Internet  access and colocation  customer  base. We believe data  networking and
colocation  services will increase as a percentage of our  non-Bridge  recurring
revenues as we expand these service offerings.


                                       34
<PAGE>
     DIRECT  COSTS  AND EXPENSES. Direct costs and expenses are comprised of the
following items:

     Data  communications  and operations.  Data  communications  and operations
expenses include the cost of:

     o connections to other Internet service providers;

     o leasing local access lines;

     o transmission connections;

     o engineering salaries and related benefits;

     o other related repairs and maintenance items;

     o leasing routers and switches;

     o leasing colocation space; and

     o installing local access lines at customer sites.

     These costs will also include the cost of the network operations center, as
well as the  customer  help desk and other  services  that will be  provided  by
Bridge  under  the  technical  services   agreement.   Data  communications  and
operations expenses will increase significantly with the inclusion of the Bridge
network. In addition,  we expect that these costs will increase in total dollars
as we expand our network and increase our customer base, but we expect that they
will decrease as a percentage of revenues.

     Selling,  general and administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses include the cost of:

     o sales and marketing salaries and related benefits;

     o advertising and direct marketing;

     o sales commissions and referral payments;

     o office rental;

     o administrative support personnel;

     o bad debt expense; and

     o travel.

     We anticipate  that these  expenses will  increase  significantly  in total
dollars as we add more sales personnel and administrative  support personnel and
increase our  marketing  initiatives  to support the  acquisition  of the Bridge
network and for the expansion of our customer base. Annual facility expenses are
expected to  increase  significantly  beginning  in the year 2000 as a result of
newly leased headquarters  facility in Herndon,  Virginia.  Our incremental cost
will  approximate  $2.3 million per year.  We expect that  selling,  general and
administrative expenses will decrease as a percentage of revenues.

     Depreciation  and  amortization.   Depreciation  and  amortization  expense
consists  primarily  of the  depreciation  and  amortization  of  communications
equipment, capital leases, goodwill and intangibles. We expect these expenses to
increase  as we make  significant  investments  in the  network as we expand our
business.  Generally,  depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method
over the useful life of the  associated  asset,  which ranges from three to five
years. Goodwill resulting from our acquisition by Bridge is being amortized over
three years and other intangibles are being amortized over one to three years.

     Interest expense.  Historical interest expense is related to debt to banks,
convertible notes, loans from Bridge and capitalized  leases. In connection with
our purchase of Bridge's  Internet  protocol network assets,  we will enter into
subleases with Bridge relating to their capitalized leases for

                                       35
<PAGE>

network  equipment  that Bridge  could not  directly  assign to us. We expect to
issue a three-year promissory note to Bridge for a portion of the purchase price
in   connection   with  the  purchase  of  the  Bridge   network   assets.   See
"Business--Bridge   Relationship."  As  a  result,  our  interest  expense  will
increase.

     Income tax expense.  We incurred  operating  losses from inception  through
September  30, 1999 and,  therefore,  have not  recorded a provision  for income
taxes in our  historical  financial  statements.  We have  recorded a  valuation
allowance for the full amount of our net deferred tax assets  because we believe
that the future realization of the tax benefit is uncertain.  As of December 31,
1998, we had net operating  loss carry  forwards of  approximately  $30 million.
Section 382 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  restricts  the  utilization  of net
operating  losses and other  carryover tax attributes  upon the occurrence of an
ownership change, as defined. Such an ownership change occurred during 1999 as a
result of the  acquisition  of our company by Bridge.  Management  believes that
this  limitation  will not  materially  restrict  our ability to utilize the net
operating losses over the carryforward periods ranging from 15 to 20 years.


     As we expand  our  network,  increase  our  employee  base to  support  our
expanded operations and invest in our marketing and sales operations,  we expect
our  losses,  net cash  used in  operating  activities  and  negative  EBITDA to
increase substantially for the foreseeable future.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The historical  financial  information included in this prospectus will not
reflect our future results of operations, financial position and cash flows. Our
results of  operations,  financial  position  and cash flows  subsequent  to the
purchase of Bridge's network and the commencement of the related agreements will
not be comparable to prior periods.

  Nine  Months  Ended September 30, 1999 Compared to Nine Months Ended September
  30, 1998

     The  following  discussion  compares the combined  results of operations of
SAVVIS and our  predecessor  for the nine months ended  September 30, 1999, with
those of our  predecessor  for the nine months ended  September  30,  1998.  The
combined  results  consist of the sum of the financial data from January 1, 1999
through  April  6,  1999 for the  predecessor  and from  April 7,  1999  through
September 30, 1999 for SAVVIS. The acquisition by Bridge resulted in a new basis
of  accounting,  which  impacted  depreciation  and  amortization  in the period
subsequent to April 7, 1999.

     Revenue.  Revenue was approximately $17.6 million for the first nine months
of 1999,  compared to  approximately  $8.9  million for the first nine months of
1998,  an increase of 98%.  This $8.7  million  increase  was  primarily  due to
increased  marketing and sales efforts and the resulting  increase in the number
of  customers  to 577 from 386,  as well as a nominal  increase  in  services to
existing customers.

     Data  Communications  and Operations.  Data  communications  and operations
expenses  were  approximately  $19.5  million  for the first nine months of 1999
compared to approximately $14.6 million for the first nine months of 1998, a 34%
increase.  This  approximately $4.9 million increase was due to costs associated
with the expansion of our network and the increase in our customer base, and the
hiring of additional engineering personnel.

     Selling,  General and Administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses  were  approximately  $15.9  million for the first nine months of 1999,
compared to  approximately  $7.4  million for the first nine months of 1998,  an
increase  of 115%.  This  approximately  $8.5  million  increase  was due to the
increase  in the size of our  sales  force  in  connection  with  our  increased
marketing  efforts.  As  a  result,  our  personnel  expenses  and  the  related
recruiting and travel costs,  sales,  marketing and administrative  departmental
costs and professional service expenses increased accordingly.

     Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expenses were
approximately  $10.5  million  for the first nine  months of 1999,  compared  to
approximately $1.5 million for the first nine months of 1998. Approximately $8.1
million of the approximately $9.0 million increase was


                                       36
<PAGE>

attributed to the amortization of goodwill and other intangibles  resulting from
Bridge's acquisition of our company effective April 7, 1999, while the remaining
increase primarily resulted from increased capital expenditures for equipment in
connection with the continuing expansion of our network.

     Interest Expense,  Net. Interest expense, net was approximately $.9 million
for the first nine months of 1999, compared to approximately $.1 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998. The  approximately $.8 million increase in
interest  expense,  net was  attributable  to  interest on amounts due to Bridge
advanced  to us to fund our  operations  and an increase  in  capitalized  lease
obligations incurred to expand the network.

     Net Loss.  Net loss was  approximately  $29.2  million  for the first  nine
months of 1999,  compared  to  approximately  $14.7  million  for the first nine
months of 1998.

  Year Ended December 31, 1998 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1997

     Revenue.  Revenue was $13.7  million in 1998  compared  to $2.8  million in
1997,  an increase of 389%.  This $10.9  million  increase was  primarily due to
increased marketing and sales efforts and the resulting  substantial increase in
the number of customers.

     Data  Communications  and Operations.  Data  communications  and operations
expenses  were $20.9  million in 1998,  compared  to $11.1  million in 1997,  an
increase of 88%. This $9.8 million increase was due to costs associated with the
expansion of our network and the increase in the customer base.

     Selling,  General and Administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses  were  $12.2  million in 1998,  compared  to $5.1  million in 1997,  an
increase of 139%.  The principal  increase in these  expenses  resulted from the
increased  size of our sales  force in the second  half of 1998.  Marketing  and
administrative  costs also increased in 1998 to support the increased  number of
customers.

     Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expenses were
$2.2  million in 1998,  compared  to $.6  million in 1997,  an increase of 267%.
Depreciation  and  amortization   expense  increased  due  to  the  purchase  of
communications equipment for the expansion of our network and the acquisition of
Interconnected Associates.

     Interest  Expense,  Net.  Interest  expense,  net was $.1  million in 1998,
compared to $.4 million in 1997,  a decrease of 75%.  This $.3 million  decrease
was directly  attributed to the conversion of a portion of our convertible notes
into equity securities in connection with our corporate  reorganization in March
1998 and interest income earned on proceeds received in the transaction.

     Net  Loss. Net loss was $21.7 million in 1998, compared to $14.5 million in
1997, a 50% increase.


  Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 1996

     Revenue.  Revenue was $2.8 million in 1997  compared to $.3 million in 1996
(our first year of operations).  This $2.5 million increase was primarily due to
increased  marketing and sales efforts and the resulting  increase in the number
of customers.

     Data  Communications  and Operations.  Data  communications  and operations
expenses  were $11.1  million in 1997,  compared to $1.0  million in 1996.  This
$10.1  million  increase was due to costs  associated  with the expansion of our
network and the increase in our customer base.

     Selling,  General and Administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses were $5.1 million in 1997,  compared to $1.2 million in 1996. This $3.9
million  increase was primarily  attributable  to the expansion of our business,
including  personnel  expenses,  sales  and  marketing  costs  and  professional
services expenses.

     Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expenses were
$.6 million in 1997,  compared to $.2 million in 1996. This $.4 million increase
is attributable to the purchase of communications equipment for the expansion of
our network.


                                       37
<PAGE>

     Interest  Expense,  Net.  Interest  expense,  net was $.4  million in 1997,
compared to $.1 million in 1996.  This $.3 million  increase is  attributable to
interest on capitalized  lease  obligations that we entered into in 1997 and the
interest on convertible notes and bank debt.

     Net  Loss.  Net loss was $14.5 million in 1997, compared to $2.2 million in
1996.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     We have  historically  generated  negative cash flows from  operations.  We
generated negative cash flows from operations of $15.5 million and $16.1 million
for the first  nine  months of 1998 and 1999,  respectively,  and $1.3  million,
$10.5 million and $20.6 million for 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

     From  January  1,  1996  through  September  30,  1999,  we  have  expended
approximately  $90  million for  operating  purposes  and for the  construction,
maintenance and expansion of our network.  Net cash used in investing activities
was  approximately  $1.1  million  for the first  nine  months of 1999,  and $.9
million, $.7 million and $2.4 million for 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. Net
cash used in investing activities in each period primarily reflects purchases of
property and equipment not financed with capital leases.  In March 1998, we used
approximately  $.8 million in cash and stock with a fair value of  approximately
$.6  million to acquire  Interconnected  Associates.  See note 5 to our  audited
financial statements that are in the back of this prospectus.  Net cash provided
by financing activities was $16.7 million for the first nine months of 1999, and
$2.7  million,  $12.0  million  and  $24.1  million  for  1996,  1997 and  1998,
respectively.  We obtained  funds  through  issuances of equity  securities  and
convertible  notes, bank financing,  capital lease obligations and advances from
Bridge  pursuant to demand notes.  As of September 30, 1999, we had  outstanding
demand loans from Bridge of approximately $17.3 million.

     We expect our capital  expenditures will total  approximately  $1.2 million
for 1999. We expect to have capital expenditures,  excluding the purchase of the
Bridge network  assets,  of  approximately  $160 million in 2000 as we build out
colocation  facilities,  deploy ATM  devices,  and expand our  network to 24 new
cities.

     Upon  completion  of this  offering,  we  will  acquire  Bridge's  Internet
protocol network assets for total  consideration  of approximately  $150 million
less $4 million of call  assets.  Of this  amount,  $25 million  will be paid by
entering into capitalized  sublease  obligations  with Bridge.  Of the remaining
purchase price,  $100 million will be paid with a portion of the net proceeds of
this  offering.  In the event we receive more than $300 million from the sale of
common stock in this offering,  50% of the excess will be applied to the balance
of the purchase  price and, then only after the balance of the purchase price is
paid, to the remaining  outstanding debt to Bridge. Any remaining purchase price
not paid out of proceeds  from this  offering  will be paid by the issuance of a
three-year promissory note that will bear interest at 10% per year.

     In connection with our acquisition of Bridge's network assets,  Bridge will
assign to us numerous agreements for the purchase of communications services. To
obtain the suppliers' consents to such assignments, in several instances, Bridge
will guarantee our performance  under these  agreements.  In the event Bridge is
ever required to make payments to these suppliers on our behalf,  Bridge will be
entitled to reduce its payments to us under the network services  agreement in a
like amount.  We are currently  discussing  with several of these  suppliers the
release of Bridge from its guarantee  obligations  in exchange for the placement
of  deposits or  stand-by  letters of credit by us. We  estimate  that we may be
required to deposit between $10 to $15 million for such purposes.

     We have arrangements with various suppliers of communications services that
require us to maintain  minimum  spending  levels,  some of which  increase over
time. Our aggregate minimum spending level is approximately $28 million in 2000.
In specific  instances,  we are able to choose among a variety of communications
services offered to meet these spending minimums. We are currently exceeding all
of our  spending  minimums  and  expect  to  continue  to do so as  our  network
requirements expand.  However, if our network requirements were to decrease,  we
could be obligated to make  payments to these  suppliers  for services we do not
need.


                                       38
<PAGE>

     Although  we plan to  invest  significantly  in  equipment  and in  network
expansion,  except as described in the preceding paragraph,  we have no material
commitments for such items at this time. As we expand our network,  increase our
employee base to support our expanded operations and invest in our marketing and
sales  organizations,  we expect to have significant  cash  requirements for the
foreseeable future.


     We  believe  that the net  proceeds  of this  offering,  together  with our
existing cash and cash equivalents,  and anticipated vendor financings,  will be
sufficient  to fund our capital  needs through the end of 2000. We are currently
in discussions  with two separate vendors to obtain vendor financing for network
equipment  purchases.  In the absence of proceeds from this offering we would be
required to seek capital from external sources and curtail  expansion plans. See
"Risk Factors--Risks Related to Our Business--We will require additional capital
to conduct our business, but we currently do not have a credit facility or other
source of  funding."  We will need to raise a  significant  amount of capital to
fund our capital  expenditures,  operating  deficits,  working capital needs and
debt service requirements after 2000. We intend to seek equity or debt financing
from  external  sources to meet our cash needs after 2000.  We cannot assure you
that such additional funding will be available on terms satisfactory to us or at
all.

IMPACT OF THE YEAR 2000

     Many  computers,  software,  and other equipment  include  computer code in
which calendar year data is abbreviated to only two digits.  As a result of this
design decision,  some of these systems could fail to operate or fail to produce
correct  results if "00" is  interpreted to mean 1900,  rather than 2000.  These
problems are widely  expected to increase in frequency  and severity as the year
2000 approaches, and are commonly referred to as the "Year 2000 problem."

     General Readiness Assessment.  The Year 2000 problem may affect the network
infrastructure,  computers, software and other equipment that we use, operate or
maintain  for our  operations.  As a result,  we have  formalized  our Year 2000
compliance  plan,  which has been  substantially  implemented by a team assigned
this  task.  As part of our Year 2000  compliance  plan,  the  project  team has
compiled a listing of all mission-critical  items, both developed internally and
purchased from outside  sources,  that may be impacted by the Year 2000 problem.
We then obtained  information from the independent  third parties whose products
or services we use to identify the Year 2000  readiness of all  mission-critical
items.  Substantially  all  mission-critical  items  that  were  found not to be
compliant  were  then  upgraded  to  a  compliant  version,  model  or  release.
Mission-critical  items that were  internally  developed  were created with Year
2000 compliance in mind, and have been thoroughly  tested. We have purchased and
developed all of our hardware and software  since 1995. As a result,  we have no
legacy systems that are most commonly afflicted with Year 2000 problems.

     Costs of  assessing  and  addressing  Year  2000  compliance.  The costs of
upgrading  the various  hardware or software that were found not to be compliant
as well as the cost of assessing and addressing Year 2000 compliance issues were
approximately $100,000.  These costs were absorbed into normal operating expense
and salary structures.

     Risks  associated  with  Year  2000  problems.  We  believe  that  we  have
identified and resolved all Year 2000 problems that could significantly harm our
business  operations.  However,  we believe that it is not possible to determine
with  complete  certainty  that all Year 2000  problems  affecting  us have been
identified  or  corrected.  The  number of  devices  and  systems  that could be
affected and the interactions among these devices and systems are numerous.


     In such cases  where we do not have the ability to perform our own tests on
third party  technologies,  we have found written  assertions of compliance from
all of our significant  vendors and third parties on their websites.  No one can
accurately predict which Year 2000-related  failures will occur or the severity,
timing,  duration,  or financial  consequences of these potential failures. As a
result, we believe that the following are possible:

   o  A significant number of operational  inconveniences and inefficiencies for
      us, our suppliers and our customers that will divert management's time and
      attention,  and  financial  and human  resources  from  ordinary  business
      activities;


                                       39
<PAGE>

   o  Possible business disputes and claims,  including claims under our Service
      Level Agreements,  due to Year 2000 problems  experienced by our customers
      and  incorrectly  attributed  to our  services  or  performance,  which we
      believe will be resolved in the ordinary course of business;

   o  A few serious business disputes alleging that we failed to comply with the
      terms of customer contracts or industry standards of performance,  some of
      which could result in litigation or contract termination;

   o  One or more of our telecommunication  and/or Internet access providers may
      encounter  difficulties related to the Year 2000 problem and, as a result,
      may not be able to send  data to or  receive  data from one or more of our
      PrivateNAPsSM.

     Contingency   Plans.  We  believe  our  company  is  Year  2000  compliant.
Therefore,  our  contingency  plans  mostly  take the form of fast and efficient
responses to Year 2000 problems identified as they materialize. Specifically:

   o We will have staff from each of our technical  departments  present on site
     at midnight on December 31, 1999, as well as additional staff "on call."

   o We  will  also  make  arrangements  with  vendors  of key  mission-critical
     equipment  and software to ensure that they have staff present or "on call"
     to immediately address any issues that arrive with the Year 2000.

   o Where  feasible,  we will  have  backup  systems  in  place  so that we may
     transition functionality from affected systems.


RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS


     In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments
and Hedging  Activities," which establishes  accounting and reporting  standards
for derivative  instruments and hedging  activities.  As amended by Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 137, this standard will be effective for us
for the fiscal years and quarters  beginning  after June 15, 2000,  and requires
that an entity  recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the
statement of financial  position and measure those instruments at fair value. We
are currently evaluating the impact of this standard.

     In April 1998,  the  American  Institute of  Certified  Public  Accountants
issued  Statement  of  Position  98-5,  "Reporting  on  the  Costs  of  Start-Up
Activities." This standard  requires  companies to expense the costs of start-up
activities and organization  costs as incurred and is effective for fiscal years
beginning  after  December  15,  1998.  We do not expect  that  adoption of this
standard will have a material impact on our results of operations.

     In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  131,  "Disclosures  About  Segments of an
Enterprise  and  Related  Information,"  which  establishes  annual and  interim
reporting   standards  for  an  enterprise's   business   segments  and  related
disclosures about its products, services,  geographic areas and major customers.
Our adoption of this standard did not affect our financial position,  results of
operations or cash flows for any period presented.

QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE MARKET RISKS

     Our primary  market  risk  exposures  relate to changes in interest  rates.
Following the purchase of Bridge's global Internet  protocol network assets,  we
expect to  expand  our  business  internationally,  and as a result,  we will be
exposed to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

     Our financial  instruments  that are sensitive to changes in interest rates
are our  borrowings  from Bridge,  all of which were entered into for other than
trading  purposes.  These demand  notes bear  interest at a fixed rate of 8%. In
addition, in connection with our purchase of Bridge's network assets,


                                       40
<PAGE>

we expect to issue a three-year  promissory  note that will bear  interest at an
annual rate of 10%.  Because the interest rate on these notes is fixed,  changes
in interest  rates will not directly  impact our cash flows.  As of December 31,
1998,  the aggregate fair value of our  borrowings  approximated  their carrying
value.

     Although  our  functional  currency  will be the United  States  dollar,  a
significant  portion of our revenue in the future may be derived  from our sales
and operations  outside the United States,  and we expect to incur a significant
portion of our operating costs outside the United States.  As a result,  changes
in foreign currency  exchange rates may have a significant  effect on our future
results of operations. We may engage in hedging transactions to mitigate foreign
exchange risk.


                                       41
<PAGE>

                                   BUSINESS

     We are a rapidly growing provider of high quality,  high performance global
data networking and  Internet-related  services to medium and large  businesses,
multinational  corporations and Internet service  providers.  Bridge Information
Systems,  one  of the  leading  content  providers  to  the  financial  services
industry,  utilizes the SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network to deliver Bridge's content
and applications to over 4,500 financial  institutions,  including 75 of the top
100  banks in the  world  and 45 of the top 50  brokerage  firms  in the  United
States. We currently offer a wide range of managed data network  services,  high
bandwidth Internet access services and colocation services.

     The SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network was constructed to meet the real-time data
delivery  requirements  of the most  demanding  customers.  Our network has been
operational  since 1996 and has over 6,000 buildings on-net in 83 of the world's
major commercial centers in 43 countries.  Our network  architecture is based on
ATM, frame relay and Internet protocol technologies.  Additionally,  our 83-city
global system connects to eight  PrivateNAPsSM,  which will be expanded to 12 by
March 2000,  allowing us to bypass the congested  public Internet access points.
This network design enables us to provide  real-time data delivery and guarantee
low latency and low data loss.  The network also allows us to tailor our service
offerings  to our  customers'  needs and to offer a range of  quality of service
levels.

     We began commercial  operations in 1996,  offering Internet access services
to local  and  regional  Internet  service  providers.  In April  1999,  we were
acquired by Bridge,  a global  provider of real-time  and  historical  financial
information and news regarding stocks,  bonds,  foreign exchange and commodities
to the  financial  services  industry.  As of  December  30,  1999 Bridge had an
estimated  250,000 network terminals  installed  worldwide of which an estimated
115,000  terminals  are  connected  to the SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network,  Bridge
expects to connect the  remaining  terminals  to our network over the next three
years.  Bridge is a privately held company based in St. Louis,  Missouri,  whose
principal  shareholder  is Welsh  Carson,  a leading  private  equity  firm with
extensive  experience in the communication and information  services industries.
The high  performance of our Internet  access services has been verified by data
collected by Keynote Systems, Inc. in which we have consistently rated among the
top Internet  backbone  providers in terms of performance based on mean download
times throughout 1999. We currently provide Internet access services directly to
approximately  800  customers,  including eBay Inc.,  Adforce,  Inc. and Charter
Communications International.

     Following the Bridge asset transfer,  our revenue will be derived primarily
from the sale of data  networking,  Internet  access  and  colocation  services.
Through  December 31, 1998,  our revenue was primarily  derived from the sale of
Internet access services to local and regional Internet service providers in the
United  States.  Beginning  in late 1998,  we expanded  our service  offering to
corporate customers as well.

     We charge each customer an initial  installation  fee that typically ranges
from  $500 to $5,000  and a  monthly  fixed  fee that  varies  depending  on the
services  provided,  the bandwidth used and the quality of service level chosen.
Our customer  agreements  are typically for 12 to 36 months.  As of November 30,
1999, approximately 6% of our customer agreements, representing approximately 5%
of our revenues for the month of November  1999,  were  month-to-month  and were
able to terminated on 30 days' notice.  We expect the proportion of customers on
month-to-month  agreements will continue to decrease as we add new customers and
our sales force continues to pursue longer renewals.

RELATIONSHIP WITH BRIDGE


     In April 1999, we were acquired by Bridge, a leading provider of content to
financial  services  companies.  Upon the completion of this  offering,  we will
purchase Bridge's global Internet  protocol  network,  which has been integrated
with our network since September 1999, for total  consideration of approximately
$150 million.  As a result,  the SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network will be one of the
largest global data networks in the world,  interconnecting over 6,000 buildings
in 83 of the world's major commercial centers in 43 countries.


                                       42
<PAGE>

     In addition, upon completion of this offering, we will enter into a 10-year
network services  agreement with Bridge that commits Bridge to purchase at least
$ million of network  services from us in 2000. This amount will increase by 10%
in each of 2001 and 2002.  Thereafter,  Bridge  will be  required to purchase at
least 80% of its network  services from us, declining to 60% in 2006 through the
end of the  agreement  in  2010.  We will  also  enter  into a  number  of other
agreements  with Bridge that  contemplate,  among other things,  the transfer of
Bridge's  technical and support personnel to us, and our purchase from Bridge of
support and administrative  services,  including  help-desk services and network
operations center services.

     Following  the  completion  of this  offering  and the purchase of Bridge's
network assets, we will become a provider of managed data networking services to
Bridge.  At that time,  we will  connect  Bridge to over 4,500 of its  financial
services company  customers,  including 75 of the top 100 banks in the world and
45 of the top 50  brokerage  firms in the  United  States,  to allow  Bridge  to
deliver its  content  and  applications.  We intend to  aggressively  market our
services to occupants of the 6,000 buildings connected to the SAVVIS ProActiveSM
Network, in particular to Bridge's customer base.

MARKET OVERVIEW

     Market  Opportunity.  As the Internet  has emerged as a strategic  business
component,  investment in Internet services has begun to increase  dramatically.
According to International Data Corporation,  an independent  research firm, the
demand for U.S. Internet and e-commerce services was $2.9 billion in 1997 and is
expected to grow to $22 billion by 2002, a 50% compound  annual  growth rate. In
addition,  demand for data transport services is growing rapidly as evidenced by
International  Data  Corporation's  estimate  that Internet  service  providers'
corporate  access revenues will grow from $2.9 billion in 1998 to $12 billion by
2003, a 32.5%  compound  annual growth rate.  We believe a significant  Internet
market will continue to be Internet infrastructure and usage.

     Internet network services.  Since the  commercialization of the Internet in
the early 1990s,  businesses have rapidly  established  corporate Internet sites
and connectivity as a means to expand customer reach and improve  communications
efficiency.  Internet access service is now one of the fastest growing  segments
of the global  telecommunications  services  market.  According to International
Data  Corporation,  the number of Internet users worldwide reached 38 million in
1996 and is  forecasted  to grow to over 170 million by the year 2000.  Internet
access  services  represent  the  means  by  which  Internet  service  providers
interconnect  users to the Internet or to  corporate  intranets  and  extranets.
Access services  include dial-up access for mobile workers and small  businesses
and  high-speed   dedicated  access  used  primarily  by  mid-sized  and  larger
organizations.  In addition  to  Internet  access  services,  Internet  services
providers are increasingly providing a range of value-added services,  including
shared and dedicated Web hosting and server colocation,  security services,  and
advanced  applications  such as  Internet  protocol-based  voice,  fax and video
services.

     Corporate data network services. Other than Internet-related  services, the
majority  of  business  data  communications  today take  place over  private or
managed  corporate data and electronic data interchange  networks.  According to
International Data Corporation, the market for data network services in the U.S.
grew from  approximately  $3.0 billion in 1997 to approximately  $5.5 billion in
1998.  International  Data Corporation  expects that the market for data network
services in the U.S. will continue to grow rapidly to reach  approximately $12.8
billion in 2003.

     Today, organizations employ local data networks, or local area networks, to
interconnect  personal computers and workstations.  The highly successful use of
local area networks for  information-sharing,  messaging and other  applications
has  led  organizations  to  aggressively  deploy  wide  area  networks,   which
effectively  interconnect local area networks and replicate their  functionality
across a much broader  geographic  area.  The demand for wide area  networks has
grown  as  a  result  of  today's  competitive  business  environment.   Factors
stimulating  higher  demand  include  the  need  to  provide  broader  and  more
responsive  customer service and to operate faster and more effectively  between
operating  units,  suppliers  and  other  business  partners.  In  addition,  as
businesses  become  more  global in  nature,  the  ability  to  access  business
information across the enterprise has become a competitive necessity.


                                       43
<PAGE>

     Convergence between the Internet and corporate data networking. Today, many
businesses are utilizing Internet-related services as lower-cost alternatives to
certain  traditional   telecommunications   services.   The  near  ubiquity  and
relatively  low cost of the Internet  have  resulted in its  widespread  use for
certain applications,  most notably Web access and e-mail. Internet protocol has
become the communications  protocol of choice for the desktop and for local area
networks.  As a  result,  Internet  protocol  wide area  network  implementation
requires no protocol  conversion,  reducing overhead and improving  performance.
Many  corporations  are connecting  their remote  locations  using  intranets to
enable more efficient communications with employees, providing remote access for
mobile  workers  and  reducing  telecommunications  costs by  using  value-added
services such as Internet protocol-based fax and video-conferencing.

     Industry analysts expect the market for both Internet  protocol-based  data
networking  services and Internet  access to grow rapidly as companies  increase
their use of the Internet,  intranets  extranets and privately  managed Internet
protocol networks.  According to industry analyst Forrester  Research,  Inc., an
independent  research firm, the total market for Internet  services is projected
to grow from $6.2 billion in 1997 to approximately $49.7 billion in 2002 .

     Rapid  growth in  e-commerce.  While  most  corporations'  early use of the
Internet was to establish an Internet marketing  presence,  businesses today are
using the Internet much more aggressively: to generate new revenues, to increase
efficiency  through  improved  communications  with  suppliers  and other  third
parties, and to improve internal communications.  The rapid growth of e-commerce
encompasses both  business-to-business and  business-to-consumer  communications
and  transactions,  and the projected growth of these markets over the next five
years is  dramatic.  Forrester  Research,  Inc.  projects  that the  market  for
business-to-business  e-commerce  will  grow  from $43  billion  in 1998 to $1.3
trillion in 2003. In addition, Forrester Research, Inc. projects that the market
for  business-to-consumer  e-commerce  will grow from $8 billion to $108 billion
over the same period.

     Outsourcing of Internet-related  services.  In order to capitalize fully on
the new opportunities presented by the Internet and e-commerce,  businesses will
require  high   quality,   reliable  and  flexible   data   communications   and
infrastructure services capable of supporting mission-critical  applications. We
believe that an  increasing  number of businesses  will seek to outsource  these
services to third-party  providers for several reasons.  First, the rapid growth
of Internet-related  businesses has created a shortage of information technology
personnel skilled in Internet protocol and e-commerce development.  Second, many
companies believe that establishing leadership in their industry with respect to
Internet-related  services is important to the future of their  business.  Given
this  posture,  time  to  market  is  critical  and  turning  to a  specialized,
third-party   provider  can  often  shorten  time  to  market.   Finally,   many
infrastructure services require significant up-front investment.  Many companies
will choose to preserve their capital to invest in activities  that are integral
to  their  business  strategy  and  seek  to  develop  their  infrastructure  by
purchasing services rather than investing in networks, systems and equipment.

     Rapid growth in colocation and Web site hosting. While in the past only the
largest companies provisioned their own data networking services, until recently
businesses of all sizes typically housed, maintained and monitored their own web
and content servers. As Internet-enabled  applications become  mission-critical,
larger and more difficult to develop and maintain and require increasing amounts
of  investment,  we believe a substantial  number of businesses  will  outsource
their colocation and web site hosting  requirements to third parties.  Forrester
Research,   Inc.  projects  that  the  web  site  hosting  business,   including
colocation, dedicated and shared hosting, will grow from less than $1 billion in
1998 to almost $15 billion by 2003. We believe that companies  seeking  Internet
protocol  expertise,  high levels of  security,  fault-tolerant  infrastructure,
local and remote support and the cost benefits of a shared  infrastructure  will
be most likely to outsource these services.

     Limitations of Internet protocol and the Internet.  Despite the remarkable,
rapid success of Internet  protocol,  the Internet  faces  limitations  that may
serve as a bottleneck  between the full  potential of Internet  protocol and its
use in  mission-critical  applications.  First,  in Internet  protocol  routing,
packet data travels through the network without a pre-defined path or guaranteed
delivery.


                                       44
<PAGE>
Individual  packets  may  travel  separate  paths  and  arrive  at  the  network
destination at different  times.  Second,  Internet  protocol  packets cannot be
identified  as belonging to one class of traffic or another.  For example,  in a
given  flow  of  Internet  protocol  packets  it is  not  possible  to  separate
"real-time" traffic,  such as voice over Internet protocol,  from lower priority
traffic,  such as e-mail.  Each of these  issues  limits the utility of Internet
protocol for mission-critical,  real-time enterprise networks.  While we believe
that an improved  version of Internet  protocol will be implemented,  the timing
and efficiency of these improvements remain uncertain.

     Bottlenecks  at  Network  Access  Points.  The  Internet  is a  network  of
networks.  Communication among these networks takes place at access points where
they interconnect.  Despite the near ubiquity of the Internet,  there are only a
few major public network  access  points.  However,  since the  introduction  of
network   access   points,   the  volume  of  Internet   traffic  has  increased
dramatically,  often overwhelming  network access points' capacity to handle the
smooth  exchange  of traffic.  The public  network  access  points are now space
constrained,  have inadequate  power and air  conditioning,  have poor security,
often employ older, less technologically  advanced switching technologies,  have
limited or no available  maintenance  or support  staff,  and are not  centrally
managed.  No single  entity has the economic  incentive or ability to facilitate
problem  resolution,  to optimize  peering of data  networks,  or to bring about
centralized   routing   administration.   As  a  consequence   of  the  lack  of
coordination,  and in order to avoid the  increasing  congestion  at the  public
network access points,  selected backbone providers have established connections
at private network access points, connecting to other backbone providers for the
exchange of traffic and bypassing public network access points.

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

     Our target  customers are those businesses that are intensive users of data
communications  that  require a high  quality of service  for their  global data
networking and Internet  needs.  Our  competitive  strengths in servicing  these
customers include:

     Large number of sophisticated  users connected to our network.  Bridge uses
the SAVVIS  ProActiveSMNetwork  to deliver its content and  applications to over
4,500 financial  services firms,  including 75 of the top 100 banks in the world
and 45 of the  top 50  brokerage  firms  in the  U.S.  Because  these  financial
services  firms  depend  on   up-to-the-minute   information  and  cutting  edge
technology  to  successfully  compete  in their  businesses,  they are among the
world's most demanding users of corporate data services.  The SAVVIS ProActiveSM
Network was designed and is operated to high  standards of speed and  redundancy
to satisfy their requirements,  with multiple backbone connections, local access
lines and ATM  switches.  With the  SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network  in place,  the
marginal cost of providing  additional  services to existing Bridge customers is
low.  Additionally,  the  marginal  cost of  making  our high  quality  services
available  to new  customers,  including  medium  and small  businesses  and new
vertical markets,  is also low. We believe providing service to Bridge to enable
them to deliver  content to the  world's  leading  financial  institutions  will
significantly  advance our brand building  efforts and enhance our prospects for
winning new business.

     Unique   network   engineered  for  real-time   performance.   Our  network
architecture  allows us to deliver data services to the most demanding customers
that  require  real-time  delivery of large  volumes of data,  such as financial
services  participants that rely on data sent on our network to make trading and
investment  decisions  throughout the day. The high  performance of our Internet
access services has been verified by data collected by Keynote Systems,  Inc. in
which we have consistently  rated among the top Internet  backbone  providers in
terms of  performance  as measured by mean download  times  throughout  1999. In
order to achieve this, we designed our network to be highly redundant, including
multiple backbone connections,  local access lines and Internet connections.  In
addition,  our system of PrivateNAPsSM allows our Internet traffic to bypass the
heavily  congested  public access points of the Internet,  thereby reducing data
loss  and  latency,  and  improving  reliability  and  performance.  We also use
proprietary  routing  and  network  management  policies  to enhance our network
efficiency  and to  maintain a high  quality of  service.  The  reliability  and
functionality  of our network allows us to provide our customers with a range of
services  and  quality  of  service  levels  that we  believe  are unique to the
industry.


                                       45
<PAGE>

     Global network  presence.  We will operate one of the largest  managed data
networks  in the world,  reaching  43  countries,  with  facilities  in 83 major
cities,  including  58  international  cities and 25 U.S.  cities.  We intend to
continue  to extend the scope of our  network by  connecting  an  additional  24
cities in 2000. We have over 6,000 buildings  connected to our network.  Because
our  network  is  already  connected  to  these  buildings  as a  result  of our
relationship with Bridge, we can deliver our services to Bridge's  customers and
the other tenants with low marginal cost and a time-to-market advantage.

     Single source  service  offering.  We provide our  customers  with a single
source  for a  wide  range  of  global  data  networking,  Internet  access  and
colocation  services.  Our global data networking services include managed data,
virtual  private  network  and dial-up  access  services.  Our  Internet-related
services include dedicated access,  DSL and Internet security  services.  All of
our services are offered on a service-only basis and a fully managed basis, with
service and  equipment  included,  depending  on customer  requirements  and the
capabilities of their internal information technology staff.

     World-class  service through proprietary  systems.  The global data network
operations center in St. Louis and regional network operations centers in London
and Singapore are equipped with sophisticated  network  monitoring,  management,
reporting and diagnostic tools for network troubleshooting. These systems enable
real-time remote monitoring and management of our network equipment and customer
service.  Our customers have a single point of contact, 24 hours a day, 365 days
a year, for support  inquiries,  and receive prompt  notification of events that
might impact service quality, such as network congestion, equipment failures and
network  or  power  outages.  Our  global  data  network,  based  on the  unique
combination of ATM technology and our PrivateNAPsSM,  also enables us to provide
our  customers  an  extremely  high level of  service.  We commit  this level of
service to our  customers in writing in service  level  agreements.  Our service
level  agreements  are  guarantees  to our  customers  of high  quality  service
measured in terms of network availability, latency and data loss.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     Our objective is to tap the rapidly growing market for reliable, high speed
data  communications  and Internet  services.  In pursuit of this objective,  we
intend to:

     Provide a single source for managed data network  services and high quality
Internet services.  Data communications and the Internet are mission-critical to
thousands of businesses worldwide and, according to industry studies, the market
for these  services  continues to grow  rapidly.  Corporations  are  continually
expanding and enhancing existing networks and deploying new services in response
to this  growth.  By  providing a wide range of services  for both  Internet and
managed data networking  services,  we offer a single source solution to the key
challenges  faced by  corporate  information  technology  managers  implementing
Internet,  intranet  and  extranet  applications.  Since  the  requirements  and
internal capabilities of customers vary significantly,  we offer our services on
a  service-only  basis and a fully  managed  basis,  with service and  equipment
included.

     Capitalize  on Bridge  relationships  to penetrate  its customer  base.  We
intend to  aggressively  market our services to the over 4,500 Bridge  customers
already  connected to our network  through both our sales force and the over 500
Bridge sales  representatives  around the world. We provide incentives to Bridge
employees to refer Bridge  customers to us. Since Bridge  customers  are already
connected to our network, we believe we enjoy significant  time-to-market,  cost
and quality  advantages  and enhanced  customer  retention  when  delivering our
services to these customers.

     Target potential customers in buildings connected to our network. We intend
to actively  market our services to the  businesses in the over 6,000  buildings
worldwide  that are  connected to our network.  These  buildings  are  generally
located in central business districts of major cities and are typically occupied
by multiple  businesses.  Because our network is already in place,  we expect to
enjoy  time-to-market,  cost and quality advantages when delivering  services to
current and new customers located in these buildings.


                                       46
<PAGE>

     Expand our network and PrivateNAPSM  infrastructure.  We intend to leverage
the substantial  investments made in our network  infrastructure and service and
support   capabilities  to  service  new  customer  segments,   including  large
corporations in other targeted vertical markets, medium and small businesses and
Internet  service  providers.  We intend to continue to expand our data  network
infrastructure to connect new cities and new buildings to our network.  Over the
next two  years,  we expect to  establish  facilities  in 48  additional  cities
worldwide.  We believe that this  expansion  will allow us to continue to expand
our customer  base,  improve our service  offerings and improve our economies of
scale.  We also intend to continue the expansion of our  PrivateNAPsSM  with the
addition of four  PrivateNAPsSM  in early 2000. Given the high volume of traffic
that is carried on our network, we are also evaluating the purchase of local and
long haul fiber to further reduce network operating costs.

     Grow  domestic  and  international  distribution  channels.  We  intend  to
aggressively grow our distribution channels. We expect to significantly increase
the size of our  sales  force  for both  global  data  networking  services  and
Internet access services in 2000 and enter into  distribution  arrangements with
companies  licensed to provide our services in markets  where we do not directly
hold such  licenses.  We will also attempt to establish  relationships  with our
Internet  service  provider  customers who are interested in  cross-selling  our
global data networking services to their existing customer base.

     Provide enabling  infrastructure for e-commerce  services.  We believe that
many of our target customers, particularly the financial services companies that
receive Bridge content and applications,  are aggressively  pursuing  e-commerce
strategies.  We believe that our unique network  architecture  of ATM technology
and  PrivateNAPsSM,  highly  available  domestic and  international  dial access
platforms and security  services  will enable  businesses  to  communicate  with
customers and suppliers over the Internet and secure websites.  As a result,  we
believe that we are well  positioned  to help our  customers  capitalize  on the
substantial anticipated growth in e-commerce.

     Develop  and market new  services.  We intend to  continue  to develop  new
services,  such as voice and video,  that will enable us to further leverage our
network  infrastructure and our customer base. For example, we have deployed ATM
to the edge of our  network  and intend to  aggressively  deploy ATM  devices at
customer  premises  allowing for the provision of multiple network  applications
with  different  quality of service  levels over the same local access lines and
customer equipment.  The deployment of these devices will allow our customers to
combine  services that they may currently buy from multiple  vendors,  each on a
different  network,  onto our  network  at a  reduced  cost.  We are also in the
process of upgrading and expanding our colocation data center facilities to over
250,000 square feet of space,  and expect to offer complex web hosting  services
at these facilities. We intend to further expand our relationship with Bridge to
develop  tailored  product  offerings which bundle news,  financial  content and
trading  applications  with our data  networking  services.  We also  intend  to
develop bundled content or applications  and network services with other trading
partners targeted at new vertical markets.

SAVVIS SERVICES

     We  believe  that we are  well  positioned  to  solve  the  major  problems
currently facing Internet and data networking customers.  We designed the SAVVIS
ProActiveSM  Network to offer a guaranteed,  superior level of  performance  for
both Internet and data networking services.  We deliver a comprehensive range of
high performance,  quality of service  differentiated  products,  including data
networking,   Internet  access,  intranets,   extranets,  colocation  and  other
services.



     A common feature among all of the services that we provide to our customers
is the substantial  flexibility to choose among a range of offerings,  including
on a service-only basis and a fully managed basis. On a service-only  basis, the
customer is  responsible  for the design and  integration of its network and the
purchase  of network  hardware,  relying on us only for network  services.  On a
fully  managed  basis,  we  are  responsible  for  the  design,  implementation,
integration and ongoing support of the customer's network.



                                       47

<PAGE>



     Global Data Networking Services

     The  SAVVIS   ProActiveSM   Network  provides  a  reliable,   high  quality
environment  to  transfer  private  corporate  data  among  offices,  employees,
customers and suppliers  because our network uses multiple  backbones,  switches
and local  connections  to attain a high level of redundancy and is monitored 24
hours a day, 365 days a year. Because all of our global data networking services
are carried  over a single  network,  we are able to offer  these  services on a
cost-effective  basis  relative to less  technologically  advanced  private line
networks,  while  providing  comparable  quality and  security  and  significant
improvements in redundancy, flexibility and scalability.



   Managed  Data  Networking.  Managed  data  networking  services  provide data
   communication  links over a shared network  environment.  Because we operate,
   manage and monitor our global network end-to-end,  we are able to provide our
   customers with higher performance and greater  reliability than networks that
   utilize the public Internet.  Customers can connect to our data network using
   ATM, frame relay or Internet protocol  technologies.  Customers  contract for
   connectivity  to our global  network and configure  software-based  permanent
   virtual circuits that emulate much of the functionality of private lines, but
   with improved  scalability  and  redundancy and the ability to "burst" beyond
   the stated  capacity of the  permanent  virtual  circuits.  Our managed  data
   networking services are designed for those customers that require a very high
   level of quality and security for their networking services.

   Virtual Private Network Services.  For customers who want to realize the cost
   benefits of a shared network but do not require the level of performance  and
   security of our managed data networking services, we offer our Internet-based
   virtual  private  network  services.  Virtual  private  networks  utilize the
   near-ubiquity  of the  Internet to provide  cost-effective  connectivity  for
   businesses  with large numbers of sites,  mobile workers or sites that do not
   have high bandwidth  requirements or that are in remote locations.  A typical
   Internet-based virtual private network supports dial-up access,  resulting in
   extensive  geographic  coverage  and,  together  with the  implementation  of
   tunneling,  encryption,  authentication and access control technologies,  can
   establish a secure link between the mobile worker and the  corporate  network
   environment.   One  of  our  primary  competitive   advantages  is  that  our
   Internet-based  virtual  private  network  customers  are  served by our high
   performance network.

   Packet Transport Services.  We offer point-to-point data connection services,
   which are implemented as ATM or frame relay permanent virtual  circuits,  for
   customers requiring high bandwidth point-to-point network communications.

   Dial Access.  By the end of 2000,  we plan to offer local dial access in over
   20 U.S. markets, toll- free dial access for all other U.S. markets as well as
   international  dial access. By the middle of 2001, we expect to provide local
   dial access in approximately 100 U.S. cities, increasing to approximately 300
   U.S.  cities by the end of 2001.  Our dial access  service will enable mobile
   workers,  telecommuters  and small-office and home-office users to connect to
   our high  quality  global  data  network.  This  service is targeted at those
   businesses  with extensive  extranets  designed for  e-commerce  services and
   companies with a significant  number of mobile  workers who demand  reliable,
   high-quality dial-up services.



     Internet Access Services

     We offer  our  customers  in the U.S.  a broad  range  of  Internet  access
services  designed to meet the varied needs of corporate  customers and regional
Internet service  providers.  Our Internet access services range from high-speed
continuous access provided by dedicated telephone circuits to lower-cost dial-up
services.  The principal  features of our Internet  access services are the high
performance,  reliability  and  flexibility  provided by the SAVVIS  ProActiveSM
Network that is connected to our system of PrivateNAPsSM  allowing our customers
to bypass the congested  public  Internet  access points.  We plan to make these
services  available outside the U.S. beginning in the third quarter of 2000. The
high  performance  of our Internet  access  services  has been  verified by data
collected by Keynote Systems, Inc. in which we have consistently rated among the
top  Internet  backbone  providers in terms of  performance  as measured by mean
download times throughout 1999.

                                       48

<PAGE>

   Dedicated Access. We offer customers a range of bandwidth  options,  from 128
   kilobits per second to 155 Mbps on a fully  dedicated or burstable  basis. We
   also provide all required Internet protocol addresses,  primary and secondary
   domain name service, newsfeed service and network time protocol.

   Ethernet Service.  For customers that seek a cost-effective  100% fiber optic
   network  technology  for  high-speed  Internet  access,  we offer our 10 Mbps
   Ethernet  service.  Our  Ethernet  service  transmits  information  through a
   customer's   existing  local  area  network   router.   This  service  is  an
   intermediate  upgrade between our 1.5 Mbps service and our fractional 45 Mbps
   service.



   DSL Service.  For commercial  customers that seek  cost-effective  continuous
   connectivity for high-speed  Internet access, we offer symmetric DSL services
   at  speeds  up to 1.5  Mbps.  DSL  services  transmit  information  through a
   customer's  existing copper  telephone lines by encoding the information in a
   digital  format.  We currently offer DSL services in 16 U.S.  cities,  and we
   expect to add service to  approximately  12  additional  cities by the end of
   2000.



   Wholesale  Internet Access. We provide wholesale Internet access to local and
   regional  Internet  service  providers  who use our network to connect  their
   customers to the Internet.

   Internet Security Services. For companies using the Internet, protection from
   internal  and  external  threats  to their  corporate  network  is  extremely
   important.  We offer a broad range of security services designed to provide a
   customer with the ability to:

       o authenticate users attempting to gain access to its network;

       o prevent intruders from accessing its network;

       o protect the integrity of the content on its network; and

       o encrypt secured transmissions of company data through the Internet.

     We evaluate and assess a customer's security needs,  recommend  appropriate
security services,  and implement,  manage, monitor and maintain these services.
We also perform  security audits to find  deficiencies in a customer network and
in host computers attached to that network and recommend  appropriate  services.
Our security  services  utilize the  products  and  services of Netrex,  Inc., a
well-known Internet security provider.



     Colocation Services

     We offer customers a secure,  fault-tolerant environment in which to locate
their  mission-critical  content  and  networking  hardware.  We  provide  these
services in colocation data center  facilities that are currently being upgraded
and  expanded  to over  250,000  square  feet of space.  These  state-of-the-art
facilities  are  located  directly  on our  network  to  provide  high  quality,
cost-effective  Internet  access and hosting to the web sites of our  colocation
customers.  We expect to complete upgrades and expansions during 2000 in Boston,
London,  New York, St. Louis, Los Angeles,  San Francisco,  Dallas,  Chicago and
Washington,  D.C. By using our colocation  facilities,  customers enjoy a highly
secure,  fault-tolerant environment and direct access to our global data network
and avoid  significant  capital outlays required to construct such facilities on
their  own.  Customers  have  physical  and  remote  access  to  our  colocation
facilities  24 hours a day,  365 days a year,  to manage,  monitor and  maintain
their  equipment,  or they  may  engage  us to  provide  support  services.  Our
colocation   services  are  targeted  at  content  providers,   Internet-centric
businesses and application service providers.

  SALES AND MARKETING



     We contact  potential new customers  through our direct sales force and our
recently implemented lead referral program. Our direct salespeople together with
our sales engineers develop sales proposals for potential new customers. After a
sale is completed and the services are  implemented,  the client  solutions team
assumes the management of the customer relationship, handling support issues and
selling additional services and connectivity as the customer's business grows.

                                       49

<PAGE>



     Direct Sales

     Our direct sales force consisted of approximately 100 sales representatives
and sales  engineers in the U.S. as of December 15, 1999. Our direct sales force
is specialized along product lines,  which enables our sales  representatives to
develop an expertise in a specific product area, including customer applications
and  requirements.  This  specialization  also allows us to customize  our sales
compensation arrangements to the sales cycle, revenue and margin characteristics
of each product.  All sales  representatives  take part in an extensive training
program  designed to develop  in-depth  technical  expertise  so they can better
understand customers' complex networking needs and develop customized solutions.

     Our sales force is divided between our Global Networking Sales Division and
our Internet  Access Sales  Division.  We employ a  distributed  sales model for
global networking sales to facilitate a consultative sales approach.  Because we
only recently began  marketing our global data networking  services,  our global
data  networking  sales force  currently  consists of eight  people based in six
major  cities in the U.S.  We  intend  to  rapidly  expand  our sales  force and
establish a sales presence in 14 additional  cities  worldwide by the end of the
first  quarter of 2000. In contrast,  we have a centralized  sales model for our
Internet  Access Sales  Division.  Our Internet  access sales force  consists of
approximately 100 representatives based in Reston, Virginia. We intend to locate
additional  centralized sales teams in Europe, Asia and Latin America by the end
of 2001.

     Bridge Lead Referrals

     We expect to capitalize on our  relationship  with Bridge,  a major content
provider  to  financial  services  companies,  to  generate  sales  leads in the
financial services market. As of December 15, 1999, Bridge had approximately 500
sales representatives  worldwide,  located in the world's key financial centers.
These  sales  representatives  support a customer  base of over 4,500  financial
services  companies  already  connected to our network.  We expect to be able to
provide these businesses with additional services in a rapid, cost-effective and
scaleable  manner.  In addition to Bridge,  we believe that  additional  content
providers  will  be  interested  in  establishing  lead  referral  programs.   A
relationship with SAVVIS will enable a content provider to deliver their service
in  a  real-time,  high  quality  manner  and  provide  an  incremental  revenue
opportunity through a lead referral commission.

     Alternate Channels. In addition to relationships with content providers, we
intend to  develop  new  distribution  arrangements  with  Internet-related  and
communications   companies.   Many  of  these   companies   lack   our   network
infrastructure  or sales and technical  support  expertise for high  value-added
data services.  By entering into  relationships  with us, these carriers will be
able to generate additional revenues, provide a more complete service bundle and
reduce  customer  churn.  We intend to pursue  distribution  opportunities  with
Internet service providers,  competitive local exchange carriers,  DSL companies
and other  communications  and  Internet-related  companies in the U.S., Europe,
Asia and Latin America.

     Client  Solutions  Team.  Our  client  solutions  team is  responsible  for
customer relationship management. The team alerts customers when their bandwidth
utilization  approaches capacity and advises customers on methods to improve the
performance and security of their network using additional SAVVIS services. This
team is also able to cross-sell to existing customers additional services,  such
as  advising  a managed  data  networking  client  on  Internet  and  e-commerce
services.

     Marketing. Our marketing programs are designed to build national and global
awareness of the SAVVIS brand name and its  association  with high  performance,
high quality corporate data networking  services and Internet  services.  We use
brand awareness and direct marketing programs to generate leads,  accelerate the
sales process,  retain  existing  customers and promote new products to existing
customers. Our print advertisements are placed in trade journals, newspapers and
special-interest  publications.  We participate in industry trade shows, such as
Networld+InterOP,   IT  Expo   and   Internet   World.   At  the   recent   1999
Networld+InterOP show, our virtual private network services were named the "Best
of Show" for wide area network services. We also use direct mail, e-newsletters,
widespread  fax  distributions,   surveys,  telemarketing,  Internet  marketing,
on-line and

                                       50

<PAGE>

on-site seminars,  collateral  materials,  advertising,  welcome kits and direct
response programs to communicate with existing  customers and to reach potential
new customers.  Many of these marketing programs are co-funded by our suppliers.
Our marketing  programs are targeted at information  technology  executives,  as
well as senior marketing and finance  managers.  We closely track the impact and
effectiveness of our primary marketing programs.

     Sales Force  Automation.  We use our  proprietary  sales  force  automation
system to manage all pre-sales  communications  with our prospective  customers.
All  distribution  and tracking of sales leads occur through this system.  Sales
leads are imported from data sources such as corporate web sites, telemarketing,
direct mail and national advertising  campaigns,  and assigned regionally to the
desktops  of the  appropriate  sales  representatives.  All  contact  with these
prospects is documented in the sales force automation  system through every step
of the sales cycle, from initial contact to contract receipt. In addition,  this
system allows sales  management to monitor the sales  activity of their specific
sales  representatives  and generate  sales  forecasts  based on that  activity.
Further,  our sales force automation system tracks all marketing  communications
with the prospect allowing us to measure the effectiveness of various collateral
materials  and  marketing  campaigns  in an effort  to  maximize  our  marketing
dollars. Lastly, our sales people use our sales force automation system to track
and manage their personal  sales  prospects and to send  customized  packages of
sales  literature,  brochures and faxes directly from their  computer  desktops,
thereby improving sales efficiency.

  CUSTOMERS

     We  currently  provide  services  to  approximately  800  customers.   Upon
completion  of the  Bridge  asset  transfer,  Bridge  will  enter into a network
services  agreement with us and will be our largest  customer.  At that time, we
will  connect  Bridge to its over 4,500  customers,  including 75 of the top 100
banks in the world and 45 of the top 50  brokerage  firms in the U.S, and to its
information suppliers,  allowing Bridge to deliver its content and applications.
No individual  customer  accounted  for more than 5% of our revenues  during the
nine months ended  September  30, 1999. We expect that Bridge will account for a
significant  percentage of our revenues during 2000. We also provide services to
many Internet service providers and Internet-centric businesses.

     The following is a list of some of our largest  customers  based on monthly
billings for September 1999:


<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                                       <C>

   Adforce, Inc.                      FastLane Communications, Inc.             Planet Digital Network
   CDM On-Line dba Primary            Info Space.com Inc./Output                  Technologies, Inc.
      Network                         Michigan Internet Coop Assoc., Ltd        Scottsdale Securities
   Charter Communications             Omron Electronics                         WebVision, Inc.
      International                   Pair Networks                             Ziplink LLC
   eBay                               PDQ.Net, Inc
   Everyones Internet, Inc.           Pentele Data Inc.


</TABLE>




     Our  contracts  with our  customers are typically for one to three years in
length. The Bridge network services agreement will be for ten years. Many of our
customer  contracts  contain  service level  agreements that provide for service
credits should we fail to maintain specified levels of quality.



                                       51

<PAGE>

  CUSTOMER SERVICE

     Our goal is to  provide  the  highest  level  of  customer  service  in the
industry.  We  believe  that  high  quality  customer  service  is  critical  to
attracting and retaining  customers and to satisfying  the rapidly  growing data
networking  requirements  and Internet  services needs of these  customers.  Our
comprehensive approach to customer service and satisfaction includes a focus on:

     o providing written guarantees of service quality;

     o providing  services on a service  only basis and a fully  managed  basis,
       with service and equipment  included,  that are tailored to meet customer
       needs; and

     o providing effective management, monitoring and support for our customers'
       data networks.



     We believe our  network  architecture,  proprietary  routing  policies  and
industry leading service level  agreements  provide our customers with very high
service quality.  We are able to offer our customers different levels of service
priority  for their  different  data  transmission  needs over one  high-quality
network. For example, e-commerce and real-time applications,  such as voice, can
be assigned the highest level of quality of service,  while other  applications,
such as e-mail,  can be assigned a lower  priority of service.  By assigning the
highest  level of service only to  mission-critical  or real-time  applications,
customers can lower their overall data services costs without compromising their
data networking requirements.


     Customer Call Centers.  Customer support  personnel located in call centers
in St. Louis,  Missouri,  London, England and Singapore handle service inquiries
from our customers 24 hours a day, 365 days a year,  and provide this service in
eight local languages.  These personnel are organized in client teams and highly
trained to identify and resolve  customer  issues  rapidly and  completely.  Our
customer call center  support  services are supplied to us by Bridge under a ten
year technical services agreement.  Bridge reported to us that in September 1999
its call  centers  answered  an average of 6,000 calls per week,  maintained  an
average hold time of under 15 seconds and  resolved 98% of customer  issues with
front-line support personnel. To track trouble tickets and customer information,
Bridge  uses a  proprietary  management  platform  based on  Vantive  enterprise
software,  a highly scalable  platform for problem  tracking and customer record
access and  maintenance  that is easily  accessible  by  personnel at all of our
network  operations  centers.  We use an integrated  client/circuit  information
database  that  allows  our  customer  support  personnel  to  quickly  access a
customer's  profile from any of our support centers.  In our local markets we or
Bridge  have  available  to us over 270 field  technicians  who are  experts  in
Internet  protocol,  Unix, NT and ISDN  technology and who are generally able to
respond to customer requests within two hours.

     Management,  Monitoring  and  Maintenance.  We provide our  customers  with
detailed  monitoring,  reporting and management  tools that allow them to review
their usage  patterns,  network  availability,  outage events,  latency and data
loss. These tools allow our customers to evaluate the performance of our service
against  our  service  level  guarantee  as  well  as  review   utilization  and
performance data to facilitate their network planning and design activities.

     Service Level  Agreements.  The  consistent,  reliable  performance  of the
SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network  enables  us to  provide  effective  service  level
agreements  to our  customers.  We believe  that  companies  unable to support a
commensurate  level  of  predictable  network  performance  will  not be able to
provide  service  level  agreements  with value to the customer or will do so at
substantial risk to their own business.

SAVVIS PROACTIVESM NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE



  Overview

     The following description of the SAVVIS ProActiveSM Network gives effect to
the acquisition of Bridge's  Internet  protocol  network which will be completed
simultaneously with the completion of this offering.



                                       52

<PAGE>

     The SAVVIS ProActiveSM  Network is one of the largest managed data networks
in the  world,  reaching  43  countries,  with  facilities  in 83 major  cities,
including 58 international cities and 25 U.S. cities. Our network  interconnects
over 6,000  buildings  worldwide  and is based on ATM,  frame relay and Internet
protocol   technologies.   In   addition,   our   network   incorporates   eight
PrivateNAPsSM,  which will be  expanded  to 12 by March 2000 and which allow our
Internet traffic to bypass the congested public Internet access points.



     We have  designed  our  network  to enable us to offer our  customers  high
speed,  high quality  services,  as well as a range of quality of service levels
and multiple levels of redundancy. Our network is designed with:



     Open System  Architectures.  Our  network is based on ATM,  frame relay and
Internet protocol technologies. These are open systems networking protocols that
are in  widespread  use in data  communications.  Internet  protocol is the most
commonly used and fastest growing networking  protocol in the world. By carrying
Internet protocol on our network, we generally allow our customers to connect to
their customers,  suppliers and remote offices using equipment already installed
in their networks and the networks to which they connect. Additionally, by using
ATM and frame relay in our network,  we enhance network  utilization and quality
of service,  and we are able to easily communicate with third party networks for
the  delivery  of  traffic  on and off our  network  without  procuring  special
interface technologies or devices.

     Quality of Service  Differentiation.  Our network architecture allows us to
offer  and  guarantee  different  levels  of  service  priority  for  customers'
different  data  transmission  needs.  For  example,  e-commerce  and  real-time
applications,  such as voice,  can be assigned  the highest  level of  priority,
while other  applications,  such as e-mail,  can be assigned a lower priority of
service.  By  offering a quality of service  differentiated  product,  we enable
customers to select a  price/performance  combination  that is  appropriate  for
their  needs.  As we deploy ATM  devices at the  customer  premises in the first
quarter of 2000,  customers will be able to run multiple  applications,  such as
Internet access,  intranet and private voice,  over the same equipment and local
access, thereby saving on local network transport and equipment costs.

     High Reliability.  We utilize multiple,  redundant  circuits,  switches and
physical  locations  to  substantially  reduce the effects of a single  point of
failure  within our network.  This  redundancy,  combined with our switching and
routing equipment,  generally enables us to automatically reroute traffic when a
failure occurs,  resulting in higher overall network  performance and integrity.
Our  backbone  switches  also  incorporate  high  levels  of  equipment-specific
redundancies,  resulting in higher  levels of  availability  than those found in
basic routing platforms.  We also employ  uninterruptable  power supplies and/or
electric  generator back-ups at each switching  facility,  designed to limit the
impact of local power outages on our network.



  Global Network Components



     The components of our network include the following:



     Switching  Facilities.  There  are  over 175  Lucent  ATM and  frame  relay
switches,  providing a highly redundant switch backbone deployed  throughout the
SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network.  We have over 300 backbone  routers  installed and
there are approximately 10,000 Nortel routers located in office buildings and on
Bridge's  customers'  premises.  Our switches are located in secure  facilities,
which provide highly  reliable,  direct access to high-speed  telecommunications
infrastructure.  In each switching facility,  we rent space,  install networking
equipment,  including ATM or frame relay switches, routers and high-speed analog
and digital modems.

     Backbone Capacity. Our network is designed with a highly redundant backbone
infrastructure,   including   diversely   routed  long  haul  and  local  access
connections from multiple  carriers.  We interconnect  our switching  facilities
through  high speed lines  leased from a variety of  carriers,  including  Qwest
Communications  International,  Inc., MCI Worldcom,  Inc. and  Broadwing,  Inc.,
formerly known as IXC Communications,  Inc. Our leased line connections range in
capacity from 45 Mbps and 155 Mbps in the U.S. and 45 Mbps  internationally.  To
enhance our redundancy, we lease


                                       53

<PAGE>



ATM service from Sprint Corporation. This service is delivered using the highest
quality of service mode available and our service  connections range in capacity
from 45 Mbps through 620 Mbps.  The  combination  of our leased lines and Sprint
ATM service makes our  transmission  backbone highly  redundant so that at least
two diverse  paths exist  between all of our  switching  facilities.  The "fault
tolerant"  configuration  of our network  allows data  packets to travel on many
alternate paths to connect points on our network.

     PrivateNAPsSM.  For our customers'  Internet traffic, we have built private
network  access  points,  or  PrivateNAPsSM,  where we connect  to the  Internet
backbones operated by Sprint Corporation,  Cable & Wireless plc and UUNET, a MCI
Worldcom  company.  At each of our  PrivateNAPsSM,  we are  connected  to  these
carriers  through transit  agreements that allow us to connect to their Internet
networks  for a monthly  fee.  Since we are a paying  customer  of each of these
Internet  backbone  providers,  we  believe we realize  better  response  times,
installation  intervals,  service levels and routing  flexibility  than Internet
service   providers  that  rely  solely  on  free  public  or  private   peering
arrangements.  We currently operate eight  PrivateNAPsSM in the U.S. and plan to
add four  additional  PrivateNAPsSM  in early 2000. In addition,  to enhance our
carrier redundancy,  at each of our PrivateNAPsSM,  we connect to other Internet
backbones  through  peering   arrangements  where  each  party  to  the  peering
arrangement  agrees to carry the other party's traffic for free. We have peering
arrangements in place with AboveNet Communications,  Inc., DIGEX,  Incorporated,
Exodus Communications, Inc., Frontier GlobalCenter, Level 3 Communications, LLC,
PSINet Inc. and Williams  Communications  Group, Inc. These peering arrangements
allow for  settlement-free,  direct  connections  between networks,  where local
access  charges are  generally  split  evenly  between the  applicable  parties.
Smaller  Internet  service  providers  typically  connect to our network through
transit agreements that allow them to connect to our network for a fee.



     Our  PrivateNAPSM   architecture  combined  with  our  proprietary  routing
policies  enables  us to route  customer  traffic  directly  onto  the  Internet
backbone  of its  destination  for a  substantial  portion  of  global  Internet
addresses.  This network  architecture allows our customers' Internet traffic to
generally  bypass  congested  public  Internet  network access  points,  thereby
reducing data loss and latency and improving  reliability  and  performance.  In
addition,  customers  directly  connected to the same  PrivateNAPSM  get one-hop
access, meaning their data pass through only one router, when communicating with
each other, and two customers connected to different PrivateNAPsSM enjoy two-hop
access,  meaning  their data pass through only two routers,  when  communicating
with each other, in both cases completely bypassing the public Internet.

     Dial Access  Platforms.  We are  currently  deploying 25 Nortel dial access
platforms  in over 20 cities in the U.S.,  which we expect to have  completed by
the end of 2000.  By  mid-2001,  we  expect  to have  deployed  dial  access  in
approximately  100 U.S. cities,  increasing to approximately  300 U.S. cities by
the end of 2001. Our dial coverage will be supplemented by toll free dial access
where we do not have local dial access, and by the end of 2001 the platforms are
expected to contain over 20,000 ports.



     Colocation.  We are in the process of upgrading  and expanding our Internet
colocation  data center  facilities  to over  250,000  square feet of space.  We
expect to complete the upgrade and expansion during 2000 in Boston,  London, New
York, St. Louis,  Los Angeles,  San Francisco,  Dallas,  Chicago and Washington,
D.C. All of these  facilities will be served by multiple 2.5 gigabits per second
connections  for  local  access.   Development  is  underway  to  elevate  these
facilities to state-of-the-art  levels with high availability,  mission-critical
environments, including uninterruptable power supplies, back-up generators, fire
suppression,   separate  cooling  zones  and  seismically  braced  racks.  These
facilities  will be accessible 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, both locally and
remotely,  and will have high  levels of  physical  security.  These  facilities
include two fully redundant colocation facilities in St. Louis,  Missouri,  each
of which will contain approximately 90,000 square feet,  approximately 60,000 of
which will be subleased to Bridge.

  Network Operations Centers



     We have a global network  operations center in St. Louis,  Missouri,  which
operates  24 hours a day,  365 days a year,  and is  staffed  by over 20 skilled
technicians.  We also have  regional  network  operations  centers in London and
Singapore. These regional centers operate for the 12 hours per day

                                       54

<PAGE>



of peak business activity in their respective  regions,  ensuring 24-hour backup
for the St. Louis facility.  From these network operations  centers, we remotely
monitor  the  components  of  the  SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network,  including  our
PrivateNAPsSM,  and perform network diagnostics and equipment surveillance.  The
network  operations centers use  sophisticated,  proprietary  network management
platforms  based on the Lucent  NavisCore,  HP  OpenView,  and  Nortel  Optivity
programs to monitor and manage our switching facilities and our routers.



TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW

     Private networks.  Private networks typically comprise a number of private,
leased lines that interconnect  multiple corporate locations.  The advantages of
private lines include quality,  since capacity is reserved for the exclusive use
of the network owner, and security, since the owner's data transmissions are not
commingled with those of other  customers.  Private line networks have been most
popular in the U.S.,  where capacity prices are lowest.  While private lines are
typically secure and reliable,  they do not use network capacity efficiently and
are not flexible or scalable as changes in network topology are implemented.

     Shared networks.  Until recently,  prices for long-haul  telecommunications
capacity  outside  of  the  U.S.,  particularly   international  capacity,  were
relatively  expensive.  Since the  advent of data  networking,  only  users with
extremely  high  capacity  requirements  invested  in private  networks in these
locations.  Most other users employed shared  networking  technologies,  whereby
multiple corporate  locations would be interconnected with the data network of a
major  telecommunications  carrier or value-added  network service  provider for
carriage to the appropriate destination.

     X.25 was an early open shared network protocol that was designed to support
mission-critical  communications  over analog networks.  X.25 has been extremely
popular  outside of the U.S.,  where until  recently  private line networks have
remained  expensive,  and in  developing  markets  where the  telecommunications
infrastructure  is  sometimes  unreliable.  X.25  contemplates  extensive  error
detection  and data  recovery  processes,  which  slows  the  effective  rate of
transmission.

     Today,  ATM, frame relay and Internet protocol are driving the migration of
traffic  from  private  line  networks  to shared  networks  and from older open
protocols such as X.25 to newer architectures.

     Frame Relay.  Frame relay  evolved  from X.25  networks and today is widely
used  for  applications  such  as  local  area   network-to-local  area  network
communications.  Unlike  X.25,  frame relay does not  perform any complex  error
detection  or error  recovery of data.  As a result,  it is a simpler and faster
technology.   Frame  relay  circuits  are  effective  to  create  a  network  of
interconnected  sites because each site needs only one link into the frame relay
network to  communicate  with all other  sites.  Frame relay is less costly than
point-to-point  private networks,  and its  software-defined  "virtual circuits"
make it easier to alter network  topology as connectivity  requirements  change.
One  limitation  of the frame relay  protocol is its  application  for real-time
services.  Frame relay  packets are variable in length,  and as large data files
transit the  network  they can cause  delays at key  aggregation  and  switching
points,  often causing other traffic to be delayed.  These delays can materially
degrade the quality of real-time services such as voice and video.

     ATM. The ATM protocol was specifically designed to support the transmission
of all types of content, including data, video and voice, over a single network.
ATM is unique in its ability to prioritize  cells to ensure that  real-time data
takes priority over less  time-sensitive  material when  transiting the network.
This enables service providers to offer service guarantees with a greater degree
of confidence and  facilitates the  introduction of real-time  services that are
difficult  under  other  protocols.  Additionally,  ATM data cells are small and
fixed in size,  facilitating  high speed  switching  at speeds up to 2.5 billion
bits per  second.  One  limitation  of ATM is that the  benefits  created by the
small, fixed nature of ATM cells also create incremental traffic on the network.
Each cell requires its own identification and addressing  information,  which is
repeated  in each of many  individual  ATM  cells  that  comprise  a given  data
transmission.  The replication of this "header" information generates additional
overhead for the network, requiring the network operator to provision additional
transmission capacity.

                                       55

<PAGE>

     Internet Protocol.  Internet protocol is a simple, highly scalable protocol
that is a core  element  of the  architecture  of the  Internet  and can be used
across most network technologies in use today. Internet protocol has also become
the  communications  protocol  of choice  for the  desktop  and the  local  area
network,  thus data  networking  over  Internet  protocol  requires  no protocol
conversion,  reducing overhead and improving performance.  The protocol does not
distinguish  among  classes of  traffic,  which  limits  its  ability to deliver
real-time services.

     Our Network. We have built the SAVVIS ProActiveSM Network to take advantage
of the  rapid  growth of  Internet  protocol  in  corporate  networks,  to offer
customers the ability to run multiple  applications  on a single  network and to
allow  customers  to choose the quality of service  level which best meets their
needs.  By building our network to run Internet  protocol  over ATM we allow our
customers to overcome the  limitations  of Internet  protocol and  designate the
level of priority to be accorded to their traffic.

COMPETITION

     The markets that we serve are intensely competitive. In addition, we expect
to  face  significant   additional  competition  in  the  future  from  existing
competitors  and new  market  entrants.  Many of our  competitors  have  greater
financial,  technical and marketing  resources,  larger customer bases,  greater
name  recognition and more  established  relationships in the industries that we
operate in than we do.



     We believe that a highly reliable network infrastructure,  a broad range of
quality  products and services,  a knowledgeable  sales force and the quality of
customer support are the primary competitive factors in our targeted markets and
that price is generally secondary to these factors. We believe that we presently
are well positioned to compete  favorably with respect to most of these factors.
Our current and potential competitors in our targeted markets include:

     Data Networking Companies. Several data networking companies such as Equant
N.V., Infonet Services Corporation,  Concert Management Services Inc. and Global
One offer data  networking  services  to  business  customers  worldwide.  These
services include ATM and frame relay,  private line, Internet access and network
outsourcing.  These companies have significant  experience in offering  tailored
services and market their  expertise  in  providing  these  services and related
technology.  There are also a number of new  entrants,  such as  Digital  Island
Inc.,  that are targeting  specific  niches to deliver  customers'  data traffic
worldwide.



     Internet Service  Providers.  Our current and potential  competitors in the
market include Internet service providers with a significant regional,  national
or global presence targeting business customers, such as Apex Global Information
Services,  Inc.,  AT&T Corp.,  Cable & Wireless  plc, GTE  Internetworking,  ICG
Communications,  Inc.,  Intermedia  Communications  Inc.,  PSINet  Inc.,  Sprint
Corporation,  UUNET, a MCI Worldcom company,  Concentric Network Corporation and
Verio Inc. Many of these companies are developing Internet-based virtual private
network  services that attempt to replicate some or all of the  functionality of
our managed data networking services.



     Telecommunications  Carriers.  Many large  carriers,  including AT&T Corp.,
British  Telecommunications  plc,  Cable & Wireless  plc,  MCI  WorldCom,  Inc.,
Deutsche Telekom AG and Sprint  Corporation,  offer data networking and Internet
access services. They compete with us by bundling various services such as local
and long distance voice,  data transmission and video services to their business
customers.  We believe  that there is a move toward  horizontal  integration  by
telecommunications  companies  through  acquisitions  of or joint  ventures with
Internet  service  providers  to meet the  Internet  access and data  networking
requirements  of  business  customers.  Accordingly,  we  expect  to  experience
increased competition from these telecommunications carriers.



     Other  Competitors.  Because  we  offer  a  broad  range  of  services,  we
encounter  competition  from  numerous  businesses  which  provide  one  or more
similar  services.  For  example,  we  compete  with  companies  such  as Exodus
Communications,  Inc.,  Qwest Communications International Inc., Global Crossing
Ltd.,  DIGEX,  Incorporated  and  Level 3 Communications, Inc. in the colocation
facilities market.



                                       56

<PAGE>

BRIDGE RELATIONSHIP

     Upon  completion  of this  offering,  we  will  acquire  Bridge's  Internet
protocol network and enter into a number of agreements with Bridge.

     Master Establishment and Transition Agreement. The master establishment and
transition  agreement  transfers Bridge's global Internet protocol network to us
for $150 million.  Under this  agreement,  a Bridge  subsidiary that owns all of
Bridge's U.S. network assets will transfer them to one of our subsidiaries.  The
transfers of non-U.S. assets will be effected under local transfer agreements to
be entered into by the appropriate Bridge and SAVVIS subsidiaries.

     The transfer of several portions of the Bridge network requires contractual
consents  from certain of Bridge's  counterparties  or  regulatory  approvals in
certain  jurisdictions  which,  as of the closing date, may not yet be obtained.
Bridge will continue to own and operate  those  portions of the network while we
continue to seek the appropriate  consents.  Under the master  establishment and
transition  agreement,  once the  requisite  consents  and  approvals  have been
acquired in each  jurisdiction,  we will have an an  obligation  to purchase the
assets from Bridge in that  jurisdiction.  In jurisdictions  where we expect the
purchase  to occur  within  one year of the  closing  date of the  Bridge  asset
transfer, Bridge will operate the facilities on our behalf and we will reimburse
Bridge for all costs directly associated with the use, maintenance and operation
of those  assets and we will be paid for the use of those assets by Bridge under
the network services  agreement.  Our obligation to acquire these assets expires
upon the later of ten years from the closing date or  expiration  of the network
services agreement.



     Under the master  establishment  and transition  agreement,  Bridge will be
responsible for all liabilities  associated with its Internet  protocol  network
prior to the transfer to us, and we will be responsible  for  liabilities  after
the transfer.  Bridge will make several limited representations in the agreement
relating  to  corporate  authority,  title and  existence  of the  assets  being
transferred,  as well as that the transfer is of the entire network,  other than
the assets that could not be  transferred.  The agreement  will further  provide
that we will indemnify Bridge for some of the representations and warranties and
with respect to our responsibility for our assumed liabilities.



     Network Services Agreement.  Under the network services  agreement,  Bridge
will  agree  to use our  network  for the  collection  and  distribution  of the
financial  information  provided  by Bridge to its  customers  and for  Bridge's
internal  managed data network  needs for ten years from the closing  date.  The
agreement may be extended by Bridge for an additional five-year period by giving
us notice one year before the  expiration  of the initial  ten-year  term.  Upon
termination of the agreement, we will be required to continue to provide network
services  to Bridge  for an  additional  five  years,  at rates in effect at the
termination date.

     The purchase will substantially increase our depreciation and amortization.
For the first year of the agreement, our fees will be based upon the actual cash
cost to Bridge of operating  the network as  configured  on the date we acquired
it, the original network.  Our fees for additional  services provided during the
first year beyond the original  network will be based on the  estimated  cost to
provide  the  services.  After the first  year of the  agreement  the prices for
services provided over our network will be mutually agreed upon or determined by
binding arbitration. However, Bridge has agreed that:

   (1)  the amount  paid to us under the  agreement  during the second year will
        not be less than 110% of the rates and  charges  as  determined  for the
        first year of the agreement;

   (2)  the  amount  paid to us under the  agreement  for the third  year of the
        agreement  will  not be less  than  120% of the  rates  and  charges  as
        determined for the first year of the agreement;

   (3)  the amount  paid to us under the  agreement  for the  fourth,  fifth and
        sixth years will not be less than 80% of the total amount paid by Bridge
        and its subsidiaries for Internet protocol data transport services; and



   (4)  the amount paid to us under the agreement for the seventh  through tenth
        years will not be less than 60% of the total  amount  paid by Bridge and
        its subsidiaries for Internet protocol data transport services.



                                       57

<PAGE>



     In addition we will charge Bridge for  additional  bandwidth and additional
customers at a rate  established  on an annual basis.  Additions to the existing
network  will be charged at a rate  established  on an annual  basis.  If we and
Bridge  cannot  agree on this annual rate,  and Bridge  still  desires for us to
provide such service,  then we will submit prices to an  independent  arbitrator
who will assign the price quoted by the party that in the  arbitrator's  opinion
came  closest to  quoting a fair  market  price.  In those  instances  where the
addition is outside of the existing network,  we will negotiate the terms of the
expansion with Bridge on a case-by-case basis,  including any additional charges
to be paid to us by Bridge to defray  the cost of such  expansion.  If we cannot
reach  agreement  with Bridge,  and Bridge still  desires for us to provide such
service, then we will submit prices to an independent arbitrator who will assign
the price quoted by the party that in the  arbitrator's  opinion came closest to
quoting a fair market price.


     We will also agree that the network will perform in accordance with certain
quality of service  standards  within a period of twelve months from the date of
transfer  of the  network.  If those  standards  are not met with  respect  to a
customer site in any month, Bridge will be entitled to receive,  upon request, a
credit for one  month's  charges  for that site.  The  Bridge  network  services
agreement will contain quality of service levels and will provide for credits if
the levels are not  maintained.  In addition,  a material  breach of the service
levels would allow Bridge to terminate  the agreement  and/or  collect up to $50
million as liquidated damages not more than once in any 36-month period.



     The  agreement  will  provide  for the  creation  of a  strategic  advisory
committee  comprised  of three of our senior  executives  and three from Bridge,
with an  additional  outside  consultant  to be appointed by both  parties.  The
mission of the committee will be to review the  performance of the networks,  to
serve as a forum for the  consideration  and discussion of issues related to the
network,  and to discuss issues related to the future  development of the SAVVIS
ProActiveSM  Network in the context of the relationship of SAVVIS and Bridge. We
will agree to use our  commercially  reasonable  best efforts to comply with the
recommendations of the committee.

     Bridge will agree that during the term of the  network  services  agreement
and for the next five years after the termination of this agreement. Bridge will
not compete  with us anywhere in the world in  providing  packet-data  transport
network  services,  other than  investments in a competitor not to exceed 10% of
the outstanding capital stock of that competitor.



     Local Network Access Agreement.  In most  jurisdictions  outside the United
States,  the charges that we pay for the local circuit between our  distribution
frame,   which   usually  is   located   in  a  central   office  of  the  local
telecommunications  provider, and the Bridge customer premises,  will be charged
back to Bridge at a rate intended to recover our costs.



     Equipment  Colocation  Permit.  Some  network  assets to be  purchased  are
located in premises  currently  leased by Bridge.  Subject to the receipt of any
required landlord consents,  Bridge will agree to allow us to keep our equipment
in those locations,  or colocate this equipment in these premises,  for a period
of  time  coterminous  with  the  underlying  rights  which  Bridge  has to such
facilities, which range from one to five years. Our costs for this space will be
a total of $_____ per year.

     Technical Services Agreement. Pursuant to the technical services agreement,
Bridge will provide us with services, including help desk support, installation,
maintenance  and  repair  of  equipment,   customer  related  services  such  as
processing service orders and provisioning interconnection.  In addition, Bridge
will agree to manage the colocation of third-party  equipment in our facilities,
which includes facilities management,  such as power, heating, air conditioning,
lighting and other utilities,  the provision of racks for equipment installation
with "smart card"  access,  and  installation,  monitoring  and  maintenance  of
equipment. Bridge also will manage our network operation centers. This agreement
will remain in effect so long as the network  services  agreement  is in effect.
Rates for the services  provided  under this  agreement  are fixed for the first
year.  After the first year,  we will  negotiate  new rates and if we and Bridge
cannot  agree  on new  rates,  then  we will  submit  prices  to an  independent
arbitrator. Bridge is required to meet quality of service standards set forth in
the agreement,  and, if Bridge fails to meet the standards,  we will be entitled
to a refund of all amounts paid for the non-complying  service plus the costs we
incurred to have that service provided by a third party.

                                       58

<PAGE>

     Administrative  Services  Agreement.  For a period of three years, and from
then on from year to year until Bridge or we  terminate  the  agreement,  Bridge
will  provide us with various  administrative  services,  including  payroll and
accounting  functions,  benefit management and the provision of office space. We
have  the  right  to take  over  one or  more  of  these  functions  before  the
termination  of the  agreement.  Bridge will  charge us for these  services in a
manner that is intended to permit  Bridge to recover the costs of providing  the
services.

     Promissory Note. We will pay for the Bridge network assets partially with a
three-year  promissory  note.  The promissory  note will bear interest,  payable
semi-annually, at an annual rate of 10%. Principal will be payable at maturity.

REGULATORY MATTERS



     As with  any  provider  of  global  data  networking  and  Internet  access
services,  we face  regulatory and market access  barriers in various  countries
resulting from restrictive laws,  policies and licensing  requirements.  Our six
major markets consist of the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, France,
Italy and Japan.  Data  networking and Internet  access services are now open to
competition  in all of these  foreign  markets,  but a license is  required.  We
believe  that we are  licensed to provide data  networking  and Internet  access
services as an  independent  operator  under the  applicable  telecommunications
regulations in the United Kingdom,  Germany and France. We have made application
for a license in Italy to offer services to Bridge and third parties.  In Japan,
we are currently  authorized to provide data networking  services only to Bridge
and are in the  process of making  application  for the  appropriate  license to
offer services to third parties.

     In most other  countries  that we  believe  represent  significant  revenue
potential,  our data  networking  and Internet  access  services are now open to
competition,  although  in most  cases a license is  required.  In some of these
countries, including Australia, Denmark, Finland, Hong Kong, the Netherlands and
Norway,  we are  authorized  to provide  data  networking  and  Internet  access
services  to Bridge  and  third  parties.  However,  in the  remainder  of these
countries,   including  Brazil,   Canada,   Chile,  India,   Indonesia  and  the
Philippines, we are authorized to offer data networking services only to Bridge,
or to offer only data networking services,  but not Internet access services, to
Bridge,  and third  parties.  Our  business  plan does not  contemplate  selling
significant  services outside of the U.S.,  except to Bridge,  in the near term.
Therefore,  we do not  believe  that our  inability  to offer  services to third
parties in these countries is significant.

     In addition,  we face regulatory and market access barriers in countries in
which we do not  operate  but in which we have an  obligation  to  purchase  the
Bridge Internet protocol network assets that we have not already acquired in the
Bridge  asset  transfer.  These  Bridge  network  assets  generally  will not be
transferred   to  us  as  part  of  the  Bridge   asset   transfer   because  of
telecommunications licensing or other regulatory requirements.

     We are in the process of seeking regulatory  approvals in some countries to
offer services to Bridge and third parties,  including Greece,  Hungary,  Italy,
Malaysia,  Taiwan,  Thailand,  Peru, Mexico and Venezuela.  We cannot assure you
that we will obtain any of these approvals.



  World Trade Organization Agreement and its Implications



     On February 15, 1997, 69 countries at the World Trade Organization  reached
an agreement to liberalize  market access and  introduce  national  treatment in
basic  telecommunications  services. Since then, two of the 69 participants have
submitted  improved  basic  telecommunications  schedules  and three World Trade
Organization  members who did not participate in the negotiations have submitted
commitments,   bringing   the   total   number   of   governments   with   basic
telecommunications  schedules to 72. In February  1998, the results of the World
Trade  Organization  negotiations on market access for basic  telecommunications
services  formally  entered  into  force and  became  binding  on the  signatory
countries.

                                       59

<PAGE>

     Despite  the  World  Trade  Organization  agreement,  regulatory  obstacles
continue to exist in a number of  signatory  countries.  First,  some  signatory
countries made only limited  commitments in terms of the services that they were
willing to  liberalize  and the  timeframe  in which they were willing to do so.
Second,  some less  developed  signatory  countries  are not well  prepared  for
competition  or for  effectively  regulating a liberalized  market;  gaining the
requisite experience and expertise is likely to be a long and difficult process.
Finally,   even   in   liberalized   countries,   there   remains   considerable
"post-liberalization  red tape," such as complicated  licensing  rules,  certain
foreign   ownership   limits,   high  fees  and   undeveloped   competition  and
interconnection safeguards.

     Corporate  Presence.  In a number of  jurisdictions,  we are  permitted  to
provide data  networking or Internet  access  services to local  customers  only
after  first   establishing  a  corporate   presence,   by  way  of  either  the
incorporation of a subsidiary or the registration of a branch or  representative
office.  We  have  or  will  establish  such a  local  presence  in  each of the
jurisdictions where such a presence is legally required.



  Regulatory Analysis by Service Type



     Data Networking Services. The core of our data networking services business
is  providing  managed data  networking  services to  corporate  customers.  The
managed data networking services that we provide are generally  characterized as
data transmission  services or value added services for licensing  purposes.  We
are  authorized  by law or by license  (either  individual  license or a general
authorization  obtainable by simple  notification or declaration by an automatic
"class" license) to provide these services in the foreign  countries in which we
expect to generate  significant  revenue from data networking  services.  In the
European  Union  member  countries,  such  services  may be provided  upon,  the
satisfaction of a simple registration, notification or authorization procedure.

     Internet Access  Services.  The Internet access services that we provide in
the U.S. do not require any authorization.  The Internet access services that we
offer  outside of the U.S.  generally  do not require any  authorization  beyond
those required for managed data  networking  services and value added  services.
However,  because the regulation of Internet access is ill-defined or in flux in
some  countries,  there is a risk that customers are using our network to access
the Internet in countries that may prohibit,  or wish to prohibit,  such access.
We may limit this risk by  discontinuing  such access if  measures  are taken or
threatened by the pertinent  authorities  to restrict the use of our network for
Internet access.



  Substantive Regulation in Key Markets



     The regulatory regimes applicable to the United States, the United Kingdom,
Germany,  France, Italy and Japan, which will be our six major markets following
the Bridge asset transfer, as well as that of the European Union, are summarized
below.

     United  States.  The  regulatory   framework  governing  the  provision  of
telecommunications  services in the United States permits us to offer all of our
planned data networking  services  without  significant  legal  constraints.  We
provide these  services on a resale basis or a facilities  basis.  To the extent
that a future  service  requires  prior  authorization,  either  by the  Federal
Communications  Commission,  or FCC, or by a state public utility commission, we
believe there is no significant risk that such an application would be denied or
would face processing delays that would have a material adverse effect on us.

     Nevertheless, services offered over the Internet or using Internet protocol
may present  distinct  regulatory  issues,  as is also the case in the  European
Union. The regulatory classification and treatment of some of these services has
not been resolved  authoritatively in the United States, and it is possible that
certain Internet-related  services will be subject to prior authorization and to
as yet undefined  terms and conditions  under which such  authorizations  may be
granted.

     The  provision  of basic  telecommunications  services on a common  carrier
basis is subject to  regulation  in the United  States.  An entity that provides
such services on a common  carrier  basis is classified as a  telecommunications
carrier. Interstate and international common carrier services

                                       60

<PAGE>

provided by a  telecommunications  carrier are subject to the FCC's jurisdiction
under Title II of the Communications Act. Intrastate telecommunications services
are subject to regulation by the relevant state Public Utility Commission.

     We believe  that the  products  and  services  we offer are not  subject to
regulation,  but  there is some risk  that the FCC or a state  commission  could
determine that our products and services should require  specific  authorization
or other regulations. If that were to be the case, these regulatory requirements
could include prior authorization  requirements,  tariffing requirements and the
payment  of  contributions  to  federal  and  state-created  subsidy  mechanisms
applicable  to  providers  of   telecommunications   services.   Some  of  these
contributions  would  be  required  whether  or  not  we  would  be  subject  to
authorization or tariff requirements.

     There  also is some  uncertainty  about  the  regulatory  status  of  voice
services  provided on data  networks.  If we were to offer voice services in the
future,  there is some risk that those  services  could be subject to regulation
and that those  services could be treated  similarly to voice services  provided
over  conventional  circuit-switched  network  facilities for purposes of making
payments to local  telephone  companies for origination and termination of calls
and for other purposes.

     European Union. In the last ten years, the European Union has established a
comprehensive  and  flexible   regulatory   system,   culminating  in  the  full
liberalization of  telecommunication  networks and services effective on January
1, 1998. By that date, 10 European Union member countries were required to adopt
a fully  liberalized  telecommunications  regime.  These  countries are Austria,
Belgium, Denmark,  Finland, France, Germany, Italy, Netherlands,  Sweden and the
United Kingdom.  The remaining  European Union member  countries were allowed to
delay full liberalization of their  telecommunications  regime until December 1,
1998,  in the case of Spain,  and  January 1, 2000,  in the case of  Luxembourg,
Ireland,  Portugal and Greece. Currently, only Greece and Portugal do not have a
fully liberalized telecommunications regime.



     The process of opening up the  telecommunications  markets in the  European
Union  was  achieved  through  European  Union  legislation  called  directives.
Directives are addressed to and binding on European  Union member  countries and
require  implementation into national law. There are two types of European Union
Directives  relating to  telecommunications:  first,  directives  adopted by the
European  Commission  aimed at liberalizing  European Union markets and, second,
directives  adopted by the European Council aimed at ensuring that a minimum set
of harmonized rules, to ensure fair competition, applies throughout the European
Union.  All 15 European Union member countries were obligated to incorporate the
principles  contained in these directives into their  respective  domestic legal
frameworks.  However,  the  impact of the  European  Union  directives  has been
affected  in some  cases by late or  inadequate  implementation,  as well as the
irregular  enforcement by the domestic  regulatory  authorities of some European
Union member states.

     United Kingdom. The  Telecommunications Act of 1984 provides the regulatory
framework  for  the  provision  of  telecommunications  services  in the  United
Kingdom.   The  authorization   regime   established  by  this  act  is  largely
infrastructure based, meaning that "systems" are licensed, with licenses for the
provision of specific services being the exception.  This  authorization  regime
also is based on licenses, rather than regulations or other generally applicable
instruments.  There are two  broad  types of  licenses,  individual  and  class.
Finally,  with minor  exceptions,  regulatory  treatment under this act does not
hinge on whether the license applies to data or voice.

     We provide our managed data networking services and value added services on
an   international   basis.   This   license   authorizes   the   provision   of
telecommunications of any description,  other than international switched voice,
broadcasting and conditional access services. This license allows the connection
of the licensee's  telecommunications  system to essentially  any other licensed
system, and allows the commercial supply of services to third parties from up to
20  premises.   Internet   access   services  are  not  subject  to   additional
service-specific regulation.

     Germany.    The    legal    framework   for   the   deregulation   in   the
telecommunications  sector  in Germany was transformed by the Telecommunications
Act  of  1996,  which  became  effective on August 1, 1996, and its implementing
ordinances adopted since then. This act has liberalized most

                                       61

<PAGE>

telecommunications services, subject to a licensing regime that is fundamentally
in conformity  with European  Community law.  However,  some  telecommunications
services,  such as  asynchronous  DSL, are not  liberalized.  Nevertheless,  the
managed data  networking  services and value added services that we offer can be
provided in Germany upon  notifying the  regulatory  authorities,  which we have
done.



     France. The legal framework for regulation in the telecommunications sector
in France was transformed by the  Telecommunications  Act of 1996,  which became
effective on July 28, 1996, and subsequent decrees on interconnection, universal
service, numbering,  licensing and rights-of-way.  This act has liberalized most
telecommunications services, subject to a licensing regime that is in conformity
with European  Community law. The data networking  services we provide,  whether
managed data networking  services or Internet access services,  currently do not
require any form of authorization.



     Italy.  Pursuant to law No. 103/1995 and subsequent decrees,  the provision
of  telecommunications  services  in Italy is  subject  to the  granting  of two
specific  authorizations from the Ministry of Communications.  One authorization
relates to provision of telecommunications services through direct access to the
public  network,  including  Internet  access  services,  and one  authorization
relates to provision  of packet- and  circuit-switched  data  services or simple
resale  of  capacity,   including  data  transmission.   For  the  provision  of
telecommunications  services  through  switched access to the public network,  a
notice must be filed with the Ministry of  Communication.  Voice  telephony  and
telecommunications  infrastructures are subject to an individual license. We are
in the process of filing the two requests for authorization.

     Japan. The legal framework for regulation in the telecommunications  sector
in Japan is the  Telecommunications  Business  Law.  This law requires a special
type 2 license  if a company  makes its  international  communication  facility,
including privately leased international lines, available to any third party for
the purpose of  telecommunication by that third party. In this context, the term
"telecommunication" encompasses the act of data transmission.  Accordingly, if a
company provides its customers access to an overseas database through its leased
lines,  it will be required to obtain a special  type 2 license.  However,  if a
company  were to  replicate  the  database  in Japan  and  permit  access to the
database from within the country, the Telecommunications  Business Act would not
apply,  even if all the information  were  transmitted  directly to the database
from an overseas  parent  company or  subsidiary.  Under the  Telecommunications
Business Act, information transfers exclusively between a parent company and its
subsidiary are exempt from licensing.  Moreover,  if a company provides Internet
access  services  directly  or  indirectly  through  the local  Internet  access
providers  that hold a type 1 license or a special type 2 license,  it will only
be  required  to obtain a  general  type 2  license.  We are in the  process  of
applying for a special type 2 license.



  Regulatory assessment of other markets



     Europe  (excluding  European  Union member  countries).  Telecommunications
services are liberalized in varying  degrees in European  countries that are not
European Union member countries. As a matter of practice, Switzerland and Norway
conform their regulatory frameworks to the European Union model. By contrast, in
Hungary, upon filing the necessary notification,  a foreign owned subsidiary may
provide limited data networking services to a defined group and, upon receipt of
necessary licenses,  may provide Internet access services.  In Poland,  however,
minimum  local  ownership  requirements  limit  greatly the extent to which data
networking or Internet access services may be provided.

     Asia  (excluding  Japan).  Regulatory  regimes  vary  greatly in  character
throughout  Asia.  At the  liberalized  end  of the  range,  countries  such  as
Australia and New Zealand have liberalized  policies that require no licenses to
provide data networking and Internet access services.  Other countries,  such as
Taiwan,  are open to competition,  but require service  providers to comply with
extensive licensing  procedures.  At the more restrictive end, countries such as
Indonesia and India require some minimum level of domestic ownership in order to
provide data  networking  and  Internet  access  services to persons  other than
Bridge.

                                       62

<PAGE>



INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY



     We do not own any patents or  registered  trademarks  or hold any  material
licenses, franchises or concessions. We enter into confidentiality and invention
assignment  agreements  with our employees and consultants and control access to
and distribution of our proprietary information.  Despite our efforts to protect
our proprietary rights,  departing employees and other unauthorized  parties may
attempt  to copy or  otherwise  obtain  and use  our  products  and  technology.
Monitoring unauthorized use of our products and technology is difficult,  and we
cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent  misappropriation of
our technology, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect
our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States.

EMPLOYEES

     As of November 30, 1999, we employed 209 full-time persons, 59 of whom were
engaged  in  engineering,  operations  and  customer  service,  121 in sales and
marketing,  and 29 in  finance  and  administration.  None of our  employees  is
represented by a labor union,  and we have not experienced any work stoppages to
date. We consider our employee relations to be good.

FACILITIES



     Our  executive  offices  are  located in Reston,  Virginia  and  consist of
approximately 10,500 square feet that are leased under an agreement that expires
in 2004. We lease  facilities  for our sales offices and network  equipment in a
number of metropolitan  areas and specific cities.  We also lease  approximately
10,000 square feet from Bridge in St. Louis,  Missouri. We are negotiating a ten
and a half year lease for an 80,000 square foot facility in Herndon, Virginia to
house  our  executive   management,   sales  and  marketing  personnel  and  our
Washington,  D.C. colocation data center facility.  We believe that our existing
facilities,  including the additional  space, are adequate for our current needs
and that  suitable  additional  or  alternative  space will be  available in the
future on commercially reasonable terms as needed.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS



     From time to time,  we may be  involved  in  litigation  relating to claims
arising out of our ordinary course of business. We are not currently involved in
any material legal proceedings.

                                       63

<PAGE>

                                  MANAGEMENT



DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS



     The following  table shows the names and ages of our  directors,  executive
officers and significant employees and the positions they hold with our company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                 AGE                     POSITION
- -------------------------------   -----   ------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>     <C>

Robert A. McCormick ...........    34     President and Chief Executive Officer and
                                          Chairman of the Board
Richard Bubenik ...............    38     Executive Vice President and Chief
                                          Technical Officer
David J. Frear ................    43     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
                                          Officer and Director
James D. Mori .................    44     Executive Vice President and Chief
                                          Operating Officer
Clyde A. Heintzelman ..........    61     Director
Thomas E. McInerney ...........    58     Director
Patrick J. Welsh ..............    56     Director
Thomas M. Wendel ..............    63     Director
Steven M. Gallant .............    40     Vice President, General Counsel and
                                          Secretary
</TABLE>

     ROBERT  A. MCCORMICK has served as Chairman of our board of directors since
April  1999.  He  has  also  served as our President and Chief Executive Officer
since  November 1999. Mr. McCormick served as Executive Vice President and Chief
Technical  Officer  of  Bridge  from  January  1997  to  December 1999, and held
various  engineering,  design  and  development positions at Bridge from 1988 to
January 1997. Mr. McCormick attended the University of Colorado at Boulder.

     RICHARD  BUBENIK joined us in December 1996 and has served as our Executive
Vice  President  and Chief Technical Officer since July 1999. Dr. Bubenik served
as  our  Assistant Vice President -- Engineering from December 1996 to September
1997,  Vice  President -- Engineering from October 1997 to April 1999 and Senior
Vice  President  Network Engineering from April 1999 to July 1999. From May 1993
to  December  1996,  Dr.  Bubenik  was  a Software Development Manager for Ascom
Nexion,  a  network  switch/router equipment supplier. Dr. Bubenik holds a Ph.D.
in  Computer  Science  from  Rice  University, M.S. and B.S. degrees in Computer
Science  from  Washington University and a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering
from Washington University.

     DAVID  J.  FREAR  has  served  as  our  Executive  Vice President and Chief
Financial  Officer  since  July  1999,  and  as  a director of our company since
October  1999. Mr. Frear was an independent consultant in the telecommunications
industry  from  August 1998 until June 1999. From October 1993 to July 1998, Mr.
Frear  was  Senior  Vice  President and Chief Financial Officer of Orion Network
Systems  Inc.,  a  Nasdaq  listed international satellite communications company
that  was  acquired by Loral Space & Communications in March 1998. Mr. Frear was
Chief  Financial Officer of Millicom Incorporated, a Nasdaq listed international
cellular  paging  and cable television company, from 1990 to 1993. He previously
was  an  investment  banker  at Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc. and Credit Suisse. Mr.
Frear  received  his  C.P.A.  in  1979  and  received  an M.B.A. degree from the
University of Michigan.

     JAMES  D.  MORI  has  served  as  our  Executive  Vice  President and Chief
Operating  Officer  since  October  1999.  Prior  to  joining  us,  Mr. Mori was
employed  by  Sprint Corporation as National Account Manager (from April 1987 to
December  1989),  Branch  Manager (from January 1990 to December 1991), Regional
Sales  Director (from January 1992 to March 1996), Vice President -- Sales (from
March  1996  to  February 1997) and Area Director (from February 1997 to October
1999).  From  January  1980  to  March 1987, Mr. Mori served as National Account
Manager   of   Digital   Equipment   Corporation,  Southwestern  Bell  and  AT&T
Information  Systems.  Mr.  Mori received a B.S. in Business Administration from
the University of Missouri.

                                       64

<PAGE>



     CLYDE A. HEINTZELMAN has served as a director of our company since December
1998.  Mr.  Heintzelman  has served as the President of Net2000  Communications,
Inc.,  a provider  of  broadband  business  telecommunications  services,  since
November 1999.  From December 1998 to November 1999, Mr.  Heintzelman  served as
our President and Chief Executive Officer and from May 1995 to December 1998, he
served  as Chief  Operating  Officer  and  President  of DIGEX  Incorporated,  a
national   Internet   services   provider   that  was  acquired  by   Intermedia
Communications,  Inc. in July 1996.  From January 1995 to April 1995,  he was an
independent consultant and provided services primarily to Hekimian Laboratories,
Inc., a developer of data network  testing  capabilities.  In January  1992,  he
participated  in  founding  CSI, a company  focused  on  building  hardware  and
software  products for switched wide area networks  using ISDN  technology,  and
from  January  1992 to December  1994,  he served as Vice  President  -- Sales &
Marketing of CSI. Mr.  Heintzelman  serves as a director of  Optelecom,  Inc., a
Nasdaq  listed  company  that  develops,  manufactures  and  sells  fiber  optic
communications  products and laser  systems,  Net2000  Communications,  and Tata
Consultancy  Services, a software and services company. Mr. Heintzelman received
a B.A. in Marketing from the University of Delaware.

     THOMAS  E.  MCINERNEY has served as a director of our company since October
1999.  Mr.  McInerney  has  served  as  a  general  partner  of  Welsh Carson, a
principal  stockholder  of our company, and other associated partnerships, since
1987.  Prior  to  joining  Welsh  Carson,  Mr. McInerney was President and Chief
Executive  Officer  of  Dama  Telecommunications  Corporation,  a voice and data
communications  services  company which he co-founded in 1982. Mr. McInerney has
also  been  President  of  the  Brokerage Services Division and later Group Vice
President  --  Financial  Services  of  ADP,  with  responsibility  for  the ADP
divisions  that  serve  the securities, commodities, bank, thrift and electronic
funds  transfer  industries.  He has also held positions with the American Stock
Exchange,  Citibank and American Airlines. Mr. McInerney serves as a director of
Mede  America Corporation, The BISYS Group, Inc., Centennial Cellular Corp., The
Cerplex  Group,  Inc.  and  Spectra Site Holdings, Inc. He is also a director of
Bridge  and  several other private companies. Mr. McInerney received a B.A. from
St.  Johns  University,  and  attended  New  York  University Graduate School of
Business Administration.

     PATRICK  J.  WELSH  has  served  as a director of our company since October
1999.  Mr.  Welsh  was  a co-founder of Welsh Carson, a principal stockholder of
our  company, and has served as a general partner of Welsh Carson and affiliated
entities  since  1979.  Prior to 1979, Mr. Welsh was President and a director of
Citicorp  Venture  Capital,  Ltd.,  an  affiliate of Citicorp engaged in venture
capital   investing.   Mr.  Welsh  serves  as  a  director  of  Accredo  Health,
Incorporated.  He  also serves as a director of Bridge and several other private
companies.  Mr. Welsh received a B.A. from Rutgers University and an M.B.A. from
the University of California at Los Angeles.

     THOMAS M. WENDEL has served as a director of our company  since April 1999.
He has been Chairman of the Board of Bridge since  January  1996,  and President
and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of Bridge  since  September  1995.  From 1986 to
September  1995,  Mr.  Wendel served as founding  President and Chief  Executive
Officer  of Liberty  Brokerage,  Inc.,  a United  States  government  securities
brokerage firm. From 1982 to 1986, Mr. Wendel was with Paine Webber Inc.,  where
he held several senior management  positions,  including Chief Financial Officer
and head of Operations  and Systems.  Mr.  Wendel also served as Executive  Vice
President  and Managing  Director of Paine Webber where he was  responsible  for
investment  banking involving  thrifts and commercial banks,  mortgage sales and
trading,  and  mortgage  banking.  Prior to 1982,  Mr.  Wendel was  Senior  Vice
President and Chief  Financial  Officer of Pan American World Airways.  While at
Pan American, he also held several senior management positions including overall
responsibility for Data Systems and Communications,  Airline Planning,  Property
and Facilities,  Corporate Budgets,  Treasury,  Accounting,  Aircraft Sales, and
Office Services.  Mr. Wendel holds a B.S. in Mathematics,  an M.A. in Economics,
an M.B.A.,  and several  academic honors  including Phi Kappa Phi and a National
Defense Graduate Fellowship in Mathematics. He was the co-author of Introduction
to Data Processing and COBOL published by McGraw-Hill in 1969.

     STEVEN  M.  GALLANT  has  served as our Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary  since December 1996. From July 1991 to December 1996, Mr. Gallant was
a partner with The Stolar

                                       65

<PAGE>

Partnership  where he specialized in the areas of corporate finance, mergers and
acquisitions  and  general  corporate  law. Mr. Gallant received a B.A. from the
University  of  Denver,  a  J.D.  from  Washington  University  and an L.L.M. in
Taxation from New York University.



     Members  of our board of  directors  are  elected  each year at our  annual
meeting of stockholders, and serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders
and until their respective successors have been elected and qualified. Following
the completion of this  offering,  we intend to increase the number of positions
on our  board of  directors  to  seven.  The board  anticipates  appointing  two
independent  directors to fill the  resulting  positions,  who will serve on our
board  until the next annual  meeting of  stockholders  or until  their  earlier
resignation  or  removal.  Our  officers  are  elected  annually by our board of
directors and serve at the board's discretion.

     In  November  1999,  we  entered  into an agreement with Mr. Heintzelman in
connection  with  his  resignation as our President and Chief Executive Officer.
Pursuant  to  the agreement, Mr. Heintzelman has agreed to serve on our board of
directors   for  a  one-year  term  that  will  expire  in  November  2000.  See
"--Arrangements with Executive Officers."

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS



     Our   board   of  directors  has  established  an  audit  committee  and  a
compensation  committee.  The  audit  committee consists of Thomas E. McInerney,
Patrick  J.  Welsh  and  Thomas  M.  Wendel.  The  responsibilities of the audit
committee include:

     o recommending to our board of directors an independent audit firm to audit
       our financial statements and to perform services related to the audit;

     o reviewing  the  scope  and  results  of the  audit  with our  independent
       auditors;

     o considering the adequacy of our internal  accounting control  procedures;
       and

     o considering auditors' independence.

     The  compensation  committee  consists of Thomas E. McInerney and Robert A.
McCormick.  The  compensation  committee  determines  the salaries and incentive
compensation  of our  management  and key  employees and  administers  our stock
option plan.



COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

     During  the  last  fiscal  year,  Mr.  McCormick served on our compensation
committee.  Mr.  McCormick  has  served as the Chairman of our board since April
1999,  and  became  our  President and Chief Executive Officer in November 1999.
Mr.  McCormick served as Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer of
Bridge through December 1999. See "Transactions with Affiliates."

     In 1999,  none of our executive  officers served as a director or member of
the compensation  committee of another entity,  any of whose executive  officers
served on our board of directors or on our compensation committee.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION



     Directors  currently do not receive any cash compensation from us for their
services,  although we  reimburse  them for  out-of-pocket  expenses  related to
attending meetings of the board of directors.



EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The following table provides you with information about compensation earned
during  fiscal  1999 by our Chief  Executive  Officers  and the other three most
highly compensated executive officers employed by us, whose salaries and bonuses
for such  year  were in excess of  $100,000.  We use the term  "named  executive
officers" to refer to these officers in this prospectus.



                                       66

<PAGE>

                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     LONG-TERM
                                                                    COMPENSATION
                                                                       AWARDS
                                                                 -----------------
                                          ANNUAL COMPENSATION        SECURITIES             ALL
                                          --------------------    UNDERLYING STOCK         OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION               SALARY       BONUS          OPTIONS           COMPENSATION
- ---------------------------------------   ----------   -------   -----------------   -----------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>       <C>                 <C>
Robert A. McCormick(1) ................    $ 45,139    --        500,000                        --
 President, Chief Executive Officer and
   Chairman of the Board

Clyde A. Heintzelman(2) ...............     218,146    --        100,000                $  265,905(3)
David J. Frear(4) .....................     122,276    --        400,000                        --
 Executive Vice President and
   Chief Financial Officer

Richard Bubenik .......................     159,258    --        200,000                        --
 Executive Vice President and
   Chief Technical Officer

</TABLE>


- ---------------------
(1) Mr. McCormick  became our President and Chief Exeuctive  Officer in November
    1999.



(2) Mr. Heintzelman became our President and Chief Executive Officer in December
    1998 and resigned from these positions in November 1999.

(3) Consists  of  monthly  payments  previously  made  or  to  be  made  to  Mr.
    Heintzelman  in  connection  with  his  resignation.  See "Arrangements with
    Executive Officers."

(4) Mr. Frear became our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in
    July 1999.

OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

     The  following  table  shows  grants of stock  options to each of the named
executive  officers during 1999. The percentages in the table below are based on
options to purchase a total of 3,047,258  shares of our common stock  granted to
our employees and directors in 1999. The exercise price per share of each option
was equal to the fair market  value of the common  stock on the date of grant as
determined by the  compensation  committee of our board of directors.  Potential
realizable  values are net of exercise  price  before taxes and are based on the
assumption  that  our  common  stock  appreciates  at  the  annual  rate  shown,
compounded annually, from the date of grant until the expiration of the ten-year
term. The numbers are calculated based on the requirements of the SEC and do not
reflect our estimate of future stock price growth.



                                       67

<PAGE>

                             OPTION GRANTS IN 1999


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            INDIVIDUAL GRANTS

                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                                      POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE
                                                                                                         AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                                       NUMBER OF                                                           RATES OF STOCK
                                      SECURITIES                                                          PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                                      UNDERLYING      PERCENT OF TOTAL       EXERCISE                         OPTION TERM
                                        OPTIONS      OPTIONS GRANTED TO     PRICE PER     EXPIRATION   -------------------------
               NAME                     GRANTED       EMPLOYEES IN 1999      SHARE(1)        DATE           5%           10%
- ----------------------------------   ------------   --------------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>                    <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Robert A. McCormick (1) ..........     500,000               16.4%           $  0.50       7/22/09     $407,224      $648,436
Clyde A. Heintzelman (2) .........     100,000                3.3%              0.50       7/22/09       81,445       129,687
David J. Frear (3) ...............     400,000               13.1%              0.50       7/22/09      325,779       518,749
Richard Bubenik (4) ..............     200,000                6.6%              0.50       7/22/09      162,890       259,374
</TABLE>


- ---------------------


(1) All these  options  vested on the date of grant.  If Mr.  McCormick  were to
    resign,  we would have the right to  repurchase  any  shares  that have been
    purchased by Mr.  McCormick  upon  exercise of these options at the lower of
    $0.50 per share or the fair market  value of the shares.  This right will be
    eliminated  with respect to 79,500  shares on the first  anniversary  of the
    date of the option  grant and with  respect to the  balance of the shares at
    the  rate of  125,000  shares  on  each  of the  second,  third  and  fourth
    anniversaries of the date of grant.

(2) All these options vested on the date of Mr. Heintzelman's resignation.

(3) All these options vested on the date of grant.  If Mr. Frear were to resign,
    we would have the right to repurchase any shares that have been purchased by
    Mr. Frear upon  exercise of these options at the lower of  $.50 per share or
    the fair market  value of the  shares.  This right will be  eliminated  with
    respect to 100,000 shares upon  completion of this offering and with respect
    to the balance of the shares at the rate of 8,333 shares per month beginning
    on the first  anniversary of the date of the option grant through the fourth
    anniversary of the date of grant.

(4) These options become exercisable at the rate of 4,167 each month,  beginning
    on the date of grant.

AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN 1999 AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES



     The  following  table sets forth as of December 31,  1999,  for each of the
named executive officers listed:

     o the total number of shares received upon exercise of options during 1999;

     o the value realized upon that exercise;

     o the total  number of  unexercised  options to purchase  our common  stock
       (exercisable and unexercisable); and

     o the value of such options which were in-the-money at December 31, 1999.



     There was no public  trading market for our common stock as of December 31,
1999.  Accordingly,  in order to present the values  realized  upon  exercise of
options  and the  values of  unexercised  in-the-money  options  shown  below we
subtracted the applicable  exercise price from a price of $23.50 per share,  the
midpoint of the price range for our common stock shown on the cover page of this
prospectus.

                                       68

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                                   UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                         OPTIONS AT                   IN-THE-MONEY
                                                                    DECEMBER 31, 1999(1)      OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                                                ----------------------------- ----------------------------
                                SHARES ACQUIRED       VALUE
             NAME                 ON EXERCISE       REALIZED     EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- ------------------------------ ----------------- -------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- --------------
<S>                            <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Robert A. McCormick ..........      500,000       $11,500,000        --                --          --                 --
Clyde A. Heintzelman .........      218,224         5,019,152        --                --          --                 --
David J. Frear ...............      400,000         9,200,000        --                --          --                 --
Richard Bubenik ..............       40,065           921,495         0           166,667           0         $3,833,342
</TABLE>


- ---------------------


STOCK OPTION PLAN

     Background.  On July 22, 1999, our board of directors approved the adoption
of our 1999 SAVVIS stock option plan,  and our  stockholders  approved the stock
option plan on the same date.  The  purpose of our 1999 stock  option plan is to
enhance our ability to attract, retain and compensate highly qualified employees
and other  individuals  providing us with services.  The option plan permits the
granting of options to purchase  shares of common  stock  intended to qualify as
incentive stock options under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Internal
Revenue Code,  and options that do not qualify as incentive  stock  options,  or
non-qualified  options.  Grants  may be made  under  our  stock  option  plan to
employees and  directors of our company or any related  company and to any other
individual  whose  participation  in the stock option plan is  determined by our
board of directors to be in our best interests. As of November 30, 1999, options
to purchase  6,041,804 shares of common stock were  outstanding  under the stock
option  plan.  No options may be granted  under the stock option plan after July
22, 2009.


     The  number of shares of common  stock  available  for  issuance  under the
option plan is 8,000,000  subject to adjustment for stock dividends,  splits and
other similar  events.  If any shares of common stock covered by a grant are not
purchased or are forfeited,  or if a grant otherwise terminates without delivery
of any shares of common stock  subject to the option,  then the number of shares
of common stock counted  against the total number of shares  available under the
stock  option plan with  respect to such grant  will,  to the extent of any such
forfeiture or termination,  again be available for making grants under the stock
option plan.



     The stock option plan is administered by our  compensation  committee.  The
compensation  committee has the full power and authority to take all actions and
to make all determinations  required or provided for under the plan, any option,
or option agreement, to the extent such actions are consistent with the terms of
the plan. The board of directors may take any action the compensation  committee
is  authorized  to  take.  To the  extent  permitted  by law,  the  compensation
committee or board may delegate its authority  under the plan to a member of the
board or one of our executive officers.

     Option  Terms.  The option price of each option will be  determined  by the
compensation  committee.  However,  the option price may not be less than either
100% of the fair market  value of our common  stock on the date of grant or less
than par value in the case of  incentive  stock  options and less than par value
only in the case of non-qualified  stock options.  To qualify as incentive stock
options, options must meet various federal tax requirements, including limits on
the value of shares  subject to  incentive  stock  options  which  first  become
exercisable  in any one calendar  year,  and a shorter  term and higher  minimum
exercise price in the case of any grants to 10% stockholders.



     The term of each option will be fixed by the  compensation  committee.  The
compensation  committee  will determine at what time or times each option may be
exercised and the period of time, if any, after retirement, death, disability or
termination of employment  during which options may be exercised.  However,  all
options shall  automatically vest upon a termination of employment caused by the
optionee's death, disability, or retirement.  Options may be made exercisable in
installments,  and the compensation  committee may accelerate the exercisability
of  options.  Except to the extent  otherwise  expressly  set forth in an option
agreement relating to a non-qualified option, options are not transferable other
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The compensation

                                       69

<PAGE>

committee  may  include in any  option  agreement  any  provisions  relating  to
forfeitures  of options that it deems  appropriate,  including  prohibitions  on
competing with our company and other detrimental conduct.

     If an optionee elects to exercise his or her option, he or she must pay the
option exercise price in full either in cash or cash equivalents.  To the extent
permitted by the option  agreement or the compensation  committee,  the optionee
may also pay the option  exercise  price by the  delivery of common stock to the
extent  that the  common  stock is  publicly  traded,  or  other  property.  The
compensation  committee  may also  allow the  optionee  to defer  payment of the
option  price,  or may cause us to loan the option  price to the  optionee or to
guarantee  that any shares to be issued will be  delivered to a broker or lender
in order to allow the optionee to borrow the option price.  If the  compensation
committee so permits, the exercise price may also be delivered to us by a broker
pursuant to irrevocable instructions to the broker from the participant.



     Corporate  Transactions.  Options  granted under the stock option plan will
terminate in connection  with  corporate  transactions  involving our company as
listed below,  except to the extent the options are continued or substituted for
in connection with the transaction. In the event of a termination of the options
in  connection  with a  corporate  transaction  and  subject to any  limitations
imposed in an applicable option agreement,  the options will be fully vested and
exercisable for a period to be determined by the board of directors  immediately
before the  completion of the  corporate  transaction.  A corporate  transaction
occurs in the event of:

     o a dissolution or liquidation of our company;

     o a merger, consolidation or reorganization of our company with one or more
       other entities in which our company is not the surviving entity;

     o a sale of substantially all of our assets to another person or entity; or



     o any   transaction,   including,   without   limitation,   a   merger   or
       reorganization in which our company is the surviving entity,  approved by
       the board that  results in any person or entity,  other than  persons who
       are holders of stock of our company at the time the plan was  approved by
       the stockholders  and other than an affiliate,  owning 80 percent or more
       of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock.



     The board of directors  may also in its  discretion  and only to the extent
provided in an option agreement cancel outstanding  options in connection with a
corporate  transaction.  Holders of cancelled options will receive a payment for
each cancelled option.

     Amendments and Termination. The board of directors may at any time amend or
discontinue  the stock  option  plan,  except that the maximum  number of shares
available for grant as incentive stock options and the class of persons eligible
to  receive  grants  under  the  plan  may not be  changed  without  stockholder
approval.

     Adjustments  for Stock  Dividends  and  Similar  Events.  The  compensation
committee will make  appropriate  adjustments  in outstanding  awards to reflect
common stock dividends, splits and other similar events.



FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     Incentive Stock Options. The grant of an option will not be a taxable event
for the  optionee  or us. An optionee  will not  recognize  taxable  income upon
exercise of an incentive stock option,  except that the alternative  minimum tax
may  apply.  Any gain  realized  upon a  disposition  of common  stock  received
pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option will be taxed as long-term
capital gain if the  optionee  holds the shares for at least two years after the
date of grant and for one year after the date of exercise,  known as the holding
period  requirement.  We will not be entitled to any business expense  deduction
with respect to the exercise of an incentive  stock option,  except as discussed
below.


                                       70

<PAGE>

     For the exercise of an option to qualify for the foregoing  tax  treatment,
the optionee  generally must be an employee of our company or a subsidiary  from
the date the option is granted  through a date within  three  months  before the
date of exercise of the option. In the case of an optionee who is disabled,  the
three-month period for exercise following  termination of employment is extended
to one year. In the case of an employee who dies,  both the time for  exercising
incentive  stock options after  termination of employment and the holding period
for common stock received pursuant to the exercise of the option are waived.

     If all of the  foregoing  requirements  are met except the  holding  period
requirement  mentioned above,  the optionee will recognize  ordinary income upon
the  disposition of the common stock in an amount  generally equal to the excess
of the fair  market  value of the  common  stock  at the  time  the  option  was
exercised over the option exercise price (but not in excess of the gain realized
on the sale). The balance of the realized gain, if any, will be capital gain. We
will be  allowed  a  business  expense  deduction  to the  extent  the  optionee
recognizes  ordinary  income subject to Section  162(m) of the Internal  Revenue
Code, as summarized below.

     If an optionee  exercises  an incentive  stock  option by tendering  common
stock  with a fair  market  value  equal to part or all of the  option  exercise
price,  the  exchange of shares will be treated as a nontaxable  exchange.  This
nontaxable treatment would not apply,  however, if the optionee had acquired the
shares being  transferred  pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option
and had not satisfied the holding period  requirement  summarized  above. If the
exercise is treated as a nontaxable exchange, the optionee would have no taxable
income from the exchange and  exercise,  other than  minimum  taxable  income as
discussed  above,  and the tax basis of the shares exchanged would be treated as
the  substituted  basis for the shares  received.  If the  optionee  used shares
received  pursuant to the  exercise of an  incentive  stock  option,  or another
statutory  option,  as to which the optionee had not  satisfied  the  applicable
holding  period  requirement,  the  exchange  would  be  treated  as  a  taxable
disqualifying disposition of the exchanged shares.

     If, pursuant to an option  agreement,  we withhold shares in payment of the
option price for incentive stock options,  the transaction  should  generally be
treated as if the withheld shares had been sold in a  disqualifying  disposition
after exercise of the option,  so that the optionee will realize ordinary income
with respect to such shares.  The shares paid for by the withheld  shares should
be treated as having been received  upon exercise of an incentive  stock option,
with the tax consequences described above. However, the Internal Revenue Service
has not  ruled  on the tax  treatment  of  shares  received  on  exercise  of an
incentive  stock option where the option  exercise  price is paid with  withheld
shares.

     Non-Qualified  Options.  The grant of an option will not be a taxable event
for the optionee or us. Upon exercising a non-qualified option, an optionee will
recognize  ordinary  income in an amount  equal to the  difference  between  the
exercise  price and the fair  market  value of the  common  stock on the date of
exercise.  However,  if the optionee is subject to  restrictions  imposed by the
securities  laws,  the  measurement  date will be deferred,  unless the optionee
makes a special tax election  within 30 days after  exercise.  Upon a subsequent
sale or exchange of shares acquired  pursuant to the exercise of a non-qualified
option, the optionee will have taxable gain or loss,  measured by the difference
between the amount  realized on the disposition and the tax basis of the shares.
This  difference  generally  is the amount  paid for the shares  plus the amount
treated as ordinary income at the time the option was exercised.

     If  we  comply  with  applicable   reporting   requirements  and  with  the
restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, we will be entitled
to a business  expense  deduction  in the same amount and  generally at the same
time as the optionee  recognizes  ordinary  income.  Under Section 162(m) of the
Internal  Revenue  Code, if the optionee is one of certain  specified  executive
officers,  then,  unless a number of  exceptions  apply,  we are not entitled to
deduct compensation with respect to the optionee, including compensation related
to the  exercise  of shares  options,  to the extent  such  compensation  in the
aggregate exceeds $1.0 million for the taxable year.  Options issuable under the
stock incentive plan are intended to comply with the exception to Section 162(m)
for "performance-based" compensation.

                                       71

<PAGE>

     If the  optionee  surrenders  common stock in payment of part or all of the
exercise price for non-qualified  options,  the optionee will not recognize gain
or loss with respect to the shares surrendered, regardless of whether the shares
were acquired  pursuant to the exercise of an incentive  stock  option,  and the
optionee will be treated as receiving an equivalent number of shares pursuant to
the  exercise of the option in a  nontaxable  exchange.  The basis of the shares
surrendered  will be  treated  as the  substituted  tax basis for an  equivalent
number of option  shares  received  and the new shares will be treated as having
been  held for the same  holding  period  as had  expired  with  respect  to the
transferred  shares.  The difference between the total option exercise price and
the total fair market value of the shares  received  pursuant to the exercise of
the  option  will be taxed  as  ordinary  income.  The  optionee's  basis in the
additional shares will be equal to the amount included in the optionee's income.

     If, pursuant to an option  agreement,  we withhold shares in payment of the
option price for  non-qualified  options or in payment of tax  withholding,  the
transaction  should generally be treated as if the withheld shares had been sold
for an amount equal to the exercise price after exercise of the option.



ARRANGEMENTS WITH EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     Mr.  Heintzelman  became our President and Chief Executive Officer under an
employment  agreement  dated  December 4, 1998.  On November 12, 1999 we entered
into an  additional  agreement  with  Mr.  Heintzelman  in  connection  with his
resignation,   entitling   him  to  continue  to  receive  his  base  salary  of
approximately  $20,800 per month through  December 3, 2000.  In addition,  under
these agreements, Mr. Heintzelman is entitled to a prorated portion of his bonus
for 1999 in an amount to be  established  by our board of  directors,  but in no
event  less  than 25% of his  annual  base  salary.  Under the  agreement  dated
November 12, 1999, Mr. Heintzelman agreed to serve on our board of directors for
a one-year term that will expire in November of 2000. While Mr. Heintzelman will
not separately be compensated for his services on the board of directors  during
this one-year  term, he will continue to be eligible to  participate  in benefit
plans as though he had remained employed by us. All of Mr.  Heintzelman's  stock
options  vested fully on the date of his  resignation  and Mr.  Heintzelman  has
exercised all of his options since that date.

     In his employment  agreement of December 4, 1998, Mr. Heintzelman agreed to
preserve  the  confidentiality  and the  proprietary  nature of all  information
relating to us and our business for three years after the term of his agreements
ends. In addition,  Mr.  Heintzelman  is obligated  under this  agreement not to
compete  with us and not to solicit the business of our  customers  for one year
following the term of his employment agreement. He will assist in the transition
of his position and help to ensure our ability to retain our key employees.  Mr.
Heintzelman has also released our company, Bridge and our and Bridge's employees
and directors from all claims arising from his employment.



     Arrangement  with  Mr.  Frear.  On  June  14,  1999,  we  entered  into  an
arrangement  with Mr.  Frear  pursuant  to which he agreed to serve as our Chief
Financial  Officer.  As part of this  arrangement,  Mr.  Frear is entitled to an
annual base salary of $250,000, subject to periodic review and adjustment, and a
discretionary annual bonus of approximately 50% of his base salary, based on his
personal and overall  corporate  performance.  Mr. Frear is entitled to medical,
disability and life insurance and other benefits in accordance  with our general
policies.



     In connection  with his employment,  Mr. Frear received  400,000 options to
purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $.50 per share.  All
of Mr. Frear's  options have vested.  In the event Mr. Frear were to resign,  we
would have the right to  repurchase  any shares that have been  purchased by Mr.
Frear  upon  exercise  of the  options at fair  market  value or $.50 per share,
whichever is lower.  This repurchase right is eliminated with respect to 100,000
shares at the completion of this offering and with respect to the balance of the
shares at the rate of 8,333 shares per month beginning on the first  anniversary
of the date of the option grant  through the fourth  anniversary  of the date of
grant. In addition,  upon completion of this offering,  Mr. Frear will receive a
number of options equal to .25% of our then  outstanding  shares of common stock
on a fully  diluted  basis at an  exercise  price per share  equal to the public
offering price. The options have a term of ten years.



                                       72

<PAGE>

     If our common  stock is not traded on a national  securities  market with a
public float of at least $75 million by June 14,  2001,  or if we are not in the
process of registering our common stock on that date, Mr. Frear will be entitled
to receive  the fair  market  value of his  options  that have  vested  less the
exercise price of those options.



     If we were to terminate Mr. Frear's  employment  without  cause,  or if Mr.
Frear were to  terminate  his  employment  for good  reason,  Mr. Frear would be
entitled to salary  continuation  and  continuation of all benefits for one year
following the  termination of his employment and a pro rata payment of his bonus
through the date of  termination.  In addition,  our right to be repurchase  his
shares would be terminated.

     Arrangement  with Mr.  Mori.  On  September  30,  1999,  we entered into an
agreement with Mr. Mori pursuant to which he became our Chief Operating  Officer
effective  September 25, 1999.  Under his agreement,  Mr. Mori is entitled to an
annual base salary of $200,000,  as well as a discretionary bonus of 50% to 100%
of his base salary based on his personal and overall corporate  performance.  We
also granted Mr. Mori options to purchase  225,000 shares of our common stock at
an exercise price of $.50 per share.  All of Mr. Mori's options have vested.  In
the event Mr.  Mori were to resign,  we would have the right to  repurchase  any
shares that have been purchased by Mr. Mori upon exercise of the options at fair
market value or $.50 per share,  whichever is lower.  This  repurchase  right is
eliminated  at a rate of 4,687  shares per month and will  terminate  after four
years of the date of  grant.  Under  his  agreement,  Mr.  Mori is  entitled  to
benefits  commensurate  with those available to Bridge  executives of comparable
rank.

     If we were to terminate  Mr. Mori's  employment  without cause prior to the
second  anniversary of his  employment,  Mr. Mori would be entitled to receive a
severance  payment of $450,000.  In the event we terminate Mr. Mori's employment
without cause after the second anniversary of his employment,  and either we are
not a public  company or we are a public  company  and our shares on the date of
termination trade at a price less than $15 per share, Mr. Mori will also receive
a payment of  $450,000.  Mr. Mori will  receive a similar  payment if he were to
resign as a result of an acquisition of more than 30% of our voting shares by an
entity other than Bridge,  if he were to be  instructed to relocate from the St.
Louis  metropolitan area, or if he were to be reassigned to a position entailing
materially reduced responsibilities or opportunities for compensation.

     We have agreed to indemnify  Mr. Mori for legal  expenses  arising from his
defense  in the  event  that his  previous  employer  asserts  a claim  that his
employment  by us  violates  the  non-competition  provision  of his  employment
agreement with his previous employer.  In addition, in the event that Mr. Mori's
previous employer succeeds in preventing his employment by us, we have agreed to
employ Mr. Mori in an  executive  position  unrelated to SAVVIS for 18 months on
the same economic terms as are described above.

                         TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES



     Mr.  Wendel,  a director of our company, is also President, Chief Executive
Officer  and  Chairman  of the Board of Bridge. Mr. McCormick, our President and
Chief  Executive  Officer and the Chairman of our Board, served as the Executive
Vice  President  and  Chief  Technical  Officer of Bridge through December 1999.
Messrs.  McInerney  and  Welsh  serve  as  directors  of our company, as well as
directors  of  Bridge.  In  addition,  Messrs.  McInerney  and Welsh are general
partners  of  Welsh  Carson, one our principal stockholders and also a principal
stockholder of Bridge.

     As of September  30, 1999, we had  outstanding  demand loans from Bridge of
approximately $17.3 million. These loans bear interest at a rate of 8% per year.
We used the proceeds of these loans to fund our working capital requirements.



     We will enter into  several  agreements  with  Bridge,  including  a master
establishment  and  transition  agreement,  an equipment  colocation  permit,  a
network services agreement,  an administrative  services agreement,  a technical
services  agreement and a local network services  agreement.  In connection with
these agreements we will execute a promissory note in favor of Bridge. The terms
of these  agreements and the note are described  under the heading  "Business --
Bridge Relationship."


                                       73

<PAGE>

                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS



     The following  table  provides you with  information  about the  beneficial
ownership of shares of our common stock as of December 22, 1999, and as adjusted
to reflect the sale of shares in this offering, by:



     o each person who, to our knowledge,  beneficially owns more than 5% of our
common stock;

     o each of our directors and named executive officers; and

     o all our directors and executive officers as a group.

     Beneficial  ownership is determined under the rules of the SEC and includes
voting or investment power with respect to the common stock.



     Unless indicated  otherwise below, the address for each listed director and
officer  is SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation,  12007  Sunrise  Valley  Drive,
Reston,  Virginia  20191.  The  persons  named in the table have sole voting and
investment   power  with  respect  to  all  shares  of  common  stock  shown  as
beneficially  owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable
and the information contained in this table and the notes that follow. The total
number of shares of common stock  outstanding used in calculating the percentage
for each  person  named  in the  table  includes  the  shares  of  common  stock
underlying  options held by that person that are  exercisable  within 60 days of
December 22, 1999, but excludes shares of common stock options held by all other
persons.  Percentage  of beneficial  ownership is based on 75,003,825  shares of
common  stock  outstanding  as of December 22, 1999,  and  86,756,506  shares of
common stock outstanding after completion of this offering.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 PERCENTAGE BENEFICIALLY
                                                   AMOUNT AND            OWNED
                                                    NATURE OF    ----------------------
                                                   BENEFICIAL      BEFORE       AFTER
NAME AND ADDRESS                                    OWNERSHIP     OFFERING     OFFERING
- -----------------------------------------------   ------------   ----------   ---------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>          <C>
Bridge Information Systems, Inc. (1) ..........   53,870,279         71.8%       62.1%
Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe (2) ...........    8,844,642         11.8%       10.2%
Clyde A. Heintzelman ..........................      218,224            *           *
Robert A. McCormick ...........................      500,000            *           *
David J. Frear (3) ............................      400,000            *           *
Richard Bubenik (4) ...........................       48,398            *           *
Thomas M. Wendel ..............................      450,000            *           *
Patrick J. Welsh (5) ..........................    8,843,413         11.8%       10.2%
Thomas E. McInerney (6) .......................    8,883,118         11.8%       10.2%
All executive officers and directors as a group

 (7 persons) ..................................   10,559,701         14.1%       12.2%
</TABLE>




- ---------------------

* Less than one percent.

(1) Does not  include  shares  held by  Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson  &  Stowe,  as
    described in note 2 below. The address of Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

    is 717 Office Parkway, St. Louis, Missouri 63141.

(2) Includes 4,635,958 shares of common stock held by Welsh, Carson,  Anderson &
    Stowe VI, L.P. ("WCAS VI"), 3,475,566 shares held by Welsh, Carson, Anderson
    & Stowe VII,  L.P.  ("WCAS  VII"),  65,357  shares held by WCAS  Information
    Partners,  L.P. ("WCAS IP") and 667,761 shares held by WCAS Capital Partners
    II, L.P.  ("WCAS CP II"). The respective  sole general  partners of WCAS VI,
    WCAS  VII,  WCAS IP and  WCAS CP II are  WCAS VI  Partners,  L.P.,  WCAS VII
    Partners,  L.P., WCAS INFO Partners and WCAS CP II Partners.  The individual
    general partners of each of these partnerships  include some or all of Bruce
    K.  Anderson,  Russell L.  Carson,  Anthony J. de Nicola,  James B.  Hoover,
    Thomas E. McInerney,  Robert A. Minicucci,  Charles G. Moore, III, Andrew M.
    Paul, Paul B. Qucally,  Rudolph E. Rupert,  Jonathan M. Rather,  Lawrence B.
    Sorrel,  Richard H. Stowe,  Laura M.  VanBuren  and  Patrick J.  Welsh.  The
    individual  general partners who are also directors of SAVVIS are Patrick J.
    Welsh and Thomas E.

                                       74

<PAGE>


   McInerney.  Each of the foreging  persons may be deemed to be the  beneficial
   owner of the common stock owned by the limited  partnerships of whose general
   partner he or she is a general  partner.  WCAS VI, WCAS VII, WCAS IP and WCAS
   CP II, in the aggregate,  own approximately  38.5% of the outstanding  equity
   securities of Bridge. The address of Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe is 320
   Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

(3) Includes 400,000 shares of common stock subject to exercisable options.

(4) Includes   8,333  shares  of  common  stock  subject  to  options  that  are
    exercisable within 60 days of December 22, 1999.

(5) Includes  8,779,285  shares  held by Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson  & Stowe,  as
    described in note 2 above.

(6) Includes  8,844,642  shares  held by Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson  & Stowe,  as
    described in note 2 above.



OWNERSHIP OF BRIDGE SERIES A COMMON STOCK AND BRIDGE SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK



     The following  table  provides you with  information  about the  beneficial
ownership  of shares of Bridge's  Series A common  stock and  Bridge's  Series D
preferred stock as of December 22, 1999, by:


     o each of our directors and named executive officers; and

     o all of our directors and executive officers as a group.



     Beneficial  ownership is determined under the rules of the SEC and includes
voting or  investment  power with  respect to the Series A common  stock and the
Series D preferred  stock.  The persons  named in the table have sole voting and
investment   power  with  respect  to  all  shares  of  common  stock  shown  as
beneficially  owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable
and the information contained in this table and the notes that follow. The total
number of shares of Series A common stock  outstanding  used in calculating  the
percentage  for each person  named in the table  includes the shares of Series A
common stock underlying  options held by that person that are exercisable within
60 days of December  22,  1999,  but  excludes  shares of Series A common  stock
options held by all other persons.  Percentage of beneficial  ownership is based
on 37,018,168  shares of Bridge  Series A common stock and  1,950,000  shares of
Bridge  Series D preferred  stock  outstanding  as of December 22,  1999.  As of
December 22, 1999, none of our executive  officers or directors owned any shares
of Bridge's Series E preferred stock or Series F preferred stock.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   NUMBER OF SHARES OF                           NUMBER OF SHARES OF       PERCENT OF
                                     SERIES A COMMON           PERCENT OF         SERIES D PREFERRED   SERIES D PREFERRED
                                    STOCK BENEFICIALLY   SERIES A COMMON STOCK    STOCK BENEFICIALLY   STOCK BENEFICIALLY
NAME AND ADDRESS                          OWNED            BENEFICIALLY OWNED           OWNED                OWNED
- --------------------------------- --------------------- ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------
<S>                               <C>                   <C>                     <C>                   <C>
Robert A. McCormick (1) .........          112,000                   *                      --                --
Clyde A. Heintzelman ............               --                  --                      --                --
David J. Frear ..................               --                  --                      --                --
Richard Bubenik .................               --                  --                      --                --
Thomas M. Wendel (2) ............          680,050                 1.8%                     --                --
Patrick J. Welsh ................       21,449,846(3)               57%                348,971(5)             17%
Thomas E. McInerney .............       21,543,540(4)               58%                352,222(6)             17%
All named executive officers and
 directors as a group (7 persons)       22,490,666                  60%                352,222                17%
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1) Includes 112,000 shares of Series A common stock subject to options that are
    exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 1999.

(2) Includes 680,050 shares of Series A common stock subject to options that are
    exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 1999.

                                       75

<PAGE>



(3) Includes  12,989,080  shares of Bridge's  Series A common stock held by WCAS
    VI,  6,324,767  shares  of  Series  A common  stock  held by WCAS  VII,  and
    1,980,923 shares of Series A common stock held by WCAS CP II.

(4) Includes  12,989,080  shares of Bridge's  Series A common stock held by WCAS
    VI,  6,324,767  shares of Series A common  stock  held by WCAS VII,  155,728
    shares of Series A common stock held by WCAS IP and 1,980,923 shares held by
    WCAS CP II.

(5) Includes 342,471 shares of Bridge's Series D preferred stock held by WCAS VI
    and 3,250 shares of Series D preferred stock held by WCAS VII.

(6) Includes  342,471 shares of Bridge's  Series D preferred  stock held by WCAS
    VI,  3,250  shares of Series D  preferred  stock  held by WCAS VII and 4,551
    shares of Series D preferred stock held by WCAS IP.



                                       76

<PAGE>
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK


     Our  authorized  capital  stock  consists of  125,000,000  shares of common
stock, par value $.01 per share,  and 50,000,000  shares of preferred stock, par
value $.01 per share,  the rights,  preferences  and  privileges of which may be
established  from time to time by our board of  directors.  As of  December  22,
1999,  75,003,825  shares of our common stock were  outstanding and no shares of
our  preferred  stock were  outstanding.  As of December  22,  1999,  we had 232
stockholders.

COMMON STOCK



     Each holder of record of common stock of record is entitled to one vote for
each share on all matters properly submitted to the stockholders for their vote.
Our  certificate  of  incorporation  does not allow  cumulative  voting  for the
election of directors,  which means that the holders of a majority of the shares
voted can  elect all the  directors  then  standing  for  election.  Subject  to
preferences  that may be applicable to any preferred  stock  outstanding  at the
time, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratable dividends,  if
any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds
legally available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution
or winding up,  holders of common stock would be entitled to share in our assets
remaining after the payment of liabilities  and  liquidation  preferences on any
outstanding  preferred stock.  Holders of our common stock have no preemptive or
conversion  rights or other  subscription  rights and there are no redemption or
sinking fund provisions  applicable to the common stock. All outstanding  shares
of common  stock  are,  and the  shares of common  stock  offered  by us in this
offering will be, when issued and paid for, fully paid and  non-assessable.  The
rights,  preferences  and privileges of holders of common stock may be adversely
affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock
that we may authorize and issue in the future.



PREFERRED STOCK



     The board of  directors is  authorized,  subject to Delaware  law,  without
stockholder  approval,  from  time  to  time  to  issue  up to an  aggregate  of
50,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock  in one or more  series.  The  board of
directors may fix the rights,  preferences  and privileges of the shares of each
series  and  any  qualifications,   limitations  or  restrictions.  Issuance  of
preferred  stock,  while  providing  desirable  flexibility  in connection  with
possible  acquisitions  and other corporate  purposes,  could have the effect of
making it more  difficult  for a third party to acquire,  or of  discouraging  a
third party from  attempting to acquire,  a majority of our  outstanding  voting
stock. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.



LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS



     As permitted by the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, our certificate of
incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable to us or
our  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for  breach  of  fiduciary  duty as a
director, except for liability:

     o for  any  breach  of  the  director's  duty  of  loyalty  to  us  or  our
       stockholders;

     o for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith or which  involve  intentional
       misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

     o under Section 174 of the Delaware General  Corporation  Law,  relating to
       unlawful dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions; or

     o for any transaction from which the director derives an improper  personal
       benefit.

     As a result of this  provision,  we and our  stockholders  may be unable to
obtain monetary damages from a director for breach of his or her duty of care.

     Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide for the indemnification
of our directors and officers to the fullest  extent  authorized by the Delaware
General Corporation Law. In addition,  our certificate of incorporation provides
that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to

                                       77

<PAGE>
authorize the further  elimination or limitation of the liability of a director,
then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest
extent permitted by the amended Delaware Law. The indemnification provided under
our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  includes  the right to be paid
expenses  in advance of any  proceeding  for which  indemnification  may be had,
provided that the payment of these expenses incurred by a director or officer in
advance of the final  disposition of a proceeding may be made only upon delivery
to us of an  undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all
amounts  paid in advance if it is  ultimately  determined  that the  director or
officer is not entitled to be indemnified.

     We believe that the  provisions in our  certificate  of  incorporation  and
bylaws are  necessary to attract and retain  qualified  persons as directors and
officers.


ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS



     Provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation  and bylaws
summarized  below  could  hinder or delay an  attempted  takeover  of us.  These
provisions  could  have the  effect of  discouraging  attempts  to acquire us or
remove  incumbent  management  even if some or a  majority  of our  stockholders
believe this action to be in their best interest,  including attempts that might
result in the  stockholders  receiving a premium over the market price for their
shares of common stock.



CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAW PROVISION



     Under  our  bylaws,  only the  board of  directors,  the  Chairman  or Vice
Chairman of the board, the board of directors and the President may call special
meetings of stockholders. The stockholders may not call a special meeting.

     The foregoing  provisions  could have the effect of delaying until the next
stockholders'  meeting stockholder actions which are favored by the holders of a
majority  of our  outstanding  voting  securities.  These  provisions  may  also
discourage  another  person or entity from making a tender  offer for our common
stock  because  such  person or entity,  even if it  acquired a majority  of our
outstanding  voting  securities,  would be able to take action as a stockholder,
such as electing  new  directors  or  approving a merger,  only at a duly called
stockholders meeting.



DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW



     We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers.  Section 203 prevents a Delaware
corporation, including those that are listed on the Nasdaq National Market, from
engaging, in several circumstances,  in a "business combination," which includes
a  merger  or  sale of more  than  10% of the  corporation's  assets,  with  any
"interested  stockholder"  for a period  of three  years  after  the date of the
transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder.  An interested
stockholder  is a  stockholder  who  owns  15%  or  more  of  the  corporation's
outstanding  voting stock,  as well as affiliates and associates of that person.
This is the case unless:

     o the transaction that resulted in the stockholder's becoming an interested
       stockholder  was approved by the board of directors prior to the date the
       interested stockholder attained that status;

     o upon  completion of the  transaction  that resulted in the  stockholder's
       becoming an interested  stockholder,  the interested stockholder owned at
       least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation  outstanding at the time
       the  transaction  began,  excluding those shares owned by (1) persons who
       are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock compensation plans
       in  which  employee  participants  do not have  the  right  to  determine
       confidentially  whether  shares held subject to the plan will be tendered
       in a tender or exchange offer, or

     o on or after the date the interested stockholder attained that status, the
       business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized
       at an annual or special meting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of
       at least two-thirds of the outstanding  voting stock that is not owned by
       the interested stockholder.

                                       78

<PAGE>

     A  Delaware  corporation  may "opt  out" of  Section  203  with an  express
provision  in  its  original   certificate  of   incorporation   or  an  express
stockholder's  amendment  approved  by at least a  majority  of the  outstanding
voting  shares.  We have not "opted out" of the  provisions  of the Section 203.
This  statutory  provision  could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or
change-in-control  attempts  with  respect  to  SAVVIS  and,  accordingly,   may
discourage attempts to acquire us.



TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR



     The  transfer  agent and  registrar  for our  common  stock is  ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services.

                                       79

<PAGE>

                       SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE



     Following this offering, we will have 87,769,782 shares of our common stock
outstanding,  assuming the  underwriters  do not exercise  their  over-allotment
options  (89,684,675  shares if the underwriters  exercise their  over-allotment
options in full). All of the shares (including any subject to the over-allotment
option) we sell in this offering will be freely tradable without  restriction or
further  registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased
by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act,
may generally only be sold in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 below.

     The remaining 75,003,825 shares of common stock outstanding  following this
offering are restricted  securities under the terms of the Securities Act. Sales
of several of the restricted  shares to be outstanding  upon  completion of this
offering   will  be  limited   by  lock-up   agreements   as   described   under
"Underwriting."

RULE 144

     In general,  under Rule 144, a stockholder who owns restricted  shares that
have been  outstanding  for at least one year is  entitled  to sell,  within any
three-month period, a number of these restricted shares that does not exceed the
greater of:



   o  1% of the then  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock,  or  approximately
      877,697 shares immediately after this offering, or



   o  the  average  weekly  trading  volume in the  common  stock on the  Nasdaq
      National  Market  during the four  calendar  weeks  preceding  filing of a
      notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

     In  addition,   our  affiliates  must  comply  with  the  restrictions  and
requirements of Rule 144, other than the one-year holding period requirement, to
sell shares of common stock that are not restricted securities. Sales under Rule
144 are also governed by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements,  and
current public information about us must be available.

     Under Rule 144(k), a stockholder who is not currently, and who has not been
for at least three  months  before the sale,  an  affiliate of ours and who owns
restricted  shares that have been  outstanding for at least two years may resell
these restricted shares without compliance with the above requirements. The one-
and two-year holding periods  described above do not begin to run until the full
purchase price is paid by the person acquiring the restricted  shares from us or
an affiliate of ours.

RULE 701

     In general,  under Rule 701 of the  Securities  Act as currently in effect,
any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases shares of our common
stock from us in connection  with a  compensatory  stock or option plan or other
written agreement is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective
date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without  compliance with some
of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

STOCK OPTIONS

     As  soon  as  practicable  after  this  offering,   we  intend  to  file  a
registration  statement  under the Securities Act covering  8,000,000  shares of
common  stock  reserved for  issuance  under our 1999 Stock Option Plan,  and we
expect  the  registration  statement  to become  effective  upon  filing.  As of
November 30,  1999,  options to purchase  6,041,804  shares of common stock were
outstanding.  Accordingly,  shares registered under this registration  statement
will, provided options have vested and Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to
our  affiliates  are complied  with,  be  available  for sale in the open market
shortly after this offering closes,  and in the case of our officers,  directors
and  stockholders  who have entered into lock-up  agreements,  after the 180-day
lock-up agreements expire.



                                       80

<PAGE>



                       UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
                       NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

GENERAL

     The  following is a general discussion of the principal U.S. federal income
and  estate  tax  consequences  of  the  ownership and disposition of our common
stock  that may be relevant to you if you are a non-U.S. Holder. For purposes of
this  discussion,  a  non-U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of common stock that
is any of the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

     o a nonresident alien individual;

     o a foreign corporation;

     o a nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust; or

     o a foreign  partnership  one or more of the  members of which is, for U.S.
       federal income tax purposes,  a nonresident alien  individual,  a foreign
       corporation  or a  nonresident  alien  fiduciary  of a foreign  estate or
       trust.

     This  discussion  does not address all aspects of U.S.  federal  income and
estate  taxation  that  may be  relevant  to you in  light  of  your  particular
circumstances,   and  does  not  address  any   foreign,   state  or  local  tax
consequences.  Furthermore,  this  discussion  is  based  on  provisions  of the
Internal  Revenue Code,  Treasury  regulations and  administrative  and judicial
interpretations  as of the date of this prospectus.  All of these are subject to
change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different  interpretations.  If you
are considering  buying our common stock you should consult your own tax advisor
about current and possible  future tax  consequences of holding and disposing of
our common stock in your particular situation.

DISTRIBUTIONS

     If  distributions  are  paid  on the  shares  of our  common  stock,  these
distributions  generally will constitute  dividends for U.S.  federal income tax
purposes  to the  extent  paid from our  current  or  accumulated  earnings  and
profits,  as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles,  and then will
constitute a return of capital that is applied  against your basis in the common
stock to the extent  these  distributions  exceed  those  earnings  and profits.
Dividends paid to a non-U.S.  holder that are not  effectively  connected with a
U.S.  trade or business of the non-U.S.  holder will be subject to United States
withholding  tax at a 30%  rate  or,  if a tax  treaty  applies,  a  lower  rate
specified by the treaty.  To receive a reduced  treaty  rate, a non-U.S.  holder
must furnish to us or our paying agent a duly completed Form 1001 or Form W-8BEN
or substitute form certifying to its qualification for the reduced rate.

     Currently,  withholding  is  generally  imposed  on the  gross  amount of a
distribution,  regardless of whether we have sufficient  earnings and profits to
cause the  distribution  to be a dividend for U.S.  federal income tax purposes.
However,  withholding on distributions  made after December 31, 2000 may be on a
less than the gross amount of the  distribution  if the  distribution  exceeds a
reasonable  estimate  made by us of our  accumulated  and current  earnings  and
profits.

     Dividends  that  are  effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or
business  within  the  U.S.  and, if a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a
U.S.  permanent  establishment  of  the  non-U.S.  holder,  are exempt from U.S.
federal  withholding  tax,  provided that the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or
our  paying  agent  a duly completed Form 4224 or Form W-8ECI or substitute form
certifying  the  exemption.  However,  dividends  exempt  from  U.S. withholding
because  they  are  effectively  connected  or  they  are attributable to a U.S.
permanent  establishment  are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income
basis  at  the  regular  graduated  U.S.  federal  income  tax  rates.  Any such
effectively  connected  dividends  received  by a foreign corporation may, under
certain  circumstances,  be  subject  to an additional "branch profits tax" at a
30% rate or a lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty.



                                       81

<PAGE>



     Under current U.S. Treasury  regulations,  dividends paid before January 1,
2001 to an address  outside  the  United  States  are  presumed  to be paid to a
resident  of the country of address for  purposes of the  withholding  discussed
above and for purposes of determining  the  applicability  of a tax treaty rate.
However,  U.S. Treasury regulations  applicable to dividends paid after December
31, 2000 eliminate this presumption, subject to transition rules, and a non-U.S.
holder who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable  treaty rate,  and avoid
back-up withholding, as discussed below, would be required to satisfy applicable
certification and other requirements.

     For dividends  paid after  December 31, 2000, a non-U.S.  holder  generally
will be subject to U.S.  backup  withholding  tax at a 31% rate under the backup
withholding  rules described below,  rather than at a 30% rate or a reduced rate
under an income tax treaty,  as  described  above,  unless the  non-U.S.  holder
complies with Internal Revenue Service certification  procedures or, in the case
of  payments  made  outside  the  U.S.  with  respect  to an  offshore  account,
documentary evidence procedures. Further, to claim the benefit of a reduced rate
of withholding  under a tax treaty for dividends paid after December 31, 2000, a
non-U.S.  holder must  comply  with  modified  IRS  certification  requirements.
Special rules also apply to dividend  payments  made after  December 31, 2000 to
foreign  intermediaries,   U.S.  or  foreign  wholly  owned  entities  that  are
disregarded  for U.S.  federal income tax purposes and entities that are treated
as  fiscally   transparent  in  the  U.S.,  the  applicable  income  tax  treaty
jurisdiction,  or both. You should  consult your own tax advisor  concerning the
effect, if any, of the rules affecting  post-December 31, 2000 dividends on your
possible investment in our common stock.

     A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under
an income  tax treaty may  obtain a refund of any  excess  amounts  withheld  by
filing an appropriate claim for refund along with the required  information with
the IRS.

GAIN ON DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK

     A non-U.S.  holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax
with respect to gain  recognized  on a sale or other  disposition  of our common
stock unless one of the following applies:

   o If the  gain is  effectively  connected  with a trade  or  business  of the
     non-U.S. holder in the United States and, if a tax treaty applies, the gain
     is  attributable  to a  U.S.  permanent  establishment  maintained  by  the
     non-U.S.  holder.  The non-U.S.  holder will,  unless an applicable  treaty
     provides  otherwise,  be taxed on its net gain  derived from the sale under
     regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. If the non-U.S.  holder is
     a foreign  corporation,  it may be subject to an additional  branch profits
     tax equal to 30% of its effectively  connected  earnings and profits within
     the meaning of the Internal  Revenue Code for the taxable year, as adjusted
     for  specified  items,  unless  it  qualifies  for a lower  rate  under  an
     applicable income tax treaty and duly demonstrates that it qualifies.

   o If a non-U.S.  holder who is an individual  and holds our common stock as a
     capital  asset is present in the United  States for 183 or more days in the
     taxable  year  of the  sale  or  other  disposition,  and  specified  other
     conditions  are met, the non-U.S.  holder will be subject to a flat 30% tax
     on the gain  derived  from the sale,  which may be offset by  certain  U.S.
     capital  losses,  despite the fact that the  individual is not considered a
     resident of the United States.

   o If we are or have been a "U.S. real property holding  corporation" for U.S.
     federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year
     period ending on the date of the disposition or the period during which the
     non-U.S.  holder held the common stock.  We believe that we never have been
     and are not  currently a U.S. real property  holding  corporation  for U.S.
     federal income tax purposes.  Although we consider it unlikely based on our
     current  business plans and operations,  we may become a U.S. real property
     holding  corporation  in the future.  Even if we were to become a U.S. real
     property  holding  corporation,  any gain  recognized by a non-U.S.  holder
     still would not be subject to U.S. tax if the shares were



                                       82

<PAGE>



     considered to be "regularly traded on an established securities market" and
     the non-U.S.  holder did not own, actually or  constructively,  at any time
     during the shorter of the periods  described above,  more than five percent
     of our common stock.

FEDERAL ESTATE TAX

     Common stock owned by an  individual  who is not a citizen or resident,  as
defined for U.S. estate tax purposes,  of the United States at the time of death
will be included in that  individual's  gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax
purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING TAX

     Under U.S. Treasury regulations,  we must report annually to the IRS and to
each  non-U.S.  holder the amount of  dividends  paid to that holder and the tax
withheld  with  respect  to  those  dividends.   These   information   reporting
requirements  apply even if withholding  was not required  because the dividends
were effectively connected dividends or withholding was reduced or eliminated by
an  applicable  income tax treaty.  Pursuant to an applicable  tax treaty,  that
information  may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in
which the non-U.S. holder resides.

     United States federal  backup  withholding  generally is a withholding  tax
imposed at the rate of 31% on specified payments to persons that fail to furnish
required information under the U.S. information reporting requirements.  See the
discussion under  "--Distributions" above for rules regarding backup withholding
on dividends paid to non-U.S. holders, after December 31, 2000.

     As a general matter,  information reporting and backup withholding will not
apply to a payment  by or  through a foreign  office of a foreign  broker of the
proceeds  of a sale of our  common  stock  effected  outside  the U.S.  However,
information reporting requirements,  but not backup withholding, will apply to a
payment by or through a foreign  office of a broker of the proceeds of a sale of
our common stock effected outside the U.S. if that broker:

     o is a U.S. person;

     o is a foreign  person  that  derives  50% or more of its gross  income for
       specified periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S.;

     o is a "controlled foreign  corporation" as defined in the Internal Revenue
       Code; or

     o is a foreign  partnership with specified U.S.  connections,  for payments
       made after December 31, 2000.

     Information reporting requirements will not apply in the above cases if the
broker has  documentary  evidence in its records that the beneficial  owner is a
non-U.S.  holder  and  specified  conditions  are  met or the  beneficial  owner
otherwise establishes an exemption.

     Payment by or though a U.S. office of a broker of the proceeds of a sale of
our common stock is subject to both backup withholding and information reporting
unless  the  holder  certifies  to the payor in the  manner  required  as to its
non-U.S.   status  under  penalties  of  perjury  or  otherwise  establishes  an
exemption.

     Amounts  withheld  under the backup  withholding  rules do not constitute a
separate U.S. federal income tax. Rather,  any amounts withheld under the backup
withholding  rules will be refunded or allowed as a credit  against the holder's
U.S. federal income tax liability,  if any, provided the required information or
appropriate claim for refund is filed with the IRS.

     THE FOREGOING  DISCUSSION IS A SUMMARY OF THE PRINCIPAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF
THE OWNERSHIP, SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK BY NON-U.S. HOLDERS
FOR U.S.  FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX PURPOSES.  YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR
OWN TAX  ADVISOR  WITH  RESPECT TO THE  PARTICULAR  TAX  CONSEQUENCES  TO YOU OF
OWNERSHIP  AND  DISPOSITION  OF OUR COMMON  STOCK,  INCLUDING  THE EFFECT OF ANY
STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAX LAWS.

                                       83

<PAGE>
                                 UNDERWRITING


     We  intend  to  offer  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada and elsewhere through the
international  managers.  Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
Morgan  Stanley  &  Co.  Incorporated and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. are acting as
U.S.  representatives of the U.S. underwriters named below. Subject to the terms
and  conditions  set  forth in a U.S. purchase agreement between our company and
the  U.S.  underwriters,  and  concurrently with the sale of 2,553,191 shares to
the  international  managers,  we  have agreed to sell to the U.S. underwriters,
and  the U.S. underwriters severally have agreed to purchase from us, the number
of shares listed opposite their names below.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      NUMBER
     U.S. UNDERWRITER                               OF SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------   -----------
<S>                                                <C>
     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
       Incorporated .................    .......

     Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated .........
     Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ..................

     Total .........................     .......   10,212,766
                                                   ==========
</TABLE>




     We have also  entered into an  international  purchase  agreement  with the
international  managers  for sale of the shares  outside the U.S. and Canada for
whom Merrill Lynch International,  Morgan Stanley & Co International Limited and
Bear, Stearns International Limited are acting as lead managers.  Subject to the
terms and conditions in the international  purchase agreement,  and concurrently
with the sale of 10,212,766 shares to the U.S. underwriters pursuant to the U.S.
purchase agreement,  we have agreed to sell to the international  managers,  and
the international  managers  severally have agreed to purchase  2,553,191 shares
from us. The initial public offering price per share and the total  underwriting
discount  per share are  identical  under the U.S.  purchase  agreement  and the
international purchase agreement.

     The  U.S.  underwriters  and  the  international  managers  have  agreed to
purchase  all  of  the  shares  sold  under  the U.S. and international purchase
agreements  if  any of the shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the
U.S.  and  international purchase agreements provide the purchase commitments of
the  nondefaulting  underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreements may
be  terminated.  The closings for the sale of shares to be purchased by the U.S.
underwriters and the international managers are conditioned on one another.

     We  have  agreed  to  indemnify the U.S. underwriters and the international
managers  against  liabilities  specified in the U.S. and international purchase
agreements,  including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to
payments  the  U.S.  underwriters and the international managers may be required
to make in respect of those liabilities.

     The underwriters  are offering the shares,  subject to prior sale, when, as
and if issued to and accepted by them,  subject to approval of legal  matters by
their  counsel,  including  the  validity  of the shares,  and other  conditions
contained in the purchase agreements, such as the receipt by the underwriters of
officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to
withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or
in part.


COMMISSIONS AND DISCOUNTS



     The U.S. representatives have advised us that the U.S. underwriters propose
initially to offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price
on the  cover  page of this  prospectus  and to  dealers  at that  price  less a
concession not in excess of $ per share.  The  underwriters  may allow,  and the
dealers may reallow,  a discount not in excess of $ per share to other  dealers.
After this offering,  the public offering price,  concession and discount may be
changed.


                                       84

<PAGE>



     The  following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount
and  proceeds  before  expenses  to  SAVVIS.  The  information assumes either no
exercise  or  full  exercise  by  the  U.S.  underwriters  and the international
managers of their over-allotment options.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   PER SHARE     WITHOUT OPTION     WITH OPTION
                                                  -----------   ----------------   ------------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>                <C>
Public offering price .........................        $                $                $
Underwriting discount .........................        $                $                $
Proceeds, before expenses, to SAVVIS ..........        $                $                $
</TABLE>




     The expenses of the offering,  not including the underwriting discount, are
estimated at $1,950,000 and are payable by SAVVIS.

OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION

     We  have  granted  options  to the  U.S.  underwriters  to  purchase  up to
1,531,915  additional  shares at the public offering price less the underwriting
discount.  The U.S.  underwriters  may exercise this option for 30 days from the
date of this prospectus solely to cover any over-allotments. If the underwriters
exercise these options, each will be obligated,  subject to conditions contained
in  the  purchase  agreements,   to  purchase  a  number  of  additional  shares
proportionate to that U.S.  underwriter's  initial amount reflected in the above
table.

     We have also granted options to the international managers, exercisable for
30 days from the date of this  prospectus  up to  382,978  additional  shares to
cover  any  over-allotments  on  terms  similar  to  those  granted  to the U.S.
underwriters.

INTERSYNDICATE AGREEMENT

     The U.S.  underwriters and the international  managers have entered into an
intersyndicate agreement that provides for the coordination of their activities.
Under the intersyndicate  agreement, the U.S. underwriters and the international
managers  may sell  shares to each other for  purposes  of resale at the initial
public offering price,  less an amount not greater than the selling  concession.
Under the intersyndicate agreement, the U.S. underwriters and any dealer to whom
they sell  shares  will not  offer to sell or sell  shares  to  persons  who are
non-U.S. or non-Canadian  persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to
persons  who  are  non-U.S.  or  non-Canadian  persons,  except  in the  case of
transactions under the intersyndicate  agreement.  Similarly,  the international
managers  and any dealer to whom they sell shares will not offer to sell or sell
shares to U.S.  persons or Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to
resell to U.S. or Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions under the
intersyndicate agreement.


RESERVED SHARES



     At our request,  the  underwriters  have  reserved for sale, at the initial
public  offering  price,  up to %, of the shares offered by this  prospectus for
sale to some of our  directors,  officers,  employees,  business  associates and
related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the
number of shares  available for sale to the general public.  Any reserved shares
which are not orally  confirmed  for  purchase  within one day of the pricing of
this offering will be offered by the  underwriters  to the general public on the
same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

     We  are  concurrently  offering       shares at the initial public offering
price  directly  to  some  of  our  employees  pursuant  to  this  prospectus in
jurisdictions  outside  the  U.S.  where  the underwriters are prohibited by law
from  selling  the  shares.  These  shares are included in the 10,212,766 shares
being sold pursuant to this prospectus.


NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES



     We and our executive  officers and directors and each stockholder who holds
an aggregate of 2% of our  outstanding  common stock prior to this offering have
agreed,  with exceptions,  not to sell or transfer any common stock for 180 days
after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of
Merrill Lynch.  Specifically,  we and these other individuals have agreed not to
directly or indirectly


                                       85

<PAGE>

     o offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

     o sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

     o purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

     o grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

     o lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

     o request or demand that we file a  registration  statement  related to the
       common stock, or

     o enter into any swap or other  agreement  that  transfers,  in whole or in
       part,  the economic  consequence of ownership of any common stock whether
       any such swap or  transaction  is to be settled by  delivery of shares or
       other securities, in cash or otherwise.

     This lockup provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible
into or  exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also
applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person  executing the
agreement or for which the person  executing  the agreement  later  acquires the
power of disposition.



QUOTATION ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET

     We expect the shares to be approved for  quotation  on the Nasdaq  National
Market, subject to notice of issuance under the symbol "SVVS."

     Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock.
The  initial  public  offering  price will be  determined  through  negotiations
between our company and the U.S.  representatives and lead managers. In addition
to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the
initial public offering price are:

     o the  valuation  multiples  of  publicly  traded  companies  that the U.S.
       representatives and lead managers believe to be comparable to us,



     o our financial information,

     o the history of, and the  prospects  for,  our company and the industry in
       which we compete,

     o an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the
       prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

     o the present state of our development, and

     o the above  factors in  relation to market  values and  various  valuation
       measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

     An  active  trading  market  for the  shares  may not  develop.  It is also
possible  that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market
at or above the initial public offering price.

     The  underwriters  do not  expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the
aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS AND PENALTY BIDS

     Until the distribution of the shares is completed,  SEC rules may limit the
underwriters  and selling  group  members  from bidding for and  purchasing  our
common stock.  However,  the  representatives  may engage in  transactions  that
stabilize the price of the common  stock,  such as bids or purchases to peg, fix
or maintain that price.



     If the  underwriters  create  a  short  position  in the  common  stock  in
connection with the offering,  i.e., if they sell more shares than are listed on
the cover page of this  prospectus,  the U.S.  representatives  may reduce  that
short  position  by  purchasing  common  stock  in the  open  market.  The  U.S.
representatives may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or
part of the


                                       86

<PAGE>

over-allotment  option  described  above.  Purchases  of  the  common  stock  to
stabilize  its  price or to reduce a short  position  may cause the price of the
common stock to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.



     The U.S.  representatives may also impose a penalty bid on underwriters and
selling  group  members.  This means that if the U.S.  representatives  purchase
shares in the open  market to reduce  the  underwriters'  short  position  or to
stabilize  the price of such shares,  they may reclaim the amount of the selling
concession  from the  underwriters  and  selling  group  members  who sold those
shares.  The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the shares
in that it discourages resales of those shares.

     Neither  we  nor  any of  the  underwriters  makes  any  representation  or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the  transactions
described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition,  neither
we  nor  any  of  the  underwriters  makes  any  representation  that  the  U.S.
representatives  or the lead managers will engage in such  transactions  or that
these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

OTHER RELATIONSHIPS

     The underwriters and their respective  affiliates provide and have provided
banking,  advisory and other financial services to SAVVIS and Bridge and certain
of their affiliates in the ordinary course of the  underwriters'  businesses and
may do so from  time  to time in the  future.  The  underwriters  have  received
customary compensation in connection with these transactions.

     An affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co.  Incorporated owns 1,396,177 shares of
Bridge's class A common stock. Pursuant to an offer made by Bridge to all of its
accredited investor  shareholders,  on September 10, 1999 an affiliate of Morgan
Stanley Co.  Incorporated  purchased  457,507 units from Bridge for an aggregate
purchase  price of $915,014.  Each unit consists of one share of common stock of
SAVVIS and $1.50 principal amount of Bridge subordinated notes.

     On October 12, 1999,  Goldman Sachs Credit  Partners L.P. and Merrill Lynch
Capital Corporation,  an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, committed to make available
to  Bridge  up  to  $100  million  in  aggregate   principal  amount  of  senior
subordinated  bridge  loans,  subject to terms and  conditions  set forth in the
commitment  letter.  On November  24,  1999,  Goldman,  Sachs and Merrill  Lynch
Capital loaned $50 million to Bridge pursuant to a bridge loan agreement. If the
bridge loan is not repaid 12 months after  closing  date,  Bridge is required to
deliver  warrants to purchase Bridge common stock to Goldman,  Sachs and Merrill
Lynch  Capital.  Each of  Goldman,  Sachs and  Merrill  Lynch  Capital  received
customary compensation in connection with this transaction.



                            VALIDITY OF THE SHARES

     The validity of the shares of common stock offered  through this prospectus
will be  passed  upon for us by Hogan &  Hartson  L.L.P.,  New  York,  New York.
Several legal  matters  relating to the  securities  will be passed upon for the
underwriters by Shearman & Sterling, New York, New York.

                                    EXPERTS



     The consolidated financial statements of SAVVIS Communications Corporation,
a Delaware Corporation,  as of December 31, 1998 and for the year ended December
31, 1998 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,
independent  auditors,  as stated in their report  appearing in this prospectus,
and are  included  in  reliance  upon the  report of such firm  given upon their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

     The consolidated financial statements of SAVVIS Communications Corporation,
a Missouri  corporation and a wholly owned  subsidiary of Savvis  Communications
Corporation,   a  Delaware  corporation,   formerly  known  as  Savvis  Holdings
Corporation, as of December 31, 1997 and for each of the two years in the period
ended December 31, 1997, included in this prospectus have been


                                       87

<PAGE>

audited  by Ernst & Young,  LLP,  independent  auditors,  as set  forth in their
reports dated April 23, 1998 (which contain an explanatory  paragraph describing
conditions that raise  substantial doubt about the company's ability to continue
as a going concern)  appearing in this prospectus,  and are included in reliance
on such reports  given upon the  authority of such firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.

                        CHANGE IN CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANTS

     Upon our  acquisition  by Bridge on April 7, 1999,  Deloitte & Touche  LLP,
Bridge's  independent  accountants,  replaced Ernst & Young LLP who had been our
independent  accountants for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997. Ernst &
Young LLP's  reports on our  financial  statements  for each of those years were
unqualified,  but included an explanatory  paragraph  surrounding  uncertainties
regarding  our ability to continue as a going  concern.  The  decision to change
auditors was  precipitated  by the  acquisition and was approved by the board of
directors.

     During the two years in the period ended  December 31, 1997, and subsequent
thereto,  there  were no  disagreements  with Ernst & Young LLP on any matter of
accounting principles or practices,  financial statement disclosure, or auditing
scope or procedure, which disagreements,  if not resolved to their satisfaction,
would  have  caused  them  to  make  reference  to  the  subject  matter  of the
disagreements in connection with their reports.

                   WHERE YOU MAY FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     We have filed with the SEC a  registration  statement on Form S-1 under the
Securities  Act with  respect to the common  stock to be sold in this  offering.
This  prospectus  does  not  contain  all of the  information  set  forth in the
registration  statement  and the  exhibits  and  schedules  to the  registration
statement. For further information with respect to us and the common stock to be
sold in this  offering,  we  refer  you to the  registration  statement  and the
exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration  statement.  Statements
contained  in this  prospectus  concerning  the  contents of any contract or any
other document are not necessarily  complete. If a contract or document has been
filed as an exhibit to the registration  statement,  we refer you to the copy of
the contract or document that has been filed.  Each statement in this prospectus
relating  to a contract  or  document  filed as an exhibit is  qualified  in all
respects by the filed exhibit.  The registration  statement,  including exhibits
and schedules filed with it, may be inspected without charge at the SEC's public
reference rooms at:

     o Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549;

     o Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048; or

     o Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois
       60661.

     Copies of all or any part of the  registration  statement  may be  obtained
from such office after payment of fees  prescribed  by the SEC.  Please call the
SEC at  1-800-SEC-0330  for further  information  on the operation of the public
reference  rooms.  The SEC also maintains a Web site that contains  registration
statements,  reports,  proxy and  information  statements and other  information
regarding    registrants   that   file    electronically   with   the   SEC   at
http://www.sec.gov.

     We intend to  provide  our  stockholders  with  annual  reports  containing
consolidated  financial  statements  audited by an independent public accounting
firm.

                                       88

<PAGE>
                  INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                             -----
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 1999 (unaudited) ..........................   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 1998,
  the period January 1 to April 6, 1999 and the period April 7 to September 30, 1999
  (unaudited)..............................................................................  F-3
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the period January 1, 1999
  to September 30, 1999 (unaudited) .......................................................  F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine month period ended September 30, 1998,
  the period January 1 to April 6, 1999 and the period April 7 to September 30, 1999
  (unaudited)..............................................................................  F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) ....................................  F-6
Independent Auditors' Report - Deloitte & Touche LLP ......................................  F-10
Independent Auditors' Report - Ernst & Young LLP ..........................................  F-11
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 ..............................  F-12
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and        F-13
  1998
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended
  December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 ........................................................  F-14
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and
  1998.....................................................................................  F-15
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ................................................  F-16
</TABLE>


                                      F- 1
<PAGE>


                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET - UNAUDITED
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                                1999
                                                                                           --------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
                                          ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
   Cash and cash equivalents .............................................................   $   1,983
   Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $355......................       2,106
   Prepaid expenses ......................................................................         479
   Other current assets ..................................................................          10
                                                                                             ---------
      Total current assets ...............................................................       4,578
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Net (Note 3) ...................................................       5,995
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS -- Net of Accumulated amortization of $8,144...............      30,322
OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS ...................................................................         527
                                                                                             ---------
      TOTAL ..............................................................................   $  41,422
                                                                                             =========
                            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
   Accounts payable ......................................................................   $   5,089
   Accrued expenses ......................................................................       1,095
   Due to Bridge Information Systems .....................................................      17,270
   Current portion of capital lease obligations (Note 4) .................................       1,986
   Other accrued liabilities .............................................................       2,385
                                                                                             ---------
      Total current liabilities ..........................................................      27,825
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, LESS CURRENT PORTION (NOTE 4) .................................       3,981
OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES ................................................................         444
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   Common stock, $.01 par value, 125,000,000 shares authorized, 72,000,000 shares issued
    and outstanding ......................................................................         720
   Additional paid-in capital ............................................................      31,026
   Accumulated deficit ...................................................................     (22,574)
                                                                                             ---------
      Total stockholders' equity .........................................................       9,172
                                                                                             ---------
      TOTAL ..............................................................................   $  41,422
                                                                                             =========

</TABLE>

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - UNAUDITED
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      PREDECESSOR                 SUCCESSOR
                                                           ---------------------------------   --------------
                                                             NINE MONTHS                         PERIOD FROM
                                                                ENDED          PERIOD FROM       APRIL 7 TO
                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,      JANUARY 1 TO     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                 1998         APRIL 6, 1999         1999
                                                           ---------------   ---------------   --------------
<S>                                                        <C>               <C>               <C>
REVENUES ...............................................     $    8,914        $    5,440       $    12,192
DIRECT COSTS AND OPERATING EXPENSES:
 Data communications and operations ....................         14,609             6,429            13,095
 Selling, general and administrative ...................          7,353             4,751            11,142
 Depreciation and amortization .........................          1,500               793             9,747
                                                             ----------        ----------       -----------
   Total direct costs and operating expenses ...........         23,462            11,973            33,984
                                                             ----------        ----------       -----------
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS ...................................        (14,548)           (6,533)          (21,792)
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET ..................................            113               135               782
                                                             ----------        ----------       -----------
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES ...............................        (14,661)           (6,668)          (22,574)
INCOME TAXES ...........................................             --                --                --
                                                             ----------        ----------       -----------
NET LOSS ...............................................        (14,661)           (6,668)          (22,574)
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS ..............................         (1,208)             (628)               --
AMORTIZATION OF DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS AND DISCOUNT ON
 SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK ..............................           (368)             (244)               --
                                                             ----------        ----------       -----------
NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS ...........     $  (16,237)       $   (7,540)      $   (22,574)
                                                             ==========        ==========       ===========
BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER COMMON SHARE ................     $   (11.31)       $    (4.51)      $     (0.31)
                                                             ==========        ==========       ===========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING ....................      1,435,792         1,670,709        72,000,000
                                                             ==========        ==========       ===========
</TABLE>

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.



                                      F-3
<PAGE>


                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - UNAUDITED
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    NUMBER OF SHARES                              AMOUNTS                             TOTAL
                               -------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------- -------------
                                                                    ADDITIONAL   DEFERRED
                                  COMMON       TREASURY    COMMON     PAID-IN    COMPEN-   ACCUMULATED   TREASURY
                                   STOCK        STOCK       STOCK     CAPITAL     SATION     DEFICIT      STOCK
                               ------------ ------------- -------- ------------ --------- ------------- ---------
<S>                            <C>          <C>           <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1999 .....   1,753,751      127,838     $  2      $ 5,954     $ (78)    $ (40,971)    $ (64)    $ (35,157)
 Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of stock options ..      68,333           --       --           28        --            --        --            28
 Recognition of deferred
  compensation ...............          --           --       --           --        78            --        --            78
 Acquisition of the Company by
  Bridge Information Systems .  70,177,916     (127,838)     718       25,044                  40,971        64        66,797
 Net loss ....................                                                                (22,574)                (22,574)
                                                                                            ---------               ---------
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 ..  72,000,000           --     $720      $31,026     $  --     $ (22,574)    $  --     $   9,172
                                ==========     ========     ====      =======     =====     =========     =====     =========
</TABLE>

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS -- UNAUDITED
                                (IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR                    SUCCESSOR
                                                         --------------------------------------- -------------------
                                                            NINE MONTHS                              PERIOD FROM
                                                          ENDED SEPTEMBER   PERIOD FROM JANUARY       APRIL 7 TO
                                                              30, 1998       1 TO APRIL 6, 1999   SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                                         ----------------- --------------------- -------------------
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>                   <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net cash used in operating activities .................     $ (15,530)          $ (6,185)            $ (9,945)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Capital expenditures -- net ...........................        (1,308)              (275)                (855)
 Acquisition of IXA, net of cash acquired ..............          (750)                --                   --
                                                             ---------           --------             --------
   Net cash used in investing activities ...............        (2,058)              (275)                (855)
                                                             ---------           --------             --------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of treasury stock ............................           (15)                --                   --
 Proceeds from common stock issuance ...................             5                 --                   --
 Exercise of stock options .............................            --                 28                   --
 Proceeds from Series C preferred stock issuance........        22,500                 --                   --
 Proceeds from issuance of Series C warrants ...........         3,700                 --                   --
 Payment of Series C deferred financing costs ..........        (1,747)                --                   --
 Principal payments under capital lease obligations.....          (503)              (182)                (381)
 Proceeds from issuance of senior convertible
   bridge notes ........................................         1,800                 --                   --
 Principal payments on borrowings from senior
   bridge notes ........................................        (1,053)                --                   --
 Proceeds from borrowings from Bridge
   Information Systems Notes ...........................            --              4,700               12,570
 Principal payments on borrowings from bank
   notes payable .......................................          (242)               (13)                  --
                                                             ---------           --------             --------
 Net cash provided by financing activities .............        24,445              4,533               12,189
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
 EQUIVALENTS ...........................................         6,857             (1,927)               1,389
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD .........         1,398              2,521                  594
                                                             ---------           --------             --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD ...............     $   8,255           $    594             $  1,983
                                                             =========           ========             ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Non-cash investing and financing activities:
 Debt incurred under capital lease obligations .........     $   1,059           $  2,634             $  1,153
 Preferred stock dividends accrued .....................         1,208                628                   --
 Amortization of deferred financing costs ..............           158                 76                   --
 Accretion of preferred stock discount .................           210                168                   --
 Senior convertible notes exchanged for preferred
   stock ...............................................         9,200                 --                   --
 Issuance of common stock in acquisition of IXA ........           583                 --                   --
 Cash paid during the year for interest ................           165                 99                  267


</TABLE>

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                    SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- UNAUDITED
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)


1. PRESENTATION

     The  accompanying  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements of Savvis
Communications  Corporation,  a  Delaware  Corporation, formerly Savvis Holdings
Corporation  (the  "Company" or "Savvis"), have been prepared in accordance with
generally  accepted  accounting principles for interim financial information and
with  the instructions of Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, the interim
financial  statements  do  not  include  all  of  the  information and footnotes
required  by  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  for  annual financial
statements.

     On  April  7,  1999  (the  "acquisition  date"),  Savvis  was acquired by a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Bridge  Information  Systems  ("Bridge") in an all
stock  transaction  that  was  accounted  for  as a "purchase transaction" under
Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  16.  Pursuant  to  the terms of the
transaction,  Bridge  issued approximately 3,011,000 shares of its common stock,
together  with  239,000  options  and  warrants to purchase its common stock, in
exchange  for  all  the outstanding equity interests of Savvis. This transaction
was  valued  at  approximately $31,746 based on the fair value of the securities
exchanged,  as  determined  by independent valuation specialists, and the direct
costs  of the acquisition. In accordance with the accounting requirements of the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  purchase transactions that result in one
entity  becoming  substantially  wholly-owned  by  the  acquirer establish a new
basis  of  accounting  in the acquired entity's records for the purchased assets
and  liabilities.  Thus, the purchase price has been allocated to the underlying
assets  purchased  and  liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair market
values  at  the  acquisition date. Solely as a result of the application of fair
value  accounting,  intangibles,  goodwill,  other  liabilities  and  additional
paid-in  capital  were  increased, and fixed assets were decreased in the Savvis
unaudited consolidated financial satements.

     On  September  10,  1999,  Bridge sold in a private placement approximately
25% of its equity ownership in Savvis to existing shareholders of Bridge.

     In  the  opinion  of  the  Company's management, the accompanying unaudited
consolidated  financial statements contain all adjustments, including all normal
recurring  adjustments,  necessary  to  present  fairly  the Company's financial
position  as  of September 30, 1999 and the results of operations and cash flows
for  the period subsequent to the Company's purchase by Bridge through September
30  (successor) and from January 1, 1999 through April 6, 1999 (predecessor) and
the  nine  months  ended  September  30,  1998  (predecessor).  The  results  of
operations  are  not  necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for
any other interim period or for the full year.

     The   financial   statements   should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the
consolidated  financial  statements and notes thereto for the three years in the
period  ended December 31, 1998 included elsewhere in this prospectus. Except as
described  above,  the  accounting policies used in preparing these consolidated
financial  statements  are  the  same  as  those  described  in the consolidated
financial  statements for the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- UNAUDITED
           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)- (CONTINUED )

2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS


     As  discussed  in  Note  1, Bridge issued approximately 3,011,000 shares of
its  common  stock,  together  with 239,000 options and warrants to purchase its
common  stock,  for  all  the  outstanding equity interests of Savvis. The total
cost  of  the  acquisition  exceeded  the  fair  value  of Savvis' net assets by
$23,767  which  is  being  amortized over 3 years. In addition, a portion of the
purchase price was allocated to the following tangible and intangible assets:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       ALLOCATED
              ASSET                 PURCHASE PRICE        LIFE
- --------------------------------   ----------------   ------------
<S>                                <C>                <C>
Property and equipment .........        $5,600        36-60months
Trademark ......................         9,500             36
Non-compete agreement ..........         2,700             12
Other intangibles ..............         2,500             12
</TABLE>

     Also,  in  connection  with  the acquisition, Bridge assumed liabilities of
Savvis in the amount of $12,321.


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consisted of the following at September 30, 1999:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
       Computer equipment ................................    $    641
       Communications equipment ..........................       1,025
       Purchased software ................................         104
       Furniture and fixtures ............................         334
       Leasehold improvements ............................         372
       Equipment under capital lease obligations .........       5,079
                                                              --------
                                                                 7,555
       Less: accumulated depreciation ....................      (1,560)
                                                              --------
       Property and equipment, net .......................    $  5,995
                                                              ========

</TABLE>

4. NOTES PAYABLE AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

     Notes   payable   consisted  of  borrowings  by  Savvis  from  Bridge.  The
outstanding  balance on the notes was $17,270 at September 30, 1999 and interest
accrues  at  a rate of 8% per annum. The carrying value of the note approximates
fair value at September 30, 1999.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- UNAUDITED
           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)- (CONTINUED )

4. NOTES PAYABLE AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS--(CONTINUED)

     Savvis  leases various equipment under capital leases. Future minimum lease
payments under capital leases are as follows at September 30, 1999:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
       1999 (Three months) ............................    $    370
       2000 ...........................................       2,948
       2001 ...........................................       2,940
       2002 ...........................................         634
                                                           --------
          Total capital lease obligations .............       6,892
       Less amount representing interest ..............        (925)
       Less current portion ...........................      (1,986)
                                                           --------
          Long-term capital lease obligations .........    $  3,981
                                                           ========
</TABLE>

5. STOCK SPLIT

     On  July 22, 1999, the Board of Directors of the successor company declared
a  72,000-for-1  stock  split  on  the  Company's  shares  of common stock. As a
result,  the Company had 125 million shares authorized, 72 million shares issued
and  outstanding  with  a  $.01  par  value  for each share of common stock. All
references  to  shares  outstanding for the successor company have been adjusted
retroactively for the stock split.

6. STOCK OPTION ACTIVITY

     Upon Bridge's  acquisition of the Company on April 7, 1999, all outstanding
Savvis stock  options were  exchanged  for Bridge stock  options and included as
part of the purchase consideration. Subsequently, on July 22 1999, the Company's
Board of  Directors  adopted a new stock  option plan and  authorized  8 million
stock options to be granted under the plan.  Between July and  September,  1999,
the Company granted options to purchase  3,674,000 shares of its common stock to
certain employees of Bridge. In that same period, the Company granted options to
purchase up to 2,389,840 shares of its common stock to certain of its employees.

     The  Company has elected to follow APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued  to  Employees  ("APB  25") and related interpretations in accounting for
its  employee stock option plan. Under the provisions of APB 25, no compensation
expense  was recorded as the $.50 exercise price approximated the estimated fair
value  of  the  stock  at the date of the grant, as determined by an independent
valuation  specialist. Pro forma information regarding net income is required by
SFAS  No.  123  and  has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its
employee  stock  options  under  the fair value method of SFAS No. 123. The fair
value  of  these  options  was  estimated at the date of grant using the minimum
value  method.  Under  this  method,  the  expected  volatility of the Company's
common  stock  is  not estimated, as there is no market for the Company's common
stock  in  which  to monitor stock price volatility. The calculation of the fair
value  of the options granted assumed a risk-free interest rate of approximately
5.0%,  an assumed dividend yield of zero, and an expected life of the options of
three  years.  The  weighted average fair value of options granted was $.07. For
purposes  of  pro  forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is
amortized to expense over the options' estimated vesting period.

     Had  compensation  cost for the Company's stock option plan been determined
consistent  with  the  provisions of SFAS No. 123 based on the fair value at the
grant  date,  the Company's pro forma net loss would not have been significantly
different than the net loss reported.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- UNAUDITED
           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)- (CONTINUED )

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     In  connection  with  Bridge's  acquisition of the Company, as discussed in
Note  1,  Bridge  has  partially funded the Company's operations during 1999 and
has  committed  to  continue  to  fund  the  Company's  operations  through  the
remainder  of  1999.  At  September 30, 1999, the Company had amounts payable to
Bridge  of  $17,270.  See Note 8 for a discussion of other relationships between
the  Company  and  Bridge arising from the execution of the Master Establishment
and Transition Agreement and other related agreements.

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
     The  Board  of Directors of SAVVIS has authorized management of the Company
to  file  a  registration  statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission
for  the  initial  public  offering  of  the Company's common stock. The Company
contemplates  using  a portion of the proceeds from the proposed public offering
to  finance  a portion its purchase of Bridge's Internet protocol network assets
as discussed below. The remaining proceeds will be used to finance growth.
     Simultaneously  with  the  completion  of  the public offering, the Company
will  purchase  or sublease Bridge's global Internet protocol network assets for
approximately  $150,000  less  the  book value of all the assets not transferred
because  of  regulatory restrictions (the "Call Assets") (approximately $4,000).
The  purchase price of the assets will be paid partially with cash and partially
with  a  promissory  note.  For  accounting  purposes,  the  assets  are  to  be
transferred  from  Bridge  to  Savvis  at  their  historical  net  book value of
approximately  $88,000. The excess of the purchase price over the historical net
book  value  of  the assets transferred is to be accounted for as a reduction of
stockholders'  equity.  In  addition,  this  agreement  establishes  a right for
Savvis  to  purchase  the  Call Assets at their net book values. At the time any
call right is exercised, such assets will be recorded at their net book value.

     At  the  time  of  the  asset  purchase, the Company will also enter into a
10-year  network  services  agreement  with  Bridge under which the Company will
provide  managed data networking services to Bridge. Fees will be based upon the
actual  cost  to Bridge of operating the network as configured on the date it is
acquired.  Fees  for  additional  services provided during the first year beyond
the  original  network  will  be  based  on  the  estimated  cost to provide the
services.  After  the  first  year  of  the  agreement  the  prices for services
provided  over the network will be mutually agreed upon or determined by binding
arbitration, except that:

   (1) the  amount  paid  to  the  Company under the agreement during the second
        year  will  not be less than 100% of the rates and charges as determined
        for the first year of the agreements;
   (2) the  amount  paid  to  the Company under the agreement for the third year
        of  the agreement will not be less than 120% of the rates and charges as
        determined for the first year of the agreement;
   (3) the  amount  paid  to  the  Company  under  the agreement for the fourth,
        fifth  and  sixth  years  will  not be less than 80% of the total amount
        paid by Bridge and its subsidiaries for data transport services; and
   (4) the  amount  paid  to  the  Company  under  the agreement for the seventh
        through  tenth  years will not be less than 60% of the total amount paid
        by Bridge and the subsidiaries for data transport services.

     Upon  transfer  of  the assets, Bridge is also to provide various services,
including  technical  support,  customer  support  and project management in the
procurement  and  installation  of  equipment. In addition, Bridge is to provide
additional   administrative  and  operational  services,  such  as  payroll  and
accounting  functions,  benefit  management  and office space, until the Company
develops the capabilities to perform these services.

                                  * * * * * *

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors of
Savvis Communications Corporation:

     We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheet of Savvis
Communications   Corporation   and   subsidiaries,   formerly   SAVVIS  Holdings
Corporation   (the   "Company")  as  of  December  31,  1998,  and  the  related
consolidated  statements  of  operations,  changes in stockholders' deficit, and
cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended.  These  financial  statements  are the
responsibility  of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

     We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of
material  misstatement.  An  audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also   includes   assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating the overall financial
statement  presentation.  We  believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

     In  our  opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all   material   respects,  the  financial  position  of  Savvis  Communications
Corporation  and  subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998, and the results of their
operations  and  their  cash  flows  for the year then ended, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

                                        /s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

St. Louis, Missouri
August 12, 1999

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


Board of Directors of Savvis Communications Corporation:


     We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheet of Savvis
Communications   Corporation   and  subsidiaries  (the  "Company"),  a  Missouri
corporation  and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Savvis Communications Corporation,
a  Delaware  corporation  formerly  known  as  Savvis Holdings Corporation as of
December  31,  1997  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of operations,
changes  in  stockholders'  equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two
years  in the period ended December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility  of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion  on  these  financial  statements  based  on our audits.We conducted our
audits   in   accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing  standards.  Those
standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about   whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant estimates made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


     In  our  opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all   material   respects,  the  financial  position  of  Savvis  Communications
Corporation  and  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1997 and the results of their
operations  and  their  cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended
December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

     The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been  prepared assuming the
Company  will  continue  as  a going concern. The Company has incurred operating
losses  and has a working capital deficiency. These conditions raise substantial
doubt  about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The financial
statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  to  reflect  the possible future
effects  on  the  recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and
classification  of  liabilities  that  may  result  from  the  outcome  of  this
uncertainty.

                                        /s/ ERNST & YOUNG, LLP

St. Louis, Missouri
April 23, 1998

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1998
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1997           1998
                                                                                ------------   ------------
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>
                                    ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..................................................    $   1,398      $   2,521
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $128 in
   1997 and $149 in 1998.....................................................          623          2,649
 Prepaid expenses ...........................................................          304            120
 Other current assets .......................................................           29             21
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
    Total current assets ....................................................        2,354          5,311
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Net (Note 6) ......................................        1,906          4,753
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS -- Net of accumulated amortization of
 $423........................................................................           --          1,197
OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS ......................................................           53            193
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
TOTAL .......................................................................    $   4,313      $  11,454
                                                                                 =========      =========
                        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable ...........................................................    $   3,993      $   4,498
 Accrued compensation payable ...............................................          326          1,140
 Deferred revenue ...........................................................          359             71
 Notes payable to bank -- current portion (Note 7) ..........................          220             13
 Current portion of capital lease obligations (Note 7) ......................          318          1,097
    Other accrued liabilities ...............................................          274            206
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
    Total current liabilities ...............................................        5,490          7,025
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, LESS CURRENT PORTION (NOTE 7) ....................          491          1,649
NOTES PAYABLE TO BANK (NOTE 7) ..............................................           13             --
SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTES (NOTE 7) ...........................................        5,400             --
SENIOR CONVERTIBLE BRIDGE NOTES (NOTE 7) ....................................        3,053             --
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 11) .....................................
REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK (NOTE 4):
 Series A, $.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 480,228 issued
   and outstanding in 1997 ..................................................        5,261             --
 Series A, $.001 par value, 517,410 shares authorized, 502,410 Issued
   and outstanding, liquidation preference of $5,345 ........................           --          5,345
 Series B, $.001 par value, 5,649,241 shares authorized, 5,649,241 issued
   and outstanding, liquidation preference of $5,649.........................           --          5,649
 Series C, $.001 par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized, 30,000,000 issued
   and outstanding, liquidation preference of $30,000 -- net of
   unamortized discount .....................................................           --         26,943
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT:
 Common stock; $.01 par value, 38,000,000 authorized, 1,000,894 issued
   and outstanding in 1997, $.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares
   authorized, 1,753,751 issued and outstanding in 1998 .....................           10              2
 Additional paid-in capital .................................................        1,481          5,954
 Accumulated deficit ........................................................      (16,837)       (40,971)
 Deferred compensation ......................................................           --            (78)
 Treasury stock .............................................................          (49)           (64)
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
 Total stockholders' deficit ................................................      (15,395)       (35,157)
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
TOTAL .......................................................................    $   4,313      $  11,454
                                                                                 =========      =========
</TABLE>


See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1996          1997           1998
                                                           -----------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>            <C>
REVENUES:
 Service ...............................................    $    194      $   2,395     $  12,827
 Installation ..........................................          82            317           538
 Other .................................................          14             46           309
                                                            --------      ---------     ---------
    Total revenue ......................................         290          2,758        13,674
                                                            --------      ---------     ---------
DIRECT COSTS AND OPERATING EXPENSES:
 Data communications and operations ....................       1,044         11,072        20,889
 Selling, general and administrative ...................       1,204          5,130        12,245
 Depreciation and amortization .........................         153            631         2,208
                                                            --------      ---------     ---------
    Total direct costs and operating expenses ..........       2,401         16,833        35,342
                                                            --------      ---------     ---------
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS ...................................      (2,111)       (14,075)      (21,668)
NONOPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest income .......................................          --             --           383
 Interest expense ......................................         (60)          (427)         (458)
                                                            --------      ---------     ---------
    Total nonoperating income (expense) ................         (60)          (427)          (75)
                                                            --------      ---------     ---------
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES ...............................      (2,171)       (14,502)      (21,743)
INCOME TAXES (NOTE 10) .................................          --             --            --
                                                            --------      ---------     ---------
NET LOSS ...............................................      (2,171)       (14,502)      (21,743)
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS ..............................          --           (151)       (1,821)
AMORTIZATION OF DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS AND DISCOUNT ON
 SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK ..............................          --             --          (570)
                                                            --------      ---------     ---------
NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS ...........    $ (2,171)     $ (14,653)    $ (24,134)
                                                            ========      =========     =========
BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER COMMON SHARE ................    $  (2.42)     $  (15.69)    $  (16.28)
                                                            ========      =========     =========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING ....................     895,764        933,922     1,482,151
                                                            ========      =========     =========
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          NUMBER OF SHARES
                                       -----------------------
                                          COMMON     TREASURY
                                           STOCK       STOCK
                                       ------------ ----------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996 .............    776,050         --
 Issuance of common stock ............    224,844         --
 Issuance of common stock upon
  Exercise of stock options ..........         --         --
 Net loss ............................
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996 ...........  1,000,894         --
 Purchase of shares for treasury .....         --    122,838
 Dividends declared on Series A
  Preferred Stock ....................
 Net loss ............................
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997 ...........  1,000,894    122,838
 Transfer to additional paid--in
  capital related to change in par
  value ..............................
 Issuance of common stock ............         50
 Issuance of in-the-money options
 Issuance of common stock for
  acquisition of IXA .................    728,575         --
 Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of stock options ..........     24,232         --
 Dividends declared on Series C
  Preferred Stock ....................
 Amortization of deferred
  financing costs and discount on
  Series C Preferred Stock ...........
 Purchase of shares for treasury .....         --      5,000
 Issuance of Series C warrants
  (Note 3) ...........................
 Net loss ............................         --         --
                                        ---------    -------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998 ...........  1,753,751    127,838
                                        =========    =======

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AMOUNTS
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 ADDITIONAL
                                        COMMON    PAID--IN     DEFERRED     ACCUMULATED   TREASURY
                                         STOCK    CAPITAL    COMPENSATION     DEFICIT      STOCK       TOTAL
                                       -------- ----------- -------------- ------------- --------- -------------
<S>                                    <C>      <C>         <C>            <C>           <C>       <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996 .............   $ 8       $   93       $  --        $     (13)    $  --     $      88
 Issuance of common stock ............     2        1,366          --               --        --         1,368
 Issuance of common stock upon
  Exercise of stock options ..........    --           22          --               --        --            22
 Net loss ............................                                          (2,171)                 (2,171)
                                                                             ---------               ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996 ...........    10        1,481          --           (2,184)       --          (693)
 Purchase of shares for treasury .....    --                                                 (49)          (49)
 Dividends declared on Series A
  Preferred Stock ....................                                            (151)                   (151)
 Net loss ............................                                         (14,502)                (14,502)
                                                                             ---------               ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997 ...........    10        1,481          --          (16,837)      (49)      (15,395)
 Transfer to additional paid--in
  capital related to change in par
  value ..............................    (9)           9                                                   --
 Issuance of common stock ............                  1                           --        --             1
 Issuance of in-the-money options                     171         (78)              --        --            93
 Issuance of common stock for
  acquisition of IXA .................     1          582          --               --        --           583
 Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of stock options ..........    --           10          --               --        --            10
 Dividends declared on Series C
  Preferred Stock ....................                                          (1,821)                 (1,821)
 Amortization of deferred
  financing costs and discount on
  Series C Preferred Stock ...........                                            (570)       --          (570)
 Purchase of shares for treasury .....    --                                                 (15)          (15)
 Issuance of Series C warrants
  (Note 3) ...........................              3,700                                     --         3,700
 Net loss ............................    --           --          --          (21,743)       --       (21,743)
                                         -----     ------       -----        ---------     -----     ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998 ...........   $ 2       $5,954       $ (78)       $ (40,971)    $ (64)    $ (35,157)
                                         =====     ======       =====        =========     =====     =========
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1996            1997            1998
                                                                       ------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>             <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss ...........................................................     $ (2,171)      $ (14,502)      $ (21,743)
 Reconciliation of net loss to net cash used in Operating ..........
   Depreciation and amortization ...................................          153             631           2,208
   Gain on early extinguishment of lease obligations ...............           --              --             (18)
   Compensation expense relating to the issuance of options .                  --              --              93
   Net changes in operating assets and liabilities - net of effect
    of acquisition:
    Accounts receivable ............................................          (96)           (527)         (1,885)
    Other current assets ...........................................          (33)              4              63
    Other assets ...................................................           --             (53)           (141)
    Prepaid expenses ...............................................          (53)           (250)            183
    Accounts payable ...............................................          676           3,316              61
    Deferred revenue ...............................................           65             294            (288)
    Other accrued liabilities ......................................          166             585             907
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
     Net cash used in operating activities .........................       (1,293)        (10,502)        (20,560)
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Capital expenditures - net ........................................         (884)           (697)         (1,688)
 Acquisition of IXA ................................................           --              --            (750)
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
     Net cash used in investing activities .........................         (884)           (697)         (2,438)
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of treasury stock ........................................           --             (49)            (15)
 Proceeds from common stock issuance ...............................        1,369              --               1
 Exercise of stock options .........................................           22              --              10
 Proceeds from Series A preferred stock issuance ...................          500             250              --
 Proceeds from Series C preferred stock issuance ...................           --              --          22,500
 Proceeds from issuance of Series C warrants .......................           --              --           3,700
 Payment of Series C deferred financing costs ......................           --              --          (1,747)
 Principal payments under capital lease obligations ................          (20)           (218)           (793)
 Proceeds from issuance of senior convertible notes ................           --           5,400              --
 Proceeds from issuance of senior convertible bridge notes .........           --           3,053           1,800
 Principal payments on borrowings from senior Convertible
   bridge notes ....................................................           --              --          (1,053)
 Proceeds from borrowings from notes payable .......................          950           3,725              --
 Principal payments on borrowings from bank notes Payable .                   (81)           (137)           (282)
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
     Net cash provided by financing activities .....................        2,740          12,024          24,121
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ..........................     $    563       $     825       $   1,123
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR .......................           10             573           1,398
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR .............................     $    573       $   1,398       $   2,521
                                                                         ========       =========       =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Non-cash investing and financing activities:
   Debt incurred under capital lease obligations ...................     $    277       $     718       $   2,835
   Forgiveness of capital lease obligations in exchange for
    property .......................................................           --              --             279
   Preferred stock dividends .......................................           --             151           1,821
   Amortization of financing costs .................................           --              --             234
   Accretion of preferred stock discount ...........................           --              --             336
   Senior convertible notes exchanged for preferred stock ..........           --              --           9,200
   Issuance of common stock in acquisition of IXA ..................           --              --             583
   Cash paid for interest ..........................................           24             227             262

</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

     1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


     BUSINESS  --  SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation,  a Delaware corporation,
formerly  Savvis  Holdings  Corporation  ("Holdings"),  together with its wholly
owned  subsidiary,  Savvis  Communications  Corporation,  a Missouri corporation
("SCC"),  and  its predecessor company, Savvis Communications Enterprises L.L.C.
("LLC"),  are  referred to herein collectively as the "Company". The Company was
formed   in  November  1995  with  $101  of  capital  and  commenced  commercial
operations  in  1996.  The  Company  provides  high-speed  Internet  access  and
high-end  private  Intranet  services  to  corporations  throughout  the  United
States.  The  Company  also  offers colocation services, network operations, and
related engineering services.


     The   Company's   operations   are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties,
including,  among  others,  actual  and prospective competition by entities with
greater  financial and other resources, risks associated with the development of
the  Internet market, risks associated with growth and domestic expansion, risks
associated  with  limited  experience  in  the market, technology and regulatory
risks, and dependence upon sole and limited source suppliers.

     PRINCIPLES   OF  CONSOLIDATION  --  The  Company's  consolidated  financial
statements  include  the accounts of Holdings, SCC and LLC. On March 4, 1998 the
Company  entered into a transaction, which is discussed below, that modified the
corporate structure so that Holdings became the holding company of SCC.

     On  July 31, 1997, SCC formed the LLC as a prerequisite to obtaining $5,400
in  financing  through  the issuance of senior convertible promissory notes. The
LLC  functioned as SCC's primary operating entity, owning all customer contracts
entered  into  in  connection with the business, from July 30, 1997 until it was
merged back into the Company on April 30, 1998.

     Ownership  of  the LLC was split between Class B shares, of which SCC owned
all  8,750,000 shares, and Class A shares, of which the LLC's senior convertible
promissory  noteholders  owned  all  5,400,000 shares. Both classes of stock had
equal voting rights and liquidation preferences.

     No  portion  of  the  1997  net loss of the LLC was assigned to the Class A
minority  interest  in  the LLC, and as such, these financial statements reflect
all  of  the  LLC's 1997 net loss. This treatment was deemed appropriate, as the
minority  shareholders  interest  in  the  LLC,  along with the $5,400 in senior
convertible  promissory notes, was converted into Series B convertible preferred
stock  of Holdings on March 4, 1998. The LLC was subsequently merged into SCC on
April  30,  1998 and SCC's Class B shares in the LLC and the senior noteholders'
Class  A  interest in the LLC were terminated. See Note 3 for further discussion
of the corporate reorganization.

     All   intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in
consolidation.

     CASH  AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- All highly liquid investments with a maturity
of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.

     PROPERTY  AND  EQUIPMENT -- Property and equipment are recorded at cost and
depreciated  using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of three
to  five  years.  Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over  the term of the
related lease.

     OTHER  ASSETS  --  Other  assets  consist primarily of deposits for network
services.

     EQUIPMENT  UNDER  CAPITAL  LEASES -- The Company leases certain of its data
communications  equipment and other fixed assets under capital lease agreements.
The  assets  and  liabilities under capital leases are recorded at the lesser of
the  present  value  of  aggregate  future  minimum  lease  payments,  including
estimated  bargain  purchase  options,  or  the  fair  value of the assets under
lease.  Assets  under  these  capital leases are amortized over the terms of the
leases, which are generally three years.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

1. NATURE   OF  OPERATIONS  AND  SUMMARY  OF  SIGNIFICANT  ACCOUNTING  POLICIES-
  (CONTINUED)

     GOODWILL  AND  INTANGIBLE  ASSETS  --  Goodwill is being amortized over ten
years  and  intangible assets over one to two years, all using the straight-line
method.  The  goodwill  life  was  determined  at  the acquisition date based on
market and industry factors.

     LONG-LIVED  ASSETS -- The Company periodically evaluates the net realizable
value  of long--lived assets, including intangible assets, goodwill and property
and  equipment,  relying  on  a  number  of factors including operating results,
business  plans,  economic  projections  and  anticipated  future cash flows. An
impairment  in  the  carrying  value of an asset is recognized when the expected
future  operating  cash  flows  to  be  derived from the asset are less than its
carrying  value.  In  addition,  the Company's evaluation considers nonfinancial
data  such  as  market  trends,  product  and development cycles, and changes in
management's  market  emphasis.  There  has been no impairment recognized during
the years ended 1996, 1997 and 1998.

     FAIR  VALUE  OF  FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS -- The fair value of borrowings are
estimated  by  discounting  the  future  cash  flows  using  borrowing rates for
similar arrangements with similar maturities.

     REVERSE  STOCK SPLIT -- On September 4, 1997, the Board of Directors of the
Company  declared  a  1-for-20  reverse  stock  split on the Company's shares of
common  and  Series  A  preferred  stock.  The par value of shares of common and
Series  A  preferred  stock  remained  $0.01  per  share  until the formation of
Holdings  in  March  of  1998, at which time the par value changed to $0.001 per
share.  All  references  in  the  financial  statements referring to shares, per
share  amounts,  options,  and warrants have been adjusted retroactively for the
reverse stock split.

     REVENUE  RECOGNITION  AND  DEFERRED  REVENUE  --  Service  revenues consist
primarily  of  monthly  Internet  access  service  fees, which are fixed monthly
amounts.  Services  were  billed one month in advance in both 1996 and 1997. For
all  years,  any  services  billed and payments received in advance of providing
services  are  deferred  until  the  period  such services are earned. Equipment
sales  and  installation  charges are recognized when equipment is delivered and
installation is completed.

     ADVERTISING COSTS -- Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

     INCOME  TAXES  -- SCC was originally incorporated as an S Corporation under
the  provisions  of  the  Internal Revenue Code. Under S Corporation provisions,
SCC  generally  did  not  pay  any  federal or state corporate income tax on its
taxable  income. Instead, SCC's taxable loss was reported by the stockholders on
their  individual  income  tax returns. Effective November 12, 1996, SCC changed
its  tax  status  from  an S Corporation to a C Corporation. Accordingly, income
taxes  for  the  Company  for  fiscal  1998 and 1997 are accounted for under the
liability  method,  which  provides for the establishment of deferred tax assets
and  liabilities  for  the  net tax effects of temporary differences between the
carrying  amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and
for income tax purposes.

     EMPLOYEE  STOCK  OPTIONS -- The Company accounts for employee stock options
in  accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting
for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees.  Under  APB  No.  25,  the Company recognizes
compensation  cost based on the intrinsic value of the equity instrument awarded
as  determined  at  grant  date.  The  Company  is  also  subject  to disclosure
requirements  under  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.
123,   Accounting   for   Stock-Based  Compensation  which  requires  pro  forma
information  as  if  the  fair  value method prescribed by SFAS No. 123 had been
applied (see Note 9).

     NEW  ACCOUNTING  STANDARDS  --  In  June  1997,  the  Financial  Accounting
Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued  Statement  of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS")  No.  131,  Disclosures  about  Segments  of  an Enterprise and Related
Information,  which  establishes  standards  for the way that public enterprises
report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and


                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

1. NATURE   OF  OPERATIONS  AND  SUMMARY  OF  SIGNIFICANT  ACCOUNTING  POLICIES-
  (CONTINUED)

requires  that  those  enterprises  report  selected information about operating
segments  in  interim  financial  reports  issued. SFAS No. 131 is effective for
years  beginning after December 15, 1997. The statement has not had an impact on
the  Company's  financial  statement  disclosures  as  its  financial statements
reflect  how the "chief operating decision maker" manages the business, i.e., as
a single segment.

     In  June  1997,  FASB  issued SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income,
which  establishes  standards  for  the  reporting  and display of comprehensive
income  and  its  components  in  the  financial  statements.  SFAS  No.  130 is
effective  for  years  beginning  after December 15, 1997. The statement has not
had  an impact on the Company's financial statements as the Company has no other
comprehensive income to report.

     In  February  1997,  FASB  issued  SFAS  No. 128, Earnings Per Share, which
replaced  primary  and  fully  diluted earnings per share with basic and diluted
earnings  per  share.  SFAS No. 128 is effective for years ending after December
31,  1997.  All  loss  per  share amounts for all periods have been presented to
conform  to  SFAS  No. 128. All stock options and warrants outstanding have been
excluded  from  the computation of diluted loss per share, as their effect would
be  antidilutive,  and accordingly, there is no reconciliation between basic and
diluted loss per share for each of the years presented.

     In  April  1998,  the  American  Institute  of Certified Public Accountants
issued  Statement  of  Position ("SOP") 98-5, Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up
Activities.  This  standard  requires companies to expense the costs of start-up
activities  and  organization  costs  as  incurred.  In  general,  SOP  98-5  is
effective  for  fiscal  years beginning after December 15, 1998. The adoption of
SOP  98-5  is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's results of
operations.

     In  June  1998,  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  133,  Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments  and  Hedging Activities, which establishes accounting and reporting
standards  for  derivative  instruments and hedging activities. SFAS No. 133 was
amended  by  SFAS  No.  137,  which delays the effective date of SFAS No. 133 to
fiscal  years  and quarters beginning after June 15, 2000. SFAS No. 133 requires
that  an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the
statement  of  financial  position  and measure those instruments at fair value.
The  Company  is  assessing the requirements of SFAS No. 133 and the effects, if
any,  on the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

     CONCENTRATIONS  OF  CREDIT  RISK  -- Financial instruments that potentially
subject  the  Company  to  concentrations  of credit risk consist principally of
accounts  receivable.  This risk is limited due to the large number of customers
comprising  the  Company's  customer  base. The Company periodically reviews the
credit quality of its customers and generally does not require collateral.

     USE  OF  ESTIMATES -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the amounts reported in the financial
statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Actual  results  could  differ from those
estimates.

     RECLASSIFICATIONS   --   Certain   1996   and  1997  information  has  been
reclassified to conform to the 1998 presentation.

2. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     PURCHASE  BY  BRIDGE  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS,  INC.  -- On April 7, 1999, the
Company  was  purchased by Bridge Information Systems, Inc. ("Bridge"). Pursuant
to  the  terms  of the transaction, Bridge issued approximately 3,011,000 shares
of  its  common stock together with 289,000 options and warrants to purchase its
common  stock  in  exchange for all outstanding equity interests of the Company.
To

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

2. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS- (CONTINUED)

effect  the  transaction,  the Series A, B and C Preferred Shareholders received
their  respective  liquidation  preferences  (see  Note 4) in the form of Bridge
common  stock.  The  Company's  Series  C  warrant  holders also exercised their
warrants  and  participated  with  the  other  common  shareholders and employee
option  holders  in  exchanging  their common shares for remaining Bridge common
shares.  Series  A  warrant  holders  and  those  holding common warrants with a
strike  price  per  warrant  of  $4.13  exchanged their warrants for warrants to
purchase  Bridge  common stock. Company stock options outstanding at the date of
the  transaction  were  converted  into options to purchase Bridge common stock.
Subsequent  to  the  purchase,  Bridge  has  the  intent  to  support  and  fund
operations of Savvis throughout fiscal year 1999.


     STOCK OPTION  ACTIVITY  (UNAUDITED) -- Also on July 22, 1999, the Company's
Board of  Directors  adopted a new stock  option plan and  authorized  8 million
stock options to be granted under the plan. Between July and September 1999, the
Company granted options to purchase  3,674,000 shares of the its common stock to
selected employees of Bridge Information Systems,  Inc. In that same period, the
Company granted  options to purchase up to 2,389,840  shares of its common stock
to selected  employees.  All of these options were granted  pursuant to the 1999
Stock Option Plan.

     PRIVATE  PLACEMENT  (UNAUDITED)  --  On  September  10,  1999, Bridge, 100%
parent  of  Savvis,  sold  in  a  private  placement 18,129,721 shares of Savvis
common stock to Bridge shareholders.

     PROPOSED  PUBLIC  OFFERING  OF  COMMON  STOCK  (UNAUDITED)  -- The Board of
Directors  of  SAVVIS  has  authorized  management  of  the  Company  to  file a
registration  statement  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission for the
initial  public offering of the Company's common stock. The Company contemplates
using  the  proceeds  from  the proposed public offering to finance a portion of
its   purchase   of  Bridge's  Internet  protocol  network  assets  for  capital
expenditures and general corporate purposes, and to finance its growth.


3. CORPORATE REORGANIZATION AND FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS

     The  Company was originally organized in November 1995 and operated as SCC.
Subsequently, the Company entered into the following transactions:

     In  1996,  SCC issued 46,996 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock
at  a  price  of  $10.64  per  share.  In conjunction with the issuance, 175,047
warrants  to  purchase Series A preferred stock were issued. The warrants had an
exercise  period  of  five  years from the date of issue at an exercise price of
$10.64,  which  approximated  the  market  value  of  the  stock  at the date of
issuance.

     Between  February  7  and  July  31,  1997,  SCC entered into the following
transactions:

o  Issuance of  convertible  notes to investors  totaling  $3,700.  These notes,
   along with a $500 convertible note issued in 1996 plus accrued interest, were
   converted  into 409,736 shares of Series A convertible  preferred  stock at a
   price of $10.64 per share on July 31, 1997. The 175,047  warrants to purchase
   Series A preferred  stock were canceled upon  conversion of the notes on July
   31, 1997.

     On  July  31,  1997,  SCC formed the LLC, which functioned as SCC's primary
operating entity, as a prerequisite for the following transactions:

o  Issuance of senior convertible notes (senior notes) for $5,400. In return for
   lending the LLC $5,400, the senior  noteholders  received 5.4 million Class A
   shares of the LLC for an  aggregate  nominal fee of $1,000.  The senior notes
   were unsecured, accrued interest at a rate of 8% per annum, and had a term of
   five years.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

3. CORPORATE REORGANIZATION AND FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS- (CONTINUED)

     Between  October  31  and December 31, 1997, LLC entered into the following
transactions:

o  Issuance  of  $3,100 in  senior  convertible  bridge  notes  ("senior  bridge
   notes").

o  Issuance of 349,228  five-year  detachable  warrants in conjunction  with the
   issuance  of  the  senior  bridge  notes.  (See  discussion  below  regarding
   subsequent exchange)

o  Issuance of 23,496 shares of Series A convertible  preferred stock at a price
   of $10.64 per share.

     During 1998 an additional $1,800 of LLC senior bridge notes were issued.

     On  March  3,  1998,  the  Company's  owners formed Holdings. At this time,
Holdings entered into the following transactions:

o Issuance  of  502,410  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  in Holdings in
  exchange  for  all  outstanding  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  of  SCC (480,228
  shares) plus accrued dividends.

o Issuance  of  15,000 warrants to purchase Series A Preferred Stock of Holdings
  at  $10.64  per  share  in  exchange for an equal amount of Series A Preferred
  Stock  Warrants  of  SCC  with  the same strike price. The exercise period for
  these warrants expires on May 29, 2002.

o Conversion  of  $5,400  in  senior  notes  and  accrued  interest  of  $249 to
  5,649,241  Class  B  shares  of  the  LLC.  These  Class  B  shares  were then
  immediately  exchanged  for  an  equal  number of shares of Series B Preferred
  Stock  in  Holdings.  In  conjunction  with  the  transaction, the 5.4 million
  Class A shares of the LLC were cancelled.

o Issuance  of  1,606,682  shares  of  $.001  par  common  stock  of Holdings in
  exchange for all of the $.01 par common stock of SCC.

o Issuance  of  22,000,000  shares  of  Class  C  Preferred  Stock and 7,578,506
  detachable  Series  C  common  stock  warrants of Holdings for $18,200 in cash
  and  exchange  of  $3,800  of  LLC  senior  bridge notes. The remaining senior
  bridge notes were repaid from the proceeds of the financing.

o Issuance  of  349,228  warrants  to purchase common stock at a strike price of
  $4.13  were  exchanged  for  an  equal  amount  of warrants to purchase common
  stock  of  SCC  with the same strike price. The warrants expire on the earlier
  of  ten  years  from  the  date  of issuance or five years from the date of an
  initial public offering.

     On  July  1, 1998, Holdings issued an additional 8,000,000 shares of Series
C  Preferred  Stock and 2,755,821 detachable common stock warrants for $8,000 in
cash.

     The  Company,  based  on  an  independent valuation, assigned $3,700 to the
value  of the detachable Series C common stock warrants issued in the March 1998
and  July  1998  transactions.  The  $3,700  was  recorded  as a discount on the
preferred  stock  and an increase in additional paid in capital. Financing costs
of  $1,800  were  recorded  as  a  discount  against  the  preferred stock. This
resulted  in $24,600 of value assigned to the Series C Preferred Stock, with the
difference  between  such value and the $30,000 redemption value being amortized
through  the  mandatory  redemption  date.  Amortization  is  being  charged  to
accumulated deficit.

4. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCK WARRANTS

     HOLDINGS  SERIES  A  PREFERRED STOCK -- The Series A Preferred ranks junior
to  the  Series  C Preferred and the Series B Preferred, but senior to all other
classes  of  stock  as  to  liquidation,  dividends,  redemptions, and any other
payment  or  distribution  with respect to capital stock. The Series A Preferred
shall  be  redeemed  on  December  31,  2003,  after  (i) all shares of Series C
Preferred  have  been  redeemed  by  payment  in  full of the aggregate Series C
liquidation preference and (ii) all

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

4. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCK WARRANTS - (CONTINUED)

shares  of  Series  B  Preferred  have  been  redeemed by payment in full of the
aggregate  Series  B  redemption  price. The mandatory redemption price for each
share  of  the  Series A Preferred shall be equal to the greater of the Series A
liquidation  preference  or  the  fair  market  value  per share of the Series A
Preferred,  as  determined  in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.
Holders  of  the  Series  A Preferred shall be entitled to convert each share of
Series  A  Preferred into 3.5946 shares of common stock. The Series A conversion
ratio  is  subject to adjustment in connection with certain issuances of capital
stock  of  the  holders  and  as  otherwise  set  forth  in  the  Certificate of
Incorporation.  Each  holder  of Series A Preferred shall be required to convert
all  of  its  shares  of  Series  A Preferred, at the then -- effective Series A
conversion  ratio,  upon  (i)  the  vote  of  66 2/3  percent  of  the  then  --
outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred or (ii) upon the demand of the Company
in  connection  with  the public offering and sale of shares of capital stock of
the  Company  resulting in gross proceeds of at least $10,000. Holders of Series
A  Preferred  shall  be  entitled  to  vote  on  all matters on which the common
stockholders  may  vote.  Each  share of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to
3.5946 votes. The Series A Preferred holders are not entitled to dividends.

     HOLDINGS  SERIES  B  PREFERRED STOCK -- The Series B Preferred ranks junior
to  the  Series  C  Preferred,  but senior to all other classes of the Company's
stock  as  to  liquidation,  dividends,  redemptions,  and  any other payment or
distribution  with  respect  to  capital  stock. The Series B Preferred shall be
redeemed  on  December 31, 2003 after all shares of Series C Preferred have been
redeemed  by  payment  in full of the aggregate Series C liquidation preference.
The  mandatory  redemption  price for each share of the Series B Preferred shall
be  equal  to  the greater of the Series B liquidation preference or the then --
applicable  fair market value per share of the Series B Preferred, as determined
in  accordance  with  the  Certificate of Incorporation. At any time, holders of
the  Series  B  Preferred  shall  be  entitled to convert each share of Series B
Preferred  into 0.337838 share of common stock. The Series B conversion ratio is
subject  to  adjustment in connection with certain issuances of capital stock of
the  Company  and  as  otherwise  set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
Each  holder  of  Series  B  Preferred  shall  be required to convert all of its
shares  of Series B Preferred, at the then--effective Series B conversion ratio,
upon  (i) the vote of 66 2/3 percent of the then--outstanding shares of Series B
Preferred  and  the Series A Preferred (voting together as a class) or (ii) upon
the  demand  of  the  Company in connection with the public offering and sale of
shares  of  capital stock of the Company resulting in gross proceeds of at least
$10,000.  Holders of Series B Preferred shall be entitled to vote on all matters
on  which  the  common  stockholders  may vote. Each share of Series B Preferred
shall  be entitled to approximately 0.33784 vote. The Series B Preferred holders
are not entitled to dividends.

     HOLDINGS  SERIES  C  PREFERRED STOCK -- The Series C Preferred ranks senior
to  all  other  classes  of  stock  of the Company as to liquidation, dividends,
redemptions,  and  any  other payments and has a liquidation preference equal to
the  Series  C  price  per  share  of  $1  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends
("liquidation  preference").  Dividends accrue quarterly at 8 percent and may be
paid  in  cash, and to the extent not paid in cash, such dividends will be added
to  the  liquidation  preference  of  the  Series C Preferred for the first five
years  at  the  option of the Company; thereafter dividends are payable in cash.
The  Series  C  Preferred  shall be redeemed on December 31, 2003 at a mandatory
price  equal  to  the  liquidation preference. The Company is required, upon the
demand  of holders of at least 25 percent of the outstanding Series C Preferred,
to  redeem  all  of  the Series C Preferred upon a change of control, failure to
make  any required dividend payments, and certain other conditions as defined in
the  agreement.  The  Company has the option to redeem the Series C Preferred in
whole  or  in  part  upon  ten  business days' notice for an amount equal to the
liquidation  preference. Holders of Series C Preferred shall be entitled to vote
on  all  matters  on  which the common stockholders may vote and are entitled to
0.34448  vote  per share. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation provides
that  for  so  long  as  at  least  1  million  shares of Series C Preferred are
outstanding,  the  holders  of 66 2/3 percent of the Series C Preferred shall be
entitled to elect four of the Company's seven directors.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

4. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCK WARRANTS - (CONTINUED)

     SCC  SERIES  A  PREFERRED  STOCK  --  SCC  Series  A  Preferred,  which was
exchanged  on  March  4,  1998  for  Holdings  Series  A  Preferred plus accrued
dividends,  ranked  senior  to all other then outstanding classes of stock as to
liquidation,  dividends, redemptions, and any other payment or distribution with
respect  to  capital  stock.  The  Series  A  Preferred was redeemable beginning
February  2002  and  continuing  through 2004 at the mandatory redemption price.
The  mandatory  redemption  price  for  each share of the Series A Preferred was
equal  to the greater of the Series A original issuance price or the fair market
value  per share of the Series A Preferred, as determined in accordance with the
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid dividends. Effective
August  1, 1997, the terms of the Series A Preferred were amended to entitle the
holders  to  a  dividend  rate  of  8 percent per annum on the Original Series A
Issuance  Price. Holders of the Series A Preferred were entitled to convert each
share  of  Series  A  Preferred into such number of fully paid and nonassessable
shares  of common stock as determined by dividing the Original Series A Issuance
Price  ($10.64)  by  the  conversion  price  of such series (Series A Conversion
Price)  in  effect  at  the  time of conversion. The initial Series A Conversion
Price  per  share  was  the Original Series A Issuance Price, subject to certain
adjustment  provisions  of  the Agreement. Each holder of Series A Preferred was
required  to  convert  all  of  its shares of Series A Preferred, at the then --
effective  Series  A conversion ratio, upon (i) written consent of 70 percent of
the  then -- outstanding shares of Series A Preferred or (ii) upon the demand of
the  Company  in  connection  with  the  public  offering  and sale of shares of
capital  stock  of  the Company resulting in gross proceeds of at least $10,000.
Holders  of Series A Preferred were entitled to vote on all matters on which the
common  stockholders  could  vote. Each share of Series A Preferred was entitled
to  the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which
such shares of Series A Preferred were convertible.

     See  Note  2  for  discussion  of  the  redemption  of  all of the Holdings
Preferred Stock subsequent to December 31, 1998.

     COMMON  STOCK  WARRANTS  --  SCC issued 349,228 warrants to purchase common
stock  at  a  strike  price  of $4.13 per warrant in October 1997 in conjunction
with  the  issuance of the senior bridge notes. These warrants were subsequently
exchanged  for  an equal amount of warrants to purchase common stock of Holdings
with  the  same  strike  price and remained outstanding as of December 31, 1998.
The  warrants  expire  on  the  earlier of 10 years from the date of issuance or
five  years from the date of an initial public offering. Management believes the
value of the warrants is insignificant.

     SERIES  C WARRANTS -- In connection with the issuance of Series C Preferred
Stock  in  March  and  July of 1998, the Company issued 10,334,327 of detachable
warrants  to  purchase  common  stock  of  the  Company  for $.01 per share. The
warrants  were  assigned  a value of $3,700. The warrants are exercisable at any
time  except  that no more than 75 percent of the warrants are exercisable prior
to  March  3,  2000.  The  warrants  expire  10 years from date of issuance. The
warrants  provide,  subject  to  certain  clawback  provisions in the event of a
qualified  public offering, the Series C Preferred holders with 44.88 percent of
the  common stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis. All Series C warrants
were outstanding as of December 31, 1998.

     SERIES  A  WARRANTS  --  SCC  issued  15,000  warrants to purchase Series A
Preferred  shares  of  the Company for $10.64 per share to certain investors and
consultants  for  the  performance  of  services on May 28, 1997. These warrants
vested   immediately.  Compensation  expense  recorded  with  respect  to  these
warrants  was  $160  in  1997. These warrants were subsequently exchanged for an
identical  number  of warrants to purchase Series A Preferred shares of Holdings
on March 4, 1998 and remained outstanding as of December 31, 1998.

5. BUSINESS COMBINATION

     On  March  4,  1998,  the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of
Interconnected  Associates,  Inc. ("IXA") for $750 in cash and 728,575 shares of
the Company's common stock. IXA,

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

5. BUSINESS COMBINATION- (CONTINUED)

which  commenced  operations  in  1994, was a regional Internet service provider
serving  approximately  200  customers  from facilities in Seattle and Portland.
The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
   Fair value of intangible assets acquired, including goodwill .........    $1,620
   Fair value of property acquired ......................................       369
   Net liabilities assumed ..............................................      (656)
                                                                             ------
      Total purchase price ..............................................     1,333
   Fair value of common stock issued ....................................      (583)
                                                                             ------
      Total cash paid ...................................................    $  750
                                                                             ======

</TABLE>

     The  following  summarized  pro  forma (unaudited) information assumes that
the  acquisition  consummated  in  1998  had  occurred  at the beginning of each
period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            1997           1998
                        ------------   ------------
<S>                     <C>            <C>
  Revenues ..........    $   4,474      $  13,903
  Net loss ..........      (14,494)       (22,020)

</TABLE>

     In  management's  opinion, the pro forma combined results of operations are
not  indicative  of  the  actual  results  that  would  have  occurred  had  the
acquisition  been  consummated  as  of  that time or of future operations of the
combined companies under the ownership and operation of the Company.

6.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997          1998
                                                            ----------   -----------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>
Computer equipment ......................................     $  259      $    837
Communications equipment ................................      1,000         1,771
Purchased software ......................................        104           182
Furniture and fixtures ..................................         58           383
Leasehold improvements ..................................         88           217
Equipment under capital lease obligations ...............        995         3,553
                                                              ------      --------
                                                               2,504         6,943
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ..........       (598)       (2,190)
                                                              ------      --------
                                                              $1,906      $  4,753
                                                              ======      ========
</TABLE>

     Effective  January  1,  1998, the Company decreased the estimated remaining
useful  lives  of  its computer equipment, communications equipment and software
from  five years to three years to more closely reflect the actual service lives
of  such  equipment.  The  effect  of  the  change  was to increase depreciation
expense  and  net  loss  by  approximately  $486 for the year ended December 31,
1998.

Accumulated  amortization  for  equipment under capital leases for 1997 and 1998
was  $209  and  $831, respectively. Amortization expense for 1996, 1997 and 1998
was $814, $186 and $23, respectively.


                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

7. NOTES PAYABLE AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

     Notes  payable  and convertible notes payable consisted of the following at
December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1997        1998
                                                                         -----------   --------
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>
  Senior convertible notes, interest at 8%, converted to Series B
   preferred stock of Holdings on March 4, 1998 ......................     $ 5,400      $  --
  Senior convertible bridge notes, interest at 8%, converted to Series
   C preferred stock of Holdings on March 4, 1998 ....................       3,053         --
  Note payable to bank, interest at 9.375%, monthly principal and
   interest payments of $6, matured February 14, 1999.................          85         13
  Note payable to bank, interest at 9.25%, monthly principal and
   interest payments of $8, matured August 1, 1999....................         148
                                                                           -------
                                                                             8,686         13
  Less current portion ...............................................        (220)       (13)
                                                                           -------      -----
  Long-term portion ..................................................     $ 8,466      $  --
                                                                           =======      =====

</TABLE>

     The  carrying  value  of  the notes approximates fair value at December 31,
1997  and 1998. The senior notes and senior bridge notes were unsecured, accrued
interest  at  a  rate  of 8% per annum, and had a term of five years. See Note 3
for  discussion of the conversion of senior convertible and senior bridge notes.
The  notes  payable  to the bank are secured by property and equipment purchased
with  the  proceeds  and  a  general lien on the assets of the Company. The note
bearing the 9.25% rate was paid off during 1998.

     The Company leases various equipment under capital leases.

     Future minimum lease payments under capital leases are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
1999 ............................................    $  1,343
2000 ............................................       1,187
2001 ............................................         614
                                                     --------
    Total capital lease obligations .............       3,144
Less amount representing interest ...............        (398)
Less current portion ............................      (1,097)
                                                     --------
    Long-term capital lease obligations .........    $  1,649
                                                     ========

</TABLE>

8.  EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS

     Prior  to  1997,  the  Company  granted non--qualified stock options to its
employees  as directed by the Company's Board of Directors. In January 1997, the
Company  established the 1997 stock option plan, under which it is authorized to
grant  up  to  500,000 of either incentive stock options or non--qualified stock
options  to  it  employees.  Options  under  this plan become exercisable over a
three--year  vesting  period  from  the date of grant and expire ten years after
the  date  of  grant.  The Company issued 204,658 options under this plan during
1997.

     Additionally,  on  July  8,  1997,  the  Company granted an employee 20,000
options  to  purchase  the  Company's  common  stock  at  $2.96 per share. These
options vested immediately and have a ten-year life.

     Effective  October  15,  1997, the Company's Board of Directors amended and
restated  the  1997  stock  option  plan  and  authorized  an additional 381,431
options  to  be  granted under the plan. As part of this amendment, the Board of
Directors authorized the existing option holders to exchange their

                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

8.  EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS - (CONTINUED)

options  for  incentive  stock  options priced at $.40 per share, with a vesting
period  of four years from the employee's start date. The incentive options vest
6/48   six  months  from  the  employee's  start  date  and  then  1/48  monthly
thereafter.   Accordingly,  options  with  respect  to  233,547  shares  of  the
Company's  common stock were cancelled, and new options with respect to the same
number  of  shares  were  granted  with an exercise price of $.40 per share, the
existing  estimated fair market value of the Company's common stock at the time.
An  additional  541,308  options  were  also  granted during 1997 under the same
terms  as the incentive options. Two option holders, representing 6,032 options,
elected  not  to  exchange,  and accordingly, these options remained outstanding
under  their  original  terms  at  the end of 1997. Of these options, 5,432 were
forfeited during 1998.

     In  1998,  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  established the 1998 stock
option  plan, under which it authorized to grant 2,812,834 and granted 2,326,371
options.  These  options  vest on varying bases over four years beginning at the
later  date of six months after the employee's start date or the grant date, and
expire 10 years from the grant date.

     The  Company has elected to follow APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued  to  Employees  ("APB  25") and related interpretations in accounting for
its  employee  stock  option plans. Under the provisions of APB 25, compensation
expense  is  recognized  to  the extent the value of the Company's stock exceeds
the  exercise  price  of  options at the date of grant. During 1998, the Company
recognized  $93  of  compensation  expense for option grants in 1998 with strike
prices that were below the value of the Company's stock.

     Pro  forma information regarding net income is required by SFAS No. 123 and
has  been  determined  as  if  the  Company had accounted for its employee stock
options  under  the  fair  value method of SFAS No. 123. The fair value of these
options  was  estimated  at  the  date  of grant using the minimum value method.
Under  this method, the expected volatility of the Company's common stock is not
estimated,  as  there  is  no  market for the Company's common stock in which to
monitor  stock  price  volatility.  The  calculation  of  the  fair value of the
options  granted in 1996, 1997 and 1998 assumes a risk-free interest rate of 6.7
percent,  6.2  percent  and 5.0 percent, respectively, an assumed dividend yield
of  zero,  and  an  expected  life  of  the options of three years. The weighted
average  fair  value  of  options  granted  was $.03, $.07 and $.17 per share in
1996,  1997  and  1998, respectively. For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the
estimated  fair  value  of the options is amortized to expense over the options'
vesting periods.

     Had  compensation  cost for the Company's stock option plan been determined
consistent  with  the  provisions of SFAS No. 123 based on the fair value at the
grant  date,  the  Company's pro forma net loss would have been increased to the
pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1996            1997            1998
                                                  ------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>             <C>
Net loss:
 As reported ..................................     $ (2,171)      $ (14,502)      $ (21,743)
 Pro forma ....................................       (2,171)        (14,516)        (21,773)
Basic and diluted net loss per share: .........
 As reported ..................................     $  (2.42)      $  (15.69)      $  (16.28)
 Pro forma ....................................        (2.42)         (15.71)         (14.69)

</TABLE>

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

8.  EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS - (CONTINUED)

     The  following  tables summarizes stock option activity for the three years
ended December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NUMBER OF                          WEIGHTED
                                                     SHARES             PRICE         AVERAGE
                                                   OF COMMON             PER          EXERCISE
                                                 STOCK OPTIONS          SHARE          PRICE
                                                ---------------   -----------------  ---------
<S>                                             <C>               <C>                 <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995 ..................             --      $                   $  --
 Granted ....................................         41,129               .20         0.20
                                                      ------
Balance, December 31, 1996 ..................         41,129               .20         0.20
 Granted ....................................        999,513       .40 -  2.96         0.67
 Forfeited ..................................         (6,208)             1.20         1.20
 Cancelled ..................................       (233,547)      .20 -  1.60         1.29
                                                    --------
Balance, December 31, 1997 ..................        800,887       .20 -  2.96         0.46
 Granted ....................................      2,326,371       .30 -   .80         0.73
 Exercised ..................................        (24,232)              .40         0.40
 Forfeited ..................................       (187,700)      .20 -   .80         0.38
                                                   ---------
Balance, December 31, 1998 ..................      2,915,326      $.30 - $2.96        $0.67
                                                   =========
Options exercisable at December 31, 1996.....             --
                                                   =========
Options exercisable at December 31, 1997.....        184,008      $.20 - $2.96       $ 0.68
                                                   =========
Options exercisable at December 31, 1998.....        709,881      $.30 - $2.96       $ 0.50
                                                   =========
</TABLE>

     The  following  table  summarizes information about the options outstanding
and exercisable at December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         OPTIONS OUTSTANDING              OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
- --------------------------------------   ---------------------
                WEIGHTED     WEIGHTED                 WEIGHTED
                AVERAGE       AVERAGE                 AVERAGE
               REMAINING     EXERCISE                 EXERCISE
   SHARES         LIFE         PRICE       SHARES      PRICE
- -----------   -----------   ----------   ---------   ---------
<S>           <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>
  342,696          9.93      $  0.30      310,437     $  0.30
  657,855          8.81         0.40      261,301        0.40
1,894,175          9.59         0.80      117,889        0.80
      600          8.08         1.60          254        1.60
   20,000          8.50         2.96       20,000        2.96
- ---------                                 -------
2,915,326          9.51      $  0.67      709,881     $  0.50
=========                                 =======

</TABLE>

9. EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PROGRAM

     The  Company  sponsors an employee savings plan that qualifies as a defined
contribution  arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. All
employees  may  contribute  a  percentage  of  their  base  salary,  subject  to
limitations.   The   plan   was   put  into  place  during  1998.  All  employer
contributions  are  discretionary  under  plan  provisions.  The Company made no
contributions to the plan during 1998.

10.  INCOME TAXES

     No  provision  for  income  taxes was provided for the years ended December
31,  1996, 1997, and 1998 as the potential deferred tax benefit of $208, $3,044,
and  $6,853,  respectively,  resulting  primarily from the net operating losses,
was  fully  offset  by a provision to provide a valuation allowance against such
deferred tax benefit.

                                      F-26
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

10.  INCOME TAXES- (CONTINUED)

     The  components  of  deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities are as
follows at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1997          1998
                                              ----------   -----------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>
Deferred tax assets:
 Net operating loss carryforwards .........    $  3,234     $  10,215
 Other ....................................          44            87
                                               --------     ---------
    Gross deferred tax assets .............       3,278        10,302
Deferred tax liabilities:
 Intangible assets ........................          --          (109)
 Other ....................................         (26)          (88)
                                               --------     ---------
    Net deferred tax assets ...............       3,252        10,105
Valuation allowances ......................      (3,252)      (10,105)
                                               --------     ---------
                                               $     --     $      --
                                               ========     =========
</TABLE>

     At  December  31, 1997 and 1998, the Company recorded a valuation allowance
of  $3,252  and $10,105, respectively, against the net deferred tax asset due to
the  uncertainty  of its ultimate realization. The valuation allowance increased
by  $3,044  from  December  31,  1996  to  December  31, 1997 and by $6,853 from
December 31, 1997 to December 31, 1998.

     Section  382  of the Internal Revenue Code restricts the utilization of net
operating  losses  and  other carryover tax attributes upon the occurrence of an
ownership  change,  as defined. Such an ownership change occurred during 1998 as
a  result  of  the corporate reorganization and financing transactions (see Note
3).  Management believes such limitation will not restrict the Company's ability
to utilize the net operating losses over the 20--year carryforward period.

     At  December  31,  1998,  the  Company  has  approximately  $30,000 in U.S.
Federal net operating loss carryforwards expiring between 2011 and 2018.

     The  effective  income  tax rate differed from the statutory federal income
tax rate as follows for the years ended December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1996         1997         1998
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
Pretax loss ......................................       34%          34%          34%
Federal income tax portion of changes in
 valuation allowance .............................      (10)         (16)         (32)
Minority interest in net operating loss ..........                   (18)          (1)
S Corporation loss ...............................      (24)
Other - net ......................................       (0)          (0)          (1)
                                                        ------       ------       ------
Effective income tax rate ........................        0%           0%           0%
                                                        =====        =====        =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED )

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     The  Company leases communications equipment and office space under various
operating  leases.  Future  minimum  lease  payments at December 31, 1998 are as
follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         NETWORK        OTHER        OFFICE
                        EQUIPMENT     EQUIPMENT      SPACE       TOTAL
                       -----------   -----------   ---------   ---------
<S>                    <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>
1999 ...............      $  378         $158       $1,106      $1,642
2000 ...............       1,115          126        1,086       2,327
2001 ...............                      101          906       1,007
2002 ...............                       38          918         956
2003 ...............                       13          932         945
Thereafter .........                                   901         901
                          ------         ----       ------      ------
    Total ..........      $1,493         $436       $5,849      $7,778
                          ======         ====       ======      ======

</TABLE>

     Rental  expense  under  operating  leases  for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1997 and 1998, was $110, $1,924, and $1,905, respectively.

     EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  --  On  December 4, 1998 the Company entered into an
employment  agreement  with  the  Company's  new  President  and Chief Executive
Officer.  In connection with his employment, the executive received an option to
purchase  the  number of shares of the Company's common stock, which constituted
5%  of the current fully diluted number of all shares of common stock. One-third
of  the  options vested immediately with the balance to vest over 42 months. All
unvested  options vested immediately upon the purchase of the Company by Bridge.
See Note 2 for discussion of the purchase.

     LITIGATION  --  The  Company  is  subject  to various legal proceedings and
other  actions  arising  out of the normal course of business. While the results
of  such proceedings and actions cannot be predicted, management believes, based
on  the  advice  of legal counsel, that the ultimate outcome of such proceedings
and  actions  will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.

12. VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

     Activity in the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                ADDITIONS
                                BALANCE AT      CHARGED TO
                               BEGINNING OF     COSTS AND                    BALANCE AT
                                   YEAR          EXPENSES     DEDUCTIONS     END OF YEAR
                              --------------   -----------   ------------   ------------
<S>                           <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>
December 31, 1996 .........        $ --            $ 16         $   --          $ 16
December 31, 1997 .........          16             254           (142)          128
December 31, 1998 .........         128             278           (257)          149
</TABLE>

                                  * * * * * *

                                      F-28
<PAGE>

================================================================================
     Through  and  including  ______,  2000 (the 25th day after the date of this
prospectus),  all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or
not  participating  in  this  offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.
This  is  in  addition  to  the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when
acting   as  underwriters  and  with  respect  to  their  unsold  allotments  or
subscriptions.








                               10,212,766 SHARES





                                    [LOGO]




                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION



                                 COMMON STOCK




                               ----------------

                              P R O S P E C T U S

                               ----------------

                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.




                           MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER



                           BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.






                                        , 2000


================================================================================
<PAGE>


                   INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS -- ALTERNATE PAGE


                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                 PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED DECEMBER 30, 1999


P R O S P E C T U S
- -------------------






                               2,553,191 SHARES



                                     [LOGO]


                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                ---------------

     This  is  SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation's  initial public offering of
common  stock.  SAVVIS  Communications Corporation is selling all of the shares.
The  international  managers  are offering 2,553,191 shares outside the U.S. and
Canada  and the U.S. underwriters are offering 10,212,766 shares in the U.S. and
Canada.

     We  expect  the  public  offering price to be between $22.00 and $25.00 per
share.  Currently,  no public market exists for the shares. After pricing of the
offering,  we  expect  that  the  shares  will  be quoted on the Nasdaq National
Market System under the symbol "SVVS."



     INVESTING  IN  THE  COMMON  STOCK  INVOLVES RISKS THAT ARE DESCRIBED IN THE
"RISK FACTORS" SECTION BEGINNING ON PAGE 10 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
                                ---------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PER SHARE   TOTAL
                                                     ----------- ------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>
      Public offering price ........................ $           $
      Underwriting discount ........................ $           $
      Proceeds, before expenses, to SAVVIS ......... $           $

</TABLE>


     The  international  managers  may also purchase up to an additional 382,978
shares  at  the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30
days  from  the  date  of  this  prospectus  to  cover over-allotments. The U.S.
underwriters may similarly purchase up to an additional 1,531,915 shares.


     Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission  has  approved  or  disapproved  of these securities or determined if
this  prospectus  is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is
a criminal offense.

     The shares will be ready for delivery on or about        , 2000.

                                ---------------

                          Joint Book-Running Managers





MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL                          MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER

                                ---------------

                      BEAR, STEARNS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

                                ---------------

                   The date of this prospectus is      , 2000

The  information in this  prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may
not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  is  effective.  This prospectus is not an
offer  to  sell  these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
<PAGE>

                    INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS--ALTERNATE PAGE

                                  UNDERWRITING

     We  intend  to  offer  the  shares  outside the U.S. and Canada through the
international   managers   and   in   the  U.S.  and  Canada  through  the  U.S.
underwriters.  Merrill  Lynch  International, Morgan Stanley & Co. International
Limited  and Bear, Stearns International Limited are acting as lead managers for
the  international  managers  named  below.  Subject to the terms and conditions
described  in  an  international  purchase agreement between our company and the
international  managers,  and concurrently with the sale of 10,212,766 shares to
the  U.S.  underwriters,  we  have agreed to sell to the international managers,
and  the  international  managers severally have agreed to purchase from us, the
number of shares listed opposite its name below.


   <TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NUMBER
INTERNATIONAL MANAGER                                          OF SHARES
- ----------------------------------------------------------   ------------
<S>                                                          <C>
      Merrill Lynch International ........................
      Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited .........
      Bear, Stearns International Limited ................
                                                              -----------
      Total ..............................................     2,553,191
                                                              ===========
</TABLE>


     We  have  also  entered  into  a  U.S.  purchase  agreement  with  the U.S.
underwriters  for  sale  of  the  shares in the U.S. and Canada for whom Merrill
Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner  & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
and  Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. are acting as U.S. representatives. Subject to the
terms  and  conditions in the U.S. purchase agreement, and concurrently with the
sale  of  2,553,191  shares  to  the  international  managers  pursuant  to  the
international   purchase   agreement,  we  have  agreed  to  sell  to  the  U.S.
underwriters,  and  the  U.S.  underwriters  severally  have  agreed to purchase
10,212,766  shares  from us. The initial public offering price per share and the
total  underwriting  discount  per  share  are identical under the international
purchase agreement and the U.S. purchase agreement.

     The  international  managers  and  the  U.S.  underwriters  have  agreed to
purchase  all  of  the  shares  sold  under  the international and U.S. purchase
agreements  if  any  of  these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults,
the  U.S.  and  international  purchase  agreements  provide  that  the purchase
commitments  of  the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase
agreements  may  be  terminated.  The  closings  for  the  sale  of shares to be
purchased   by   the  international  managers  and  the  U.S.  underwriters  are
conditioned on one another.

     We  have  agreed  to  indemnify  the  international  managers  and the U.S.
underwriters  against  liabilities  specified  in  the  U.S.  and  international
purchase  agreements,  including  liabilities  under  the Securities Act, and to
contribute  to  payments the international managers and U.S. underwriters may be
required to make in respect of those liabilities.

     The  underwriters  are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as
and  if  issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by
their  counsel,  including  the  validity  of  the  shares, and other conditions
contained  in  the  purchase agreements, such as the receipt by the underwriters
of  officer's  certificates  and  legal  opinions.  The underwriters reserve the
right  to  withdraw,  cancel or modify offers to the pubilc and to reject orders
in whole or in part.

COMMISSIONS AND DISCOUNTS

     The  lead  managers have advised us that the international managers propose
initially  to  offer  the  shares  to  the public at the initial public offering
price  listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and to dealers at that price
less  a  concession  not in excess of $    per share. The international managers
may  allow,  and  the  dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $    per
share  to  other  dealers.  After  this  offering,  the  public  offering price,
concession and discount may be changed.

     The  following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount
and  proceeds  before  expenses  to  SAVVIS.  The  information assumes either no
exercise  or  full  exercise  or full exercise by the international managers and
the U.S. underwriters of their over-allotment options.


                                       31
<PAGE>


                    INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS--ALTERNATE PAGE



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              PER SHARE     WITHOUT OPTION     WITH OPTION
                                             -----------   ----------------   ------------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>                <C>
     Public offering price ...............        $                $                $
     Underwriting discount ...............        $                $                $
     Proceeds, before expenses, to SAVVIS.        $                $                $

</TABLE>



     The  expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are
estimated at $    and are payable by SAVVIS.

OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION

     We  have  granted  options  to the international managers to purchase up to
382,978  additional  shares  at  the public offering price less the underwriting
discount.  The  international  managers  may  exercise these options for 30 days
from  the  date  of  this prospectus solely to cover any over-allotments. If the
international  managers  exercise these options, each international manager will
be  obligated,  subject  to  conditions contained in the purchase agreements, to
purchase  a  number  of  additional  shares  proportionate to that international
manager's initial amount reflected in the above table.

     We  have  also granted options to the U.S. underwriters, exercisable for 30
days  from  the  date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,531,915 additional
shares  to  cover  any  over-allotments on terms similar to those granted to the
international managers.

INTERSYNDICATE AGREEMENT

     The  international  managers and the U.S. underwriters have entered into an
intersyndicate   agreement   that   provides   for  the  coordination  of  their
activities.  Under  the intersyndicate agreement, the international managers and
the  U.S.  underwriters  may sell shares to each other for purposes of resale at
the  initial  public offering price, less an amount not greater than the selling
concession.  Under  the intersyndicate agreement, the international managers and
any  dealer  to  whom  they sell shares will not offer to sell or sell shares to
U.S.  or Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to U.S. or
Canadian  persons,  except  in the case of transactions under the intersyndicate
agreement.  Similarly,  the  U.S.  underwriters and any dealer to whom they sell
shares  will  not  offer  to  sell or sell shares to persons who are non-U.S. or
non-Canadian  persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to persons who
are  non-U.S.  or non-Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions under
the intersyndicate agreement.

RESERVED SHARES

     At  our  request,  the  underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial
public  offering  price,  up  to      % of the shares offered by this prospectus
for  sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and
related  persons.  If  these  persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce
the  number  of  shares  available  for sale to the general public. Any reserved
shares  that are not orally confirmed for purchase within one day of the pricing
of  the  offering  will  be offered by the underwriters to the general public on
the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

     We  are  concurrently  offering  2,553,191  shares  at  the  initial public
offering  price directly to some of our employees pursuant to this prospectus in
jurisdictions  outside  the  United States where the underwriters are prohibited
by  law  from  selling  the  shares. These shares are included in the     shares
being sold pursuant to this prospectus.

NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES

     We,  our executive officers and directors and each stockholder who holds an
aggregate  of  2%  of  our  outstanding common stock prior to this offering have
agreed,  with  exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock for 180 days
after  the  date  of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent
of  Merrill  Lynch.  Specifically,  we  and these individuals have agreed not to
directly or indirectly


                                       32
<PAGE>


                    INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS--ALTERNATE PAGE

     o offer, pledge, sell, or contract to sell any common stock,

     o sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

     o purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

     o grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

     o lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

     o request or demand that we file a  registration  statement  related to the
       common stock, or

     o enter into any swap or other  agreement  that  transfers,  in whole or in
       part,  the economic  consequence of ownership of any common stock whether
       any such swap or  transaction  is to be settled by  delivery of shares or
       other securities, in cash or otherwise.

     This   lockup   provision   applies  to  common  stock  and  to  securities
convertible  into  or  exchangeable  or exercisable for or repayable with common
stock.  It  also  applies  to  common  stock  owned now or acquired later by the
person  executing  the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement
later acquires the power of disposition.

QUOTATION ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET

     We  expect  the  shares to be approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National
Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol "SVVS."

     Before  this  offering,  there  has  been  no  public market for our common
stock.   The   initial   public   offering  price  will  be  determined  through
negotiations   between  our  company  and  the  U.S.  representatives  and  lead
managers.  In  addition  to  prevailing  market  conditions,  the  factors to be
considered in determining the initial public offering price are

     o the  valuation  multiples  of  publicly  traded  companies  that the U.S.
       representatives and the lead managers believe to be comparable to us,

     o our financial information,

     o the history of, and the  prospectus  for, our company and the industry in
       which we compete,

     o an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the
       prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

     o the present state of our development,

     o the above  factors in  relation to market  values and  various  valuation
       measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

     An  active  trading  market  for  the  shares  may  not develop. It is also
possible  that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market
at or above the initial public offering price.

PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS AND PENALTY BIDS

     Until  the  distribution  of  the  shares is completed, SEC rules may limit
underwriters  and  selling  group  members  from  bidding for and purchasing our
common  stock. However, the U.S. representatives may engage in transactions that
stabilize  the  price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix
or maintain that price.

     If  the  underwriters  create  a  short  position  in  the  common stock in
connection  with the offering, i.e., if they sell more shares than are listed on
the  cover  of  this  prospectus, the U.S. representatives may reduce that short
position by purchasing shares in the open market. The U.S. representatives


                                       33
<PAGE>


                   INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS --ALTERNATE PAGE

may  also  elect  to  reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the
over-allotment  option  described  above.  Purchases  of  the  common  stock  to
stabilize  its  price  or  to reduce a short position may cause the price of the
common stock to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.

     The  U.S. representatives may also impose a penalty bid on underwriters and
selling  group  members.  This  means  that if the U.S. representatives purchase
shares  in  the  open  market  to  reduce the underwriter's short position or to
stabilize  the  price of such shares, they may reclaim the amount of the selling
concession  from  the  underwriters  and  selling  group  members who sold those
shares.  The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the shares
in that it discourages resales of those shares.

     Neither  we  nor  any  of  the  underwriters  makes  any  representation or
prediction  as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described  above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither
we  nor  any  of  the  underwriters  makes  any  representation  that  the  U.S.
representatives  or  the lead managers will engage in these transactions or that
these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

UK SELLING RESTRICTIONS

     Each international manager has agreed that

     o it has not  offered  or sold  and will not  offer or sell any  shares  of
       common stock to persons in the United  Kingdom,  except to persons  whose
       ordinary  activities  involve  them in  acquiring,  holding,  managing or
       disposing  of  investments  (as  principal  or agent) for the purposes of
       their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which do not constitute an
       offer to the  public in the  United  Kingdom  within  the  meaning of the
       Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995;

     o it has complied  and will comply with all  applicable  provisions  of the
       Financial  Services  Act 1986  with  respect  to  anything  done by it in
       relation to the common stock in, from or otherwise  involving  the United
       Kingdom; and

     o it has only  issued or  passed  on and will only  issue or pass on in the
       United  Kingdom  any  document  received  by it in  connection  with  the
       issuance  of  common  stock to a  person  who is of a kind  described  in
       Article   11(3)  of  the   Financial   Services   Act  1986   (Investment
       Advertisements)  (Exemptions)  Order  1996 as  amended  by the  Financial
       Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements)  (Exemptions) Order 1997 or
       is a person to whom such  document  may  otherwise  lawfully be issued or
       passed on.

NO PUBLIC OFFERING OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES

     No  action  has  been  or  will  be taken in any jurisdiction except in the
United  States  that  would  permit  a  public  offering of the shares of common
stock,  or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any
other  material  relating  to  our  company or shares of our common stock in any
jurisdiction  where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the shares
of  our  common  stock  may  not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and
neither  this  prospectus  nor  any other offering material or advertisements in
connection  with  the shares of common stock may be distributed or published, in
or  from  any  country  or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable
rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

     Purchasers  of the shares offered by this prospectus may be required to pay
stamp  taxes  and other charges in accordance with the laws and practices of the
country  of purchase in addition to the offering price on the cover page of this
prospectus.

OTHER RELATIONSHIPS

     The  underwriters and their respective affiliates provide and have provided
banking,  advisory and other financial services to SAVVIS and Bridge and certain
of  their  affiliates in the ordinary course of the underwriters' businesses and
may  do  so  from  time  to  time  in the future. The underwriters have received
customary compensation in connection with these transactions.


                                       34
<PAGE>


                    INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS--ALTERNATE PAGE

     An  affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated owns 1,396,177 shares of
Bridge's  class  A  common  stock. Pursuant to an offer made by Bridge to all of
its  accredited  investor  shareholders,  on  September 10, 1999 an affiliate of
Morgan  Stanley  Co.  Incorporated  purchased  457,507  units from Bridge for an
aggregate  purchase price of $915,014. Each unit consists of one share of common
stock of SAVVIS and $1.50 principal amount of Bridge subordinated notes.

     On  October  12, 1999, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Merrill Lynch
Capital  Corporation, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, committed to make available
to   Bridge  up  to  $100  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  senior
subordinated  bridge  loans,  subject  to  terms and conditions set forth in the
commitment  letter.  On  November  24,  1999,  Goldman,  Sachs and Merrill Lynch
Capital  loaned  $50  million  to Bridge pursuant to a bridge loan agreement. If
the  bridge  loan is not repaid 12 months after closing date, Bridge is required
to  deliver  warrants  to  purchase  Bridge  common  stock to Goldman, Sachs and
Merrill  Lynch  Capital.  Each  of  Goldman,  Sachs  and  Merrill  Lynch Capital
received customary compensation in connection with this transaction.


                                       35
<PAGE>


                   INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS -- ALTERNATE PAGE

================================================================================
     Through  and  including  ______,  2000 (the 25th day after the date of this
prospectus),  all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or
not  participating  in  this  offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.
This  is  in  addition  to  the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when
acting   as  underwriters  and  with  respect  to  their  unsold  allotments  or
subscriptions.








                                2,553,191 SHARES





                                    [LOGO]




                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION



                                 COMMON STOCK




                               ----------------

                              P R O S P E C T U S

                               ----------------

                          MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL




                           MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER



                      BEAR, STEARNS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED






                                        , 2000


================================================================================
<PAGE>

                                     PART II


                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     The  following  table  sets  forth  all  fees  and expenses, other than the
underwriting  discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection
with  the  sale  of  the  common  stock  being registered. All amounts shown are
estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AMOUNT
                                                       -------------
<S>                                                    <C>
       SEC registration fee ........................    $   97,944
       NASD filing fee .............................        30,500
       Nasdaq National Market listing fee ..........        95,000
       Blue sky fees and expenses ..................        10,000
       Accounting fees and expenses ................       500,000
       Legal fees and expenses .....................       500,000
       Printing and engraving expenses .............       450,000
       Transfer agent fees and expenses ............         3,500
       Miscellaneous expenses ......................       263,056
                                                        ----------
          Total ....................................    $1,950,000
                                                        ==========

</TABLE>


ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Under  Section  145  of the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation
may  indemnify  its  directors,  officers,  employees  and agents and its former
directors,   officers,  employees  and  agents  and  those  who  serve,  at  the
corporation's  request,  in  such  capacities  with  another enterprise, against
expenses   (including   attorneys'  fees),  as  well  as  judgments,  fines  and
settlements  in  nonderivative  lawsuits,  actually  and  reasonably incurred in
connection  with  the defense of any action, suit or proceeding in which they or
any  of  them  were  or are made parties or are threatened to be made parties by
reason  of their serving or having served in such capacity. The Delaware General
Corporation  Law  provides,  however,  that  such person must have acted in good
faith  and  in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in (or not opposed
to)  the  best  interests  of  the  corporation  and,  in the case of a criminal
action,  such  person  must  have  had no reasonable cause to believe his or her
conduct  was  unlawful.  In  addition, the Delaware General Corporation Law does
not  permit  indemnification  in  an  action  or  suit by or in the right of the
corporation,  where  such  person  has  been adjudged liable to the corporation,
unless,  and only to the extent that, a court determines that such person fairly
and  reasonably  is  entitled  to  indemnity for costs the court deems proper in
light  of  liability adjudication. Indemnity is mandatory to the extent a claim,
issue or matter has been successfully defended.

     The  Registrant's  certificate  of  incorporation  contains provisions that
provide  that  no  director  of  the  Registrant  shall  be liable for breach of
fiduciary  duty  as a director, except for (1) any breach of the directors' duty
of  loyalty  to the Registrant or its stockholders; (2) acts or omissions not in
good  faith  or  which  involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
the  law;  (3)  liability  under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law;  or  (4)  any  transaction  from  which  the  director  derived an improper
personal   benefit.   The   indemnification   provided  under  the  Registrant's
certificate  of  incorporation includes the right to be paid expenses in advance
of  any  proceeding  for  which  indemnification  may  be had, provided that the
director  or  officer  undertakes  to repay such amount if it is determined that
the director or officer is not entitled to indemnification.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     Since  the  Registrant's formation on March 3, 1998, it has issued and sold
the securities described below in the following unregistered transactions:

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

       (1) On  March  4,  1998, in connection with its formation, the Registrant
           issued  1,606,682  shares  of its common stock in exchange for all of
           the  outstanding common stock of SAVVIS Communications Corporation, a
           Missouri  corporation  ("SCC"), in connection with the reorganization
           of  SCC  and  SAVVIS  Communications  Enterprises, L.L.C., a Missouri
           limited  liability company (the "LLC"). These issuances were effected
           in  reliance  on the exemptions from registration provided by Section
           4(2) of the Securities Act.


       (2) Between  March  and  July  1998, in a series of related transactions,
           the  Registrant  sold  to  First  Union  Capital  Partners, Inc., BCI
           Growth  IV, L.P. and R-H Capital Partners, L.P. a total of 18,226,228
           shares  of  its  Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock for $18,226,228;
           to  J.P.  Morgan  Investment  Corporation  and Sixty Wall Street SBIC
           Fund,  L.P.  a  total  of 8,000,000 shares of its Series C Redeemable
           Preferred  Stock  for  $8,000,000;  and to the holders of convertible
           promissory  notes  of  SCC and the LLC a total of 3,773,772 shares of
           its  Series  C  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  in exchange for all the
           outstanding  notes. The Registrant issued to these investors warrants
           to  purchase  up to a total of 10,334,327 shares of its common stock,
           at  an exercise price of $.01 per share. These sales were effected in
           reliance  on  the  exemptions  from  registration provided by Section
           4(2) of the Securities Act.

       (3) On  March 4, 1998, the Registrant issued 502,410 shares of its Series
           A  Convertible Preferred Stock in exchange for all of the outstanding
           shares  of  SCC's  Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. In addition,
           the  Registrant  issued  warrants  to purchase up to 15,000 shares of
           its  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock at an exercise price of
           $10.64  per  share  in  exchange  for  warrants  to purchase an equal
           amount  of  shares of SCC's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, and
           warrants  to  purchase up to 349,228 shares of its common stock at an
           exercise  price  of  $4.13  per  share  in  exchange  for warrants to
           purchase  an  equal  amount  of  shares  of SCC's common stock. These
           issuances   were   effected   in   reliance  on  the  exemption  from
           registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

       (4) On  March  4,  1998,  the  Registrant  issued 5,649,241 shares of its
           Series  B Convertible Preferred Stock in exchange for an equal amount
           of  Class  B  shares  of  the  LLC.  These issuances were effected in
           reliance  on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2)
           of the Securities Act.

       (5) On  March 4, 1998, the Registrant issued 728,575 shares of its common
           stock  in  exchange  for the outstanding securities of Interconnected
           Associates,  Inc.  These  issuances weres effected in reliance on the
           exemption   from   registration  provided  by  Section  4(2)  of  the
           Securities Act.


       (6) Between  May  1998  and  March 1999, the Registrant issued options to
           purchase  a  total of 1,560,968 shares of its common stock to a total
           of  177  employees, at exercise prices ranging from $.30 to $1.10 per
           share.  These  options were granted under the Registrant's 1998 Stock
           Option  Plan.  These  issuances  were  effected  in  reliance  on the
           exemption  from  registration  provided by Rule 701 promulgated under
           Section 3(b) of the Securities Act.

       (7) Between  July  and September 1999,  the Registrant granted options to
           purchase  3,674,000  shares  of  the Registrant's common stock to 121
           employees  of  Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc.  ("Bridge")  at an
           exercise   price  of  $.50  per  share.  In  that  same  period,  the
           Registrant  granted options to purchase up to 2,389,840 shares of its
           common  stock to 92 of its employees at an exercise price of $.50 per
           share.   All   of   these   options  were  granted  pursuant  to  the
           Registrant's  1999  Stock  Option  Plan.  In  October  the Registrant
           granted  its  employees  the  right  to  convert  options to purchase
           236,882  shares  of  common  stock of Bridge into options to purchase
           236,882 shares of common stock of the Registrant at


                                      II-2
<PAGE>

          an  exercise price of $.50 per share. These issuances were effected in
          reliance  on  the  exemption  from  registration  provided by Rule 701
          promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act.


       (8) During  1998  and 1999, Registrant issued 92,565 shares of its common
           stock  pursuant to the exercise of stock options by its employees for
           an   aggregate  purchase  price  of  $36,100.  These  issuances  were
           effected  in  reliance on the exemption from registration provided by
           Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act.

          Each  of the foregoing transactions was effected without the use of an
          underwriter.


ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    NUMBER       EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- --------------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>              <C>
 1.1*            Form of Underwriting Agreement
 3.1* *          Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
 3.2* *          Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
 4.1*            Form of Common Stock Certificate
 5.1*            Opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. as to the validity of the shares being offered
 10.1* *         1999 Stock Option Plan
 10.2            Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan
 10.3            Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan
 10.4            Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan
 10.5            Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 19, 1999, among the
                 Registrant, SAVVIS Acquisition Corp. and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
 10.6            Employment Agreement, dated December 4, 1998, between the Registrant and Clyde A.
                 Heintzelman
 10.7            Letter Agreement, dated November 12, 1999, between the Registrant and Clyde A.
                 Heintzelman
 10.8            Letter Agreement, dated June 14, 1999, between the Registrant and David J. Frear
 10.9            Letter Agreement, dated September 30, 1999, between the Registrant and James D. Mori
 10.10           Form of Master Establishment and Transition Agreement between the Registrant and Bridge
                 Information Systems, Inc., including as Exhibit B a Form of Administrative Services Agreement,
                 as Exhibit E a Form of Local Contract of Assignment and Assumption, as Exhibit F a Form of
                 Local Asset Transfer Agreement, as Exhibit H a Form of Equipment Colocation Permit, as
                 Exhibit I a Form of Promissory Note, and as Exhibit J a Form of Call Asset Transfer Agreement.
 10.11 +         Form of Network Services Agreement between SAVVIS Communications Corporation and
                 Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
 10.12 +**       Form of Technical Services Agreement between SAVVIS Communications Corporation and
                 Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
 10.13*          Managed Network Agreement, dated January 31, 1995, between Sprint Communications
                 Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
</TABLE>


                                      II-3
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    NUMBER      EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -------------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>
  10.14*        Amendment One to the Managed Network Agreement, dated August 23, 1995, between
                Sprint Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
  10.15*        Amendment Two to the Managed Network Agreement, dated August 16, 1995, between
                Sprint Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
  10.16*        Amendment Three to the Managed Network Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between
                Sprint Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
  10.17*        Amendment Four to the Managed Network Agreement, dated July 29, 1996, between Sprint
                Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
  10.18*        Amendment Five to the Managed Network Agreement, dated December 5, 1996, between
                Sprint Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
  10.19*        Amendment Six to the Managed Network Agreement, dated May 23, 1997 between Sprint
                Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
  10.20*        Amendment Seven to the Managed Network Agreement, dated August 28, 1998 between
                Sprint Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
  10.21*        Service Agreement, dated 1996, between the Registrant and IXC Carrier, Inc.
  10.22*        Amendment No. 1, dated 1996, to the Service Agreement between the Registrant and IXC
                Carrier, Inc.
  10.23*        Master Internet Services Agreement, effective June 4, 1999, between the Registrant and
                UUNET Technologies, Inc.
  10.24*        Internet MCI Dedicated Access Agreement, dated April 16, 1998 between the Registrant and
                network MCI, Inc.
  11.1*         Statement regarding computation of net income per share
  16.1          Letter Re Change in Certifying Accountant
  21.1* *       Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1          Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23.2          Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23.3*         Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1* *       Power of attorney (included in the signature page to this registration statement)
  27.1          Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>


- ------------------
 * To be filed by amendment.

** Previously filed.

 + Request for Confidential Treatment

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

     The   undersigned   registrant   hereby   undertakes   to  provide  to  the
underwriters   at   the   closing   specified  in  the  Underwriting  Agreement,
certificates  in  such  denominations  and  registered  in  such names as may be
required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

     Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities arising under the Securities
Act  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers and controlling persons of the
registrant  pursuant  to  the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has  been  advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such  indemnification  is  against  public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act  and  is,  therefore,  unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification against
such  liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or  paid  by  a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful  defense  of  any  action,  suit  or  proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered,  the  registrant  will,  unless  in  the  opinion of its counsel the
matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such indemnification by it is
against  public  policy  as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

     (1) For  purposes  of  determining  any liability under the Securities Act,
the  information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus filed as part of this
registration  statement  in  reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus  filed  by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     (2) For  the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form  of prospectus shall be
deemed  to  be  a  new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.


                                      II-5
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has  duly  caused  this  Amendment  No.  3  to this Registration Statement to be
signed  on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of St. Louis, State of Missouri, on December 30, 1999.


                                    SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION





                                    By: /s/ Robert McCormick
                                       ------------------------------------
                                       Robert McCormick
                                       President and Chief Executive Officer and
                                       Chairman of the Board



     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No.  3  to this registration statement has been signed by the following persons,
in the capacities indicated below, on the dates indicated.

                                      II-6
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                            TITLE                        DATE
- -----------------------------   ----------------------------------   ------------------
<S>                             <C>                                  <C>
      /s/ ROBERT MCCORMICK      President and Chief Executive        December 30, 1999
- ---------------------------     Officer and Chairman of the Board
          Robert McCormick      (principal executive officer)


               *                Executive Vice President, Chief      December 30, 1999
- ---------------------------      Financial Officer and Director
        David J. Frear

                                (principal financial officer and
                                principal accounting officer)
               *                Director                             December 30, 1999
- ---------------------------
      Clyde A. Heintzelman

               *                Director                             December 30, 1999
- ---------------------------
         Thomas McInerney

               *                Director                             December 30, 1999
- ---------------------------
         Patrick Welsh

               *                Director                             December 30, 1999
- ---------------------------
         Thomas M. Wendel

</TABLE>

*By: /s/ Robert McCormick
     -----------------------
     Robert McCormick
     Attorney-in-Fact
     and Agent

                                      II-7
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    NUMBER       EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- --------------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>              <C>
 1.1*            Form of Underwriting Agreement
 3.1* *          Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
 3.2* *          Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
 4.1*            Form of Common Stock Certificate
 5.1*            Opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. as to the validity of the shares being offered
 10.1* *         1999 Stock Option Plan
 10.2            Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan
 10.3            Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan
 10.4            Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan
 10.5            Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 19, 1999, among the
                 Registrant, SAVVIS Acquisition Corp. and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
 10.6            Employment Agreement, dated December 4, 1998, between the Registrant and Clyde A.
                 Heintzelman
 10.7            Letter Agreement, dated November 12, 1999, between the Registrant and Clyde A.
                 Heintzelman
 10.8            Letter Agreement, dated June 14, 1999, between the Registrant and David J. Frear
 10.9            Letter Agreement, dated September 30, 1999, between the Registrant and James D. Mori
 10.10           Form of Master Establishment and Transition Agreement between the Registrant and Bridge
                 Information Systems, Inc., including as Exhibit B a Form of Administrative Services Agreement,
                 as Exhibit E a Form of Local Contract of Assignment and Assumption, as Exhibit F a Form of
                 Local Asset Transfer Agreement, as Exhibit H a Form of Equipment Colocation Permit, as
                 Exhibit I a Form of Promissory Note, and as Exhibit J a Form of Call Asset Transfer Agreement.
 10.11 +         Form of Network Services Agreement between SAVVIS Communications Corporation and
                 Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
 10.12 +**       Form of Technical Services Agreement between SAVVIS Communications Corporation and
                 Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
 10.13*          Managed Network Agreement, dated January 31, 1995, between Sprint Communications
                 Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
 10.14*          Amendment One to the Managed Network Agreement, dated August 23, 1995, between Sprint
                 Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
 10.15*          Amendment Two to the Managed Network Agreement, dated August 16, 1995, between Sprint
                 Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
 10.16*          Amendment Three to the Managed Network Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between Sprint
                 Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    NUMBER      EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -------------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>
  10.17*        Amendment Four to the Managed Network Agreement, dated July 29, 1996, between Sprint
                Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
  10.18*        Amendment Five to the Managed Network Agreement, dated December 5, 1996, between
                Sprint Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
  10.19*        Amendment Six to the Managed Network Agreement, dated May 23, 1997 between Sprint
                Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
  10.20*        Amendment Seven to the Managed Network Agreement, dated August 28, 1998 between
                Sprint Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company.
  10.21*        Service Agreement, dated 1996, between the Registrant and IXC Carrier, Inc.
  10.22*        Amendment No. 1, dated 1996, to the Service Agreement between the Registrant and IXC
                Carrier, Inc.
  10.23*        Master Internet Services Agreement, effective June 4, 1999, between the Registrant and
                UUNET Technologies, Inc.
  10.24*        Internet MCI Dedicated Access Agreement, dated April 16, 1998 between the Registrant and
                network MCI, Inc.
  11.1*         Statement regarding computation of net income per share
  16.1          Letter Re Change in Certifying Accountant
  21.1* *       Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1          Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23.2          Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23.3*         Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1* *       Power of attorney (included in the signature page to this registration statement)
  27.1          Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>



- ------------------
 * To be filed by amendment.

** Previously filed.

 + Request for Confidential Treatment


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2
====================================================================================================================================
                Optionee                       Grant Date     Initial Vesting   Expiration Date   Option Price Per     Number of
                                                                    Date                               Share        Options Granted
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>               <C>               <C>              <C>

====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

                                    UNDER THE

                           SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                             1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN


                  SAVVIS  Holdings  Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  and the  employee of the Company  named above or a Related  Company
(the "Optionee"), hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTIONS. In conformity with the SAVVIS Holdings  Corporation
1999 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"),  the  provisions of which are  incorporated
herein by this reference, and pursuant to authorization of the Committee charged
with the administration thereof (the "Committee"),  the Company hereby grants to
Optionee  Incentive Stock Options (the "Options") to purchase all or any part of
the number of shares of common stock of the Company,  par value $0.01 per share,
set forth above under the caption "Number of Options  Granted," on the terms and
conditions  herein  set  forth.  To the  maximum  extent  permitted  by law  and
regulation,  except as provided in Section 3(f), the Option shall constitute and
be treated at all times by  Optionee  and the  Company  as an  "incentive  stock
option" as defined under Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"),  and the remainder of the Option shall  constitute  and be
treated  at all times by  Optionee  and the  Company as a  "non-qualified  stock
option" for federal  income tax purposes and shall not  constitute and shall not
be treated as an "incentive  stock option" (as so defined).  The grant hereunder
is made on the Grant Date set forth above (the "Grant Date").  Capitalized terms
not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given in the Plan.

SECTION 2. OPTION  PRICE.  The purchase  price per share of the Stock covered by
the Options (the "Option  Price")  shall be the Option Price Per Share set forth
above.  The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has determined  that
the Option  Price is at least equal to the Fair Market  Value of the Stock as of
the Grant Date.

SECTION 3. EXERCISABILITY.

       (a) Except as otherwise  provided in this  Agreement,  the Options  shall
vest as follows:  (i) 6/48 of such Options shall vest on Initial Vesting Date as
set forth  above and (ii) 1/48 of such  options  shall  vest on the same date of
each  month  thereafter  for  the  succeeding  42  months.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the  Options  shall be  exercisable  in full no later than ten years
after the Grant Date.

       (b) If certain  events  described  in Section 9 or Section 10 occur while
the Options remain  outstanding and unexercised,  any Options which have not yet
vested shall immediately vest and become exercisable without Committee approval,
and the provisions of Section 8 automatically shall lapse.

       (c) The Options shall immediately vest on the date death, Disability,  or
Retirement of the Optionee occurs.

       (d) The Committee may  accelerate  the dates on which the Options  become
exercisable at any time and for any reason.

       (e) The Optionee  shall not exercise the Options  unless the Optionee has
been an  employee of the  Company or a Related  Company at all times  during the
period beginning on the Grant Date and (i) ending on the day three months before
the date of such exercise;  or (ii) if Optionee ceases to be such an employee as
a result  of  Disability,  ending  on the day one year  before  the date of such
exercise;  or (iii) if  Optionee  ceases to be such an  employee  as a result of
Retirement  (even if also as a result  of  Disability),  ending  on the day five
years before the date of such exercise.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if the
Optionee dies while employed by the Company or a Related  Company or at any time
thereafter  while the Options remain  exercisable,  the Options may be exercised
until the earlier to occur of the Expiration  Date or the date three years after
the date of death, and shall not be exercised thereafter.
<PAGE>

       (f) The exercisability of the Options shall not be affected by any change
of duties or position of the Optionee so long as the Optionee continues to be an
employee of the Company or a Related  Company.  For purposes of this  Agreement,
services as a consultant,  advisor or independent contractor shall be considered
services as an employee  and  services  provided to a Related  Company  shall be
considered   services  provided  to  the  Company.   Any  Options  which  remain
unexercised for more than three months after Optionee ceases providing  services
as a common law employee  shall cease to constitute an "incentive  stock option"
under Section 422 of the Code and shall thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified
Stock Option, as defined in the Plan.

       (g) An  individual  who is granted a leave of absence by the Company or a
Related  Company for any reason shall be  considered  to remain  employed by the
Company or a Related  Company  until the leave expires or a date two years after
the date the leave commenced, whichever occurs first.

       (h)  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,   "Retirement"  means  voluntary
termination by Optionee of his or her  employment  with the Company or a Related
Company  after  Optionee (i) attains age 60, and (ii) has  completed 20 years of
service with the Company.

SECTION 4. TERMINATION.  The Options shall terminate and cease to be exercisable
in accordance with the following provisions:

       (a) Notwithstanding  any other provisions of this Agreement,  the Options
shall  terminate at the close of business on the Expiration Date set forth above
or, if sooner,  the business day before the tenth  anniversary of the Grant Date
(as applicable,  the "Expiration  Date"),  unless sooner  terminated as provided
below.  For this  purpose,  "business  day"  means a day on which the  Company's
corporate headquarters is open for normal business.

       (b) The  Options  shall  terminate  when they no longer may be  exercised
pursuant to Section 3(e) or when they are forfeited as provided in Sections 7 or
8, if sooner than the Expiration Date.

SECTION 5. EXERCISES.

       (a) The  Options  may be  exercised  only by the  Optionee  or his or her
guardian or legal  representative  during his or her  lifetime,  and only by the
Optionee's  Post-Death  Representatives  after the  Optionee's  death.  The term
"Post-Death   Representatives"  means  the  executor  or  administrator  of  the
Optionee's  estate or the person or persons to whom the Optionee's  rights under
this  Agreement  shall  pass by his or her  will  or the  laws  of  descent  and
distribution.

       (b) An  exercise  of the  Options  shall  be  made by  delivering  to the
Committee or its designee on the exercise date:

              (i)  a  written  notice  (in  the  form  of  Exhibit  A  attached)
designating the number of shares to be purchased, which notice must contain such
other  information as the Committee or its designee may require and be signed by
the Optionee or the person acting under Section 5(a) hereof, and

              (ii) payment of the full amount of the Option Price of the Options
being exercised.

       (c) An Optionee may pay the Option Price:

              (i)   in cash;

              (ii)  if the Stock is publicly traded (as defined in the Plan), in
Stock which, if acquired from the Company, has been held for at least six months
including  by  deemed  or  constructive  transfers  of  shares in lieu of actual
transfer and physical delivery of certificates.

              (iii) if the Stock is  publicly  traded (as  defined in the Plan),
payment in full of the Option  Price need not  accompany  the written  notice of
exercise  provided that the notice of exercise  directs that the  certificate or
certificates  for the  shares  of Stock for which  the  Option is  exercised  be
delivered to a licensed  broker  acceptable  to the Company as the agent for the
individual   exercising  the  Option  and,  at  the  time  such  certificate  or
certificates  are  delivered,  the broker  tenders to the Company  cash (or cash
equivalents  acceptable to the Company) equal to the option price for the shares
of Stock  purchased  pursuant to the  exercise of the Option plus the amount (if
any) of Required Withholding Taxes.

        (d) The date of exercise  shall be the date the  written  notice and the
Option Price actually are received by the Committee or its designee,  regardless
of the means of delivery.



                                       2
<PAGE>

SECTION  6.  WITHHOLDING  TAXES.  If as a result of the  exercise  of any Option
Required  Withholding  Taxes will become due, the Optionee  shall,  concurrently
with the exercise of such Option(s), pay to the Company or a Related Company the
amount of such Required Withholding Taxes in cash.

SECTION 7. NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT.

       (a) If, in connection with the Optionee's  employment with the Company or
a Related  Company and/or the grant of Options,  the Optionee has entered into a
Non-Disclosure  Agreement with the Company or Related Company, that agreement is
incorporated by reference herein.

       (b) In the event the  Optionee  materially  breaches  the  Non-Disclosure
Agreement,  the Optionee  shall have breached this Agreement and shall be liable
to the  Company  or a Related  Company  for any  actual  damages  caused by such
breach,  including the actual costs of  investigating  such action and enforcing
the Company's or a Related Company's rights hereunder (including court costs and
attorneys'  fees).  The  Optionee  acknowledges  that  monetary  damages  may be
inadequate  to  fully  compensate  the  Company  or a  Related  Company  for the
consequences  of any such breach;  accordingly,  the Company or Related  Company
shall have the right to obtain injunctive and other appropriate equitable relief
in addition to obtaining actual damages as aforesaid.

       (c) In addition to the foregoing, if the Optionee materially breaches the
Non-Disclosure  Agreement, the Optionee shall have failed to satisfy a condition
subsequent to the grant or vesting of the Options.
Accordingly, in such event:

              (i) all Options which have not previously  been exercised shall be
forfeited  to the Company,  effective  on the date on which the  Optionee  first
engages in the prohibited disclosure (the "Initial Breach Date");

              (ii) all shares of Stock  received upon exercise of Options either
within the 18-month period ending on the Initial Breach Date or thereafter,  and
all shares of Stock received in stock splits or stock  dividends paid in respect
of  such  Option  shares,  shall  be  forfeited  to the  Company  (collectively,
"Forfeited Shares"); and

              (iii)  all  cash  or  other  dividends  or  distributions  paid or
delivered to Optionee in respect of such forfeited  shares of Stock (referred to
in clause  (ii)),  either  during  the  18-month  period  ending on the  Initial
Disclosure Date or thereafter,  shall be forfeited to the Company (collectively,
"Forfeited Distributions").

       (d) The Company  shall notify the Optionee in writing of any breach under
this Section within two years after the later of (i) the Initial Breach Date, or
(ii) the time when the Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company.

       (e)  Immediately  upon the  Optionee's  receipt of notice setting forth a
breach of this provision referred to in paragraph (d), the Optionee shall:

              (i) deliver to the Company all certificates representing Forfeited
Shares which he or she at that time owns or controls, in exchange for payment by
the Company of the Option Price paid by the Optionee for such Shares;

              (ii) pay to the Company in cash the Fair Market  Value,  as of the
effective date of the forfeiture,  of any Forfeited Shares which the Optionee no
longer owns or controls  (including  any such Shares  withheld by the Company or
Related Company at Optionee's election to pay Withholding Taxes);

              (iii)   repay  to  the   Company   any  and  all  cash   Forfeited
Distributions; and

              (iv)  deliver  to the  Company  any  and  all  non-cash  Forfeited
Distributions  or, if the  Optionee no longer owns or  controls  such  Forfeited
Distributions,  to pay to the Company in cash the fair market  value,  as of the
effective date of the forfeiture, of such Distributions.

All such  deliveries  and  payment  shall  be made  without  adjustment  for any
Withholding  Taxes  paid or  withheld,  interest,  changes in the price of Stock
before or after the  forfeiture  date,  or  otherwise.  The  Optionee  is solely
responsible for any taxes relating to Forfeited Shares, Forfeited Distributions,
or the Options.

       (f)    The   provisions  of  this  Section  shall  survive  the  vesting,
              exercise,  and/or termination of the Options,  but shall terminate
              upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, as defined below.


                                       3
<PAGE>

SECTION 8.        OTHER FORFEITURES; RELATED MATTERS.

       (a) If the Optionee is dismissed  from  employment  for good cause,  both
vested and unvested Options shall immediately  terminate and be forfeited to the
extent not  previously  exercised.  For this  purpose,  "good  cause" shall mean
willful misconduct,  dereliction of duties, or conviction of a felony or a crime
the nature of which would cause the Optionee's continued employment to adversely
affect the reputation of the Company or a Related Company.

       (b) By accepting  this  Agreement,  the Optionee  consents to a deduction
from  any  amounts  owed  to  Optionee  by  the  Company  or a  Related  Company
(including,  but not limited to,  amounts  owed as wages or other  compensation,
fringe  benefits,  nonqualified  retirement  benefits,  or vacation  pay) to the
extent of the amounts  owed by the  Optionee  to the Company or Related  Company
pursuant to this Agreement.  In the event that such set-off does not satisfy the
full amount owed to the Company or Related  Company,  the Optionee agrees to pay
the unpaid balance immediately to the Company or Related Company.

       (c) The provisions of paragraph (a) and (b) of this Section shall survive
the vesting,  exercise,  and/or termination of the Options,  but shall terminate
upon the occurrence of an acceleration date pursuant to Section 10(a).

SECTION 9. ADJUSTMENTS.

       (a) In the event of (i) any change in the outstanding  shares of Stock by
reason of any stock split (excluding the July 22, 1999 stock split), combination
of shares,  stock  dividend,  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  or other
corporate  change having a similar  effect,  (ii) any  separation of the Company
including a spin-off or other  distribution of stock or property by the Company,
or  (iii)  any  distribution  to  shareholders  generally  other  than a  normal
dividend,  the Committee  shall make such equitable  adjustments to Option as it
shall deem  appropriate  in order to prevent the dilution or  enlargement of the
economic value of the Option.  Any such  determination by the Committee shall be
conclusive and binding on all concerned.

       (b) Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or upon a merger,
consolidation or  reorganization  of the Company with one or more other entities
in  which  the  Company  is  not  the  surviving  entity,  or  upon  a  sale  of
substantially  all of the assets of the Company to another person or entity,  or
upon any transaction (including,  without limitation, a merger or reorganization
in which the Company is the surviving entity) approved by the Board that results
in any person or entity  (other  than  persons  who are  holders of stock of the
Company at the time the Plan is approved by the  stockholders  and other than an
affiliate) owning 80 percent or more of the combined voting power of all classes
of stock of the  Company,  the  Option  shall  terminate,  except to the  extent
provision is made in connection with such  transaction for the assumption of the
Option,  or for the  substitution  for such Option of a new option  covering the
stock of a successor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate
adjustments  as to the number and kinds of shares and exercise  price,  in which
event the Option  shall  continue in the manner and under the terms so provided.
In the event of any such  termination  of the  Option,  Optionee  shall have the
right  (subject  to the  general  limitations  on  exercise  set forth  herein),
immediately  prior to the occurrence of such  termination and during such period
occurring  prior to such  termination  as the  Committee in its sole  discretion
shall  designate,  to exercise  such Option in whole or in part,  whether or not
such  Option was  otherwise  exercisable  at the time of such  termination.  The
Committee  shall  send  written  notice of an event  that will  result in such a
termination  to the Optionee not later than the time at which the Company  gives
notice thereof to its stockholders. Nothwithstanding the foregoing, in the event
of a transaction  described in this Section 9(b), the Board of Directors may, in
its sole discretion, cancel any outstanding Options (provided, however, that the
limitations  of Section 424 of the Code shall apply with respect to  adjustments
made to ISOs)  and pay or  deliver,  or cause  to be paid or  delivered,  to the
holder thereof an amount in cash or securities  having a value (as determined by
the Board of  Directors  acting in good  faith)  equal to the product of (A) the
number of shares of Common Stock (the "Option  Shares")  that, as of the date of
consummation of such transaction,  the holder of such Option had become entitled
to purchase (and had not  purchased)  multiplied  by (B) the amount,  if any, by
which (1) the  formula  or fixed  price per share  paid to  holders of shares of
Common  Stock  pursuant  to  such  transaction  exceeds  (2) the  options  price
applicable to such Option Shares.

SECTION 10. CHANGE IN CONTROL

       (a) Immediately upon an Involuntary  Termination of Optionee's employment
within eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control or after a transaction
described in Section 9(b) of this Agreement in which the Option is assumed,  the
Option,  to  the  extent  outstanding  at  the  time  but  not  otherwise  fully
exercisable,  shall  automatically  accelerate  so that the Option  shall become
immediately  exercisable  for all the Option  shares at the time  subject to the
Option  and may be  exercised  for any or all of those  Option  Shares  as fully
vested shares.

       (b) The  Option as  accelerated  shall  remain so  exercisable  until the
earlier of (i) the  Expiration  Date or (ii) the  expiration of the one (1)-year
period measured from the date of the Optionee's Involuntary Termination.

       (c) For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall be in
effect:



                                       4
<PAGE>
              (i)  Involuntary   Termination   shall  mean  the  termination  of
Optionee's service by reason of:

                    (A)  Optionee's  involuntary  dismissal  or discharge by the
Company for reason other than "good cause," or

                    (B) Optionee's voluntary  resignation following (x) a change
in  Optionee's  position  with the  Company  which  entails  materially  reduced
responsibilities,  compensation, target bonus or equity incentive opportunities,
or (y) a relocation of Optionee from the metropolitan area in which Optionee was
located at the time of the Change in Control,  provided and only if such change,
reduction or relocation is effected by the Company without Optionee's consent.

              (ii)  Change in Control  occurs when any of the  following  events
occur:

                    (A) any Person (as defined  herein)  becomes the  beneficial
owner directly or indirectly (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Act) of
more than 50% of the Company's then outstanding  voting securities  (measured on
the basis of voting power); or

                    (B) Individuals  who, as of the date hereof,  constitute the
Board (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute  at least a
majority  of the  Board;  provided,  however,  that any  individual  becoming  a
director  subsequent  to the date  hereof  whose  election,  or  nomination  for
election by the  Company's  shareholders,  was  approved by a vote of at least a
majority  of  the  directors  then  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board  shall  be
considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent  Board,  but
excluding,  for this purpose,  any such individual  whose initial  assumption of
office  occurs  as a result of an actual or  threatened  election  contest  with
respect to the election or removal of  directors  or other actual or  threatened
solicitation  of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person  other than the
Board; or

                    (C) the closing of an agreement  of merger or  consolidation
with any  other  corporation  or  business  entity,  other  than (x) a merger or
consolidation  which  would  result  in the  voting  securities  of the  Company
outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to  represent  (either  by
remaining  outstanding  or by being  converted  into  voting  securities  of the
surviving  entity),  in  combination  with the ownership of any trustee or other
fiduciary holding  securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company,  at
least 50% of the combined  voting power of the voting  securities of the Company
or  such  surviving  entity   outstanding   immediately  after  such  merger  or
consolidation,  or  (y) a  merger  or  consolidation  effected  to  implement  a
recapitalization  of the  Company (or  similar  transaction)  in which no Person
acquires  more  than 50% of the  combined  voting  power of the  Company's  then
outstanding securities; or

                    (D) concurrently  with the liquidation or dissolution of the
Company or upon the  closing of a sale or  disposition  by the Company of all or
substantially all of the Company's assets.

For purposes of this paragraph,  "Person" means any individual,  entity or group
within the meaning of Section  3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used
in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) thereof;  however,  a Person shall not include (aa)
the Company,  (bb) Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc.,  (cc) a trustee or other
fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (dd)
an underwriter  temporarily  holding securities  pursuant to an offering of such
securities,   (ee)  a  corporation  owned,   directly  or  indirectly,   by  the
shareholders  of the  Company in  substantially  the same  proportions  as their
ownership  of  Stock,  (ff) any  shareholder  or group  of  shareholders  of the
Company,  or (gg) any  person  or entity or group  acquiring  securities  of the
Company pursuant to an issuance of securities approved by the Board of Directors
of the Company.

SECTION 11.  REPRESENTATIONS.  Optionee  represents  and warrants to the Company
that,  upon  exercise of the Option,  Optionee  will be acquiring  the shares of
Stock for  Optionee's  own account for the purpose of investment  and not with a
view to or for sale in connection with any  distribution  thereof,  and Optionee
understands  that (i) neither the Option nor the Stock has been  registered with
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  by  reason  of their  issuance  in a
transaction  exempt  from the  registration  requirements,  and (ii) the  shares
acquired  pursuant to the Option must be held  indefinitely by Optionee unless a
subsequent  disposition  thereof is registered  under the  Securities  Act or is
exempt from such  registration.  The stock  certificates for any shares of Stock
issued to Optionee will bear the following legend:

              THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
              REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT
              BE SOLD,  TRANSFERRED  OR  OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF UNLESS
              THEY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THAT ACT OR AN EXEMPTION
              FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

                                       5
<PAGE>

SECTION 12. LIMITATION ON RIGHTS IN COMPANY STOCK.

       (a) Neither the Optionee nor his or her Post-Death  Representatives shall
have any of the rights of a shareholder  with respect to shares of Stock covered
by the  Options  until  shares of Stock are  issued  to him,  her,  or them upon
exercise of the Option.

       (b) Prior to  exercise  of the  Options,  the  Company  may  require  the
Optionee to execute a  restrictive  stock  agreement,  lock-up  agreement or any
other agreement  restricting the Optionee's ability to transfer Stock subsequent
to the  exercise  of the Options in such form as the  Company  shall  reasonably
determine to be appropriate.

SECTION 13.  LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFERS.  The Options shall not be transferable by
Optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

SECTION 14. NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall
confer on the Optionee any right or expectation to continue in the employ of his
or her employer or the Company,  or to interfere in any manner with the absolute
right of the  employer  or the  Company to change or  terminate  the  Optionee's
employment at any time for any reason or no reason.

SECTION 15. AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement may be amended in writing by the Company
and Optionee, provided that the Company may amend this Agreement unilaterally if
the amendment  does not  adversely  affect or impair the rights of the Optionee.
The Company shall give notice to the Optionee of any such  unilateral  amendment
either before or promptly after the effective date thereof.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in duplicate
as of the Grant Date.

                           SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION



                           By:
                              ------------------------------------------
                                Vice President - General Counsel



                              ------------------------------------------
                                Optionee


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A



                              OPTION EXERCISE FORM

                        TO BE EXECUTED BY THE OPTIONEE TO
                      EXERCISE THE RIGHTS TO PURCHASE STOCK
                        EVIDENCED BY THE FOREGOING OPTION


TO:           SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

              I, (First and Last Name) , a Participant under the SAVVIS Holdings
Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), do hereby exercise the right to
purchase ___________ shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of SAVVIS Holdings
Corporation pursuant to the Option dated (Date of Grant) under the Plan.

              Enclosed herewith is

                     (i)    $___________, or

                     (ii)   shares  of  Common  Stock,   properly   endorsed  or
                            accompanied by a duly executed  stock power,  with a
                            Fair Market Value of $________________,

an amount  equal to the total  Option Price for the shares of Common Stock being
purchased pursuant to this Option Exercise Form.



Date:
      ----------------------    ---------------------------------------------
                                      Signature



                                 ADDRESS OF OPTIONEE:

                                 ----------------------------------------------

                                 ----------------------------------------------

                                 ----------------------------------------------
                                    [Insert Optionee Address]



Send a completed copy of this Option Exercise Form to:

                  SAVVIS Holdings Corporation
                  717 Office Parkway
                  St. Louis, MO  63141-7115
                  Attn:  Vice President and General Counsel



                                       7

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
============================================================================================================================
                     Optionee                         Grant Date     Expiration Date  Option Price Per   Number of Options
                                                                                            Share             Granted
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>              <C>                <C>

============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

                                    UNDER THE

                           SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                             1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN



                  SAVVIS  Holdings  Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  and the  employee of the Company  named above or a Related  Company
(the "Optionee"), hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTIONS. In conformity with the SAVVIS Holdings  Corporation
1999 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"),  the  provisions of which are  incorporated
herein by this reference, and pursuant to authorization of the Committee charged
with the administration thereof (the "Committee"),  the Company hereby grants to
Optionee  Incentive Stock Options (the "Options") to purchase all or any part of
the number of shares of common stock of the Company,  par value $0.01 per share,
set forth above under the caption "Number of Options  Granted," on the terms and
conditions  herein  set  forth.  To the  maximum  extent  permitted  by law  and
regulation,  except as provided in Section 3(f), the Option shall constitute and
be treated at all times by  Optionee  and the  Company  as an  "incentive  stock
option" as defined under Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"),  and the remainder of the Option shall  constitute  and be
treated  at all times by  Optionee  and the  Company as a  "non-qualified  stock
option" for federal  income tax purposes and shall not  constitute and shall not
be treated as an "incentive  stock option" (as so defined).  The grant hereunder
is made on the Grant Date set forth above (the "Grant Date").  Capitalized terms
not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given in the Plan.

SECTION 2. OPTION  PRICE.  The purchase  price per share of the Stock covered by
the Options (the "Option  Price")  shall be the Option Price Per Share set forth
above.  The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has determined  that
the Option  Price is at least equal to the Fair Market  Value of the Stock as of
the Grant Date.

SECTION 3. EXERCISABILITY.

       (a) The Options are issued in  exchange  for certain  options to purchase
shares of common stock of Bridge Information  Systems,  Inc. ("Bridge") acquired
by the Optionee in connection  with the acquisition of the Company by Bridge and
shall be 100%  vested on the Grant  Date.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the
Options  shall be  exercisable  in full no later than ten years  after the Grant
Date.

       (b) The Optionee  shall not exercise the Options  unless the Optionee has
been an  employee of the  Company or a Related  Company at all times  during the
period beginning on the Grant Date and (i) ending on the day three months before
the date of such exercise;  or (ii) if Optionee ceases to be such an employee as
a result  of  Disability,  ending  on the day one year  before  the date of such
exercise;  or (iii) if  Optionee  ceases to be such an  employee  as a result of
Retirement  (even if also as a result  of  Disability),  ending  on the day five
years before the date of such exercise.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if the
Optionee dies while employed by the Company or a Related  Company or at any time
thereafter  while the Options remain  exercisable,  the Options may be exercised
until the earlier to occur of the Expiration  Date or the date three years after
the date of death, and shall not be exercised thereafter.

       (c) The exercisability of the Options shall not be affected by any change
of duties or position of the Optionee so long as the Optionee continues to be an
employee of the Company or a Related Company.

       (d) An  individual  who is granted a leave of absence by the Company or a
Related  Company for any reason shall be  considered  to remain  employed by the
Company or a Related  Company  until the leave expires or a date two years after
the date the leave commenced, whichever occurs first.

       (e)  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,   "Retirement"  means  voluntary
termination by Optionee of his or her  employment  with the Company or a Related
Company  after  Optionee (i) attains age 60, and (ii) has  completed 20 years of
service with the Company.


<PAGE>

       (f) The exercisability of the Options shall not be affected by any change
of duties or position of the Optionee so long as the Optionee continues to be an
employee of the Company or a Related  Company.  For purposes of this  Agreement,
services as a consultant,  advisor or independent contractor shall be considered
services as an employee  and  services  provided to a Related  Company  shall be
considered   services  provided  to  the  Company.   Any  Options  which  remain
unexercised for more than three months after Optionee ceases providing  services
as a common law employee  shall cease to constitute an "incentive  stock option"
under Section 422 of the Code and shall thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified
Stock Option, as defined in the Plan.

SECTION 4. TERMINATION.  The Options shall terminate and cease to be exercisable
in accordance with the following provisions:

       (a) Notwithstanding  any other provisions of this Agreement,  the Options
shall  terminate at the close of business on the Expiration Date set forth above
or, if sooner,  the business day before the tenth  anniversary of the Grant Date
(as applicable,  the "Expiration  Date"),  unless sooner  terminated as provided
below.  For this  purpose,  "business  day"  means a day on which the  Company's
corporate headquarters is open for normal business.

       (b) The  Options  shall  terminate  when they no longer may be  exercised
pursuant to Section 3(e) or when they are forfeited as provided in Sections 7 or
8, if sooner than the Expiration Date.

SECTION 5. EXERCISES.

       (a) The  Options  may be  exercised  only by the  Optionee  or his or her
guardian  or legal  representative  during his or her  lifetime  and only by the
Optionee's  Post-Death  Representatives  after the  Optionee's  death.  The term
"Post-Death   Representatives"  means  the  executor  or  administrator  of  the
Optionee's  estate or the person or persons to whom the Optionee's  rights under
this  Agreement  shall  pass by his or her  will  or the  laws  of  descent  and
distribution.

       (b) An  exercise  of the  Options  shall  be  made by  delivering  to the
Committee or its designee on the exercise date:

              (i)  a  written  notice  (in  the  form  of  Exhibit  A  attached)
designating the number of shares to be purchased, which notice must contain such
other  information as the Committee or its designee may require and be signed by
the Optionee or the person acting under Section 5(a) hereof, and

              (ii) payment of the full amount of the Option Price of the Options
being exercised.

       (c) An Optionee may pay the Option Price:

              (i)   in cash;

              (ii)  if the Stock is publicly traded (as defined in the Plan), in
Stock which, if acquired from the Company, has been held for at least six months
including  by  deemed  or  constructive  transfers  of  shares in lieu of actual
transfer and physical delivery of certificates.

              (iii) if the Stock is  publicly  traded (as  defined in the Plan),
payment in full of the Option  Price need not  accompany  the written  notice of
exercise  provided that the notice of exercise  directs that the  certificate or
certificates  for the  shares  of Stock for which  the  Option is  exercised  be
delivered to a licensed  broker  acceptable  to the Company as the agent for the
individual   exercising  the  Option  and,  at  the  time  such  certificate  or
certificates  are  delivered,  the broker  tenders to the Company  cash (or cash
equivalents  acceptable to the Company) equal to the option price for the shares
of Stock  purchased  pursuant to the  exercise of the Option plus the amount (if
any) of Required Withholding Taxes.

       (d) The date of  exercise  shall be the date the  written  notice and the
Option Price actually are received by the Committee or its designee,  regardless
of the means of delivery.

SECTION  6.  WITHHOLDING  TAXES.  If as a result of the  exercise  of any Option
Required  Withholding  Taxes will become due, the Optionee  shall,  concurrently
with the exercise of such Option(s), pay to the Company or a Related Company the
amount of such Required Withholding Taxes in cash.

SECTION 7. NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT.


                                       2
<PAGE>

       (a) If in connection with the Optionee's employment with the Company or a
Related  Company  and/or the grant of Options the  Optionee  has entered  into a
Non-Disclosure  Agreement with the Company or Related Company, that agreement is
incorporated by reference herein.

       (b) In the event the  Optionee  materially  breaches  the  Non-Disclosure
Agreement,  the Optionee  shall have breached this Agreement and shall be liable
to the  Company  or a Related  Company  for any  actual  damages  caused by such
breach,  including the actual costs of  investigating  such action and enforcing
the Company's or a Related Company's rights hereunder (including court costs and
attorneys'  fees).  The  Optionee  acknowledges  that  monetary  damages  may be
inadequate  to  fully  compensate  the  Company  or a  Related  Company  for the
consequences  of any such breach;  accordingly,  the Company or Related  Company
shall have the right to obtain injunctive and other appropriate equitable relief
in addition to obtaining actual damages as aforesaid.

       (c) In addition to the foregoing, if the Optionee materially breaches the
Non-Disclosure  Agreement, the Optionee shall have failed to satisfy a condition
subsequent to the grant or vesting of the Options. Accordingly, in such event:

              (i) all Options which have not previously  been exercised shall be
forfeited  to the Company,  effective  on the date on which the  Optionee  first
engages in the prohibited disclosure (the "Initial Breach Date");

              (ii) all shares of Stock received upon exercise of Options, either
within the 18-month period ending on the Initial Breach Date or thereafter,  and
all shares of Stock received in stock splits or stock  dividends paid in respect
of  such  Option  shares,  shall  be  forfeited  to the  Company  (collectively,
"Forfeited Shares"); and

              (iii)  all  cash  or  other  dividends  or  distributions  paid or
delivered to Optionee in respect of such forfeited  shares of Stock (referred to
in clause  (ii)),  either  during  the  18-month  period  ending on the  Initial
Disclosure Date or thereafter,  shall be forfeited to the Company (collectively,
"Forfeited Distributions").

       (d) The Company  shall notify the Optionee in writing of any breach under
this Section within two years after the later of (i) the Initial Breach Date, or
(ii) the time when the Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company.

       (e)  Immediately  upon the  Optionee's  receipt of notice setting forth a
breach of this provision referred to in paragraph (d), the Optionee shall:

              (i) deliver to the Company all certificates representing Forfeited
Shares  which he or she at that time owns or controls in exchange for payment by
the Company of the Option Price paid by the Optionee for such Shares;

              (ii) pay to the Company in cash the Fair Market  Value,  as of the
effective date of the forfeiture,  of any Forfeited Shares which the Optionee no
longer owns or controls  (including  any such Shares  withheld by the Company or
Related Company at Optionee's election to pay Withholding Taxes);

              (iii)   repay  to  the   Company   any  and  all  cash   Forfeited
Distributions; and

              (iv)  deliver  to the  Company  any  and  all  non-cash  Forfeited
Distributions  or, if the  Optionee no longer owns or  controls  such  Forfeited
Distributions,  to pay to the Company in cash the fair market  value,  as of the
effective date of the forfeiture, of such Distributions.

All such  deliveries  and  payment  shall  be made  without  adjustment  for any
Withholding  Taxes  paid or  withheld,  interest,  changes in the price of Stock
before or after the  forfeiture  date,  or  otherwise.  The  Optionee  is solely
responsible for any taxes relating to Forfeited Shares, Forfeited Distributions,
or the Options.

       (f) The  provisions of this Section shall survive the vesting,  exercise,
and/or termination of the Options,  but shall terminate upon the occurrence of a
Change in Control, as defined below.

SECTION 8. OTHER FORFEITURES; RELATED MATTERS.

       (a) If the Optionee is dismissed  from  employment  for good cause,  both
vested and unvested Options shall immediately  terminate and be forfeited to the
extent not  previously  exercised.  For this  purpose,  "good  cause" shall mean
willful misconduct,  dereliction of duties, or conviction of a felony or a crime
the nature of which would cause the Optionee's continued employment to adversely
affect the reputation of the Company or a Related Company.



                                       3
<PAGE>

       (b) By accepting  this  Agreement,  the Optionee  consents to a deduction
from  any  amounts  owed  to  Optionee  by  the  Company  or a  Related  Company
(including,  but not limited to,  amounts  owed as wages or other  compensation,
fringe  benefits,  nonqualified  retirement  benefits,  or vacation  pay) to the
extent of the amounts  owed by the  Optionee  to the Company or Related  Company
pursuant to this Agreement.  In the event that such set-off does not satisfy the
full amount owed to the Company or Related  Company,  the Optionee agrees to pay
the unpaid balance immediately to the Company or Related Company.

       (c) The provisions of paragraph (a) and (b) of this Section shall survive
the vesting,  exercise,  and/or termination of the Options,  but shall terminate
upon the occurrence of an acceleration date pursuant to Section 10(a).

SECTION 9. ADJUSTMENTS.

       (a) In the event of (i) any change in the outstanding  shares of Stock by
reason of any stock split (excluding the July 22, 1999 stock split), combination
of shares,  stock  dividend,  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  or other
corporate  change having a similar  effect,  (ii) any  separation of the Company
including a spin-off or other  distribution of stock or property by the Company,
or  (iii)  any  distribution  to  shareholders  generally  other  than a  normal
dividend,  the Committee  shall make such equitable  adjustments to Option as it
shall deem  appropriate  in order to prevent the dilution or  enlargement of the
economic value of the Option.  Any such  determination by the Committee shall be
conclusive and binding on all concerned.

       (b) Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or upon a merger,
consolidation or  reorganization  of the Company with one or more other entities
in  which  the  Company  is  not  the  surviving  entity,  or  upon  a  sale  of
substantially  all of the assets of the Company to another person or entity,  or
upon any transaction (including,  without limitation, a merger or reorganization
in which the Company is the surviving entity) approved by the Board that results
in any person or entity  (other  than  persons  who are  holders of stock of the
Company at the time the Plan is approved by the  stockholders  and other than an
affiliate) owning 80 percent or more of the combined voting power of all classes
of stock of the  Company,  the  Option  shall  terminate,  except to the  extent
provision is made in connection with such  transaction for the assumption of the
Option,  or for the  substitution  for such Option of a new option  covering the
stock of a successor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate
adjustments  as to the number and kinds of shares and exercise  price,  in which
event the Option  shall  continue in the manner and under the terms so provided.
In the event of any such  termination  of the  Option,  Optionee  shall have the
right  (subject  to the  general  limitations  on  exercise  set forth  herein),
immediately  prior to the occurrence of such  termination and during such period
occurring  prior to such  termination  as the  Committee in its sole  discretion
shall  designate,  to exercise  such Option in whole or in part,  whether or not
such  Option  was  otherwise  exercisable  at the  time  such  termination.  The
Committee  shall  send  written  notice of an event  that will  result in such a
termination  to the Optionee not later than the time at which the Company  gives
notice thereof to its stockholders. Nothwithstanding the foregoing, in the event
of a transaction  described in this Section 9(b), the Board of Directors may, in
its sole discretion, cancel any outstanding Options (provided, however, that the
limitations  of Section 424 of the Code shall apply with respect to  adjustments
made to ISO's)  and pay or  deliver,  or cause to be paid or  delivered,  to the
holder thereof an amount in cash or securities  having a value (as determined by
the Board of  Directors  acting in good  faith)  equal to the product of (A) the
number of shares of Common Stock (the "Option  Shares")  that, as of the date of
consummation of such transaction,  the holder of such Option had become entitled
to purchase (and had not  purchased)  multiplied  by (B) the amount,  if any, by
which (1) the  formula  or fixed  price per share  paid to  holders of shares of
Common  Stock  pursuant  to  such  transaction  exceeds  (2) the  options  price
applicable to such Option Shares.

SECTION 10.  REPRESENTATIONS.  Optionee  represents  and warrants to the Company
that,  upon  exercise of the Option,  Optionee  will be acquiring  the shares of
Stock for  Optionee's  own account for the purpose of investment  and not with a
view to or for sale in connection with any  distribution  thereof,  and Optionee
understands  that (i) neither the Option nor the Stock has been  registered with
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  by  reason  of their  issuance  in a
transaction  exempt  from the  registration  requirements,  and (ii) the  shares
acquired  pursuant to the Option must be held  indefinitely by Optionee unless a
subsequent  disposition  thereof is registered  under the  Securities  Act or is
exempt from such  registration.  The stock  certificates for any shares of Stock
issued to Optionee will bear the following legend:

              THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
              REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT
              BE SOLD,  TRANSFERRED  OR  OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF UNLESS
              THEY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THAT ACT OR AN EXEMPTION
              FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

SECTION 11.       LIMITATION ON RIGHTS IN COMPANY STOCK.

                                       4
<PAGE>

       (a) Neither the Optionee nor his or her Post-Death  Representatives shall
have any of the rights of a shareholder  with respect to shares of Stock covered
by the  Options  until  shares of Stock are  issued  to him,  her,  or them upon
exercise of the Option.

       (b) Prior to  exercise  of the  Options,  the  Company  may  require  the
Optionee to execute a  restrictive  stock  agreement,  lock-up  agreement or any
other agreement  restricting the Optionee's ability to transfer Stock subsequent
to the  exercise  of the Options in such form as the  Company  shall  reasonably
determine to be appropriate.

SECTION 12.  LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFERS.  The Options shall not be transferable by
Optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

SECTION 13. NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall
confer on the Optionee any right or expectation to continue in the employ of his
or her employer or the Company,  or to interfere in any manner with the absolute
right of the  employer  or the  Company to change or  terminate  the  Optionee's
employment at any time for any reason or no reason.

SECTION 14. AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement may be amended in writing by the Company
and Optionee, provided that the Company may amend this Agreement unilaterally if
the amendment  does not  adversely  affect or impair the rights of the Optionee.
The Company shall give notice to the Optionee of any such  unilateral  amendment
either before or promptly after the effective date thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in duplicate
as of the Grant Date.

                                   SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION



                                   By:
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                        Vice President - General Counsel




                                      -----------------------------------------
                                        Optionee


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A



                              OPTION EXERCISE FORM

                        TO BE EXECUTED BY THE OPTIONEE TO
                      EXERCISE THE RIGHTS TO PURCHASE STOCK
                        EVIDENCED BY THE FOREGOING OPTION


TO:           SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

              I,  (First  Name and Last Name) , a  Participant  under the SAVVIS
Holdings Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), do hereby exercise the
right to purchase ___________ shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of SAVVIS
Holdings  Corporation  pursuant to the Option  dated  (Date of Grant)  under the
Plan.

              Enclosed herewith is

              (i)    $___________, or

              (ii)   shares of Common Stock, properly endorsed or accompanied by
                     a duly  executed  stock power,  with a Fair Market Value of
                     $________________,

an amount  equal to the total  Option Price for the shares of Common Stock being
purchased pursuant to this Option Exercise Form.



Date:
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Signature



                                      ADDRESS OF OPTIONEE:


                                      -----------------------------------------

                                      -----------------------------------------

                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      [Insert Optionee Address]



Send a completed copy of this Option Exercise Form to:

                  SAVVIS Holdings Corporation
                  717 Office Parkway
                  St. Louis, MO  63141-7115
                  Attn:  Vice President and General Counsel


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=====================================================================================================================
                  OPTIONEE                       Grant Date     Expiration Date  Option Price Per      Number of
                                                                                       Share        Options Granted
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>              <C>               <C>

=====================================================================================================================
</TABLE>



                      NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                    UNDER THE
                           SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION
                             1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN


                  SAVVIS  Holdings  Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  and the individual  named above (the  "Optionee"),  hereby agree as
follows:

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTIONS. In conformity with the SAVVIS Holdings  Corporation
1999 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"),  the  provisions of which are  incorporated
herein by this reference, and pursuant to authorization of the Committee charged
with the administration thereof (the "Committee"),  the Company hereby grants to
Optionee Non-Qualified Stock Options (the "Options") to purchase all or any part
of the  number of shares of common  stock of the  Company,  par value  $0.01 per
share,  set forth above under the caption  "Number of Options  Granted,"  on the
terms and  conditions  herein set forth.  These Options shall  constitute and be
treated  at all times by  Optionee  and the  Company as a  "non-qualified  stock
option" for federal  income tax purposes and shall not  constitute and shall not
be treated as an "incentive  stock  option." The grant  hereunder is made on the
Grant Date set forth above (the "Grant Date").  Capitalized terms not defined in
this Agreement shall have the meanings given in the Plan.

SECTION 2. OPTION  PRICE.  The purchase  price per share of the Stock covered by
the Options (the "Option  Price")  shall be the Option Price Per Share set forth
above.  The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has determined  that
the Option  Price is at least equal to the Fair Market  Value of the Stock as of
the Grant Date.

SECTION 3. EXERCISABILITY.

       (a) The Optionee may exercise the Options  (subject to the limitations on
exercise set forth in this  Agreement  and in the Plan),  at any time,  and from
time  to  time,  after  the  Grant  Date if the  Options  have  not  terminated.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Options shall be exercisable in full no later
than ten years after the Grant Date.

       (b) The Optionee  shall not exercise the Options  unless the Optionee has
been an  employee of the  Company or a Related  Company at all times  during the
period beginning on the Grant Date and (i) ending on the day three months before
the date of such exercise;  or (ii) if Optionee ceases to be such an employee as
a result  of  Disability,  ending  on the day one year  before  the date of such
exercise;  or (iii) if  Optionee  ceases to be such an  employee  as a result of
Retirement  (even if also as a result  of  Disability),  ending  on the day five
years before the date of such exercise.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if the
Optionee dies while employed by the Company or a Related  Company or at any time
thereafter  while the Options remain  exercisable,  the Options may be exercised
until the earlier to occur of the Expiration  Date or the date three years after
the date of death, and shall not be exercised thereafter.

       (c) The exercisability of the Options shall not be affected by any change
of duties or position of the Optionee so long as the Optionee continues to be an
employee of the Company or a Related  Company.  For purposes of this  Agreement,
services as a consultant,  advisor or independent contractor shall be considered
services as an employee  and  services  provided to a Related  Company  shall be
considered services provided to the Company.

       (d) An  individual  who is granted a leave of absence by the Company or a
Related  Company for any reason shall be  considered  to remain  employed by the
Company or a Related  Company  until the leave expires or a date two years after
the date the leave commenced, whichever occurs first.



<PAGE>

       (e)  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,   "Retirement"  means  voluntary
termination by Optionee of his or her  employment  with the Company or a Related
Company  after  Optionee (i) attains age 60, and (ii) has  completed 20 years of
service with the Company.

SECTION 4. TERMINATION.  The Options shall terminate and cease to be exercisable
in accordance with the following provisions:

       (a) Notwithstanding  any other provisions of this Agreement,  the Options
shall  terminate at the close of business on the Expiration Date set forth above
or, if sooner,  the business day before the tenth  anniversary of the Grant Date
(as applicable,  the "Expiration  Date"),  unless sooner  terminated as provided
below.  For this  purpose,  "business  day"  means a day on which the  Company's
corporate headquarters is open for normal business.

       (b) The  Options  shall  terminate  when they no longer may be  exercised
pursuant to Section 3(b) or when they are  terminated  as provided in Sections 8
or 9, if sooner than the Expiration Date.

SECTION 5. EXERCISES.

       (a) The Options may be exercised by the Optionee,  his or her guardian or
legal  representative  during his or her  lifetime or a  transferee  pursuant to
Section 11, and by the  Optionee's  Post-Death  Representatives  or a transferee
after the Optionee's  death.  The term  "Post-Death  Representatives"  means the
executor or administrator  of the Optionee's  estate or the person or persons to
whom the Optionee's rights under this Agreement shall pass by his or her will or
the laws of descent and distribution.

       (b) An  exercise  of the  Options  shall  be  made by  delivering  to the
Committee or its designee on the exercise date:

              (i)  a  written  notice  (in  the  form  of  Exhibit  A  attached)
designating the number of shares to be purchased, which notice must contain such
other  information as the Committee or its designee may require and be signed by
the Optionee or the person acting under Section 5(a) hereof, and

              (ii) payment of the full amount of the Option Price of the Options
being exercised.

       (c) An Optionee may pay the Option Price:

              (i)  in cash;

              (ii) if the Stock is publicly  traded (as defined in the Plan), in
Stock which, if acquired from the Company, has been held for at least six months
including  by  deemed  or  constructive  transfers  of  shares in lieu of actual
transfer and physical delivery of certificates;

              (iii) if the Stock is  publicly  traded (as  defined in the Plan),
payment in full of the Option  Price need not  accompany  the written  notice of
exercise  provided that the notice of exercise  directs that the  certificate or
certificates  for the shares of Stock for which the  Options  are  exercised  be
delivered to a licensed  broker  acceptable  to the Company as the agent for the
individual  exercising  the  Options  and,  at  the  time  such  certificate  or
certificates  are  delivered,  the broker  tenders to the Company  cash (or cash
equivalents  acceptable to the Company) equal to the option price for the shares
of Stock  purchased  pursuant to the exercise of the Options plus the amount (if
any) of Required Withholding Taxes.

       (d) The date of  exercise  shall be the date the  written  notice and the
Option Price actually are received by the Committee or its designee,  regardless
of the means of delivery.

SECTION 6.  WITHHOLDING  TAXES.  If as a result of the  exercise of any Options,
Required  Withholding  Taxes will become due, the Optionee  shall,  concurrently
with the exercise of such Option(s), pay to the Company or a Related Company the
amount of such Required Withholding Taxes in cash.


                                       2
<PAGE>

SECTION 7. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS OF STOCK

       (a) Any shares of Stock  acquired  pursuant to the  exercise of an Option
shall be  Restricted  Stock,  and  Optionee  (or such  other  individual  who is
entitled to exercise an Option) shall not sell, pledge,  assign,  gift, transfer
or otherwise  dispose of any shares of Restricted Stock to any person or entity,
other than  pursuant  to Section 11,  except in  accordance  with the  following
schedule:  as to  twenty-five  percent of the shares of Restricted  Stock on the
first anniversary of the Grant Date (the first "Anniversary  Date") and as to an
additional  twenty-five  percent of the shares of Restricted Stock after each of
the next three Anniversary Dates.

       (b) With respect to either the whole or any part of the Restricted Stock,
the period during which it is subject to repurchase is the "Restricted  Period."
During  the  Restricted  Period  and  prior  to the  satisfaction  of any  other
restrictions  prescribed by the Committee,  the Optionee may not sell, transfer,
assign,  pledge or otherwise  encumber or dispose of the Restricted Stock except
to the extent provided in Section 11.

       (c) Subject to Section 7(e) below, upon a termination of employment prior
to the termination of the Restricted period, the Company shall have the right to
repurchase  the  Restricted  Stock at a price  equal to the  lesser  of (i) Fair
Market  Value and (ii) the  Option  Price.  The  Company  shall  deliver  to the
Optionee,  or other holder of such shares of Restricted Stock, notice that it is
exercising  its  repurchase  right  within 20  business  days  after the date of
termination  of  employment.  In the event that the Company  determines  that it
cannot or will not exercise its right to purchase  Restricted  Stock pursuant to
this  subsection,  in  whole  or in part,  the  Company  may  assign  its  right
hereunder,  in whole or in part, to a stockholder of the Company, a benefit plan
of the Company or an affiliate. The Company shall give reasonable written notice
to the  Optionee  of any  assignment  of its right.  "Fair  Market  Value,"  for
purposes of this subsection, shall be determined by the Board in the same manner
specified in the Plan for  determining  the Option Price. A notice of repurchase
given pursuant to this subsection shall specify the price and date of closing of
such repurchase,  which shall be no later than 30 days from the date the Company
exercises  such right.  In the event any such  repurchase  right is exercised in
accordance  with this  subsection,  the  holder of the  Restricted  Stock  being
repurchased  shall be obligated to sell such  Restricted  Stock  pursuant to the
exercise of such right.

       (d) With respect to the whole or any part of the Restricted  Stock,  upon
the  expiration  of the  Restricted  Period  and the  satisfaction  of any other
conditions prescribed by the Committee, the restrictions applicable to the whole
or  part  of  the  Restricted  Stock  shall  lapse,  and  a  stock   certificate
representing  a number  of  shares  of Stock  equal to the  number  of shares of
Restricted Stock for which the restrictions have lapsed shall be delivered, free
of all the restrictions, to the Optionee or his or her beneficiary or estate, as
the case may be.

       (e) If the Optionee dies,  becomes  disabled or retires before the end of
the Restricted  Period,  the  restrictions  on transfer of the Restricted  Stock
shall lapse on the date of death,  Disability or Retirement,  and the Restricted
Stock  shall  be  deliverable  to the  executors,  administrators,  legatees  or
distributees of the Optionee's estate.

       (f) The Committee may accelerate the dates on which the Restricted  Stock
may be assigned,  sold or otherwise  transferred  and/or the date the Restricted
Period shall terminate.

       (g) The  Optionee  understands  that the  Optionee  (and not the Company)
shall be responsible  for Optionee's  own federal,  state,  local or foreign tax
liability that may arise as a result of the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement. The Optionee is relying solely on the determination of Optionee's tax
advisors and or  Optionee's  own  determinations,  and not on any  statements or
representations  of the Company or any of its agents with regard to all such tax
matters.  The Optionee understands that Section 83 of the Code taxes as ordinary
income the difference  between the amount paid for the Restricted  Stock and the
fair market value of the Restricted Stock as of the date any restrictions on the
Restricted Stock lapse. In this context, "restriction" includes the right of the
Company to buy back the Restricted Stock pursuant to its repurchase  option.  In
the event the Company has registered under the Exchange Act,  "restriction" with
respect to officers,  directors and 10% stockholders also means the period after
the purchase of the Restricted  Stock during which such officers,  directors and
10%  stockholders  could be subject to suit under  Section 16(b) of the Exchange
Act. The Optionee  understands  that  Optionee may elect to be taxed at the time
the Options  are  exercised  for  Restricted  Stock  rather than when and as the
Company's  repurchase  option  or  Section  16(b)  period  expires  by filing an
election  under  Section  83(b) of the Code with the  Internal  Revenue  Service
within 30 days from the date of exercising the Options.



                                       3
<PAGE>

         THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS THE OPTIONEE'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY
AND NOT THE  COMPANY'S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION  UNDER  SECTION  83(b) OF THE
CODE, EVEN IF THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES VOLUNTARILY ASSIST THE OPTIONEE
TO MAKE THIS FILING.

SECTION 8. OTHER FORFEITURES; RELATED MATTERS.

       (a) If the Optionee is dismissed  from  employment  for good cause,  both
vested and unvested Options shall immediately  terminate and be forfeited to the
extent not  previously  exercised.  For this  purpose,  "good  cause" shall mean
willful misconduct,  dereliction of duties, or conviction of a felony or a crime
the nature of which would cause the Optionee's continued employment to adversely
affect the reputation of the Company or Related Company.

       (b) By accepting  this  Agreement,  the Optionee  consents to a deduction
from any amounts owed to Optionee by the Company or Related Company  (including,
but not  limited  to,  amounts  owed as  wages  or  other  compensation,  fringe
benefits,  nonqualified  retirement benefits,  or vacation pay) to the extent of
the amounts owed by the Optionee to the Company or Related  Company  pursuant to
this Agreement.  In the event that such set-off does not satisfy the full amount
owed to the Company,  the Optionee agrees to pay the unpaid balance  immediately
to the Company or Related Company.

       (c) The provisions of paragraph (a) and (b) of this Section shall survive
the vesting, exercise, and/or termination of the Options.

SECTION 9. ADJUSTMENTS.

       (a) In the event of (i) any change in the outstanding  shares of Stock by
reason of any stock split (excluding the July 22, 1999 stock split), combination
of shares,  stock  dividend,  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  or other
corporate  change having a similar  effect,  (ii) any  separation of the Company
including a spin-off or other  distribution of stock or property by the Company,
or  (iii)  any  distribution  to  shareholders  generally  other  than a  normal
dividend,  the Committee shall make such equitable  adjustments to Options as it
shall deem  appropriate  in order to prevent the dilution or  enlargement of the
economic value of the Options.  Any such determination by the Committee shall be
conclusive and binding on all concerned.

       (b) Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or upon a merger,
consolidation or  reorganization  of the Company with one or more other entities
in  which  the  Company  is  not  the  surviving  entity,  or  upon  a  sale  of
substantially  all of the assets of the Company to another person or entity,  or
upon any transaction (including,  without limitation, a merger or reorganization
in which the Company is the surviving entity) approved by the Board that results
in any person or entity  (other  than  persons  who are  holders of stock of the
Company at the time the Plan is approved by the  stockholders  and other than an
affiliate) owning 80 percent or more of the combined voting power of all classes
of stock of the  Company,  the  Options  shall  terminate,  except to the extent
provision is made in connection with such  transaction for the assumption of the
Options,  or for the  substitution  for such Options of new options covering the
stock of a successor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate
adjustments  as to the number and kinds of shares and exercise  price,  in which
event the Options shall  continue in the manner and under the terms so provided.
In the event of any such  termination  of the Options,  Optionee  shall have the
right  (subject  to the  general  limitations  on  exercise  set forth  herein),
immediately  prior to the occurrence of such  termination and during such period
occurring  prior to such  termination  as the  Committee in its sole  discretion
shall  designate,  to exercise such Options in whole or in part,  whether or not
such  Options  were  otherwise  exercisable  at the time such  termination.  The
Committee  shall  send  written  notice of an event  that will  result in such a
termination  to the Optionee not later than the time at which the Company  gives
notice thereof to its stockholders.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing (but only if
expressly  provided  in any  option  agreement),  in the event of a  transaction
described  in this  Section  9(b),  the  Board  of  Directors  may,  in its sole
discretion,  cancel any outstanding  Options and pay or deliver,  or cause to be
paid or delivered,  to the holder thereof an amount in cash or securities having
a value (as determined by the Board of Directors  acting in good faith) equal to
the product of (A) the number of shares of Common  Stock (the  "Option  Shares")
that, as of the date of  consummation  of such  transaction,  the holder of such
Options had become  entitled to purchase (and had not  purchased)  multiplied by
(B) the  amount,  if any, by which (1) the formula or fixed price per share paid
to holders of shares of Common Stock  pursuant to such  transaction  exceeds (2)
the Option Price applicable to such Option Shares.

                                       4
<PAGE>

SECTION 10.  REPRESENTATIONS.  Optionee  represents  and warrants to the Company
that,  upon  exercise of the Options,  Optionee  will be acquiring the shares of
Stock for  Optionee's  own account for the purpose of investment  and not with a
view to or for sale in connection with any  distribution  thereof,  and Optionee
understands that (i) neither the Options nor the Stock have been registered with
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  by  reason  of their  issuance  in a
transaction  exempt  from the  registration  requirements  and  (ii) the  shares
acquired  pursuant  to  exercise of the  Options  must be held  indefinitely  by
Optionee  unless a  subsequent  disposition  thereof  is  registered  under  the
Securities Act or is exempt from such  registration.  The stock certificates for
any shares of Stock issued to Optionee will bear the following legend:

              THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
              REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT
              BE SOLD,  TRANSFERRED  OR  OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF UNLESS
              THEY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THAT ACT OR AN EXEMPTION
              FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

SECTION 11.  TRANSFERS.  Optionee may  transfer,  not for value,  all or part of
Options  or  Restricted  Stock to any  Family  Member.  For the  purpose of this
Section 11, a "not for value" transfer is a transfer which is (i) a gift, (ii) a
transfer  under a domestic  relations  order in settlement  of marital  property
rights; or (iii) a transfer to an entity in which more than fifty percent of the
voting  interests are owned by Family  Members (or the Optionee) in exchange for
an interest in that entity. Optionee must provide the Company with a notice of a
transfer  of the  Options or  Restricted  Stock in the form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit B. If requested by Optionee, the Company will cooperate with Optionee in
determining  the value of the Company  common stock at the time of the transfer.
Following a transfer under this Section 11, any such Options or Restricted Stock
shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable
immediately prior to transfer.  Subsequent  transfers of transferred  Options or
Restricted  Stock  are  prohibited  except  to Family  Members  of the  original
Optionee in  accordance  with this  Section 11 or by will or the laws of descent
and distribution.  The events of termination of employment or other relationship
of Section 3 hereof  shall  continue to be applied  with respect to the original
Optionee,  following  which the Options shall be  exercisable  by the transferee
only to the extent and for the periods  specified  in Sections 3 and 4.  "Family
Member"  means  a  person  who  is  a  child,  stepchild,   grandchild,  parent,
stepparent,   niece,   nephew,   mother-in-law,    father-in-law,    son-in-law,
daughter-in-law,    brother-in-law,   or   sister-in-law,   including   adoptive
relationships,  of the Optionee,  any person  sharing the  Optionee's  household
(other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than
fifty percent of the  beneficial  interest,  a foundation in which these persons
(or the  Optionee)  control the  management  of assets,  and any other entity in
which these  persons (or the Optionee) own more than fifty percent of the voting
interests.

SECTION 12. LIMITATION ON RIGHTS IN COMPANY STOCK.

       (a) Neither the Optionee,  his or her  Post-Death  Representatives  nor a
transferee  pursuant to Section 11 shall have any of the rights of a shareholder
with respect to shares of Stock covered by the Options until shares of Stock are
issued to him, her, or them upon exercise of the Options.

       (b) Prior to  exercise  of the  Options,  the  Company  may  require  the
Optionee or a transferee  pursuant to Section 11 to execute a restrictive  stock
agreement,  lock-up agreement or any other agreement  restricting the Optionee's
ability to transfer Stock subsequent to the exercise of the Options in such form
as the Company shall reasonably determine to be appropriate.

SECTION 13. NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall
confer on the Optionee any right or expectation to continue in the employ of his
or her  employer or the Company or to  interfere in any manner with the absolute
right of the  employer  or the  Company to change or  terminate  the  Optionee's
employment at any time for any reason or no reason.

SECTION 14. AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement may be amended in writing by the Company
and Optionee, provided that the Company may amend this Agreement unilaterally if
the amendment  does not  adversely  affect or impair the rights of the Optionee.
The Company shall give notice to the Optionee of any such  unilateral  amendment
either before or promptly after the effective date thereof.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this
Agreement in duplicate as of the Grant Date.


                                       5
<PAGE>


                                      SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION



                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Vice President - General Counsel





                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Optionee



                                       6
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                              OPTION EXERCISE FORM


                        TO BE EXECUTED BY THE OPTIONEE TO
                      EXERCISE THE RIGHTS TO PURCHASE STOCK
                       EVIDENCED BY THE FOREGOING OPTIONS



TO:           SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION


              I, (First and Last Name) , a Participant under the SAVVIS Holdings
Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), do hereby exercise the right to
purchase ___________ shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of SAVVIS Holdings
Corporation pursuant to the Options dated (Date of Grant) under the Plan.

              Enclosed herewith is:

              (i)    $___________, or

              (ii)   shares of Common Stock, properly endorsed or accompanies by
                     a duly  executed  stock power,  with a Fair Market Value of
                     $________________,

an amount  equal to the total  Option Price for the shares of Common Stock being
purchased pursuant to this Option Exercise Form.


Date:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                              Signature


                                         ADDRESS OF OPTIONEE:

                                         ---------------------------------------

                                         ---------------------------------------

                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         [Insert Optionee's Address]



Send a completed copy of this Option Exercise Form to:

                  SAVVIS Holdings Corporation
                  717 Office Parkway
                  St. Louis, MO  63141-7115
                  Attn:  Vice President and General Counsel


                                       7
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                     OPTION/RESTRICTED STOCK TRANSFER NOTICE



NOTICE dated as of ____________, 199__ by _________________ (the "Optionee").

                  1.  Optionee has given,  transferred  and delivered to [Family
Transferee]  all of Optionee's  right,  title and interest in ________ shares of
Restricted Stock or in options to acquire  ___________ shares of common stock of
the Company on the terms and conditions  contained in the Option Agreement (copy
attached) pursuant to which the Options were granted.

                  2. By accepting this transfer,  [Family Transferee] has agreed
to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Option  Agreement,  including any
restrictions  contained therein, and the [Family Transferee's]  signature on the
Notice indicates such agreement.


                                         OPTIONEE



                                         ---------------------------------------
                                          [Name]

AGREED:

[FAMILY TRANSFEREE]


- ---------------------------------------

[Name]

ADDRESS:

- ---------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------


================================================================================
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER



                                      Among
                        BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.,
                            SAVVIS ACQUISITION CORP.,

                                       and

                           SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION




                          Dated as of February 19, 1999



================================================================================

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                      Page
                                                                                      ----
                                    ARTICLE I
                                   THE MERGER

<S>               <C>                                                                   <C>
SECTION 1.01      The Merger.............................................................2
SECTION 1.02      Effect of the Merger...................................................2
SECTION 1.03      Consummation of the Merger.............................................2
SECTION 1.04      Charter, Bylaws, Directors and Officers................................2
SECTION 1.05      Further Assurances.....................................................2


                                   ARTICLE II
                            CONVERSION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01      Exchange Ratio.........................................................3
SECTION 2.02      Stock Options, Series A Warrants, Rollover Warrants, Etc...............5
SECTION 2.03      Conversion of Capital Stock of Acquisition Corp........................5
SECTION 2.04      Dissenting Shares......................................................5
SECTION 2.05      Surrender and Exchange of Shares.......................................6
SECTION 2.06      Dissenting Shares After Payment of Fair Value..........................7
SECTION 2.07      Closing of Stock Transfer Books........................................7


                                   ARTICLE III
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                 OF THE COMPANY

SECTION 3.01      Organization and Qualification.........................................7
SECTION 3.02      Authorization of Agreements, Etc.......................................8
SECTION 3.03      Validity...............................................................8
SECTION 3.04      Capitalization.........................................................8
SECTION 3.05      Financial Statements, Etc..............................................9
SECTION 3.06      Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities.....................................9
SECTION 3.07      Absence of Certain Changes or Events...................................9

</TABLE>


                                       ii

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      Page
                                                                                      ----
<S>               <C>                                                                  <C>
SECTION 3.08      Governmental Approvals................................................10
SECTION 3.09      Litigation............................................................10
SECTION 3.10      Trade Secrets.........................................................11
SECTION 3.11      Title to Properties...................................................11
SECTION 3.12      Use of Real Property..................................................11
SECTION 3.13      Personal Property.....................................................12
SECTION 3.14      Intellectual Property Rights..........................................12
SECTION 3.15      Labor Matters.........................................................12
SECTION 3.16      Taxes.................................................................13
SECTION 3.17      Compliance with Law; Permits..........................................14
SECTION 3.18      Employee Benefit Plans................................................15
SECTION 3.19      Environmental Matters.................................................17
SECTION 3.20      Contracts.............................................................17
SECTION 3.21      Insurance.............................................................18
SECTION 3.22      Pending Transactions..................................................19
SECTION 3.23      Claims Against Officers and Directors.................................19
SECTION 3.24      Customers, Suppliers, Etc.............................................19
SECTION 3.25      Account Receivable and Advances.......................................20
SECTION 3.26      Improper and Other Payments...........................................20
SECTION 3.27      Accuracy of Statements................................................20
SECTION 3.28      Brokers...............................................................20


                                   ARTICLE IV
                          REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES
                                    OF PARENT

SECTION 4.01      Organization and Qualification........................................21
SECTION 4.02      Authorization of Agreements, Etc......................................21
SECTION 4.03      Validity..............................................................21
SECTION 4.04      Capitalization........................................................22
SECTION 4.05      Financial Statements..................................................22
SECTION 4.06      Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities....................................23
SECTION 4.07      Governmental Approvals................................................23
SECTION 4.08      Litigation............................................................23
SECTION 4.09      Compliance with Laws..................................................24
SECTION 4.10      Brokers...............................................................24

</TABLE>

                                       iii


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    ARTICLE V
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                              OF ACQUISITION CORP.

                                                                                      Page
                                                                                      ----
<S>               <C>                                                                   <C>
SECTION 5.01      Organization and Qualification........................................24
SECTION 5.02      Authorization of Agreements, Etc......................................24
SECTION 5.03      Validity..............................................................25
SECTION 5.04      Governmental Approvals................................................25
SECTION 5.05      Brokers...............................................................25


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                    COVENANTS

SECTION 6.01      Conduct of the Company's Business.....................................25
SECTION 6.02      Stockholder Approval, Etc.............................................27
SECTION 6.03      Access to Information.................................................28
SECTION 6.04      Further Assurances....................................................29
SECTION 6.05      Inquiries and Negotiations............................................29
SECTION 6.06      Notification of Certain Matters.......................................30
SECTION 6.07      Employee Matters......................................................30
SECTION 6.08      Company Stock Plans...................................................31
SECTION 6.09      Warrants..............................................................31
SECTION 6.10      Indemnification.......................................................32
SECTION 6.11      Registration Rights...................................................33
SECTION 6.12      Representation Agreement..............................................33
SECTION 6.13      Pooling of Interests..................................................34


                                   ARTICLE VII
                            CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

SECTION 7.01      Conditions to Each Party's Obligation to Effect the Merger............34
SECTION 7.02      Conditions to the Obligation of the Company to Effect the Merger......35
SECTION 7.03      Conditions to the Obligation of Parent and Acquisition Corp.
                  to Effect the Merger..................................................36

</TABLE>

                                       iv

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                           TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT

                                                                                      Page
                                                                                      ----

<S>               <C>                                                                   <C>
SECTION 8.01      Termination and Abandonment...........................................38
SECTION 8.02      Effect of Termination.................................................38


                                   ARTICLE IX
                  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS; INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 9.01      Survival of Representations...........................................39
SECTION 9.02      General Indemnity.....................................................39
SECTION 9.03      Conditions of Indemnification.........................................39
SECTION 9.04      Limitations on Indemnification and Remedies...........................41
SECTION 9.05      Exclusive Remedies....................................................42


                                    ARTICLE X
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.01     Expenses, Etc     ....................................................42
SECTION 10.02     Publicity, Confidentiality............................................43
SECTION 10.03     Execution in Counterparts.............................................43
SECTION 10.04     Notices...............................................................43
SECTION 10.05     Waivers...............................................................44
SECTION 10.06     Amendments, Supplements, Etc..........................................44
SECTION 10.07     Entire Agreement......................................................44
SECTION 10.08     Applicable Law........................................................45
SECTION 10.09     Binding Effect, Benefits..............................................45
SECTION 10.10     Assignability.........................................................45
SECTION 10.11     Severability..........................................................45
SECTION 10.12     Variation and Amendment...............................................45

</TABLE>


                                       v

<PAGE>



                         INDEX TO SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

         Schedule                           Description
         --------                           -----------

         I                                  Stockholders
         II                                 Consideration
         3.01(a)                            Jurisdictions
         3.01(b)                            Subsidiaries
         3.04                               Capitalization
         3.05                               Financial Statements
         3.06                               Certain Liabilities
         3.07                               Certain Changes or Events
         3.08                               Governmental Approvals
         3.09                               Litigation
         3.11                               Liens and Encumbrances
         3.12                               Real Property Interests
         3.13                               Personal Property Interests
         3.14                               Intellectual Property Rights
         3.15                               Labor Matters
         3.16                               Taxes
         3.17                               Permits
         3.18                               Employee Benefit Plans
         3.19                               Environmental Matters
         3.20                               Contracts
         3.21                               Insurance
         3.24                               Customers; Suppliers, etc.
         3.25                               Accounts Receivable
         3.26                               Improper Payments
         3.28                               Brokers
         4.07                               Governmental Approvals
         4.08                               Litigation
         4.11                               Brokers
         5.04                               Governmental Approvals
         5.5                                Brokers
         6.07                               Employee Matters


                                       vi

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


         Exhibit                            Description
         -------                            -----------
<S>     <C>                                <C>
         A                                  Form of Escrow Agreement
         B-1                                Form of Opinion of Bryan Cave LLC
         B-2                                Form of Opinion of Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard
                                            & Kristol

</TABLE>

                                       vii


<PAGE>



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

                  AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of
March 19, 1999, among BRIDGE INFORMATION  SYSTEMS,  INC., a Missouri corporation
("PARENT"),  SAVVIS ACQUISITION  CORP., a Delaware  corporation and wholly-owned
subsidiary of Parent ("ACQUISITION  CORP."), and SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION,  a
Delaware  corporation  (the  "COMPANY").  The Company and Acquisition  Corp. are
hereinafter  sometimes  referred to as the  "CONSTITUENT  CORPORATIONS"  and the
Company as the "SURVIVING CORPORATION".

                  WHEREAS, Parent, Acquisition Corp. and the Company desire that
Acquisition Corp. merge with and into the Company (the "MERGER"), upon the terms
and  subject  to the  conditions  set forth  herein and in  accordance  with the
General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DELAWARE GCL"), with the
result that the Company  shall  continue as the  surviving  corporation  and the
separate  existence  of  Acquisition  Corp.  (except as it may be  continued  by
operation of law) shall cease; and

                  WHEREAS,  Acquisition Corp. and the Company desire that at the
Effective Time (as hereinafter  defined) (i) all  outstanding  shares of capital
stock of the Company (excluding (x) any shares of capital stock held in treasury
of the Company and (y) any Dissenting Shares (as hereinafter  defined)) and (ii)
certain outstanding  warrants, be converted into the right to receive fully paid
and  nonassessable  shares of Class A Common  Stock,  $.01 par value,  of Parent
("PARENT COMMON STOCK"), as hereinafter provided; and

                  WHEREAS,  Parent,  Acquisition  Corp.  and the Company  desire
that, immediately after the Effective Time and solely as a result of the Merger,
Parent will own all of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of the Company;
and

                  WHEREAS,  the  respective  Boards of  Directors  of Parent and
Acquisition Corp. have approved the Merger; and

                  WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has unanimously
approved the Merger;

                  WHEREAS,  Parent,  Acquisition  Corp. and the Company  entered
into an  Agreement  and Plan of  Merger,  dated as of  February  17,  1999  (the
"Original Merger Agreement"); and

                  WHEREAS,  Parent,  Acquisition Corp. and the Company desire to
clarify  certain  provisions of the Original Merger  Agreement  pursuant to this
amendment and restatement; and


<PAGE>



                  NOW,    THEREFORE,    in    consideration    of   the   mutual
representations,  warranties,  covenants,  agreements and  conditions  contained
herein, and in order to set forth the terms and conditions of the Merger and the
mode of carrying  the same into  effect,  the  parties  hereto  hereby  agree as
follows:


                                   ARTICLE I.

                                   THE MERGER

                  SECTION 1.01. The Merger.  Subject to the terms and conditions
of this Agreement,  at the Effective Time, in accordance with this Agreement and
the Delaware GCL,  Acquisition  Corp. shall be merged with and into the Company,
the separate  existence of Acquisition  Corp.  (except as it may be continued by
operation of law) shall cease,  and the Company shall  continue as the surviving
corporation.

                  SECTION 1.02. Effect of the Merger.  Upon the effectiveness of
the  Merger,  the  Surviving  Corporation  shall  succeed to, and assume all the
rights and obligations of, the Company and Acquisition  Corp. in accordance with
the Delaware GCL and the Merger  shall  otherwise  have the effects set forth in
Section 259 of the Delaware GCL.

                  SECTION  1.03.   Consummation  of  the  Merger.   As  soon  as
practicable   after  the  satisfaction  or  waiver  of  the  conditions  to  the
obligations of the parties to effect the Merger set forth herein,  provided that
this Agreement has not been terminated previously, the parties hereto will cause
the Merger to be  consummated by filing with the Secretary of State of the State
of Delaware a properly  executed  certificate  of merger in accordance  with the
Delaware GCL (the time of such filing being the "EFFECTIVE TIME").

                  SECTION 1.04. Charter,  Bylaws,  Directors and Officers. As of
the Effective Time, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Surviving  Corporation  shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of Acquisition
Corp., until thereafter amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and as
provided by the Delaware  GCL. The Amended and Restated  Bylaws of the Surviving
Corporation from and after the Effective Time shall be the Bylaws of Acquisition
Corp. as in effect  immediately  prior to the Effective Time,  continuing  until
thereafter amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and the Certificate
of  Incorporation  of the Surviving  Corporation and as provided by the Delaware
GCL.  The  initial  directors  and  officers,  respectively,  of  the  Surviving
Corporation shall be (i) the directors of Acquisition Corp. immediately prior to
the Effective Time and (ii) the officers of the Company immediately prior to the
Effective  Time,  respectively,  in each case until their removal or until their
respective successors are duly elected and qualified.

                  SECTION  1.05.  Further  Assurances.  If at any time after the
Effective Time the Surviving  Corporation  shall consider or be advised that any
deeds, bills of sale, assignments or


                                       2
<PAGE>


assurances or any other acts or things are necessary, desirable or proper (i) to
vest, perfect or confirm, of record or otherwise,  in the Surviving Corporation,
its right,  title or  interest  in, to or under any of the  rights,  privileges,
powers,   franchises,   properties  or  assets  of  either  of  the  Constituent
Corporations, or (ii) otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the
Surviving  Corporation  and its proper officers and directors or their designees
shall be authorized to execute and deliver,  in the name and on behalf of either
of the Constituent Corporations,  all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments and
assurances  and do, in the name and on behalf of such  Constituent  Corporation,
all such other acts and things necessary,  desirable or proper to vest,  perfect
or  confirm  its right,  title or  interest  in, to or under any of the  rights,
privileges,  powers,  franchises,  properties  or  assets  of  such  Constituent
Corporation and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE II.

                            CONVERSION OF SECURITIES

                  SECTION 2.01. Exchange Ratio. At the Effective Time, by virtue
of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof:

                  (a)  Preferred Stock.

                  (i) Each share of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock, $.001
         par value, of the Company ("COMPANY SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK"),  issued
         and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective  Time (other than
         shares to be canceled  pursuant to  paragraph  (d) of this Section 2.01
         and  Dissenting  Shares)  shall be converted  into the right to receive
         .4907753 shares of Parent Common Stock (the "SERIES A EXCHANGE RATIO").

                  (ii) Each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $.001
         par value, of the Company ("COMPANY SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK"),  issued
         and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective  Time (other than
         shares to be canceled  pursuant to  paragraph  (d) of this Section 2.01
         and  Dissenting  Shares)  shall be converted  into the right to receive
         .0461255 shares of Parent Common Stock (the "SERIES B EXCHANGE RATIO").

                  (iii) Each share of Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock, $.001
         par value, of the Company ("COMPANY SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK"),  issued
         and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective  Time (other than
         shares to be canceled  pursuant to  paragraph  (d) of this Section 2.01
         and Dissenting Shares) shall be converted into the right to receive the
         number  of  shares  of  Parent  Common  Stock  equal  to the sum of (i)
         .0461255 and (ii) the product of .0461255 and the amount of accrued but
         unpaid dividends thereon (the "SERIES C EXCHANGE RATIO").


                                       3
<PAGE>


                  (iv) Each  warrant  to  purchase  shares of  Company  Series A
         Preferred  Stock (the "SERIES A  WARRANTS")  shall be assumed by Parent
         and  automatically  converted  into a warrant to purchase the number of
         shares of Parent Common Stock equal to the product of (x) the number of
         shares of Company  Series A Preferred  Stock  remaining  subject (as of
         immediately  prior to the  Effective  Time) to the Series A Warrant and
         (y) .4907753  (the "SERIES A WARRANT  EXCHANGE  RATIO"),  as more fully
         described in Section 6.09 hereof.

                  (b) Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock, $.001 par value,
of the Company  ("COMPANY  COMMON STOCK"),  issued and  outstanding  immediately
prior to the  Effective  Time  (other  than  shares to be  canceled  pursuant to
paragraph  (d) of this Section 2.01 and  Dissenting  Shares)  shall be converted
into the right to  receive  the  number of shares of Parent  Common  Stock  (the
"COMMON  STOCK  EXCHANGE  RATIO"),  determined by  application  of the following
formula:

                  (i) Add (A) the number of outstanding shares of Company Series
         A Preferred Stock  multiplied by the Series A Exchange  Ratio,  (B) the
         number  of  outstanding  shares of  Company  Series B  Preferred  Stock
         multiplied  by  the  Series  B  Exchange  Ratio,   (C)  the  number  of
         outstanding  shares of Company Series C Preferred Stock by the Series C
         Exchange  Ratio  and (D) the  number  of  shares  of  Company  Series A
         Preferred  Stock  remaining  subject  (as of  immediately  prior to the
         Effective  Time) to the  Series A Warrant  multiplied  by the  Series A
         Warrant Exchange Ratio. The total constitutes the "PREFERRED UNITS."

                  (ii)  Subtract  the  Preferred  Units  from   3,250,000.   The
         remainder constitutes the "COMMON UNITS".

                  (iii) Add (A) the  number  of  outstanding  shares of  Company
         Common  Stock,  (B) the number of shares  issuable upon exercise of the
         outstanding  options  (the  "OPTIONS")  issued  under  the 1997  SAVVIS
         Communications   Stock  Option  Plan  and  the  1998  SAVVIS   Holdings
         Corporation Stock Option Plan (collectively,  the "COMPANY STOCK OPTION
         PLANS"),  (C) 10,334,327  (the number of shares of Company Common Stock
         issuable upon exercise of the warrants (the "SERIES C WARRANTS") issued
         pursuant to the Warrant  Agreement  dated March 3, 1998 (the  "SERIES C
         WARRANT  AGREEMENT"))  and (D) 53,919  (the number of shares of Company
         Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  conversion  of the shares of Company
         Series A Preferred  Stock  issuable  upon exercise of the warrants (the
         "SERIES A  WARRANTS")  of the  Company).  This  total  constitutes  the
         "COMMON EQUIVALENTS".

                  (iv)  Divide the Common  Units by the  Common  Equivalents  to
         determine the "COMMON STOCK EXCHANGE RATIO".

                  Each of the Common  Stock  Exchange  Ratio,  Series A Exchange
Ratio,  Series B Exchange  Ratio and Series C Exchange Ratio shall be calculated
as of five days prior to the

                                       4
<PAGE>



Effective  Time and set forth on  Schedule  II  hereto  (to be  provided  at the
Effective  Time) along with the number of shares of Parent Common Stock issuable
to each of the  stockholders  of the Company  named in Schedule I hereto  (being
hereinafter   called   individually  a  "STOCKHOLDER"  and   collectively,   the
"STOCKHOLDERS"), and each of the Company's warrant holders and option holders.

                  (c)  Warrants.  At the Effective  Time,  the Series C Warrants
shall be terminated  and  automatically  converted into the right to receive the
number of shares of Parent  Common  Stock equal to the product of (i) the number
of shares of  Company  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Series C
Warrants and (ii) the Common Stock Exchange Ratio.

                  (d) Treasury  Stock.  Each share of capital stock that is held
in the  treasury  of the Company  shall be  canceled  and retired and no capital
stock of  Parent,  cash or other  consideration  shall be paid or  delivered  in
exchange therefor.

                  SECTION  2.02.  Stock  Options,  Series A  Warrants,  Rollover
Warrants,  etc. (a) At the Effective Time, each outstanding  option issued under
the Company  Stock  Option  Plans  shall be assumed by Parent and  automatically
converted  into an option to purchase  shares of Parent Common Stock as provided
in Section 6.08 hereof.

                  (b) At the Effective Time, each  outstanding  Series A Warrant
shall be  assumed  by Parent  and  automatically  converted  into a  warrant  to
purchase shares of Parent Common Stock as provided in Section 6.09 hereof.

                  (c) At the  Effective  Time,  each  outstanding  warrant  (the
"ROLLOVER  WARRANTS") issued pursuant to the Rollover Warrant Agreement dated as
of March 3, 1998, as supplemented (the "ROLLOVER WARRANT  AGREEMENT"),  shall be
assumed by Parent and automatically  converted into a warrant to purchase shares
of Parent Common Stock as provided in Section 6.09 hereof.

                  SECTION  2.03.  Conversion  of  Capital  Stock of  Acquisition
Corp.. At the Effective  Time,  each share of Common Stock of Acquisition  Corp.
issued and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the  Effective  Time shall remain
outstanding and, by virtue of the Merger,  automatically  and without any action
on the part of the holder  thereof,  be  converted  into and become one  validly
issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable  share of Common  Stock of the Surviv ing
Corporation.

                  SECTION 2.04. Dissenting Shares.  Notwithstanding  anything in
this Agreement to the contrary,  shares of capital stock of the Company that are
outstanding  immediately  prior  to the  Effective  Time  and  that  are held by
Stockholders  who have not  voted  such  shares  in  favor of the  approval  and
adoption of this  Agreement  and who shall have  delivered a written  demand for
appraisal  of such shares in the manner  provided in Section 262 of the Delaware
GCL ("DISSENTING SHARES") shall not be converted into or be exchangeable for the
right to receive the  consideration  provided in Section 2.01 of this Agreement,
but the  holders of such shares  shall be  entitled to payment of the  appraised
value of such shares in accordance with the provisions of

                                       5
<PAGE>


Section 262 of the Delaware GCL;  provided,  however,  that (i) if any holder of
Dissenting Shares shall subsequently  deliver a written withdrawal of his demand
for  appraisal  of such  shares  (with the  written  approval  of the  Surviving
Corporation,  if such  withdrawal  is not  tendered  within  60 days  after  the
Effective  Time),  or (ii) if any holder fails to perfect or loses his appraisal
rights as provided in Section 262 of the Delaware GCL, or (iii) if any holder of
Dissenting  Shares fails to demand  payment  within the time period  provided in
Section  262 of the  Delaware  GCL,  such  holder  shall  forfeit  the  right to
appraisal of such shares and such shares shall  thereupon be deemed to have been
converted into and to have become  exchangeable  for, as of the Effective  Time,
the  right  to  receive  the  consideration  provided  in  Section  2.01 of this
Agreement, without any interest thereon.

                  SECTION 2.05.  Surrender and Exchange of Shares.

                  (a) Upon  surrender by a Stockholder  for  cancellation  of an
outstanding  certificate  or  certificates,  duly  endorsed,  that prior thereto
represented shares of the capital stock of the Company,  Parent shall deliver to
such  Stockholder  a  certificate  representing  the  number of shares of Parent
Common Stock set forth opposite such Stockholder's name on Schedule II under the
heading "Number of Shares of Parent Common Stock Received".

                  (b) At the Effective Time,  Parent shall deliver to the ESCROW
AGENT (the "Escrow Agent")  designated under the escrow agreement  substantially
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Escrow  Agreement") a certificate
or  certificates  representing  10% of the aggregate  number of shares of Parent
Common Stock issuable to the  Stockholders  pursuant to Section  2.01(a) and (b)
hereto (such shares are  collectively  hereinafter  referred to as the "ESCROWED
SHARES").  Schedule II will set forth the number of Escrowed Shares allocable to
each Stockholder under the heading "Number of Escrowed Shares".

                  (c) If a certificate  representing shares of the capital stock
of the Company has been lost, stolen or destroyed, and a replacement certificate
has not been issued as of the  Effective  Time,  the holder of such  certificate
shall submit an affidavit describing the lost, stolen or destroyed  certificate,
the  number  of  shares  evidenced  thereby  and  affirming  the  status of that
certificate in lieu of surrendering such certificate to Parent, which shall deem
such certificate canceled.  Until so surrendered,  each outstanding  certificate
that,  prior to the Effective Time,  represented  shares of the capital stock of
the Company that shall have been converted as aforesaid  shall be deemed for all
corporate purposes, except as hereinafter provided, to evidence the ownership of
the consideration into which such shares have been so converted.

                  (d) No certificates  representing  fractional shares of Parent
Common Stock shall be issued upon the  surrender  for  exchange of  certificates
evidencing  stock of the Company held by the  Stockholders,  and such fractional
share interests will not entitle the owner thereof to vote or to any rights of a
shareholder of Parent. Each holder of shares of the capital stock of the Company
who would  otherwise have been entitled to receive in the Merger a fraction of a
share of Parent  Common  Stock  (after  taking  into  account  all  certificates
surrendered by such holder)


                                       6
<PAGE>


shall be entitled to receive from Parent at the Effective Time, in lieu thereof,
cash (without interest) in an amount equal to such fractional part of a share of
Parent  Common  Stock  multiplied  by $21.68  (the  "PRICE  PER  SHARE").  It is
understood  (i) that the payment of cash in lieu of fractional  shares of Parent
Common Stock is solely for the purpose of avoiding the expense and inconvenience
to  Parent  of  issuing  fractional  shares  and does not  represent  separately
bargained  for  consideration;  and (ii) that no  holder  of  shares of  Company
capital  stock will receive cash in lieu of  fractional  shares of Parent Common
Stock in an amount  greater  than the value of one full  share of Parent  Common
Stock.


                  SECTION 2.06.  Dissenting  Shares After Payment of Fair Value.
Dissenting  Shares,  if any, after payment of fair value in respect thereto have
been made to  dissenting  Stockholders  pursuant to the Delaware  GCL,  shall be
canceled.

                  SECTION 2.07.  Closing of Stock Transfer  Books.  On and after
the Effective  Time,  there shall be no transfers on the stock transfer books of
the Company of shares of capital stock of the Company.


                                  ARTICLE III.

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                 OF THE COMPANY

                  The Company  represents and warrants to Parent and Acquisition
Corp. as follows:

                  SECTION 3.01. Organization and Qualification.  (a) The Company
is a corporation duly incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the State of  Delaware  and has all  requisite  corporate  power and
authority to own or lease and operate its  properties and assets and to carry on
its business as it is now being  conducted.  The Company is duly  qualified as a
foreign  corporation  to  do  business,   and  is  in  good  standing,  in  each
jurisdiction  in which the  character of its  properties  owned or leased or the
nature of its activities makes such  qualification  necessary,  except where the
failure  to be so  qualified  would not have a  material  adverse  effect on the
financial  condition,  operating  results or  business  of the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries  (as defined below) taken as a whole (a "COMPANY  MATERIAL  ADVERSE
EFFECT").  Schedule 3.01(a) sets forth those  jurisdictions in which the Company
is so qualified.

                  (b)  Except  as set  forth on  Schedule  3.01(b)  hereto,  the
Company does not own of record or beneficially,  directly or indirectly, (i) any
shares of capital  stock or  securities  convertible  into capital  stock of any
other corporation or (ii) any participating  interest in any partnership,  joint
venture or other  non-corporate  business  enterprise.  Each  Subsidiary is duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of
organization  and has all  requisite  power  and  authority  to own or lease and
operate its properties and assets and to

                                       7
<PAGE>



carry on its  business as it is now being  conducted.  Each  Subsidiary  is duly
qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction in which
the character of its properties  owned or leased or the nature of its activities
makes such qualification necessary,  except where the failure to be so qualified
would not have a Company  Material  Adverse Effect.  Schedule 3.01(b) sets forth
those jurisdictions in which each Subsidiary is so qualified.

                  "SUBSIDIARY" or "SUBSIDIARIES",  when used with respect to the
Company,  means any  corporation  or other  business  entity a majority of whose
outstanding equity securities is at the time owned,  directly or indirectly,  by
the Company and/or one or more other Subsidiaries of the Company.

                  SECTION 3.02.  Authorization  of Agreements,  Etc. The Company
has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and
the Escrow  Agreement and to perform its  obligations  hereunder and thereunder.
The  execution and delivery of this  Agreement  and the Escrow  Agreement by the
Company and the  performance  by the Company of its  obligations  hereunder  and
thereunder,  have been duly authorized by all requisite  corporate action of the
Company's  Board of  Directors  and will not violate any  provision  of law, any
order  of  any  court  or  other  agency  of  government,   the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or Bylaws of the  Company,  or any  provision  of any  indenture,
agreement or other  instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or
any of its properties or assets is bound or affected,  or conflict with,  result
in a  breach  of or  constitute  (with  due  notice  or lapse of time or both) a
default under any such indenture,  agreement or other  instrument,  or result in
the creation or imposition of any liens, charges, pledges, security interests or
other  encumbrances  of any nature  whatsoever  ("Liens") upon the properties or
assets of the Company.

                  SECTION 3.03. Validity.  Each of this Agreement and the Escrow
Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, upon approval
by the requisite  votes of the Company's  stockholders,  constitutes  the legal,
valid and binding obligation of the Company,  enforceable in accordance with its
terms.

                  SECTION 3.04. Capitalization. (a) The authorized capital stock
of the Company  consists of (i)  50,000,000  shares of Company  Common Stock and
(ii) 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock,  $.001 par value ("COMPANY  PREFERRED
STOCK"), of which 517,410 shares have been designated Company Series A Preferred
Stock,  5,649,241  shares have been designated  Company Series B Preferred Stock
and 30,000,000 shares have been designated  Company Series C Preferred Stock. Of
such authorized capital stock, 1,698,073 shares of Company Common Stock, 502,410
shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock, 5,649,241 shares of Company Series B
Preferred  Stock and 30,000,000  shares of Company Series C Preferred  Stock are
validly  issued and  outstanding,  fully paid and  nonassessable.  Except as set
forth on Schedule 3.04, no subscription,  warrant, option, convertible security,
stock  appreciation or other right  (contingent or other) to purchase or acquire
any shares of any class of capital  stock of the  Company or any  Subsidiary  is
authorized or outstanding  and there is not any commitment of the Company or any
Subsidiaries to issue any shares,  warrants,  options or other such rights or to
distribute to holders


                                       8
<PAGE>

of any class of its  capital  stock any  evidences  of  indebtedness  or assets.
Except as set forth on Schedule 3.04, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has
any obligation  (contingent or other) to purchase,  redeem or otherwise  acquire
any shares of its capital  stock or any interest  therein or to pay any dividend
or make any other  distribution in respect  thereof.  Schedule 3.04 sets forth a
complete  and correct list as of the date hereof of the holders of record of the
Company Common Stock and Company  Preferred Stock and the holders of all options
or other rights to purchase  capital stock of the Company,  including by name of
the holder the number of shares or the number of shares  obtainable  on exercise
of options or rights held.

                  (b) Each of BCI Growth IV, L.P., First Union Capital Partners,
Inc., Sixty Wall Street SBIC Fund, L.P. and J.P. Morgan  Investment  Corporation
(representing,  in the  aggregate,  at least  two-thirds of the Company Series C
Preferred  Stock) have (i)  approved  this  Agreement,  the Merger and the other
actions  contemplated  hereby  (ii)  waived  its right to treat the  Merger as a
Liquidation  Event  under  Article  Fifth,  Section  C.1.(c)  of  the  Company's
Certificate of  Incorporation,  (iii) waived its rights under the put provisions
set  forth in  Sections  10 and 11 of the  Series C Warrant  Agreement  and (iv)
agreed to terminate,  as of the Effective  Time, the Investor  Rights and Voting
Agreement,  as amended (the "INVESTOR RIGHTS AND VOTING  AGREEMENT"),  among the
Company and certain of its stockholders.

                  SECTION  3.05.  Financial  Statements,  Etc.  The  Company has
previously  furnished to Parent (i) the audited  consolidated  balance sheets of
the Company and the  Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 and the
related audited consolidated statements of operations,  stockholders' equity and
cash flows for the three years then ended  December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995, in
each case certified by Ernst & Young LLP,  Parent's  independent  auditors,  and
(ii)  the  unaudited   consolidated   balance  sheet  of  the  Company  and  the
Subsidiaries  as of December  31, 1998 and the  related  unaudited  consolidated
statements  of  operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for the twelve
months  then ended  (collectively,  the  "COMPANY  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS").  The
Company  Financial  Statements are attached hereto as Schedule 3.05. The Company
Financial Statements were prepared from the books and records of the Company and
the  Subsidiaries  and present fairly in all material  respects the consolidated
financial  position  of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  as of the  respective
dates  specified  therein  and the  consolidated  results of  operations  of the
Company and the  Subsidiaries  for the respective  periods then ended,  and were
prepared in conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles in the
United States ("GAAP"),  subject, in the case of the unaudited Company Financial
Statements,  to the absence of certain  footnote  disclosures,  normal  year-end
audit adjustments and, if audited, a going concern qualification.

                  SECTION 3.06.  Absence of Undisclosed  Liabilities.  Except as
would not have a Company  Material Adverse Effect or to the extent (i) reflected
on the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the Subsidiaries as
of December 31, 1997 referred to above, (ii) incurred since December 31, 1997 in
the ordinary course of business  consistent with past practice,  (iii) reflected
on the unaudited  consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the Subsidiaries
as of December 31, 1998, or (iv) set forth on Schedule 3.06 hereto, neither the

                                       9
<PAGE>


Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has any material  liabilities or obligations
of any kind or nature, whether known or unknown or secured or unsecured (whether
absolute,  accrued,  contingent or otherwise,  and whether due or to become due)
that would be required to be reflected on a balance sheet, or the notes thereto,
prepared in accordance with GAAP.  Since December 31, 1997,  neither the Company
nor any Subsidiary has suffered any Company Material Adverse Effect.

                  SECTION 3.07. Absence of Certain Changes or Events.  Except as
set forth on Schedule  3.07 hereto,  or as otherwise  disclosed in the financial
statements of the Company and the  Subsidiaries  as of and for the twelve months
ended December 31, 1998 referred to above,  since December 31, 1997, neither the
Company  nor any of the  Subsidiaries  has (i) issued any stock,  bonds or other
corporate  securities,  (ii) borrowed or  refinanced  any amount or incurred any
liabilities  (absolute or  contingent)  in excess of $100,000,  other than trade
payables  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of  business  consistent  with past
practice,  (iii)  discharged  or  satisfied  any claim in excess of  $100,000 or
incurred or paid any obligation or liability (absolute or contingent) other than
current liabilities shown on the balance sheet of the Company as of December 31,
1997 and current  liabilities  incurred  since the date of such balance sheet in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice,  (iv) declared or
made any payment or  distribution  to  stockholders or purchased or redeemed any
shares of its  capital  stock or other  securities,  (v)  mortgaged,  pledged or
subjected to lien any of its assets,  tangible or  intangible,  other than liens
for current taxes not yet due and payable,  (vi) sold,  assigned or  transferred
any of its  tangible  assets,  or  canceled  any debts or claims,  except in the
ordinary  course of  business  consistent  with past  practice  or as  otherwise
contemplated  hereby,  (vii) sold,  assigned  or  transferred  any  Intellectual
Property  Rights (as hereinafter  defined) or other  intangible  assets,  (viii)
knowingly waived any rights of substantial value, whether or not in the ordinary
course of business, (ix) entered into, adopted, amended or terminated any bonus,
profit sharing,  compensation,  termination,  stock option,  stock  appreciation
right,  restricted  stock,  performance  unit,  pension,  retirement,   deferred
compensation,  employment,  severance or other employee benefit plan, agreement,
trust,  fund or other  arrangement  for the benefit of any director,  officer or
employee,  or increased in any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of any
director or officer,  or increased the  compensation  or fringe  benefits of any
executive officer other than in the ordinary course of business  consistent with
past practice, or made any payment of a cash bonus to any director or officer or
to any  employee  of, or  consultant  or agent  to,  the  Company  or any of the
Subsidiaries  or made any other  material  change in the terms or  conditions of
employment,  (x) announced any plan or legally binding  commitment to create any
employee  benefit  plan,  program  or  arrangement  or to amend or modify in any
material  respect any existing  employee  benefit plan,  program or arrangement,
(xi) except as  contemplated  by Section  6.08  hereof,  eliminated  the vesting
conditions or otherwise  accelerated the payment of any compensation,  including
any stock options,  (xii) suffered any material  damage,  destruction or loss to
any of its  assets or  properties,  (xiii)  made any  change  in its  accounting
systems,  policies,  principles or practices, (xiv) made any loans to any person
other than expense advances to employees in the ordinary course of business,  or
(xv) to the extent not otherwise set forth herein, taken any action described in
Section 6.01 hereof.


                                       10
<PAGE>


                  SECTION 3.08. Governmental  Approvals.  Except as set forth on
Schedule  3.08,  no order,  authorization,  approval or consent  from, or filing
with, any Federal or state governmental or public body or other authority having
jurisdiction  over the  Company is  required  for the  execution,  delivery  and
performance  by the Company of this  Agreement and the Escrow  Agreement,  or is
necessary  in order to  ensure,  with  respect  to the  Company,  the  legality,
validity,  binding  effect or  enforceability  of this  Agreement and the Escrow
Agreement.

                  SECTION 3.09. Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09
hereto,  (i) there is no action,  suit,  dispute,  investigation,  proceeding or
claim pending or, to the best  knowledge of the Company,  threatened  against or
affecting the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or their respective properties
or rights,  or the business of the Company (the  "BUSINESS"),  before any court,
administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator,  mediator or other dispute
resolution  body,  and the  Company  is not aware of any facts or  circumstances
which may give rise to any such action, suit, dispute, investigation, proceeding
or claim,  (ii) the  Company  is not  subject to any  order,  judgment,  decree,
injunction,  stipulation,  or  consent  order  of or with  any  court  or  other
governmental agency, and (iii) the Company has not entered into any agreement to
settle or compromise any proceeding  pending or threatened  against it which has
involved any obligation other than the payment of money or for which the Company
has any continuing  obligation.  No such pending or threatened actions, suits or
proceedings,  if determined adversely,  would,  individually or in the aggregate
have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

                  SECTION 3.10.  Trade Secrets.  No third party has notified the
Company in writing  that any person  employed or otherwise  affiliated  with the
Company has, in respect of his or her  activities  to date,  violated any of the
terms or conditions of his or her employment  contract with any third party,  or
disclosed  or  utilized  any  trade  secrets  or   proprietary   information  or
documentation  of any third party, or interfered in the employment  relationship
between  any  third  party and any of its  employees.  To the  knowledge  of the
Company,  no person  employed by or  otherwise  affiliated  with the Company has
employed any trade secrets or any  information or  documentation  proprietary to
any former employer, or violated any confidential relationship which such person
may have had with any third party.

                  SECTION 3.11.  Title to  Properties.  The Company has good and
valid title to all of its assets and properties, in each case, free and clear of
any Liens,  except (i) as  described  in Schedule  3.11,  (ii) Liens for current
taxes not yet due, (iii)  mechanic's and  materialmen's  and other similar Liens
which may have  arisen in the  ordinary  course of  business  and which,  in the
aggregate,  would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect,  and (iv) security
interests  securing  indebtedness,  not in default for the purchase  price of or
rental payments on property purchased or leased under capital lease arrangements
in the ordinary course of business (collectively, "PERMITTED LIENS").

                  SECTION 3.12. Use of Real  Property.  The Company owns no real
property.  Each  lease or  agreement  to which the  Company is a party and under
which it is a lessee of any property, real or personal, owned by any third party
is a valid and subsisting agreement, without

                                       11
<PAGE>

any default of the Company  thereunder  and, to the  knowledge  of the  Company,
without  any default  thereunder  of any other  party  thereto.  The leased real
properties listed in Schedule 3.12 (the "LEASED PROPERTIES") hereto are used and
operated by the  Company in material  compliance  and  conformity  with all such
applicable leases. The Company has not received notice of any material violation
of any applicable zoning or building regulation,  ordinance or other law, order,
regulation or requirement  relating to the leased real property or assets of the
Company and, to the best knowledge of the Company, there are no such violations.
The  possession by the Company of such  property has not been  disturbed nor has
any claim been asserted in writing  against the Company adverse to its rights in
such leasehold interests.

                  SECTION 3.13. Personal Property.  Schedule 3.13 sets forth (i)
all of the tangible personal property used by the Company in its business having
an  original  acquisition  cost of  $200,000  or more,  and (ii) all  leases  of
personal  property binding upon the Company having an annual rental in excess of
$100,000.  All of such tangible personal  property is presently  utilized by the
Company and the  Subsidiaries  in the ordinary  course of its business and is in
good repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

                  SECTION  3.14.  Intellectual  Property  Rights.  The  patents,
trademarks and trade names, trademark and trade name registrations, servicemark,
brandmark and brand name registrations and copyrights, the applications therefor
and the licenses  with respect  thereto  (collectively,  "INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY
RIGHTS")  listed on Schedule  3.14 hereto  constitute  all material  proprietary
rights owned or held by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries  that are used in
the  conduct of the  Business.  Except as set forth on  Schedule  3.14,  (i) the
Company and the Subsidiaries  conduct the Business without infringement or claim
of infringement of any Intellectual  Property Right of others and the conduct by
the  Surviving  Corporation  after  the  Effective  Time  of  the  Business,  in
substantially the same manner as it is currently conducted, will not infringe or
misappropriate  or otherwise  violate the  Intellectual  Property  Rights of any
other person or  constitute a breach or violation of any  agreement  relating to
the Intellectual Property Rights listed on Schedule 3.14 (other than as a result
of  agreements to which Parent or any of its  affiliates  is a party);  (ii) the
Company or a  Subsidiary  of the Company is, and after the consum  mation of the
Merger will be, the sole and exclusive owner of each Intellectual Property Right
listed on Schedule  3.14,  in each case free and clear of any Liens  (other than
Permitted  Liens)  and,  to the best  knowledge  of the  Company,  no  person is
challenging,  infringing,  misappropriating  or  otherwise  violating  any  such
Intellectual  Property  Rights or  claiming  that the  conduct of the  Business,
infringes,  misappropriates  or  otherwise  violates the  Intellectual  Property
Rights of any third party;  (iii) the Company is not aware of any  impediment to
the  registration  of any trademark that is the subject of any  application  for
registration  listed on Schedule 3.14 that would have a Company Material Adverse
Effect; (iv) none of the Intellectual Property Rights listed on Schedule 3.14 is
the subject of any outstanding order, ruling,  decree,  judgment or stipulation;
(v) to the best knowledge of the Company, none of the activities of any employee
of the  Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  on  behalf  thereof  violates  any
obligations of such employee to third parties,  including,  without  limitation,
confidentiality  or  non-competition  obligations under agreements with a former
employer; (vi) the Company is not aware of any use by a third party of


                                       12
<PAGE>

any computer  software programs or applications that the Company considers to be
a trade  secret  belonging  to the  Company or the  Subsidiaries;  and (vii) the
Company and the Subsidiaries have taken and are taking reasonable precautions to
protect all material trade secrets and other confidential  information  relating
to its proprietary  computer  software  programs and applications or included in
the  Intellectual  Property  Rights  that are  material  to the  conduct  of the
Business.

                  SECTION 3.15.  Labor  Matters.  Neither the Company nor any of
the  Subsidiaries  is or has been a party to any collective  bargaining or union
agreement,  and no such agreement is or has been  applicable to any employees of
the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.  There are not any controversies between
the  Company or any of the  Subsidiaries  and any of such  employees  that might
reasonably  be  expected  to  materially  adversely  affect  the  conduct of the
Business,  or any unresolved  labor union grievances or unfair labor practice or
labor arbitration proceedings pending, or, to the best knowledge of the Company,
threatened relating to the Business. To the best knowledge of the Company, there
are no labor  unions  or  other  organizations  representing  or  purporting  to
represent any employees of the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries and there are
not any organizational  efforts currently being made or threatened involving any
of such employees.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15 hereto, the Company and
the  Subsidiaries  are in compliance in all material  respects with all laws and
regulations or other legal or contractual  requirements  regarding the terms and
conditions of employment of employees, former employees or prospective employees
or other labor related matters,  including,  without  limitation,  laws,  rules,
regulations,  orders, rulings,  conciliation agreements,  decrees, judgments and
awards  relating to wages,  hours,  the payment of social  security  and similar
taxes,  equal  employment  opportunity,  employment  discrimination,  fair labor
standards and occupational health and safety, wrongful discharge or violation of
the personal  rights of employees,  former  employees or prospective  employees.
Neither  the Company  nor any of the  Subsidiaries  is liable for any arrears of
wages or any taxes or penalties for failure to comply with any of the foregoing.

                  SECTION 3.16.  Taxes.

                  (a) Except as set forth on Schedule  3.16 hereto,  each of the
Company, the Subsidiaries and any affiliated, combined or unitary group of which
any such  entity is or was a member has (A)  timely  filed all  Federal  and all
material state,  local and foreign returns,  declarations,  reports,  estimates,
information  returns and  statements  ("RETURNS")  required to be filed by it in
respect of any Taxes (as  hereinafter  defined),  (B) timely paid all Taxes that
are due and  payable  with  respect to the  periods  covered by the Tax  Returns
referred  to in clause  (A)  without  regard to  whether  such  Taxes  have been
assessed  (except for audit  adjustments not material in the aggregate or to the
extent that  liability  therefor is reserved  for in the  Company's  most recent
audited financial  statements),  (C) established  reserves that are adequate for
the payment of all Taxes not yet due and payable  with respect to the results of
operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, and (D) complied in all material
respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations relating to the payment
and withholding of Taxes and has in all material

                                       13
<PAGE>


respects  timely  withheld  from  employee  wages  and paid  over to the  proper
governmental authorities all amounts required to be so withheld and paid over.

                  (b) Schedule 3.16 sets forth the last taxable  period  through
which the Federal income Tax Returns of the Company and any of the  Subsidiaries
have been  examined by the Internal  Revenue  Service or otherwise  closed.  All
deficiencies  asserted as a result of such  examinations  and any examination by
any applicable  state,  local or foreign taxing authority which have not been or
will not be  appealed or  contested  in a timely  manner  have been paid,  fully
settled  or  adequately  provided  for  in the  Company's  most  recent  audited
financial statements.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.16, no Federal,  state,
local or  foreign  Tax  audits  or  other  administrative  proceedings  or court
proceedings are currently  pending with regard to any Federal or material state,
local or foreign Taxes for which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries would be
liable,  and no  deficiency  for any such Taxes has been  proposed,  asserted or
assessed or, to the best  knowledge  of the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries,
threatened   pursuant  to  such  examination  of  the  Company  or  any  of  the
Subsidiaries  by such Federal,  state,  local or foreign  taxing  authority with
respect to any period.

                  (c) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.16,  neither the Company
nor any of the  Subsidiaries  has  executed  or  entered  into (or  prior to the
Effective Time will execute or enter into) with the Internal  Revenue Service or
any taxing authority (A) any agreement or other document extending or having the
effect of extending  the period for  assessments  or  collection of any Federal,
state,  local or foreign Taxes for which the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries
would be liable or (B) a  closing  agreement  pursuant  to  Section  7121 of the
Internal  Revenue  Code,  or any  predecessor  provision  thereof or any similar
provision of state,  local or foreign  income tax law that relates to the assets
or operations of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

                  (d) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.16,  neither the Company
nor  any of the  Subsidiaries  is a party  to any  agreement  providing  for the
allocation or sharing of liability for any Taxes.

                  (e) The  Company has made  available  to Parent  complete  and
accurate  copies of all income and franchise Tax Returns and all other  material
Tax Returns filed by or on behalf of the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries for
the taxable years ended on or prior to December 31, 1997.

                  (f) The  Company  is not and has not been at any time over the
last five  years a "U.S.  real  property  holding  corporation"  (as  defined in
Section 897(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code).

                  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  "TAXES"  shall  mean  all
Federal,  state,  local,  foreign or other taxing authority  income,  franchise,
sales,  use, ad  valorem,  property,  payroll,  social  security,  unemployment,
assets,  value added,  withholding,  excise,  severance,  transfer,  employment,
alternative or add-on minimum and other taxes, charges, fees, levies, imposts,

                                       14
<PAGE>

duties,  licenses  or other  assessments,  together  with any  interest  and any
penalties,  additions  to tax  or  additional  amounts  imposed  by  any  taxing
authority.

                  SECTION  3.17.  Compliance  with  Law;  Permits.  Neither  the
Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries is in any material respect in default under
or in violation of (i) any order or decree of any court, governmental authority,
arbitrator  or  arbitration  board or  tribunal  or (ii) any  laws,  ordinances,
governmental  rules or regulations to which the Company or any Subsidiary or any
of their respective  properties or assets is subject.  Schedule 3.17 hereto sets
forth a list of all material permits, authorizations,  approvals, registrations,
variances  and licenses  ("Permits")  issued to or used by the Company or any of
the  Subsidiaries in connection  with the conduct of the Business.  Such Permits
constitute all Permits necessary for the Company or the Subsidiaries to own, use
and  maintain  their  properties  and assets or required  for the conduct of the
Business in  substantially  the same manner as it is currently  conducted.  Each
Permit  listed on Schedule 3.17 is in full force and effect and no proceeding is
pending  or,  to the best  knowledge  of the  Company,  threatened,  to  modify,
suspend,  revoke or otherwise limit any of such Permits and no administrative or
governmental  actions have been taken or, to the best  knowledge of the Company,
threatened, in connection with the expiration or renewal of any of such Permits.
Except  as set  forth  on  Schedule  3.17,  neither  the  Company  or any of the
Subsidiaries nor the Surviving  Corporation will be required, as a result of the
consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  to obtain or renew any
material Permits.

                  SECTION 3.18.  Employee Benefit Plans.

                  (a)  Schedule  3.18 hereto sets forth a complete  and accurate
list of each plan,  program,  arrangement,  agreement or  commitment  that is an
employment,  consulting  or deferred  compensation  agreement,  or an  executive
compensation,  incentive bonus or other bonus, employee pension, profit-sharing,
savings,  retirement, stock option, stock purchase, severance pay, life, health,
disability or accident  insurance  plan, or vacation or other  employee  benefit
plan,  program,  arrangement,  agreement  or  commitment  ("PLANS"),  including,
without limitation, each employee benefit plan (as defined under Section 3(3) of
the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as amended  ("ERISA"),
maintained  by the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries  or any trade or business
(whether  or not  incorporated)  which,  together  with such  persons,  would be
treated  as a single  employer  under  Title IV of ERISA or  Section  414 of the
Internal  Revenue Code  (collectively,  the "ERISA  AFFILIATES") or to which any
ERISA  Affiliate  contributes  or has any obligation to contribute to, or has or
may have any liability (including,  without limitation,  a liability arising out
of an indemnification, guarantee, hold harmless or similar agreement). Each Plan
is identified on Schedule 3.18, to the extent applicable,  as one or more of the
following:  an "employee pension plan" (as defined in Section 3(2)(A) of ERISA),
an "employee  welfare plan" (as defined in Section 3(l) of ERISA),  or as a plan
intended to be qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.


                                       15
<PAGE>

                  (b) The Company and each of the  Subsidiaries  have  complied,
and  currently  are in  compliance,  in all material  respects with all laws and
regulations applicable to the Plans,  including,  without limitation,  ERISA and
the Internal Revenue Code.

                  (c) Except as set forth on Schedule  3.18, no ERISA  Affiliate
has  maintained,  adopted or  established,  contributed  to or been  required to
contribute to, or otherwise  participated in or been required to participate in,
any employee benefit plan or other program or arrangement subject to Title IV of
ERISA (including,  without  limitation,  a "multi-employer  plan" (as defined in
Section 3(37) of ERISA) and a defined  benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(35)
of ERISA)).

                  (d) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.18,  neither the Company
nor any of the Subsidiaries  provides or may be required to provide and no Plan,
other than a Plan that is an employee  pension  benefit plan (within the meaning
of Section 3(2)(A) of ERISA),  provides or may be required to provide  benefits,
including, without limitation, death, health or medical benefits (whether or not
insured),  with respect to current or former  employees of the Company or any of
the Subsidiaries  beyond their  retirement or other  termination of service with
the Company or the Subsidiaries  (other than (A) coverage mandated by applicable
law, (B) deferred  compensation  benefits accrued as liabilities on the books of
the Company or the Subsidiaries, or (C) benefits the full cost of which is borne
by the  current  or  former  employee  (or his or her  beneficiary)).  No  ERISA
Affiliate  maintains any Plan under which any employee or former employee of any
of the ERISA Affiliates may receive medical benefits which cannot be modified or
terminated  by the ERISA  Affiliates  at any time  without  the  consent  of any
person,  and no employees or former  employees of the ERISA Affiliates will have
any claim in respect of such benefits as of the Effective Time.

                  (e) The  transactions  contemplated  hereby will not result in
(i) any portion of any amount paid or payable by the Company to a  "disqualified
individual"  (within the meaning of Section 28OG(c) of the Internal Revenue Code
and the regulations  promulgated  thereunder),  whether paid or payable in cash,
securities  of the  Company or  otherwise  and  whether  considered  alone or in
conjunction  with any  other  amount  paid or  payable  to such a  "disqualified
individual,"  being an "excess parachute  payment" within the meaning of Section
28OG(b)(1)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  the  regulations  promulgated
thereunder,  (ii) except as provided in Section 6.07 hereof, any employee of the
Company or any of the Subsidiaries being entitled to severance pay, unemployment
compensation,  or any other  payment,  (iii)  except as provided in Section 6.08
hereof, an acceleration of the time of payment or vesting, or an increase in the
amount of  compensation  due to any such employee or former employee or (iv) any
prohibited  transaction described in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the
Internal Revenue Code for which an exemption is not available.

                  (f) No ERISA  Affiliates  has incurred any material  liability
with respect to any Plan under ERISA (including,  without limitation, Title I or
Title IV thereof,  other than liability for premiums due to the Pension  Benefit
Guaranty Corporation),  the Internal Revenue Code or other applicable law, which
has not been satisfied in full or been accrued on the consolidated


                                       16
<PAGE>


balance  sheet of the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  as of  December  31, 1997
pending  full  satisfaction,  and no event has  occurred,  and  there  exists no
condition or set of  circumstances,  which could result in the imposition of any
material  liability under ERISA,  the Internal  Revenue Code or other applicable
law with respect to any Plan.

                  (g)  With  respect  to each  Plan  that is  funded  wholly  or
partially through an insurance  policy,  all premiums required to have been paid
to date under the insurance  policy have been paid,  and, except as set forth on
Schedule 3.18, as of the Effective Time there will be no liability of any of the
ERISA  Affiliates  under any such insurance  policy or ancillary  agreement with
respect to such insurance policy in the nature of a retroactive rate adjustment,
loss sharing arrangement or other actual or contingent  liability arising wholly
or partially out of events occurring prior to the Effective Time.

                  (h) None of the ERISA  Affiliates has made any contribution to
any Plan  that may be  subject  to any  excise  tax  under  Section  4972 of the
Internal Revenue Code.

                  SECTION  3.19.  Environmental  Matters.  The  Company  and the
Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all Federal,  state
or  local  statutes,  ordinances,  orders,  judgments,  rulings  or  regulations
relating to environmental  pollution or to environmental  regulation or control.
Except  as set forth on  Schedule  3.19  hereto,  to the best  knowledge  of the
Company,  neither  the  Company,  any  of the  Subsidiaries  nor  any  of  their
respective officers,  employees,  representatives or agents or any other person,
has treated, stored, processed, discharged, spilled or otherwise disposed of any
substance  defined as hazardous  or toxic by any  applicable  Federal,  state or
local law,  rule,  regulation,  order or directive,  or any waste or by- product
thereof, at any real property or any other facility owned, leased or used by the
Company or any of the  Subsidiaries,  in violation of any  applicable  statutes,
regulations,  ordinances or directives of any  governmental  authority or court,
which violations may result in a Company  Material  Adverse Effect.  To the best
knowledge of the  Company,  no employee or other person has ever made a claim or
demand against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries based on alleged damage to
health  caused by any such  hazardous or toxic  substance or by any waste or by-
product thereof.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.19,  neither the Company nor
any of the  Subsidiaries  has been charged by any  governmental  authority  with
improperly  using,  handling,  storing,  discharging  or  disposing  of any such
hazardous or toxic  substance or waste or by-product  thereof or with causing or
permitting  any pollution of any body of water.  Except as set forth on Schedule
3.19, the Leased  Properties and the Business are not subject to any pending or,
to the best  knowledge of the  Company,  threatened  administrative  or judicial
proceeding under any  environmental  law and there are no facts or circumstances
known to the Company which may give rise to any proceeding.  Except as set forth
on Schedule 3.19, to the best  knowledge of the Company,  there are no inactive,
closed,  or abandoned  storage or disposal  areas or facilities  or  underground
storage tanks on the Leased Properties.

                  SECTION 3.20. Contracts. Schedule 3.20 lists all contracts and
arrangements  of  the  following  types  to  which  the  Company  or  any of the
Subsidiaries is a party or by which it is

                                       17
<PAGE>


bound and which are material to the conduct of the Business or to the  financial
condition or results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as
a whole:

                  (i) any contract or arrangement  with a sales  representative,
         distributor,  dealer, broker, sales agency, advertising agency or other
         person engaged in sales, distribution or promotional activities, or any
         contract to act as one of the foregoing on behalf of any person,  which
         is not terminable by the Company on 30 or fewer days' notice;

                  (ii) any contract or  arrangement of any nature which involves
         the  payment  or  receipt  of cash or other  property,  an  unperformed
         commitment, or goods or services, having a value in excess of $100,000;

                  (iii)  any  contract  or  arrangement  pursuant  to which  the
         Company  has made or will make loans or  advances,  or has or will have
         incurred  indebtedness  for  borrowed  money or become a  guarantor  or
         surety or pledged its credit on or otherwise  become  responsible  with
         respect to any  undertaking of another  (except for the  negotiation or
         collection of negotiable  instruments in  transactions  in the ordinary
         course of business) in excess of $25,000;

                  (iv) any indenture,  credit agreement,  loan agreement,  note,
         mortgage,  security  agreement,  lease  of real  property  or  personal
         property,  loan commitment or other contract or arrangement relating to
         the borrowing of funds, an extension of credit or financing;

                  (v) any contract or arrangement involving a partnership, joint
         venture or other cooperative undertaking;

                  (vi) any contract or  arrangement  involving any  restrictions
         with respect to the geographical area of operations or scope or type of
         business of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries;

                  (vii) any power of attorney or agency agreement or arrangement
         with any person  pursuant to which such person is granted the authority
         to act for or on behalf of the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries,  or
         the Company or the  Subsidiaries is granted the authority to act for or
         on behalf of any person;

                  (viii) any  contract not fully  performed  and relating to any
         acquisition  or  disposition  of  the  Company  or any  predecessor  in
         interest of the  Company,  or any  acquisition  or  disposition  of any
         Subsidiary, division, line of business, or real property; and

                  (ix) any contract not specified  above that is material to the
         Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

                                       18
<PAGE>

                  The Company has  delivered  to Parent  complete  and  accurate
copies of the contracts and agreements  set forth on Schedule 3.20,  and, to the
best of the Company's knowledge,  each such contract or agreement is a valid and
subsisting agreement,  without any material default of the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries  thereunder and, to the best knowledge of the Company,  without any
material default  thereunder of the other party thereto.  Except as set forth on
Schedule  3.20,  the  Company has not  received  notice of any  cancellation  or
termination  of, or of any threat to cancel or terminate,  any such contracts or
agreements where such  cancellation or termination would have a Company Material
Adverse Effect.

                  SECTION 3.21.  Insurance.

                  (a) All policies of fire, liability, workers' compensation and
other forms of insurance  providing  insurance coverage to or for the Company or
any of the Subsidiaries for events or occurrences arising or taking place in the
case of occurrence type insurance, and for claims made and/or suits commenced in
the case of claims-made  type insurance,  between the date of this Agreement and
the Effective Time, are listed on Schedule 3.21 hereto, and, except as set forth
on Schedule  3.21,  all  premiums  with respect  thereto have been paid,  and no
notice of cancellation or termination has been received with respect to any such
policy.  All such policies are in full force and effect and, except as set forth
on Schedule 3.21, provide insurance in such amounts and against such risks as is
customary for companies engaged in similar  businesses to protect the employees,
properties,   assets,   businesses   and  operations  of  the  Company  and  the
Subsidiaries.  All such  policies  will remain in full force and effect and will
not terminate or lapse by reason of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  (b) The Company has  provided  Parent  information  concerning
each claim which in exceeds  $100,000 and which has been made by the Company and
any of the  Subsidiaries in the last two years under any workers'  compensation,
general  liability,  property,  directors'  and  officers'  liability  or  other
insurance policy (except group medical insurance) applicable to the Company, the
Subsidiaries  or  any of  their  properties.  Except  as set  forth  in  written
materials  provided by the Company to Parent,  to the  knowledge of the Company,
there are no  pending or  threatened  claims  under any  insurance  policy,  the
outcome of which would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse
Effect.

                  SECTION 3.22. Pending Transactions.  Except for this Agreement
and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  neither the Company nor any of the
Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any agreement,  negotiation,  discussion,
commitment or undertaking with respect to a merger or consolidation  with, or an
acquisition  of any material  property and assets of, any other  corporation  or
person or the sale,  lease or exchange of any material  properties and assets to
any other person.

                  SECTION 3.23.  Claims Against  Officers and Directors.  To the
knowledge of the Company,  there are no pending or threatened claims against any
director, officer, employee or

                                       19
<PAGE>



agent of the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries or any other person which could
give  rise  to  any  claim  for  indemnification  against  the  Company  or  the
Subsidiaries.

                  SECTION  3.24.  Customers,  Suppliers,  Etc.  The  Company has
provided  Parent  information  concerning  the 25 largest  customers in terms of
aggregate revenue to the Company and any of the Subsidiaries ("MAJOR CUSTOMERS")
and the 15 largest  suppliers in terms of  aggregate  charges to the Company and
the Subsidiaries  ("MAJOR  SUPPLIERS") during the fiscal year ended December 31,
1998.  Except to the extent set forth in Schedule 3.24, since December 31, 1998,
there has not been any material  adverse  change in the  business  relationship,
there  has  been  no  material  dispute  between  the  Company  and  any  of the
Subsidiaries  and any Major  Customer or Major  Supplier and, to the best of the
Company's knowledge,  the Company has received no notice that any Major Customer
intends to reduce its purchases from the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries  or
that any Major Supplier  intends to reduces its sale of goods or services to the
Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

                  SECTION 3.25.  Accounts  Receivable  and  Advances.  Except as
disclosed  on Schedule  3.25 or in the Company  Financial  Statements,  (i) each
account  receivable  of the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  (collectively,  the
"ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE") represents a sale made in the ordinary course of business
other than to  affiliates  and which arose  pursuant to an  enforceable  written
contract  for a bona  fide  sale of goods  or for  services  performed,  and the
Company and the Subsidiaries have performed all of their respective  obligations
to produce the goods or perform the services to which such  Accounts  Receivable
relates, and (ii) to the best of knowledge of the Company,  except to the extent
reserved for in the Company  Financial  Statements,  no Accounts  Receivable  is
subject to any claim for reduction,  counterclaim,  set-off, recoupment or other
claim for credit, allowances or adjustments by the obligor thereof, in an amount
individually  or in the  aggregate  that would have a Company  Material  Adverse
Effect.

                  SECTION 3.26. Improper and Other Payments.  To the best of the
Company's  knowledge,  except as set forth on Schedule 3.26, neither the Company
nor any of the  Subsidiaries,  nor any  director,  officer,  employee,  agent or
representative of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries,  nor any person acting
on behalf of any of them, has (i) made,  paid or received any bribes,  kickbacks
or other  similar  payments to or from any person,  whether  lawful or unlawful,
(ii) made any unlawful contributions,  directly or indirectly,  to a domestic or
foreign political party or candidate, or (iii) made any improper foreign payment
(as defined in the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act).

                  SECTION 3.27.  Accuracy of Statements.  Neither this Agreement
nor any schedule or exhibit  hereto,  nor the  certificates  required by Section
7.03(h),  contains or will contain any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or
omits or will omit to state a material  fact  necessary  to make the  statements
contained  herein or therein,  in light of the  circumstances  in which they are
made, not misleading.


                                       20
<PAGE>



                  SECTION 3.28.  Brokers.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.28,
neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has used any broker or finder in
connection with the transactions  contemplated  hereby,  and neither the Company
nor any of the  Subsidiaries  has or will have any liability or otherwise suffer
or incur any loss as a result of or in connection with any brokerage or finder's
fee or other  commission  of any  person  retained  by the  Company,  any of the
Subsidiaries  or the  Stockholders  in connection  with any of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE IV.

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                    OF PARENT

                  Parent represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

                  SECTION 4.01. Organization and Qualification.  (a) Parent is a
corporation duly  incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the  State  of  Missouri  and  has all  requisite  corporate  power  and
authority to own or lease and operate its  properties and assets and to carry on
its business as it is now being conducted. Parent is duly qualified as a foreign
corporation to do business,  and is in good standing,  in each  jurisdiction  in
which the  character  of its  properties  owned or  leased or the  nature of its
activities makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so
qualified would not have a material  adverse effect on the financial  condition,
operating results or business of Parent and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a
"PARENT MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT").

                  (b)  Except in each  case as would not have a Parent  Material
Adverse  Effect,  each  subsidiary  of  Parent  (i) is duly  organized,  validly
existing and in good standing  under the laws of its  jurisdiction  of formation
and has all  requisite  power  and  authority  to own or lease and  operate  its
properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being  conducted
and (ii) is duly  qualified to do  business,  and is in good  standing,  in each
jurisdiction  in which the  character of its  properties  owned or leased or the
nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary.

                  SECTION 4.02. Authorization of Agreements, Etc. (a) Parent has
all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the
Escrow  Agreement and to perform its  obligations  hereunder.  The execution and
delivery  of  this  Agreement  and  the  Escrow  Agreement  by  Parent  and  the
performance by Parent of its obligations hereunder, have been duly authorized by
all requisite  corporate action and, upon receipt of the requisite  consent from
Parent's lenders under Parent's Credit and Guaranty  Agreement,  dated as of May
29, 1998 (as  amended and  restated  as of July 7, 1998,  the  "PARENT'S  CREDIT
AGREEMENT"),  among Parent,  Harris Trust and Savings  Bank,  as Agent,  and the
lenders party  thereto,  will not violate any provision of law, any order of any
court or other agency of government,  the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of
Parent, or any provision of any indenture, agreement or other

                                       21
<PAGE>

instrument to which Parent is a party or by which it or any of its properties or
assets  is bound  or  affected,  or  conflict  with,  result  in a breach  of or
constitute  (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default  under any such
indenture,  agreement  or  other  instrument,  or  result  in  the  creation  or
imposition  of any Liens upon the  properties  or assets of Parent or any of its
subsidiaries.

                  SECTION 4.03. Validity.  Each of this Agreement and the Escrow
Agreement  has been duly executed and  delivered by Parent and  constitutes  the
legal,  valid and binding  obligation of Parent,  enforceable  against Parent in
accordance with its terms.

                  SECTION 4.04. Capitalization. (a) The authorized capital stock
of  Parent  consists  of (i)  85,000,000  shares of Parent  Common  Stock,  (ii)
15,000,000  shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, $.01 par value, and (iii)
4,500,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value ("PARENT PREFERRED STOCK"),
of which  1,950,000  shares  have  been  designated  Series D  Preferred  Stock,
1,500,000  shares  have been  designated  Series E  Preferred  Stock and 900,000
shares have been designated Series F Preferred Stock. Of such authorized capital
stock and as of the date hereof,  33,863,074  shares of Parent Common Stock,  no
shares of such Class B NonVoting Common Stock, 1,950,000 shares of such Series D
Preferred Stock (which are currently  convertible  into an aggregate  24,375,000
shares of Parent  Common  Stock),  1,500,000  shares of such  Series E Preferred
Stock (which are currently  convertible  into an aggregate  6,932,992  shares of
Parent Common Stock) and 900,000 shares of such Series F Preferred  Stock (which
are currently  convertible  into an aggregate  4,159,795 shares of Parent Common
Stock) are validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable.

                  (b)  Except for (i) the  shares of Parent  Common  Stock to be
issued  pursuant to this  Agreement  and (ii)  options  outstanding  on the date
hereof to acquire an aggregate  5,514,000 shares of Parent Common Stock pursuant
to Parent's  existing  stock option and  restricted  stock purchase plan, (A) no
subscription,  warrant, option,  convertible security or other right (contingent
or other) to  purchase  or acquire  any shares of any class of capital  stock of
Parent is authorized or  outstanding;  (B) there is not any commitment of Parent
to issue any shares, warrants,  options or other such rights or to distribute to
holders of any class of its  capital  stock any  evidences  of  indebtedness  or
assets;  and (C) Parent has no  obligation  (contingent  or other) to  purchase,
redeem or  otherwise  acquire  any shares of its capital  stock or any  interest
therein  or to pay any  dividend  or make  any  other  distribution  in  respect
thereof.

                  (c) Parent has  provided to the  Company  true,  complete  and
correct copies of Parent's  Articles of Incorporation  and Bylaws, in each case,
as in effect on the date hereof.

                  (d) The shares of Parent Common Stock to be issued to pursuant
to  this  Agreement  have  been  duly  authorized,  and  upon  issuance  to  the
Stockholders  entitled  to  receive  such  shares,  will be  validly  issued and
outstanding,  fully paid and nonassessable,  and will be free of any Liens other
than (i) those created or suffered to exist by the  shareholder to whom any such
shares are issued and (ii)  restrictions on transfer  imposed by this Agreement,
the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.


                                       22
<PAGE>

                  (e) Prior to the Effective  Time,  the shares of Parent Common
Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of the Rollover  Warrants and the Company  Stock
Options will be duly  reserved by Parent for issuance upon exercise and, when so
issued and delivered,  will be duly authorized,  validly issued and outstanding,
fully paid and nonassessable shares of Parent Common Stock.

                  SECTION 4.05. Financial Statements. Parent has previously made
available to the Company (i) the audited  consolidated  balance  sheet of Parent
and  its  subsidiaries  as  of  December  31,  1997,  and  the  related  audited
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for
the year then ended,  in each case certified by Deloitte & Touche LLP,  Parent's
independent  auditors,  and (ii) the  unaudited  consolidated  balance  sheet of
Parent and its  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1998 and the related  unaudited
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for
the twelve months then ended (collectively,  the "PARENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS").
The Parent  Financial  Statements  were  prepared  from the books and records of
Parent and its subsidiaries  and present fairly the consolidated  financial posi
tion of Parent and its subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified therein
and the  consolidated  results of operations of Parent and its  subsidiaries for
the respective  periods then ended,  and were prepared in conformity  with GAAP,
subject,  in the  case of the  unaudited  Parent  Financial  Statements,  to (i)
purchase accounting  adjustments resulting from the purchase of Dow Jones Market
Holdings,  Inc. and certain assets of ADP Financial Information Services,  Inc.,
(ii) the inclusion of certain  footnote  disclosures  and (iii) normal  year-end
audit adjustments.

                  SECTION 4.06.  Absence of Undisclosed  Liabilities.  Except as
would not have a Parent  Material  Adverse Effect or to the extent (i) reflected
in Parent  Financial  Statements,  (ii) not  required to be  reflected in Parent
Financial  Statements in accordance with GAAP, (iii) incurred since December 31,
1998 in the ordinary  course of business and  consistent  with past  practice or
(iv) as referred to in Schedule  4.08,  Parent has no liabilities or obligations
of any kind or nature, whether secured or unsecured (whether absolute,  accrued,
contingent or otherwise,  and whether due or to become due),  including  without
limitation any liabilities for Taxes due or to become due.

                  SECTION 4.07. Governmental  Approvals.  Except as set forth on
Schedule  4.07,  no order,  authorization,  approval or consent  from, or filing
with, any federal or state governmental or public body or other authority having
jurisdiction over Parent is required for the execution, delivery and performance
by Parent of this Agreement and the Escrow  Agreement,  or is necessary in order
to ensure, with respect to Parent, the legality,  validity, binding effect or en
forceability of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

                  SECTION 4.08. Litigation. Subject to the effect of the matters
disclosed  on Schedule  4.08,  to the best of Parent's  knowledge,  there are no
actions,  suits,  proceedings or claims pending before any court,  arbitrator or
government  agency  against or  affecting  the Parent  that (i) would  enjoin or
prevent the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or
(ii) could be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.



                                       23
<PAGE>

                  SECTION 4.09.  Employee Benefit Plans. (a) Parent has complied
and  currently  is in  compliance,  both  as to form  and  operation,  with  the
applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code applicable to each of its Plans.

                  (b) Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a)
of the Code does so qualify  and is exempt  from  taxation  pursuant  to Section
501(a) of the Code.

                  (c) Parent has not maintained, contributed to or been required
to contribute to, nor do any of its employees  participate in, a  "multiemployer
plan" (as  defined in Section  3(37) of ERISA) or a "defined  benefit  plan" (as
defined in Section  3(35) of  ERISA).  No amount is due or owing from  Parent on
account of a multiemployer plan or on account of any withdrawal therefrom.

                  (d) Parent has not incurred any liability  with respect to any
Plan under ERISA (including,  without limitation, Title I or Title IV of ERISA),
the Code or other  applicable  law that has not been  satisfied in full,  and no
event has occurred,  and there exists no condition or set of circumstances  that
could result in the imposition of any liability under ERISA (including,  without
limitation, Title I or Title IV of ERISA), the Code or other applicable law with
respect to any of the Plans.

                  SECTION 4.10.  Compliance with Laws. Neither Parent nor any of
its subsidiaries is in default in any material respect under any order or decree
of any  court,  governmental  authority,  arbitrator  or  arbitration  board  or
tribunal or under any laws,  ordinances,  governmental  rules or  regulations to
which Parent or any of such  subsidiaries or any of their respective  properties
or assets is subject.

                  SECTION 4.11.  Brokers.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11,
neither  Parent  nor any of its  subsidiaries  has used any  broker or finder in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Parent nor
any of its  subsidiaries  has or shall have any liability or otherwise suffer or
incur any loss as a result of or in  connection  with any  brokerage or finder's
fee or  other  commission  of any  person  retained  by the  Parent,  any of its
subsidiaries  or the  stockholders  of  Parent  in  connection  with  any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


                                       24
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE V.

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                              OF ACQUISITION CORP.

                  Acquisition  Corp.  represents  and warrants to the Company as
follows:


                  SECTION  5.01.  Organization  and  Qualification.  Acquisition
Corp. is a corporation duly incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of  Delaware  and has not  engaged  in any  business
other  than  in  connection  with  its  formation  and the  negotiation  of this
Agreement.

                  SECTION 5.02.  Authorization of Agreements,  Etc.  Acquisition
Corp.  has all  requisite  corporate  power  and  authority  to enter  into this
Agreement and to perform its obligations  hereunder.  The execution and delivery
of this Agreement by Acquisition  Corp. and the performance by Acquisition Corp.
of its  obligations  hereunder,  have  been  duly  authorized  by all  requisite
corporate  action and will not violate any  provision  of law,  any order of any
court or other agency of government,  the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws
of  Acquisition  Corp.,  or any provision of any  indenture,  agreement or other
instrument  to which  Acquisition  Corp. is a party or by which it or any of its
properties or assets is bound or affected,  or conflict with, result in a breach
of or constitute  (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any
such  indenture,  agreement  or other  instrument,  or result in the creation or
imposition of any Liens upon the properties or assets of Acquisition Corp.

                  SECTION 5.03. Validity.  This Agreement has been duly executed
and delivered by Acquisition Corp. and constitutes the legal,  valid and binding
obligation  of  Acquisition  Corp.,  enforceable  against  Acquisition  Corp. in
accordance with its terms.

                  SECTION 5.04. Governmental  Approvals.  Except as set forth on
Schedule  5.04,  no order,  authorization,  approval or consent  from, or filing
with, any federal or state governmental or public body or other authority having
jurisdiction over Acquisition Corp. is required for the execution,  delivery and
performance by Acquisition Corp. of this Agreement,  or is necessary in order to
ensure,  with  respect to Parent,  the  legality,  validity,  binding  effect or
enforceability of this Agreement.

                  SECTION  5.05.  Brokers.  Acquisition  Corp.  has not used any
broker or finder in connection with the transactions  contemplated  hereby,  and
Acquisition Corp. has not or shall not have any liability or otherwise suffer or
incur any loss as a result of or in  connection  with any  brokerage or finder's
fee  or  other  commission  of any  person  retained  by  Acquisition  Corp.  in
connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


                                       25
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI.

                                    COVENANTS

                  SECTION 6.01. Conduct of the Company's  Business.  The Company
covenants  and agrees that,  prior to the  Effective  Time,  unless Parent shall
otherwise  consent in writing or as  otherwise  expressly  contemplated  by this
Agreement:

                  (a) the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries  shall be
conducted  only in,  and the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  shall not take any
action except in, the ordinary course of business  consistent with past practice
and each of the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  shall use its best  efforts  to
preserve intact its present business  organization,  keep available the services
of its current  officers and  employees,  maintain its assets  (other than those
permitted to be disposed of  hereunder) in good repair and  condition,  maintain
its books of account and records in the usual,  regular and ordinary  manner and
preserve its goodwill and ongoing business;

                  (b) the Company shall not directly or indirectly do any of the
following: (i) issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber (or permit any of the
Subsidiaries  to issue,  sell,  pledge,  dispose of or encumber) (A) any capital
stock of any of the  Subsidiaries,  or (B) any  property  or  assets  (including
Intellectual Property Rights) of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries,  except
inventory and immaterial  assets in the ordinary  course of business  consistent
with  past  practice;  (ii)  amend  or  propose  to  amend  its  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or Bylaws;  (iii) split,  combine or reclassify  any  outstanding
shares of its capital stock, or declare,  set aside or pay any dividend  payable
in cash,  stock,  property or otherwise  with respect to such shares (except for
any dividends paid in the ordinary course to the Company or to any  Subsidiary);
(iv)  redeem,  purchase,  acquire  or offer to  acquire  (or  permit  any of the
Subsidiaries to redeem, purchase, acquire or offer to acquire) any shares of its
capital  stock;  or (v)  enter  into  any  contract,  agreement,  commitment  or
arrangement with respect to any of the matters set forth in this paragraph (b);

                  (c) neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries  shall (i)
issue,  sell,  pledge or dispose of, or agree to issue,  sell, pledge or dispose
of, any additional shares of, or securities  convertible or exchangeable for, or
any  options,  warrants  or rights of any kind to  acquire  any  shares  of, its
capital stock of any class or other property or assets  whether  pursuant to the
Company Stock Option Plans or otherwise or, except as  contemplated  by Sections
6.08 and 6.09 hereof,  modify the terms or any outstanding options,  warrants or
rights to acquire the Company's capital stock; provided that the Company (W) may
issue shares of Company  Common Stock upon the  conversion  of Company  Series A
Preferred  Stock or Series B Preferred  Stock,  (X) may issue  shares of Company
Common  Stock upon the exercise of  currently  outstanding  options and warrants
referred to in Section 3.04 hereof, (Y) may issue shares of Company Common Stock
upon the exercise by the holders of options under the Company Stock Option Plans
and (Z) may issue  options  under the Company Stock Option Plans in the ordinary
course of  business  consistent  with past  practice;  (ii)  acquire (by merger,
consolidation or acquisition of stock or assets) any corporation, partnership or
other business  organization  or division  thereof  (except a Subsidiary) or any
material  amount of  assets;  (iii)  incur or  guarantee  any  indebtedness  for
borrowed money other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with
past  practices,  or refinance any such  indebtedness  or issue or sell any debt
securities; (iv) enter into or modify any material contract, lease, agreement or
commitment,  or permit or perform any act that would cause a material  breach of
any such  contract,  lease,  agreement or  commitment;  (v)  terminate,  modify,
assign,  waive,  release or relinquish any material contract rights or amend any
material  rights or claims;  (vi)  discharge  or satisfy any  material  claim or
settle or compromise any material


                                       26
<PAGE>


claim,  action,  suit or proceeding pending or threatened against the Company or
any of the  Subsidiaries,  or, if the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries may be
liable or obligated to provide indemnification,  against the Company's directors
or officers, before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator; (vii) make any
loans,  advances  (except for travel and similar  expenses to  employees  of the
Company in the  ordinary  course of  business)  or capital  contributions  to or
investments in, any other person,  except as may be required under agreements in
effect as of and  identified  on Schedule  3.20 hereto and upon prior  notice to
Parent; (viii) alter through merger, liquidation, reorganization,  restructuring
or in any other manner the corporate  structure or ownership of any  Subsidiary;
(ix) violate or fail to perform any  obligation  imposed upon the Company or any
of the  Subsidiaries  by any  applicable  laws,  orders or decrees,  ordinances,
government rules or regulations or conciliation  agreements if such violation or
failure would have a Company Material  Adverse Effect;  or (x) to the extent not
described herein, take any action described in Section 3.07 hereof;

                  (d)  neither the  Company  nor any of the  Subsidiaries  shall
grant  any  increase  in the  salary  or other  compensation  of its  directors,
officers  or  employees,  except  reasonable  salary  increases,  in the case of
employees who are not  directors or executive  officers of the Company or any of
the  Subsidiaries,  in the  ordinary  course of  business  consistent  with past
practice, or grant any bonus to any employee (except pursuant to plans disclosed
herein) or enter into any  employment  agreement  or make any loan  (except  for
expenses  in the  ordinary  course of  business)  to or enter into any  material
transaction  of any  other  nature  with  any  employee  of the  Company  or any
Subsidiary;

                  (e)  except as  contemplated  by  Section  6.07,  neither  the
Company nor any of the  Subsidiaries  shall take any action to institute any new
severance or termination  pay practices with respect to any directors,  officers
or  employees  of the Company or the  Subsidiaries  or to increase  the benefits
payable under its severance or termination pay practices;

                  (f)  neither the  Company  nor any of the  Subsidiaries  shall
adopt or amend, in any material respect,  any plan for the benefit or welfare of
any directors, officers or employees, except as contemplated hereby or as may be
required by applicable law or regulation;

                  (g) each of the  Company  and the  Subsidiaries  shall use its
best efforts,  to the extent not prohibited by the foregoing  provisions of this
Section 6.01, to maintain its  relationships  with its suppliers and  customers,
clients, and others having business dealings with it, and if and as requested by
Parent or Acquisition  Corp., (i) the Company shall use its best efforts to make
reasonable  arrangements for  representatives  of Parent or Acquisition Corp. to
meet with customers and suppliers of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, and
(ii) the  Company  shall  schedule,  and the  management  of the  Company  shall
participate in, meetings of  representatives of Parent or Acquisition Corp. with
employees of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries; and


                                       27
<PAGE>


                  (h) the Company shall provide to Parent a draft of any Federal
income Tax return or material  state,  local or foreign  Tax return  (other than
state or local  sales  and use  taxes)  required  to be filed on  behalf  of the
Company or any  Subsidiary  between the date of this Agreement and the Effective
Time at least 15 days  prior to the date on which  such  return is due and shall
not file any such return  without the consent of Parent,  such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed, unless such filing is required by law.

                  SECTION 6.02. Stockholder Approval; Etc. As soon as reasonably
practicable after the date of this Agreement,  the Company shall take all action
necessary,  subject  to  and  in  accordance  with  the  Delaware  GCL  and  its
Certificate of Incorporation  and Bylaws,  to obtain the requisite  approval and
adoption of this  Agreement  and the Merger by the Company's  stockholders  at a
duly  called  meeting  or by written  consents  pursuant  to Section  228 of the
Delaware GCL and shall take such other  actions as may be required by applicable
law.

                  SECTION 6.03.  Access to  Information.  (a) Each of Parent and
the  Company  shall,  and shall  cause its  respective  subsidiaries,  officers,
directors, employees, representatives,  advisors and agents to, afford, from the
date hereof to the Effective  Time,  the officers,  employees,  representatives,
advisors and agents of the other party complete  access at all reasonable  times
to its officers,  employees, agents, properties,  books, records and workpapers,
and  shall  furnish  each  other  party  all  financial,   operating  and  other
information  and data as Parent or Company,  through its officers,  employees or
agents,  may reasonably  request and shall promptly furnish to the other monthly
operating  and  financial  reports in such form as Parent or the  Company  shall
reasonably request.

                  (b) The  Company,  at least three  business  days prior to the
Effective  Date,  shall  deliver  to Parent a list  setting  forth the names and
locations of each bank or other  financial  institution at which the Company and
the Subsidiaries has an account (giving the account numbers) or safe deposit box
and the names of all persons  authorized to draw thereon or have access thereto,
and the  names of all  persons,  if any,  now  holding  powers  of  attorney  or
comparable  delegation of authority from the Company and any of the Subsidiaries
and a summary statement thereof.

                  (c) Each of Parent and the Company shall,  and shall cause its
respective officers, directors, employees, representatives,  advisors and agents
to, provide the officers, employees, representatives, advisors and agents of the
other  party with such  information  concerning  Parent or the Company as may be
necessary  for each party to  ascertain  the accuracy  and  completeness  of the
information  supplied by Parent or the Company for Parent,  Company or any other
person to  complete  any  pre-merger  notification  report  filed  under (i) the
Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR ACT")
(and any additional  information or documentary material supplied in response to
any  request  pursuant  to  Section  7A(e)  of the HSR  Act and the  regulations
thereunder) or (ii) the Bank Holding Company Act.


                                       28
<PAGE>



                  (d) If this  Agreement is  terminated  prior to the  Effective
Time, each of the parties hereto shall, and shall cause its officers, employees,
representatives,  advisors  and agents to,  deliver  to the other  party,  or if
requested, destroy, all confidential documents, work papers and other materials,
and all copies thereof, obtained by it or on its behalf from such other party as
a result of this Agreement or in connection herewith, whether so obtained before
or after the execution and delivery hereof.

                  (e) Each of the parties  hereto and its officers and employees
shall not disclose or use any  information  so  obtained,  except as required by
applicable law or legal process  without the prior written  consent of the other
party;  provided  that  any  such  information  may be  disclosed  to a  party's
financial advisors, accountants, counsel and other representatives,  and lenders
and regulatory  authorities  whose approvals are required  hereunder,  as may be
appropriate or required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby,
but only if such  persons  shall be  specifically  informed by such party of the
confidential   nature  of  such   information  and  agree  to  comply  with  the
restrictions  contained herein, and to preserve the  confidentiality of any such
information  obtained.  The agreements  contained in this Section 6.03(e) do not
apply to information  that (i) is or becomes  generally  available to the public
other  than  as  a  result  of  a  disclosure  by  a  receiving   party  or  its
representatives,  (ii) was known to the receiving party on a confidential  basis
prior to its receipt,  (iii) becomes available to a party on a  non-confidential
basis from a source not bound by any duty of  confidentiality to the other party
or (iv) is inde pendently  developed by a receiving  party without  reference to
any confidential information.

                  (f) No  investigation  pursuant  to this  Section  6.03  shall
affect, add to or subtract from any representations or warranties of the parties
hereto or the conditions to the  obligations of the parties hereto to effect the
Merger.

                  SECTION  6.04.  Further  Assurances.  Subject to the terms and
conditions  herein  provided,  each of the parties hereto agrees to use its best
efforts  to take,  or cause to be taken,  all  action  and to do, or cause to be
done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective
as promptly as practicable  the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement,
including,  without  limitation,  using all  reasonable  efforts  to obtain  all
necessary   waivers,   consents  and  approvals  and  to  effect  all  necessary
registrations and filings;  provided that the foregoing shall not require Parent
to agree to make, or to require the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries to make,
any divestiture of a significant asset in order to obtain any waiver, consent or
approval or to incur any material liability or expense.

                  SECTION 6.05. Inquiries and Negotiations.  Neither the Company
nor any of the Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective affiliates,  directors,
officers,  employees,  representatives,  advisors or agents,  shall, directly or
indirectly,  encourage,  solicit or initiate  any  discussions,  submissions  of
proposals  or  offers  or  negotiations  with,  or,  subject  to  the  fiduciary
obligations of the Company's Board of Directors under  applicable law as advised
by counsel,  participate in any negotiations or discussions with, or provide any
information or data of any nature  whatsoever to, or otherwise  cooperate in any
other way with, or assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage


                                       29
<PAGE>


any effort or attempt  by, any  person,  other than  Parent and its  affiliates,
representatives  and  agents,  concerning  any  merger,  consolidation,  sale of
substantial  assets, sale of shares of capital stock or other equity securities,
recapitalization,  debt  restructuring  or  similar  transaction  involving  the
Company  or  any  Subsidiary,  or any  division  of  the  company  or any of the
Subsidiaries (such  transactions  being hereinafter  referred to as "Alternative
Transactions").  The Company  shall  immediately  notify Parent if any proposal,
offer, inquiry or request from, or any discussions or negotiations are sought to
be  initiated  or  continued  with,  the  Company in  respect  of an  Alterative
Transaction,  and shall, in any such notice to Parent,  indicate the identity of
the  offeror  and the terms and  conditions  of any  proposals  or offers or the
nature of any inquiries or contacts,  and thereafter  shall keep Parent informed
of the  status and terms of any such  proposals  or offers and the status of any
such discussions or negotiations.  The Company shall not release any third party
from,  or waive any provision of, any  confidentiality  or standstill  agreement
under which the Company is a beneficiary.

                  SECTION 6.06.  Notification  of Certain  Matters.  The Company
shall  give  prompt  notice to Parent  and  Acquisition  Corp.,  and  Parent and
Acquisition  Corp.  shall  give  prompt  notice  to  the  Company,  of  (i)  the
occurrence,  or failure to occur, of any event that such party believes would be
likely to cause  any of its  representations  or  warranties  contained  in this
Agreement to be untrue or  inaccurate  in any material  respect at any time from
the date  hereof to the  Effective  Time and (ii) any  material  failure  of the
Company,  Parent  or  Acquisition  Corp.,  as the case may be,  or any  officer,
director,  employee or agent  thereof,  to comply with or satisfy any  covenant,
condition  or  agreement  to be  complied  with or  satisfied  by it  hereunder;
provided,  however,  that  failure to give such notice  shall not  constitute  a
waiver of any defense that may be validly asserted.

                  SECTION 6.07. Employee Matters.  (a) Parent agrees that, as of
the  Effective  Time,  except as set forth in Schedule  6.07, it shall cause the
Surviving  Corporation to continue to employ all of the employees of the Company
and the Subsidiaries who are Active Employees (as hereinafter defined), it being
understood  that  nothing  in this  Agreement  shall be  deemed  to  create  any
employment  status  other than  employment  at will.  Employees  who continue as
employees  of the  Surviving  Corporation  or any of the  Subsidiaries  shall be
entitled to  participate in all employee  benefit plans  maintained by Parent or
the Surviving Corporation for employees of the Surviving Corporation  generally.
It being understood and agreed, however, that nothing in this Section 6.07 shall
require  Parent (i) to provide or continue for the benefit of any  employees any
Plan currently  maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary  thereof, or (ii) to
maintain the  organizational  structure of the Business as in effect on the date
hereof.

                  For purposes of this Agreement, an employee shall be deemed to
be an "ACTIVE EMPLOYEE" if:

                  (i) at the Effective  Time,  the employee is  performing  work
         duties  for the  Company  or any of the  Subsidiaries  or is  absent by
         reason of a scheduled day off;


                                       30
<PAGE>

                  (ii) at the Effective  Time, the employee was absent from work
         by reason of a sick day (not  covered  under  clause  (iii) below) or a
         paid vacation day, personal day or holiday;

                  (iii) at the Effective Time, the employee was absent from work
         by reason of a family or medical leave covered under Section 102 of the
         Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; or

                  (iv) at the Effective  Time,  the employee is absent from work
         due to any other  authorized  leave under the  policies or practices of
         the Company or any of the  Subsidiaries and such person returns to work
         within the period  permitted  by such  policies or  practices,  but not
         later than 30 days after the  Effective  Time or such later time as may
         be required by law.

                  (b) At  the  Effective  Time,  Parent  shall  assume  all  the
obligations  of the  Company  under (i) the  Employment  Agreement,  dated as of
December 4, 1998,  between the  Company  and Clyde A.  Heintzelman  and (ii) the
Employment  Agreement,  dated as of July 1, 1998, between the Company and Ian D.
Brown.

                  SECTION 6.08.  Company  Stock Option  Plans.  At the Effective
Time,  Parent shall assume all the  obligations of the Company under the Company
Stock Option Plans and each of the Company Stock  Options  which is  outstanding
immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be assumed by Parent and converted
automatically  into an option to purchase  shares of Parent Common Stock (a "NEW
OPTION") in an amount and at an exercise price determined as provided below:

                           (i) The number of shares of Parent Common Stock to be
                  subject to the New Option shall be equal to the product of the
                  number of shares of Company Common Stock remaining subject (as
                  of  immediately  prior to the Effective  Time) to the original
                  option and the Common Stock Exchange Ratio,  provided that any
                  fractional  shares of Parent Common Stock  resulting from such
                  multiplication shall be rounded down to the nearest share; and

                           (ii) The  exercise  price per share shall be equal to
                  (y) the  aggregate  exercise  price for the  shares of Company
                  Common Stock purchasable pursuant to such Company Stock Option
                  divided  by (z) the  number of full  shares  of Parent  Common
                  Stock deemed purchasable pursuant to such New Option.

In the case of any option to which  Section 421 of the Code applies by reason of
its qualification  under Section 422 of the Code, the exercise price, the number
of shares  purchasable  pursuant to such option and the terms and  conditions of
such  option  shall be  determined  in order to comply  with 424(a) of the Code.
After the Effective  Time,  each New Option shall be exercisable  and shall vest
upon the same terms and  conditions as were  applicable  to the related  Company
Stock

                                       31
<PAGE>

Option  immediately  prior to the Effective Time,  except that all references to
the Company shall be deemed to be references to Parent.

                  SECTION 6.09.  Warrants.

                  (a) At  the  Effective  Time,  Parent  shall  assume  all  the
obligations of the Company under the Rollover Warrant  Agreement and each of the
Rollover  Warrants which is outstanding  immediately prior to the Effective Time
shall be  assumed  by Parent  and  converted  automatically  into a  warrant  to
purchase  shares of Parent Common Stock (a "NEW ROLLOVER  WARRANT") in an amount
and at an exercise price determined as provided below:

                  (i) The number of shares of Parent  Common Stock to be subject
         to the New Rollover Warrant shall be equal to the product of the number
         of shares of Company Common Stock remaining  subject (as of immediately
         prior to the  Effective  Time) to the  original  warrant and the Common
         Stock Exchange  Ratio,  provided that any  fractional  shares of Parent
         Common Stock resulting from such multiplication  shall be rounded up or
         down to the nearest share; and

                  (ii) The  exercise  price per share  shall be equal to (y) the
         aggregate  exercise  price  for the  shares  of  Company  Common  Stock
         purchasable pursuant to such Rollover Warrant divided by (z) the number
         of full shares of Parent  Common Stock deemed  purchasable  pursuant to
         such New Rollover Warrant.

After the Effective  Time, each New Rollover  Warrant shall be exercisable  upon
the same terms and  conditions  as were  applicable  to the related New Rollover
Warrant in the New Rollover Warrant Agreement immediately prior to the Effective
Time, except that all references to the Company shall be deemed to be references
to Parent.

                  (b) At  the  Effective  Time,  Parent  shall  assume  all  the
obligations of the Company under the Series A Warrant  Agreement and each of the
Series A Warrants which is outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective Time
shall be  assumed  by Parent  and  converted  automatically  into a  warrant  to
purchase  shares of Parent  Common Stock (a "NEW SERIES A WARRANT") in an amount
and at an exercise price determined as provided below:

                  (i) the number of shares of Parent  Common Stock to be subject
         to the New  Series A Warrant  shall be equal to the  product of (x) the
         number of shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock remaining  subject
         (as of immediately prior to the Effective Time) to the original warrant
         and (y) .4907753,  provided that any fractional shares of Parent Common
         Stock resulting from such multiplication shall be rounded up or down to
         the nearest share; and

                  (ii) The  exercise  price per share  shall be equal to (y) the
         aggregate  exercise  price  for the  shares  of the  Company  Series  A
         Preferred Stock purchasable (as of immediately

                                       32
<PAGE>

         prior to the Effective  Time) pursuant to such Series A Warrant divided
         by (z)  the  number  of full  shares  of  Parent  Common  Stock  deemed
         purchasable pursuant to such New Series A Warrant.

After the Effective  Time,  each New Series A Warrant shall be exercisable  upon
the same terms and  conditions  as were  applicable  to the related New Series A
Warrant in the New Series A Warrant Agreement immediately prior to the Effective
Time, except that all references to the Company shall be deemed to be references
to Parent.

                  SECTION  6.10.  Indemnification.  From and after the Effective
Time,  Parent  agrees to cause the Surviving  Corporation  to indemnify and hold
harmless each current and former director and officer of the Company and each of
the Subsidiaries against any costs or expenses (including  reasonable attorneys'
fees),  judgements,  fines, losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities incurred in
connection with any claim,  action, suit,  proceeding or investigation,  whether
civil,  criminal,  administrative  or  investigative,  arising  out  of  matters
existing or occurring at or prior to the  Effective  Time,  whether  asserted or
claimed prior to, at or after the Effective Time, to the fullest extent that the
Company or such Subsidiary,  as the case may be, would have been permitted under
its  Certificate of  Incorporation  or Bylaws as in effect on the date hereof to
indemnify  such person (and Parent  shall  cause the  Surviving  Corporation  to
advance  expenses  as  incurred  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  under  the
Certificate of Incorporation  and Bylaws of the Company or such  Subsidiary,  as
the case may be, as in effect on the date  hereof,  provided  the person to whom
expenses are advanced  provides an  undertaking  to repay such advances if it is
ultimately  determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification)  and
provided further that the Parent  determines in good faith that, with respect to
any civil action or proceeding,  such person acted in good faith and in a manner
he  reasonably  believed  to be in or not opposed to the best  interests  of the
Company  or such  Subsidiary,  as the  case may be,  and,  with  respect  to any
criminal  action or proceeding,  such person had no reasonable  cause to believe
this conduct was unlawful.

                  SECTION 6.11. Registration Rights; Stockholders Agreement. The
shares of Parent Common Stock issued to the Stockholders  hereunder shall,  upon
the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby, be accorded the same
registration  rights as have been accorded to shares of "Restricted Stock" under
Section 5 of the Registration  Rights Agreement,  dated as of April 13, 1995, as
amended  (the  "REGISTRATION  RIGHTS  AGREEMENT"),  among Parent and the several
parties named therein, with respect to any primary public offering by the Parent
of shares of Parent Common Stock. If, not later than 90 days after the Effective
Time and the consummation of the transactions as contemplated hereby, Parent and
the  requisite  percentage  of  stockholders  of  Parent  (as set  forth  in the
Registration   Rights  Agreement)  have  not  executed  and  delivered  to  such
Stockholders  for  their  execution  an  amendment  to the  Registration  Rights
Agreement  providing for the rights and  privileges  as  aforesaid,  then Parent
shall  instead  promptly  execute  and  deliver to such  Stockholders  for their
execution a separate registration rights agreement providing for same. Not later
than 60 days  following the Effective Time Parent will deliver to the holders of
Company Series C Preferred Stock (as of immediately prior to the


                                       33
<PAGE>

Effective Time) for execution an Amendment to the Stockholders Agreement,  dated
as of August 11, 1995,  as amended  (the  "STOCKHOLDERS  AGREEMENT")  which will
accord (i) observer  rights accorded  pursuant to Section 2 of the  Stockholders
Agreement  to a designee  of the  majority  of the  holders of Company  Series C
Preferred  Stock (as of immediately  prior to the Effective Time) and reasonably
acceptable  to Parent,  (ii)  pre-emptive  rights  accorded  to other  "Eligible
Holders"  pursuant to Section 3 of the  Stockholder  Agreement to each holder of
such Company Series C Preferred  Stock,  (iii) co-sale rights  accorded to other
"Eligible  Holders" pursuant to Section 4 of the Stockholders  Agreement to each
holder of such  Company  Series C Preferred  Stock and (iv)  information  rights
accorded  pursuant  to Section 8 of the  Stockholders  Agreement  to First Union
Capital Partners, Inc., BCI Growth IV, L.P., Gateway Partners, L.P., J.P. Morgan
Investment  Corporation,  Advantage Capital Missouri Partners I, L.P. and Jurgen
Manchot.

                  SECTION 6.12. Representation Agreements. The Company shall use
its  best  efforts  to  obtain  from  each   Stockholder   an   Agreement   (the
"REPRESENTATION  AGREEMENT"),  in form and substance  satisfactory to Parent and
the   Company,   whereby  such   Stockholder   (i)  makes   certain   investment
representations  and (ii)  agrees to be bound by the terms  and  conditions  set
forth in Article IX. Pursuant to the Representation  Agreement, the Stockholders
shall also  appoint a person or persons  (in such  capacity,  collectively,  the
"STOCKHOLDER  AGENT") to act as the  Stockholder's  agent in connection with the
rights and duties  set forth in Article IX of this  Agreement  and in the Escrow
Agreement.

                  SECTION 6.13. Pooling of Interests. Company shall not directly
or  indirectly  take any  action  that  would  result  in the  Merger  not being
accounted for as a pooling of interests under GAAP.


                                  ARTICLE VII.

                            CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

                  SECTION 7.01.  Conditions to Each Party's Obligation to Effect
the Merger. The respective  obligations of each party to effect the Merger shall
be subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Effective Time of the following
conditions:

                  (a) this Agreement and the Merger shall have been approved and
adopted by the requisite vote of the stockholders of the Company;

                  (b) the  expiration  or  earlier  termination  of all  waiting
periods under the HSR Act shall have occurred;

                  (c) the  approval  by the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal
Reserve System pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act;


                                       34
<PAGE>

                  (d) no more  than  ten  percent  of the  capital  stock of the
Company shall in the aggregate be (i) subject to a written  demand for appraisal
as  provided  in Section  262 of the  Delaware  GCL or (ii)  consist of treasury
shares of the Company; provided,  however, that the Company shall not waive such
condition  without the written consent of at least  two-thirds of the holders of
the Company Series C Preferred Stock;

                  (e) no  preliminary  or permanent  injunction  or other order,
decree or ruling issued by any court of competent  jurisdiction nor any statute,
rule,  regulation or order entered,  promulgated or enacted by any governmental,
regulatory or  administrative  agency or authority shall be in effect that would
prevent the consummation of the Merger as contemplated hereby.

                  SECTION 7.02.  Conditions to the  Obligation of the Company to
Effect the Merger.  The  obligation of the Company to effect the Merger shall be
subject to the  fulfillment  at or prior to the Effective  Time of the following
additional conditions:

                  (a)  Representations  and Warranties.  The representations and
warranties of Parent and Acquisition Corp.  contained in this Agreement shall be
true and correct in all material  respects at the  Effective  Time with the same
force and effect as though such  representations and warranties had been made at
and as of the  Effective  Time,  and Parent  and  Acquisition  Corp.  shall have
certified to such effect to the Company in writing.

                  (b)  Performance.  Parent  and  Acquisition  Corp.  shall have
performed and complied  with all  agreements  and  conditions  contained  herein
required to be performed  and complied  with by it prior to or at the  Effective
Time, and Parent and  Acquisition  Corp.  shall have certified to such effect to
the Company in writing.

                  (c) Opinion of Counsel.  The Company  shall have  received the
opinions of Bryan Cave LLP and  Reboul,  MacMurray,  Hewitt,  Maynard & Kristol,
counsel to the Company,  substantially  in the forms attached  hereto as Exhibit
B-1 and B-2, respectively.

                  (d) Bank  Consent.  Parent shall have  received the  requisite
consent from its lenders  under the Credit and Guaranty  Agreement,  dated as of
May 29, 1998 (as amended and restated as of July 7, 1998), among Parent,  Harris
Trust and Savings Bank, as Agent, and the lenders party thereto.

                  (e) Supporting  Documents.  At or prior to the Effective Time,
the  Company  and its  counsel  shall  have  received  copies  of the  following
supporting documents:

                  (i) copies of the Articles of Incorporation of Parent, and all
         amendments  thereto,  certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of
         State of the State of Missouri,  and a  certificate  of said  Secretary
         dated as of a recent date as to the due incorporation and good standing
         of  Parent  and  listing  all  documents  of  Parent  on file with said
         Secretary;


                                       35
<PAGE>


                  (ii) copies of the Certificate of Incorporation of Acquisition
         Corp., and all amendments thereto, certified as of a recent date by the
         Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,  and a certificate of said
         Secretary  dated as of a recent  date as to the due  incorporation  and
         good  standing  of  Acquisition  Corp.  and listing  all  documents  of
         Acquisition Corp. on file with said Secretary;

                  (iii) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
         of Parent as of the Effective Time certifying (w) that attached thereto
         is a true and complete copy of the Bylaws of Parent as in effect on the
         date of such  certification;  (x) that  attached  thereto is a true and
         complete  copy of  resolutions  adopted  by the Board of  Directors  of
         Parent  authorizing  the  execution,  delivery and  performance of this
         Agreement,  and that all such  resolutions  are still in full force and
         effect  and are all the  resolutions  adopted  in  connection  with the
         transactions  contemplated by this Agreement;  (y) that the Articles of
         Incorporation  of Parent  have not been  amended  since the date of the
         last amendment  referred to in the  certificate  delivered  pursuant to
         clause (i) above;  and (z) as to the incumbency and specimen  signature
         of each officer of Parent  executing this Agreement and any certificate
         or instrument furnished pursuant hereto, and a certification by another
         officer of Parent as to the  incumbency  and  signature  of the officer
         signing the certificate referred to in this paragraph (iii); and

                  (iv) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary
         of each of Acquisition  Corp. as of the Effective  Time  certifying (w)
         that  attached  thereto is a true and  complete  copy of the By-laws of
         Acquisition Corp. as in effect on the date of such  certification;  (x)
         that  attached  thereto  is a true  and  complete  copy of  resolutions
         adopted by the Board of Directors of Acquisition Corp.  authorizing the
         execution,  delivery and  performance of this  Agreement,  and that all
         such  resolutions  are still in full  force and  effect and are all the
         resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated by
         this  Agreement;   (y)  that  the  Certificate  of   Incorporation   of
         Acquisition  Corp.  have not been  amended  since  the date of the last
         amendment  referred to in the certificate  delivered pursuant to clause
         (ii) above; and (z) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each
         officer  of  Acquisition   Corp.   executing  this  Agreement  and  any
         certificate   or   instrument   furnished   pursuant   hereto,   and  a
         certification  by  another  officer  of  Acquisition  Corp.  as to  the
         incumbency  and  signature  of  the  officer  signing  the  certificate
         referred to in this paragraph (iv); and

                  (iv)   such   additional   supporting   documents   and  other
         information  with respect to the  operations  and affairs of Parent and
         Acquisition Corp. as the Company or its counsel may reasonably request.

                  All such documents  shall be reasonably  satisfactory  in form
and substance to the Company and its counsel.


                                       36
<PAGE>



                  SECTION  7.03.  Conditions  to the  Obligation  of Parent  and
Acquisition Corp. to Effect the Merger. The obligation of Parent and Acquisition
Corp.  to effect the Merger shall be subject to the  fulfillment  at or prior to
the Effective Time of the following additional conditions:

                  (a)  Representations  and Warranties.  The representations and
warranties of the Company  contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct
in all material respects at the Effective Time with the same force and effect as
though  such  representations  and  warranties  had  been  made at and as of the
Effective Time, and the Company shall have certified to such effect to Parent in
writing.

                  (b) Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied
with all agreements and conditions contained herein required to be performed and
complied  with by it prior to or at the  Effective  Time,  and the Company shall
have certified to such effect to Parent in writing.

                  (c)  Legal  Actions  or   Proceedings.   No  legal  action  or
proceeding  shall  have been  instituted  or  threatened  seeking  to  restrain,
prohibit,  invalidate or otherwise  affect the  consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby.

                  (d) Opinion of Counsel. Parent shall have received the opinion
of Thompson Coburn,  counsel to the Company, in form and substance  satisfactory
to Parent and its counsel.

                  (e)  Employment  Agreements.  The  Company and each of Michael
Gaddis,  Ian Brown and Richard  Bubenik  shall have  executed  and  delivered an
Employment Agreement substantially in accordance with the terms set forth in the
letters heretofore executed by Parent and each of them prior to the date of this
Agreement and in a form satisfactory to Parent and each party thereto.

                  (f) Termination of Investor Rights and Voting Agreement. Prior
to the Effective  Time,  Parent shall have  received  evidence  satisfactory  to
Parent and its counsel that the Investor  Rights and Voting  Agreement  has been
terminated.

                  (g) Supporting  Documents.  At or prior to the Effective Time,
Parent and its counsel  shall have received  copies of the following  supporting
documents:

                  (i) copies of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company,
         and  all  amendments  thereto,  certified  as of a  recent  date by the
         Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,  and a certificate of said
         Secretary  dated as of a recent  date as to the due  incorporation  and
         good  standing of the Company and listing all  documents of the Company
         on file with said Secretary;

                  (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary
         of the Company as of the Effective  Time  certifying  (w) that attached
         thereto is a true and complete copy of the


                                       37
<PAGE>


         By-laws of the Company as in effect on the date of such  certification;
         (x) that attached  thereto is a true and complete  copy of  resolutions
         adopted  by the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  authorizing  the
         execution,  delivery and  performance of this  Agreement,  and that all
         such  resolutions  are still in full  force and  effect and are all the
         resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated by
         this  Agreement;  (y)  that the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the
         Company  has not been  amended  since  the  date of the last  amendment
         referred to in the  certificate  delivered  pursuant  to clause  (i)(x)
         above;  and (z) as to the  incumbency  and  specimen  signature of each
         officer of the Company  executing this Agreement and any certificate or
         instrument  furnished  pursuant hereto,  and a certification by another
         officer  of the  Company  as to the  incumbency  and  signature  of the
         officer signing the certificate referred to in this paragraph (ii); and

                  (iii)  such   additional   supporting   documents   and  other
         information  with respect to the  operations and affairs of the Company
         as Parent or its counsel may reasonably request.

                  All such documents  shall be reasonably  satisfactory  in form
and substance to Parent and its counsel.


                                  ARTICLE VIII.

                           TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT

                  SECTION 8.01. Termination and Abandonment.  This Agreement may
be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective
Time, whether before or after approval by the stockholders of the Company:

                  (a) by mutual  action of the Boards of Directors of Parent and
the Company;

                  (b) by the Company,  if the  conditions  set forth in Sections
7.01  and  7.02  shall  not  have  been  complied  with or  performed  and  such
noncompliance  or  nonperformance  shall not have been cured or eliminate (or by
its nature cannot be cured or eliminated) by Parent and Acquisition  Corp. on or
before May 31, 1999;

                  (c) by Parent or  Acquisition  Corp.,  if the  conditions  set
forth in Sections  7.01 and 7.03 shall not have been  complied with or performed
and such noncompliance or nonperformance shall not have been cured or eliminated
(or by its nature cannot be cured or eliminated) by the Company on or before May
31, 1999; or

                  (d) by Parent or the  Company (i) if there has been a material
breach of a  representation  or  warranty  made by the other party the effect of
which is a Company  Material Adverse Effect or a Parent Material Adverse Effect,
as the case may be, or (ii) if there has been a


                                       38
<PAGE>


breach by the other party in any material  respect of the covenants set forth in
this Agreement which by its nature cannot be cured or eliminated.

                  SECTION  8.02  Effect  of  Termination.  In the  event  of the
termination  of this  Agreement and the  abandonment  of the Merger  pursuant to
Section 8.01,  this Agreement shall  thereafter  become void and have no effect,
and no party  hereto  shall have any  liability to any other party hereto or its
stockholders or directors or officers in respect  thereof,  and each party shall
be  responsible  for its own expenses,  except as follows:  (i) the  obligations
imposed by Sections 6.03(d),  6.03(e).  10.01 and 10.02 hereof shall survive the
termination  and (ii) nothing  herein shall relieve any party from liability for
any willful breach or improper termination hereof.


                                   ARTICLE IX.

                  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS; INDEMNIFICATION

                  SECTION 9.01. Survival of Representations. All representations
and  warranties  made by any party hereto in this  Agreement or pursuant  hereto
shall survive the Effective Time and shall terminate at the close of business on
the earlier of one year from the Effective  Time or the  completion of the first
audit of the Parent or the Company  after the  Effective  Time (the  "EXPIRATION
DATE").

                  SECTION 9.02. General Indemnity.  (a) Subject to the terms and
conditions  of this  Article IX, the  Stockholders,  severally  and not jointly,
shall  indemnify,  defend and hold  Parent  and the  Company  harmless  from and
against all demands, claims, actions or causes of ac tion, assessments,  losses,
damages,  liabilities,   costs  and  expenses,  including,  without  limitation,
interest,  penalties and reasonable  attorneys'  fees and expenses  (hereinafter
collectively called "DAMAGES"),  asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon or
incurred by Parent or the Company by reason of or resulting  from or arising out
of:

                  (i) a breach of any  representation,  warranty  or covenant of
         the Company contained in this Agreement; and

                  (ii) any and all Taxes  imposed on or  incurred by the Company
         for all taxable years (or portions  thereof)  ending on or prior to the
         Effective  Time,  except to the  extent  such  Taxes  have been paid or
         reserves have been established for such Taxes on the Company  Financial
         Statements.

                  (b) Subject to the terms and  conditions  of this  Article IX,
Parent agrees to and shall indemnify,  defend and hold the Stockholders harmless
from and against all Damages  asserted  against,  resulting to,  imposed upon or
incurred by them by reason of or resulting from or arising out of:


                                       39
<PAGE>


                  (i) a breach of any  representation,  warranty  or covenant of
         Parent or Acquisition Corp. contained in this Agreement; and

                  (ii) any and all Taxes  imposed on or  incurred by the Company
         for all  taxable  years and periods  ending  after the  Effective  Time
         (including any short periods ending after the Effective Time).

                  SECTION 9.03.  Conditions of  Indemnification.  The respective
obligations and liabilities of the  Stockholders  under paragraph (a) of Section
9.02  to  Parent  and  the  Company,  on the  one  hand,  and of  Parent  to the
Stockholders  under  paragraph  (b) of Section  9.02,  on the other hand (herein
sometimes  called the  "INDEMNIFYING  PARTY"),  to the other  (herein  sometimes
called the "PARTY TO BE INDEMNIFIED")  under Section 9.02 hereof with respect to
claims  resulting  from the  assertion of liability  by third  parties  shall be
subject to the following terms and conditions:

                  (a) Within 20 days after receipt of notice of  commencement of
any  action  or the  assertion  of any claim by a third  party,  the party to be
indemnified  shall give the  indemnifying  party written notice thereof together
with a copy of such  claim,  process  or other  legal  pleading  (provided  that
failure so to notify the  indemnifying  party of the assertion of a claim within
such period shall not affect its indemnity obligation hereunder except as and to
the extent that such failure shall adversely  affect the defense of such claim),
and the indemnifying party shall have the right to undertake the defense thereof
by representatives of its own choosing.

                  (b) In the event that the indemnifying  party, by the 30th day
after  receipt  of notice of any such claim (or,  if  earlier,  by the tenth day
preceding  the day on which an answer or other  pleading must be served in order
to prevent  judgment by default in favor of the person  asserting  such  claim),
does not elect to defend against such claim,  the party to be  indemnified  will
(upon further notice to the indemnifying  party) have the right to undertake the
defense, compromise or settlement of such claim on behalf of and for the account
and risk of the  indemnifying  party,  subject to the right of the  indemnifying
party to assume  the  defense  of such  claim at any time  prior to  settlement,
compromise or final determination thereof.

                  (c) Except with the prior written  consent of the  indemnified
party, no indemnifying party, in the defense of such claim or litigation,  shall
consent to entry of any judgment or order,  interim or otherwise,  or enter into
any  settlement  that  provides  for  injunctive  or  other  nonmonetary  relief
affecting  the  indemnified  party or that does not include as an  unconditional
term thereof the giving by each claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified  party
of a release from all liability with respect to such claim or litigation. In the
event  that  the  indemnified  party  shall  in good  faith  determine  that the
indemnified party may have available to it one or more defenses or counterclaims
that are  inconsistent  with one or more of those that may be  available  to the
indemnifying party in respect of such claim or any litigation  relating thereto,
the indemnified  party shall have the right at all times to take over and assume
control over the defense,  settlement,  negotiations  or litigation  relating to
such claim at the sole cost of the indemnifying party;  provided,  however, that
if the indemnified party does so take over and

                                       40
<PAGE>


assume control,  the indemnified party shall not settle such claim or litigation
without the written consent of the  indemnifying  party,  such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld.

                  (d)  In  connection   with  any  such   indemnification,   the
indemnified party shall cooperate in all reasonable requests of the indemnifying
party.  Any  notices  required  to  given to or by,  and all  other  actions  or
decisions required to be taken or made by, the Stockholders as the "indemnifying
party" as provided in this  Section  9.03,  shall be given to or by, or shall be
taken or made by, the individual or entity appointed as the Stockholder Agent in
accordance with the Representation  Agreement and any action so taken shall bind
all Stockholders.

                  SECTION 9.04. Limitations on Indemnification and Remedies. (a)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party shall receive  indemnification  payments
with respect to Damages or Taxes pursuant to this Article IX until the aggregate
indemnification  payments payable to such party exceed $500,000,  whereupon such
party shall be entitled to receive indemnification payments for all such Damages
and Taxes.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,

                  (i)  the  maximum  liability  of  each  Stockholder  for  each
         indemnification    obligation   hereunder   shall   not   exceed   such
         Stockholder's pro rata share thereof as set forth on Schedule II hereto
         under the heading "Percentage Interest in Escrowed Shares";

                  (ii) the maximum  liability of each  Stockholder for aggregate
         indemnification  payments  pursuant to this Article IX shall not exceed
         the  product  of (x) the  number of  shares  set  forth  opposite  such
         Stockholder's  name under the heading  "Number of Escrowed  Shares" and
         (y) the Price Per Share; and

                  (iii) the maximum aggregate  liability of the Stockholders for
         indemnification  obligations  pursuant  to this  Article  IX shall  not
         exceed the product of (i) the aggregate  number of Escrowed  Shares and
         (ii) the Price Per Share.

                  (c)  Each  Stockholder's   indemnification   obligations  with
respect to any claim hereunder shall be satisfied by surrender from the Escrowed
Shares to Parent for  cancellation  the number of shares of Parent  Common Stock
that,  when  multiplied  by the  Price  Per  Share,  equals  the  amount of such
Stockholder's  liability hereunder.  The Escrow Agent and the Stockholders Agent
shall  maintain a register  (the  "ESCROW  REGISTER")  of the number of Escrowed
Shares to which each Stockholder is entitled,  which shall reflect the following
adjustments:

                  (i)  Any  indemnification   obligations  arising  out  of  the
         Representation  Agreement  or a breach by a  Stockholder  of any of its
         covenants therein, shall be borne and satisfied solely by the breaching
         Stockholder by surrender and  cancellation of the applicable  number of
         such  Stockholder's  Escrowed  Shares,  and the Escrow  Register  shall
         reflect the corresponding reduction in the number of such Stockholder's
         Escrowed Shares.


                                       41
<PAGE>

                  (ii) Any other indemnification  obligations arising hereunder,
         shall be borne and satisfied pro rata by all Stockholders in accordance
         with the respective percentage shares as set forth on Schedule II under
         the heading  "Percentage  Interest in Escrowed Shares" by surrender and
         cancellation of the applicable  number of each  Stockholder's  Escrowed
         Shares,  and  the  Escrow  Register  shall  reflect  the  corresponding
         reduction in the number of each Stockholder's Escrowed Shares.

                  (iii)  Any  Stockholder,  at its  sole  option,  may  elect to
         satisfy  its  indemnification  obligations  with  respect  to any claim
         hereunder  by  payment in cash to Parent,  and upon such  payment,  the
         Escrow Register shall reflect that such Stockholder's pro rata Escrowed
         Shares were not reduced.

                  (d) On the first business day after the  Expiration  Date, the
Escrow Agent shall  release all remaining  Escrowed  Shares (as reflected on the
Escrow  Register) to the Stockholder  Agent, who shall hold such shares in trust
for the Stockholders, pro rata in accordance with the Escrow Register, except to
the extent  that  Parent has  delivered  a notice of claim  pursuant  to Section
9.03(a)  and such claim has not been  resolved,  in which case the Escrow  Agent
shall retain a number of Escrowed  Shares that, when multiplied by the Price Per
Share,  shall be equal to the amount of such pending claim.  Upon  resolution of
any pending claims,  the Escrow Agent shall release all remaining  shares to the
Stockholder Agent as set forth above.  Upon receipt of the Escrowed Shares,  the
Stockholder  Agent shall present the stock  certificates  therefor to Parent and
Parent shall issue and deliver to the Stockholder  Agent,  stock certificates in
the  name  of  each  Stockholder  entitled  thereto  in the  respective  amounts
specified in writing by the Stockholder Agent to Parent.

                  (e) Any indemnification  obligations hereunder shall be offset
by any  applicable  insurance or other  reimbursement  payments  received or tax
benefit realized by the indemnified party with respect to such obligation.

                  SECTION  9.05.   Exclusive   Remedies.   Parent's   rights  to
indemnification  under this Article IX with respect to any Damages  shall be its
sole and exclusive  remedy for money damages  under this  Agreement,  and Parent
shall not be entitled to pursue, and hereby expressly waives, any and all rights
that may otherwise be available either at law or in equity with respect thereto,
except  for  rights  with  respect  to any  fraudulent  or  intentional  acts or
intentional misrepresentations.


                                       42
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE X.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  SECTION 10.01. Expenses,  Etc. Whether or not the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement are consummated,  neither the Company, on the one
hand,  nor Parent  and  Acquisition  Corp.,  on the other  hand,  shall have any
obligation  to pay any of the fees and  expenses  of the other  incident  to the
negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement, including the fees and
expenses  of counsel,  accountants,  investment  bankers  and other  experts and
Parent shall pay all such fees and expenses  incurred by  Acquisition  Corp. The
Company,  on the one hand, and Parent and Acquisition  Corp., on the other hand,
shall  indemnify  the other and hold it harmless from and against any claims for
finders' fees or brokerage commissions in relation to or in connection with such
transactions  as a  result  of  any  agreement  or  understanding  between  such
indemnifying party and any third party.

                  SECTION  10.02.  Publicity,  Confidentiality.  The Company and
Parent  agree that this  Agreement  and the  exchange  of  information  pursuant
thereto is confidential and they will not disclose or issue any press release or
make any other public announcement concerning this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated  hereby without the prior consent of the other party or as required
by law.

                  SECTION 10.03. Execution in Counterparts.  For the convenience
of the parties, this Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.

                  SECTION 11.04.  Notices.  All notices that are required or may
be given pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall
be  sufficient  in all  respects  if given in writing and  delivered  by hand or
national  overnight  courier  service,  transmitted  by  telecopy  or  mailed by
registered or certified mail,  postage  prepaid,  and shall be deemed given upon
receipt, as follows:

                  If to Parent to:

                           717 Office Parkway
                           St. Louis, Missouri 63141-7155
                           Telecopy Number:  (314) 468-4399
                           Attention: Chief Executive Officer

                  with copies to:

                           Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol
                           45 Rockefeller Plaza
                           New York, New York 10111


                                       43
<PAGE>


                           Telecopy Number: (212) 841-5725
                           Attention:  Alan D. Granquist, Esq.

                  If to the Company, to:

                           SAVVIS Holdings Corporation
                           7777 Bonhomme
                           Suite 1501
                           St. Louis, MO 63105
                           Telecopy Number: (314) 719-2499
                           Attention:  Steven M. Gallant

                  with a copy to:

                           Thompson Coburn
                           One Mercantile Center
                           St. Louis, Missouri 63101
                           Telecopy Number: (314) 552-7000
                           Attention:  Thomas A. Litz, Esq.

or such other address or addresses as any party hereto shall have  designated by
notice in writing to the other parties hereto.

                  SECTION  10.05.  Waivers.  The Company,  on the one hand,  and
Parent and  Acquisition  Corp., on the other hand, may, by written notice to the
other,  (i) extend the time for the  performance  of any of the  obligations  or
other actions of the other under this Agreement;  (ii) waive any inaccuracies in
the representations or warranties of the other contained in this Agreement or in
any document delivered  pursuant to this Agreement;  (iii) waive compliance with
any of the conditions of the other  contained in this  Agreement;  or (iv) waive
performance of any of the obligations of the other under this Agreement.  Except
as  provided  in the  preceding  sentence,  no  action  taken  pursuant  to this
Agreement,  including,  without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of
any  party,  shall be deemed to  constitute  a waiver by the party  taking  such
action  of  compliance  with  any  representations,   warranties,  covenants  or
agreements  contained  in this  Agreement.  The waiver by any party  hereto of a
breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a
waiver of any subsequent breach.

                  SECTION 10.06. Amendments, Supplements, Etc. At any time, this
Agreement may be amended or supplemented by such additional agreements, articles
or  certificates,  as may be determined  by the parties  hereto to be necessary,
desirable or expedient to further the purposes of this Agreement,  or to clarify
the intention of the parties hereto, or to add to or modify the covenants, terms
or conditions  hereof or to effect or facilitate  any  governmental  approval or
acceptance of this  Agreement or to effect or facilitate the filing or recording
of this Agreement or

                                       44
<PAGE>



the  consummation  of any of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  Any  such
instrument must be in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto.

                  SECTION  10.07.  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  and  its
Schedules  and  Exhibits,  and the  documents to be executed or delivered at the
Effective Time in connection herewith, constitute the entire agreement among the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior
agreements and understandings,  oral and written,  among the parties hereto with
respect to the subject  matter hereof.  No  representation,  warranty,  promise,
inducement  or  statement  of  intention  has been made by any party that is not
embodied  in this  Agreement  or such other  documents,  and none of the parties
shall be bound by, or be  liable  for,  any  alleged  representation,  warranty,
promise, inducement or statement of intention not embodied herein or therein. As
used herein,  the "best  knowledge" or "awareness" of the Company shall refer to
the knowledge of each director and executive  officer of the Company and each of
the Subsidiaries after due inquiry.

                  SECTION  10.08.   APPLICABLE  LAW.  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL  BE
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,
WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

                  SECTION 10.09. Binding Effect,  Benefits. This Agreement shall
inure to the  benefit  of and be  binding  upon the  parties  hereto  and  their
respective  successors  and assigns.  Except for the  provisions of Section 6.10
hereof,  nothing in this Agreement,  expressed or implied, is intended to confer
on any person other than the parties hereto or their  respective  successors and
assigns, any rights, remedies,  obligations or liabilities under or by reason of
this Agreement.

                  SECTION 10.10.  Assignability.  Neither this Agreement nor any
of the parties'  rights  hereunder shall be assignable by any party hereto prior
to the  Effective  Time without the prior  written  consent of the other parties
hereto.  After the Effective  Time,  no assignment  shall operate to release the
original parties hereto.

                  SECTION  10.11.  Severability.  Any term or  provision of this
Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that
jurisdiction,   be   ineffective   to  the   extent   of  such   invalidity   or
unenforceability  without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms
and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or  enforceability of
any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

                  SECTION 10.12. Variation and Amendment.  This Agreement may be
varied or amended at any time before or after the  approval and adoption of this
Agreement  by the  stockholders  of  Parent  and the  Company  by  action of the
respective  Boards of Directors of the Company,  Parent and  Acquisition  Corp.,
without  action by the  stockholders  thereof,  provided that after approval and
adoption of this  Agreement by the  Company's  stockholders  no such variance or
amendment   shall,   without   consent  of  such   stockholder(s),   reduce  the
consideration


                                       45
<PAGE>

that the  holders of the  capital  stock of the  Company  shall be  entitled  to
receive  upon the  Effective  Time  pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof or amend the
provisions of Article IX.


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have  executed and delivered
this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.



                                               By  /s/ DARYL A. RHODES
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                    Name: DARYL A. RHODES
                                                    Title: TREASURER


                                               SAVVIS ACQUISITION CORP.



                                               By /s/ DARYL A. RHODES
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                    Name: DARYL A. RHODES
                                                    Title: TREASURER


                                               SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION



                                               By /s/ CLYDE A. HEINTZELMAN
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                    Name: CLYDE A. HEINTZELMAN
                                                          Title: PRESIDENT/CEO


                                   * * * * *

The  schedules  and  exhibits to this  agreement  have been  omitted and will be
furnished to the SEC's staff upon request.

                                   * * * * *


                                       46

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as
of  the  4th  day  of  December,  1998,  by and  between  Savvis  Communications
Corporation (the "Employer") and Clyde A. Heintzelman (the "Executive").

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS:

         (1) Employer desires to retain Executive's services, upon the terms and
conditions hereafter described, and Executive desires to be employed by Employer
upon such terms and conditions;

         (2) Executive understands and acknowledges that in connection with this
proposed employment Executive will meet important customers and referral sources
of  Employer,  and learn of  confidential  business  information,  ways of doing
business,  and trade secrets of Employer of which  Executive was not aware,  and
that accordingly  Executive's agreement to and compliance with the covenants and
terms  set  forth in  Sections  7 and 8 of this  Agreement  are a  material  and
essential condition to Employer's agreement to employ Executive;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of the premises,  and the promises,
covenants and agreements hereinafter described,  Employer and Executive agree as
follows:

         1. Employment.  Employer hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby
accepts  employment with Employer,  upon and subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in this  Agreement.  Employer  shall at all times  during  Executive's
employment  nominate  Executive for a seat on Employer's  Board of Directors and
use its reasonable efforts to cause Executive to be elected to the Board.

         2. Duties.  Executive  shall serve as the President and Chief Executive
Officer of Employer,  and perform,  under and according to Employer's  direction
and control and to the best of Executive's abilities,  all executive,  advisory,
administrative,  and/or  managerial  duties  (if any) which may be  assigned  or
delegated to  Executive  from time to time by the Board of Directors of Employer
or the Chairman of the Board of directors  ("Chairman").  Executive  shall carry
out, follow and comply with all directives,  rules, and policies of Employer and
the  Board  and  Chairman,   shall  have  the  authority  and   responsibilities
customarily exercised by a President and Chief Executive Officer, subject to the
Board's direction and control, and without additional compensation shall provide
services  to,  and serve as an  officer  and/or  director  of,  any  subsidiary,
affiliate or other  business or venture in which  Employer may hold an interest,
as the Board of Directors may direct.

<PAGE>


Executive  also  shall  be  responsible  for  operating  Employer  at a level of
profitability  and financial  performance  established  by  Employer's  Board of
Directors from time to time.  Executive shall consult with  Employer's  Board of
Directors and the Chairman, as requested by such Board from time to time, on all
manners including without limitation the development of an annual budget.

         Executive shall exert  Executive best efforts and devote  substantially
all of Executive's  working time,  attention and energies to Employer's business
and the  performance  of  Executive  duties,  and shall not  engage in any other
business  activity,  whether or not such  employment  or  business  activity  is
pursued  for  gain,  profit or other  pecuniary  advantage,  without  Employer's
express prior written consent;  provided,  however, that (1) Executive may serve
on the Board of Directors of another  corporation  provided such  activities and
service do not violate any other covenant or term of this  Agreement,  interfere
with the performance of Executive's duties for Employer, or create a conflict of
interest or the  appearance  of a conflict of interest with respect to Employer;
(2) if the same does not violate any other  covenant or term of this  Agreement,
Executive may invest  Executive's  personal assets in any form or manner so long
as it does not require  Executive's  services or advice in the  operation of any
business in which such  investment is made (but nothing in this Agreement  shall
restrict  Executive's  right to  invest  in  Employer  or the  Company  (defined
below)).

         3.       Term of Employment.

                  (a) Executive's  employment with Employer  commences as of the
date  first  written  above,  and  unless  earlier  terminated  pursuant  to the
provisions of Section  3(b),  terminates at the close of business on December 3,
2000 (the "Term"),  provided,  however, that commencing on December 2, 2000, and
on each annual  anniversary of such date (such date and each annual  anniversary
being called a "Renewal Date"), this Agreement automatically shall extend for an
additional one-year period upon the terms described in this paragraph, unless 60
days or more prior to the Renewal  Date,  either party gives notice to the other
in accordance with Section 14 that such party elects not to renew the employment
term. If such notice of non-renewal is given, then Executive's  employment shall
terminate at the  expiration  of the then current term. In the case of each such
renewal (i) Executive shall be compensated as set out in Section  4(a)-(b);  and
(ii) all other terms of this Agreement (including those respecting  termination)
shall remain in full force and effect. The parties  acknowledge their intentions
that the foregoing  provisions  could (through the failure to elect not to renew
or to exercise  rights  under  Section  3(b))  result in a perpetual  employment
without any definite duration during Executive's life.

                  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  prior to the expiration of
the Term (as the same may be extended)  (i) Employer may  terminate  Executive's
employment,  without  prior  notice,  "Cause"  (meaning  Executive's  failure or
refusal

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

to perform any stated duty,  misconduct or dishonesty by Executive in connection
with the  performance  of this  Agreement  or any  other of  Executive's  duties
hereunder, disloyalty, misappropriation of funds by Executive, Executive's being
convicted of any crime constituting a felony, fraudulent or unethical conduct by
Executive related to or affecting Executive's  employment,  failure of Executive
to meet or achieve  specific  business  plans or objectives as determined by the
Board of  Directors  of  Employer  and which have been made  known to  Executive
(which is not remedied  within 10 days after written notice of the same is given
by  Employer),  or any other  breach of this  Agreement  (which is not  remedied
within 10 days  after  written  notice of the same is given by  Employer);  (ii)
Executive's  employment  terminates  immediately upon Executive's  death;  (iii)
Executive's  employment  may be  terminated,  at Employer's  option,  if, due to
physical or mental illness,  injury, or condition Executive is unable to perform
any essential function of Executive's position with reasonable accommodation for
a period of more than 90  consecutive  days;  (iv)  Executive  may terminate his
employment  for  "Good  Reason"  (meaning  (x) any  violation  of a term of this
Agreement by Employer which is not remedied  within 10 days after written notice
of the same is given by  Executive,  (y) the  assignment  of Executive to duties
which result in a substantial  diminution  of  Executive's  position,  duties or
responsibilities  as provided for in this  Agreement  (excluding an isolated and
inadvertent  action which is remedied by Employer  within 10 days after  written
notice of the same is given by Executive or a temporary or occasional assignment
by the Board or the Chairman made for reasons of business  necessity in the good
faith  judgment  of the  Board  of its  Chairman),  or (z)  without  Executive's
consent,  relocation  of  Executive  from  Employer's  corporate  offices  to be
established  in the Reston,  Virginia area, or the closing or relocation of such
corporate offices, in violation of the provisions of Section 5).

                  (c) Upon  termination  of  Executive's  employment  hereunder,
Executive shall be entitled only to receive any compensation  accrued but unpaid
as of such date,  and shall  deliver  to  Employer  all  property  of  Employer.
However,  in the event Executive validly  terminates his employment prior to the
expiration  of the Term for Good  Reason  (as  defined  above),  or  Executive's
employment  is  terminated   pursuant  to  Section  3(b)(ii)  or  (iii),   then,
notwithstanding  the provisions of Section 4(b),  Executive shall be eligible to
receive as and when  described  below,  with respect to the fiscal year in which
employment  terminates,  a pro-rated  portion of the Executive's Bonus under the
bonus plan for Executive in effect for that fiscal year provided the performance
goals for the Bonus plan for the entire  fiscal year are in fact  achieved.  The
pro-rated  portion shall be paid at the same time the Bonus otherwise would have
been payable under the Agreement if Executive had remained in Employer's employ,
and shall be equal to a percentage  of the Bonus equal to the  percentage of the
fiscal year during which Executive was employed by Employer.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

         If Executive validly terminates  Executive's employment for Good Reason
as described above, or if Employer terminates  Executive's employment (excluding
a  termination  under  Section  3(b)(i),  (ii) or  (iii))  without  cause  or in
violation of this Agreement  prior to the expiration of the Term, then Executive
shall be entitled to receive,  as and when described  below,  an amount equal to
the then current rate of Base Salary being paid to Employer  (excluding bonuses,
benefits,  or other  compensation),  provided  that during the time payments are
being made to Executive, Executive complies with the provisions of Section 7 and
8 whether or not they otherwise would be enforceable,  and provided further that
Executive  first  executes  and  delivers  to  Employer a  document  in form and
substance satisfactory to Employer,  releasing, waiving, and agreeing not to sue
on any claims or causes of action which  Executive then may have or hold against
Employer,  the  Company,  or  any of  their  respective  affiliates,  employees,
directors,  insurors  or  agents  arising  out  of or  relating  to  Executive's
employment,  this Agreement or its termination,  or any facts occurring prior to
that date, and all conditions to making that release and waiver legal  effective
have been satisfied.  This sum will be paid out in 12 equal consecutive  monthly
installments  on the Employer's  regular  monthly  paydays,  commencing with the
month  following  the  month  Executive's  employment  terminates  and all  such
conditions have been  satisfied.  These payments are in addition to any prorated
bonus to which Executive may be entitled under the provisions of the immediately
preceding paragraph.

                  (d) The provisions of Section 3, 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement,
and any related provisions,  shall survive and continue after the termination of
this Agreement and after the termination of Executive's employment.

         4. Compensation. For the services rendered pursuant to this Agreement's
terms, during Executive's employment (except for any period in excess of 90 days
during which  Executive may be  restricted in performing  duties for Employer by
reason of a Court Order) Executive shall receive the following:

                  (a) Base Salary.  Executive shall be compensated at any annual
rate of $250,000 ("Base Salary"). Payments will be made at least once a month on
a regular payday of Employer.

                  (b)  Bonus.  Executive  shall be  entitled  to receive a bonus
("Bonus"),  payable and  determined  as  described  below,  for each fiscal year
(starting with the 1999 fiscal year) in which  Executive  meets the  performance
goals  established by the Employer's Board of Directors after  consultation with
Executive  for such fiscal  year and was  employed by Employer at the end of the
fiscal year. The Bonus will be paid within thirty (30) days after the Employer's
audited  financial  statements for such fiscal year are issued.  With respect to
any such Bonus plan and goals  established  by  Employer's  Board of  Directors.
Executive  shall be  eligible  to  qualify  for a bonus of at least  25% of Base
Salary,  and the Board of Directors  may  establish

                                      -4-
<PAGE>


a bonus of up to 50% of Base  Salary,  upon  meeting  the  bonus  plan and goals
established by the Board.

                  (c) Review.  Employer will review the compensation spelled out
above, on an annual basis, to determine whether any adjustment more favorable to
Executive should be made. Executive shall be reviewed prior to January 31, 2000.

                  (d)  Withholding.  Employer  shall  withhold from  Executive's
compensation  all amounts owed Employer (if any) and all amounts  required to be
withheld under federal, state or local law.

                  (e)  Benefit  Plans.   During   Executive's   employment  with
Employer,  Employer will pay the cost of Executive's  participation in any group
health  insurance  plan then  maintained by Employer to the same limited  extent
provided to  employees  of  Employer  generally.  Executive  will be entitled to
participate  in any other  benefit  plan of Employer  offered by Employer to its
employees  generally,  provided  Executive is eligible to participate  under the
terms of any such plan at standard rates.

                  (f)  Options.  Executive  shall  be  granted  an  option  (the
"Option")  under the current  Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan of Savvis  Holdings
Corporation  (the  "Company"),  per  the  terms  of the  standard  Stock  Option
Agreement  under  that  Plan (a copy of the form of which is  attached)  and the
Stock  Option  Plan,  as described  below.  The Option will be to purchase  that
number of shares of the  Company's  common stock which  constitute  five percent
(5%) of the current fully diluted  number of all shares of the Company's  common
stock at the price of eighty cents  (80(cent))  per shares,  provided,  however,
that if there is a  closing  of an  equity  financing  involving  the  Company's
current  investors  prior to June 1, 1999,  then with  respect to the first such
equity financing,  Executive's option to purchase shares shall not be diluted by
the amount of equity shares (including any convertible debentures) purchased (or
commuted to be  purchased) by such current  investors in such equity  financing,
and the amount of shares which  Executive  will have an option to purchase under
this  option  shall be  increases  as  calculated  by  Employer so as to provide
Executive  the  option  to  purchase  five  percent  (5%) of the  shares  of the
Corporation after taking into account such equity investment.  This Option shall
be granted  immediately  upon  closing of the next equity  financing  or June 1,
1999,  whichever  first occurs.  To the extent the Option is an incentive  stock
option for federal income tax purposes, the Option shall not be convertible to a
non-qualified stock option without Executive's express consent.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in such Stock Option Plan: (1) one-third of the options
granted pursuant to said option agreement shall vest immediately when the option
is granted and Executive has executed and delivered this Agreement and the Stock
Option  Agreement,  with the balance to vest over a forty-two  (42) month period
1/42  per  month  (subject  to the  terms  of the  Plan  and  the  Stock  Option
Agreement),  and (2) all other of such options shall  immediately  vest upon the
sale of all or

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

substantially  all of the  assets  or stock of  Employer,  or in the  event of a
"Change Of Control" involving Employer (as such term is defined below), provided
Executive then is employed by Employer.  In the event of Executive's  death, the
options granted to Executive may be exercised by his personal  representative to
the extent otherwise  exercisable by Executive under the terms of the applicable
plan and option agreement. Executive must be employed as of June 1, 1999, or the
date the  equity  financing  occurs  (whichever  first  occurs),  in order to be
eligible for this Option;  provided,  however, that if Executive's employment is
terminated  prior to such  date,  Executive  nevertheless  will be  deemed to be
eligible for, and to have vested in, that portion of the Option which  comprises
one-third  (1/3) of the options to which  Executive  would have been entitled if
Executive  had been employed as of June 1, 1999 based upon the amount of Company
common stock currently outstanding.

         For the purpose of this Section 4(f), a "Change of Control" shall mean:

         (A) the  acquisition  by any  individual,  entity or group  [within the
meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the "Exchange  Act")] (a "Person") of beneficial  ownership  (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-3  promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of
either  (i) the then  outstanding  shares  of common  stock of  Savvis  Holdings
Corporation (the "Company") (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (ii) the
combined voting power of the then outstanding  voting  securities of the Company
entitled to vote  generally  in the  election  of  directors  (the  "outstanding
Company  Voting  Securities");  provided,  however,  that for  purposes  of this
subsection  (a),  the  following  acquisition  shall not  constitute a Change of
Control;  (i) any  acquisitions  directly  from the Company  (including  but not
limited to an acquisition of shares from the Company),  (ii) any  acquisition by
the Company,  (iii) any  acquisition  by any  employee  benefit plan (or related
trust)  sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation  controlled by
the  Company,  or  (iv)  any  acquisition  by  any  corporation  pursuant  to  a
transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of
this Section; or

         (B) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board of the
Company (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to constitute at least a
majority  of the  Board;  provided,  however,  that any  individual  becoming  a
director  subsequent  to the date  hereof  whose  election,  or  nomination  for
election by the  Company's  shareholders,  was  approved by a vote of at least a
majority  of  the  directors  then  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board  shall  be
considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent  Board,  but
excluding,  for this purpose,  any such individual  whose initial  assumption of
office  occurs  as a result of an actual or  threatened  election  contest  with
respect to the election or removal of  directors  or other actual or  threatened
solicitation  of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person  other than the
Board; or

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

         (C) Consummation of a  reorganization,  merger or consolidation or sale
or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a
"Business   Combination"),   in  each  case,  unless,  following  such  Business
Combination,  (i) all or  substantially  all of the individuals and entities who
were the beneficial  owners,  respectively,  of the  Outstanding  Company Common
Stock  and  Outstanding  Company  Voting  Securities  immediately  prior to such
Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of,
respectively,  the then  outstanding  shares  of common  stock and the  combined
voting  power  of the  then  outstanding  voting  securities  entitled  to  vote
generally in the election of directors,  as the case may be, of the  corporation
resulting  from such Business  Combination  (including,  without  limitation,  a
corporation  which as a result of such  transaction  owns the  Company or all or
substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more
subsidiaries)  in  substantially   the  same  proportions  as  their  ownership,
immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common
Stock and  Outstanding  Company Voting  Securities,  as the case may be, (ii) no
Person  [excluding any corporation  resulting from such Business  Combination or
any employee  benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation
resulting  from  such  Business  Combination]  beneficially  owns,  directly  or
indirectly, 50% or more of, respectively,  the then outstanding shares of common
stock  of the  corporation  resulting  from  such  Business  Combination  or the
combined  voting  power  of the  then  outstanding  voting  securities  of  such
corporation  except to the  extent  that  such  ownership  existed  prior to the
Business Combination,  and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board
of directors of the corporation  resulting from such Business  Combination  were
members  of the  Incumbent  Board at the time of the  execution  of the  initial
agreement,  or  of  the  action  of  the  Board,  providing  for  such  Business
Combination.

                  (h) Automobile Allowance. During his employment with Employer,
Executive shall receive an automobile allowance of $800 per month.

         5. Office.  During Executive's  employment,  unless otherwise agreed by
Executive,  Executive  shall be entitled  to office at, and perform  Executive's
duties  principally out of, a corporate office maintained by Employer in Reston,
Virginia or the immediately surrounding area. Executive shall have the authority
to  determine,  after  consultation  and  review  with the  Employer's  Board of
Directors and/or the Chairman of the Board,  what corporate  functions should be
transferred to and/or handled out of the Reston corporate office.

         6. Expenses.  During Executive's  employment,  Employer shall reimburse
Executive for reasonable,  ordinary and necessary  business expenses incurred by
Executive in the performance of his duties for Employer subject to any budgetary
limitations  established  from time to time by Employer and  provided  Executive
provides  such  documentation  and  information  as  may  then  be  required  by
Employer's  business  expense  reimbursement  policy and as may be  required  to

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

satisfy the standards  necessary to deduct such expenses for federal  income tax
purposes.

         7.       Confidential Information.

                  (a) Executive  acknowledges  Employer is a developing company,
and that, in the course of developing its business,  Employer has developed (and
will develop  and/or  acquire) and Executive will learn,  valuable  Confidential
Information (defined below), which was unknown to Executive prior to Executive's
employment,  or which has been  developed  by  Executive  on behalf of Employer;
which  Confidential  Information  only was and will be disclosed to Executive in
and  under  a  relationship  of  trust  and  confidence  under  restrictions  of
confidentiality.  As used in this Agreement,  Confidential Information means (i)
names,  addresses,  phone  numbers,  dates  and any and  all  other  information
regarding  the  clients or  potential  clients,  customers  and key  contacts at
customers of Employer;  and (ii) trade  secrets,  business,  sales and financial
data, pricing, costs, financial statements,  programs, property, lists, diagrams
and drawings,  information concerning the design,  components and manufacture of
Employer's products, market information, financial and marketing plans, manuals,
strategies, and projections of Employer.  Executive agrees that the Confidential
Information  is a trade secret for  purposes of all  applicable  laws,  and that
Confidential Information would not be disclosed to Executive but for Executive's
execution of this Agreement.

                  (b) Except as required by the duties of Executive's employment
with  Employer,  Executive  shall never during his employment or for a period of
three (3) years after such employment terminates,  directly or indirectly,  use,
publish, or otherwise disclose any Confidential Information,  without Employer's
prior written consent.  This restriction shall not apply to information which is
known  in the  industry  generally  other  than  by  reason  of any  actions  of
Executive.

                  (c) During  Executive's  employment  with Employer,  Executive
shall exercise all due and diligent  precautions to protect the integrity of the
Confidential  Information,  and upon  termination  of  employment,  or otherwise
before then upon  request,  Executive  shall return to Employer all documents or
materials embodying such Confidential Information or any part thereof (including
any copies thereof) in Executive's possession or control.

         8.       Restrictive Covenants.

                  (a)  Executive  acknowledges  and agrees  that  Employer  will
suffer great loss and damage if,  during  Executive's  employment or at any time
subsequent to such  employment,  Executive  were to  improperly  use or disclose
Confidential  Information  or goodwill of Employer,  or if Executive were to use
Executive's  contracts  and  relationships  with any client,  potential  client,
customer,  or referral source of Employer,  and therefore  agrees that Executive
must comply

                                      -8-
<PAGE>


with the restrictive covenants hereinafter set forth; it being understood at the
execution  of this  Agreement  that  the  parties  acknowledge  and  agree  such
restrictions protect legitimate protectable interests of Employer,  with respect
to its trade  secrets,  customers,  and referral  sources,  are  reasonable  and
necessary  to protect  such  interests,  are  comparable  with their  respective
rights, and do not impair or prevent Executive from earning a living.

                  (b) During  Executive's  employment  with Employer and for the
continuous period of one (1) year after such employment  terminates (whether the
Term or any extension  thereof  expires,  the employment  term is non-renewed by
either  party,  or  employment  is  terminated  by  Executive  or  Employer  and
regardless  of the reason for  termination),  Executive  shall not  directly  or
indirectly,  for any reason or purpose  whatsoever (other than on Employer's own
behalf in performing  Executive's  required  duties for  Employer),  whether for
Executive's  own benefit,  or for the benefit or on behalf of, or in conjunction
with,  any other  corporation,  partnership,  proprietorship,  or other  form of
business  entity,  and whether as an  employee  (in any  executive,  managerial,
officer,  exempt or sales  position),  partner,  principal,  officer,  director,
consultant, agent, stockholder or otherwise:

                  (i)      contact,  call on,  solicit the business of, sell any
                           goods or services of a type then provided by Employer
                           to, or attempt to take away from Employer, any client
                           or customer of the  Employer or any  business of such
                           customer of a type then  provided by Employer to such
                           customer;

                  (ii)     engage in any  manner  (or own any  interest)  in any
                           part  of a  business  then  engaged  in by  Employer,
                           anywhere   within  any   metropolitan   area  of  the
                           continental  United States or any other country where
                           Employer then is marketing  and/or  selling its goods
                           or  services  (the  mere  ownership  of less than two
                           percent  (2%) of the  shares of any  publicly  traded
                           corporation  shall not be  considered  a violation of
                           this provision); or

                  (iii)    solicit or encourage any director,  officer, or other
                           employee of Employer to discontinue that individual's
                           status  or   employment   with   Employer,   or  such
                           individual to engage or  participate  in any activity
                           or employment in competition with Employer.

                  (c) It is the intention of the parties to restrict Executive's
activities  only to the  extent  necessary  for  the  protection  of  Employer's
legitimate business interests. To the extent that any covenant set forth in this
Section 8, or in Section 7 of this Agreement,  shall be determined to be invalid
or  unenforceable  in any respect or to any extent,  the  covenant  shall not be
rendered  invalid,  but instead shall be  automatically  amended for such lesser
term or to such  lesser  extent,  or in

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

such other degree, as may grant the Employer or other party seeking  enforcement
the maximum protection and restrictions on Executive's  activities  permitted by
applicable law in such circumstances.

         Executive  acknowledges  and agrees that (a) the  separate and distinct
promises in this  Agreement are reasonable and necessary in order to protect the
legitimate business interests described above, (b) any violation would result in
irreparable  injury to Employer,  and (c) the  enforcement of a remedy by way of
injunction or otherwise would not prevent Executive from earning a living.

         9. Non-Waiver of Covenants.  Employer's  failure to exercise any of its
rights to enforce the provisions of this Agreement  shall not be affected by the
existence or non-existence  of any other similar  agreement for any other person
employed by  Employer,  or by  Employer's  failure to exercise any of its rights
under this  agreement  or any other  similar  agreement.  Employer's  failure to
exercise any of its rights in the event  Executive  breaches any promise in this
Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such breach or prevent  Employer
from  later  enforcing  strict  compliance  with  any and all  promises  in this
Agreement.

         10.  Assignment,  Entire Agreement,  Amendments.  This Agreement may be
assigned only by Employer,  and is freely assignable by Employer. It constitutes
the entire agreement  between the parties  concerning the subject matter of this
Agreement and supersedes all prior understandings, communications and agreements
concerning  such subject matter.  Neither this Agreement,  nor any of its terms,
can be changed,  added to, waived or supplemented  except in a written  document
signed by Executive and  Employer,  except that Employer may adopt or change any
vacation,  benefit, rules or other policy generally applicable to employees or a
group or class of  employees  in its  discretion  (excluding  any  change in the
incentive stock option plan which violates the terms of this Agreement).

         11.  Notification.  In order to preserve  Employer's  rights under this
Agreement,  Employer is authorized to advise any third party with whom Executive
may become employed or enter into any business or contractual relationship with,
or whom  Executive  may contact for any such  purpose,  of the existence of this
Agreement and its terms, and Employer shall not be liable for doing so.

         Executive  represents and agrees that  Executive has not provided,  and
will not, provide, to Employer (or utilize in connection with the performance of
his duties), any trade secrets of a prior employer.

         12. Governing Law, Assignment,  Miscellaneous.  This Agreement shall be
governed by and construed and interpreted  according to the internal laws of the
State of Missouri without  reference to conflicts of law principles with respect
to the  application,  interpretation  and  enforceability  of the  covenants and
agreements  set  out  in  Sections  7 and 8 of the  Agreement  and  any  related
provisions  which affect

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

their  enforceability,  application or interpretation;  otherwise this Agreement
shall be governed by and  construed  and  interpreted  according to the internal
laws of the  Commonwealth  of Virginia  without  reference  to  conflicts of law
principles.  The  headings of the  sections  are  inserted  for  convenience  of
reference  only  and  shall  not be  considered  to  constitute  a part  of this
Agreement nor to affect the meaning.

         If any one or more provisions  contained in this  Agreement,  or in the
application thereof,  shall be held to be invalid,  illegal, or unenforceable in
any  respect,  the  validity,  legality  and  enforceability  of  the  remaining
provisions  of this  Agreement  shall not in any way be  affected  or  impaired.
Nothing in this  Agreement  shall be deemed to require  Employer or Executive to
take any  action  or  perform  any  obligation  which  would be  contrary  to or
inconsistent with a Court order.

         Employer  represents  and  agrees  that  the  execution,  delivery  and
performance  of  this  Agreement  do not  conflict  with or  violate  Employer's
articles,  by-laws or resolutions,  or any judgment, order or agreement to which
Employer is a party or may be bound,  and that all corporate action necessary to
authorize  the  Employer's  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement  has been
taken.

         In any suit to enforce this Agreement, venue and jurisdiction is proper
in the County of Virginia in which  Reston,  Virginia (or  Employer's  corporate
offices,  if in a  different  county) is located,  and (if federal  jurisdiction
exists) the federal  district  court for the district in which Reston,  Virginia
(or Employer's  corporate offices, if in a different county) is located, and the
parties waive any objection to jurisdiction  and venue in any such forum and any
claim that such forum is not the most convenient forum.

         13.  Acknowledgment;   Indemnification.   By  signing  this  Agreement,
Executive and Employer each  acknowledge  and agree that they each have read the
Agreement,  understand  and intend to fulfill each and every one of the promises
in  this  Agreement,  understand  this  is  a  legally  binding  agreement,  and
acknowledge receiving a copy of the Agreement.

         Employer  will  indemnify,  defend  (at  Employer's  expense)  and hold
harmless  Executive from and against any claim asserted by Digex,  Incorporated,
Digital  Express  Group  or  Intermedia  Communications  or any  successor  that
Executive's employment under this Agreement, or any solicitation of customers or
employees of any such company,  violates any current or prior agreement  between
Executive and any such company  which has been  provided to Employer;  provided,
however,  that Executive  provides  prompt notice to Employer of any such claim,
and cooperates fully in the defense thereof, and provided that Employer controls
the defense and settlement of the claim. This indemnification does not extend to
actions taken by Executive  contrary to any specific  instructions of Employer's
Board or its  Chairman or to any use or  disclosure  by Executive of any legally
protectable trade secrets of

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

another, it being understood that Executive is not authorized to use or disclose
to Employer any such trade secrets in connection with Executive's employment.

         14. Notice.  Every notice,  demand or other  communication  required or
contemplated  by this Agreement shall be in writing and deemed to have been made
either when  personally  delivered to the  respective  party or deposited in the
ordinary U.S. mail,  first-class postage prepaid, to the address set forth below
under such party's  signature,  or to such  changed  address as either party may
have given by written notice to the other party.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto  have  signed this  Agreement
below, this 4th day of December, 1998.

EXECUTIVE                                     SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS
                                              CORPORATION


/s/ C.A. Heintzelman                          By  /s/ John S. McCarthy
- -------------------------------                   ------------------------------
                                              Its Chairman of the Board


Residing at 15105 Sunflower Ct.
            Rockville, Md.  20853-1749


                                       12




                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7

November 12, 1999


Clyde A. Heintzelman
15105 Sunflower Court
Rockville, MD  20853

Dear Clyde:

         This will confirm our agreement  regarding the terms and  conditions of
your transition from employment by Savvis.

         1.   You have resigned  your position as President and Chief  Executive
              Officer of Savvis, and terminated your employment by that company,
              effective on the date of this letter.

         2.   You and Savvis,  guaranteed by Bridge, will continue to fulfil our
              respective  obligations  under those  portions of your  employment
              agreement  with  Savvis,  dated  December 4, 1998,  that remain in
              effect after  termination  of your  employment,  as though you had
              been terminated without cause. These include,  without limitation,
              Savvis' obligation to pay you twelve months of salary continuation
              and a pro rata bonus for 1999 in an amount determined by Savvis in
              its discretion  but in any event not less than 25% of salary,  and
              your   undertakings   regarding   confidential   information   and
              restrictions  on your  post-employment  activities.  In  addition,
              Savvis will continue  your salary  through  December 3, 2000,  the
              original expiration date of your employment agreement.

         3.   You will be  elected  to the board of  directors  of Savvis  for a
              one-year  term that will expire in  November of 2000.  During this
              one-year  term you will not be  separately  compensated  for board
              service.  You may be nominated to serve  additional  terms on that
              board at the discretion of the Nominating Committee.

         4.   So long as you serve on the board of  directors of Savvis you will
              continue to be eligible to participate in Savvis' benefit plans as
              though you remained an employee of the company.

         5.   You have  exchanged  the options to purchase  Savvis stock granted
              prior to Bridge's  acquisition  of Savvis into options to purchase
              stock of  Bridge,  and have been  granted  additional  options  to
              purchase  stock of Bridge.  You have  elected to convert  all your
              Bridge  options into options to purchase

<PAGE>

November 9, 1999
Clyde A. Heintzelman
Page 2 of 2

              stock of Savvis.  All of these  options are fully  vested and will
              remain in effect in accordance with their terms.

         6.   You have  also been  granted  fully  vested  options  to  purchase
              100,000  shares  of Savvis at $0.50  per  share.  Shares  acquired
              through the exercise of these options will be restricted from sale
              for twelve months from the date of this letter,  provided that you
              may transfer such shares to family members,  directly or in trust,
              subject to acceptance of this restriction by the transferee.

         7.   You will assist in the  transition of  leadership  of Savvis.  You
              will also, in your  communications  with employees,  customers and
              others,  continue  to  express  support  for the  company  and its
              business,  help to ensure the company's  ability to retain its key
              employees, and avoid disparaging the company, its prospects or its
              new leadership.  To the extent requested by Savvis you will advise
              the new  management  team on issues  regarding  development of the
              business.

         8.   You  hereby  release  Savvis,   Bridge  and  their  employees  and
              directors of all claims  arising from your  employment,  including
              claims   arising   under   any   applicable   federal   or   state
              anti-discrimination  statutes.  You agree to cooperate with Savvis
              and its counsel  with regard to any legal  matters  that relate to
              business you conducted on behalf of Savvis.

         9.   You  agree  that  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  agreement
              constitute   Confidential   Information   under   you   employment
              agreement.

If this letter correctly sets forth our agreement, please countersign and return
the enclosed copy.

Sincerely,                                            Accepted and agreed

/s/:  Robert A. McCormick
- -------------------------
Robert A. McCormick                                  /s/:  Clyde A. Heintzelman
Chief Executive Officer                              ---------------------------
                                                     Clyde A. Heintzelman


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8

June 14, 1999

By Facsimile (301) 656-2025


Mr. David J. Frear
6805 Meadow Lane
Chevy Chase, MD  20815

Dear David:

I am  authorized  by Thomas  Wendel to confirm an offer of  employment  as Chief
Financial  Officer  of  SAVVIS  Communications   Corporation,   a  wholly  owned
subsidiary  of Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc.  (Bridge).  The terms of this
offer,  which are not subject to approval by the Board of  Directors  of Bridge,
are  outlined in the attached  Term Sheet dated June 14,  1999.  There are three
changes from the previous term sheet  identified in bold letters.  I believe you
will  understand the need for these changes,  but please call me if you have any
questions.  I will be in my office  until 5:00 p.m.  CDT. You can reach me after
that time on my cell phone.

Should these terms and  conditions be  acceptable to you,  please sign below and
return.

Sincerely,


/s/Daryl Rhodes
- ---------------
Daryl Rhodes
EVP and Chief Financial Officer


/s/:  David J. Frear                                          15/6/99
- ------------------------------                                -------
Accepted:  David J. Frear                                     Date


<PAGE>


                                 DAVID J. FREAR
                                   TERM SHEET
                                  JUNE 14, 1999


POSITION                      Chief Financial Officer

SALARY                        $250,000   subject   to   periodic   review    and
                              adjustment.

BONUS                         50% of salary.  May  be  more  or  less  based  on
                              individual and corporate performance.

BENEFITS                      Medical,  disability,  life  insurance,  401K  and
                              other benefits in accordance with company policy.

VACATION                      4 weeks/year

OPTIONS                       Options  on  .5%  of  the  fully diluted shares of
                              Savvis  (post-acquisition  of the  Bridge  network
                              assets) at an exercise  price per share based on a
                              $40   million   equity   valuation   (subject   to
                              validation  of  this  valuation  by the  Company's
                              appraisers  and  accounting  experts).   Upon  the
                              closing of an initial  public  offering  of Savvis
                              additional options  representing .25% of the fully
                              diluted  shares of Savvis  will be issued  with an
                              exercise  price per share  equal to the IPO price.
                              All  options  will  have a 10 year  term,  will be
                              incentive stock options to the extent permitted by
                              law, and the underlying  shares will be registered
                              promptly  following  any  public  offering  of the
                              Company's common stock.

VESTING                       One  quarter on the  earlier of an initial  public
                              offering or the first  anniversary  of employment,
                              and one quarter on each of the second,  third, and
                              fourth anniversaries of employment.

ACCELERATION                  All unvested  options shall vest immediately prior
                              to the  occurrence of a Change in Control.  Change
                              of Control shall include (i) the  acquisition by a
                              person,  or persons  acting as a group,  of 35% or
                              more of the  Company's  outstanding  voting  stock
                              (EXCLUDING DISTRIBUTIONS OF SAVVIS STOCK TO BRIDGE
                              SHAREHOLDERS),   (ii)  the   disposal  of  all  or
                              substantially  all  of  the  Company's  assets  or
                              business through a sale, lease or otherwise, (iii)
                              the  merger of the  Company  with or into  another
                              person  where  the  Company  is not the  surviving
                              person,  (iv) any  reverse  merger  in  which  the
                              Company's  stockholders prior to the merger do not
                              own at least 50% of the post merger entity,  (v) a
                              change in the board of  directors  in any two year
                              period

<PAGE>

DAVID J. FREAR
TERM SHEET
JUNE 14, 1999
PAGE 2
                              wherein  a  majority  of the  directors  have been
                              elected  without  the  approval of at least 2/3 of
                              the  directors in office at the  beginning of such
                              period,  or (vi) a Change in Control of Bridge, in
                              the  event  Bridge  owns  more  than  35%  of  the
                              Company's   outstanding  voting  stock  (EXCLUDING
                              DISTRIBUTIONS    OF   BRIDGE   SHARES   OWNED   BY
                              PARTNERSHIPS CONTROLLED BY WELSH, CARSON, ANDERSON
                              &  STOWE   TO  THE   LIMITED   PARTNERS   OF  SUCH
                              PARTNERSHIPS).

EXPIRY                        All vested  options  shall  terminate  as follows:
                              i)  at the end of their ten year term
                              ii) 2 years  following  termination  of employment
                                  due to death or disability

                              Vesting shall cease as of the date of  termination
                              of  employment,   except  as  otherwise   provided
                              herein.

SEVERANCE                     If  at  any  time  the Company shall terminate the
                              employee's   employment,   other  than  for  Cause
                              (felony  conviction,  moral turpitude),  or if the
                              employee terminates his employment for Good Reason
                              (substantial reduction in pay or responsibilities,
                              change in principal  location from DC metropolitan
                              area,  failure  of Savvis to  acquire  the  Bridge
                              network assets by 12/31/00),  the employee will be
                              entitled  to   continuation   of  salary  and  all
                              benefits (including  continued vesting of options)
                              for one year following such termination,  and will
                              be entitled to a pro rata payment of bonus through
                              the  date  of  termination.

LOCATION                      Employee's principal  office  will  be  located in
                              Reston, VA.

PUT RIGHT                     If  the  Company's common stock is not traded on a
                              national  securities market with a public float of
                              at  least  $75  million  AND  THE  COMPANY  IS NOT
                              ACTIVELY IN THE PROCESS OF REGISTERING  ITS COMMON
                              STOCK  ON A  NATIONAL  SECURITIES  MARKET  WITH  A
                              PUBLIC  FLOAT OF AT  LEAST  $75  MILLION  within 2
                              years  ("Publicly   Traded")  of  commencement  of
                              employment,  employee  will  have the right to put
                              the shares  underlying  all vested  options to the
                              Company in exchange  for a cash  payment  equal to
                              the  fair  market  value of such  shares  less the
                              exercise  price of such shares.  Fair market value
                              will   be   determined   by   an   internationally
                              recognized  investment bank of a fully distributed
                              public  basis   without   regard  to   illiquidity
                              discounts,  minority interest  discounts,  control
                              premiums or the existence


<PAGE>

DAVID J. FREAR
TERM SHEET
JUNE 14, 1999
PAGE 3


                              of control blocks. This right will expire when the
                              Company's  stock is  Publicly  Traded.


BOARD                         The Company  will use its best  efforts  to  cause
REPRESENTATION                employee to be elected to its Board of  Directors.
                              Employee  will  continue  in such  position at the
                              discretion   of  the  Board   and  the   Company's
                              shareholders.



                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9

September 30, 1999


Mr. James Mori

Dear Jim:

         This  will  confirm  our  agreement  to employ  you as Chief  Operating
Officer of Savvis  Communications.  You will  report  directly to me and will be
based in St. Louis. As COO of Savvis, you will have full  responsibility for all
sales,  marketing,  product  management  and  operations.  You will  assume your
position  as  soon  as  possible,  and in  any  event  prior  to  10/25/99  (the
"Employment Date").

         Your  compensation will consist of a base salary of $200,000 per annum,
plus a discretionary  bonus which will be subjectively  determined based on your
performance  and that of Savvis,  which you can expect  will be no less than 50%
and up to 100% of base salary.

         In addition to your cash  compensation,  you will be awarded options to
purchase  225,000  shares of stock in  Savvis at a strike  price of 50 cents per
share. This option will vest pro rata on each of the first four anniversaries of
the Employment Date.

         You will be entitled to benefits  commensurate  with those available to
Bridge executives of comparable rank (the current package being described in the
benefits  summary  you  have  received),  except  that  in  the  event  of  your
termination  without cause the severance payment will be calculated on the basis
of two months per year of service  rather than two weeks per year.  Also, in the
event of termination  without cause prior to 24 months after the Employment Date
you will receive a severance payment equal to $450,000 and your options will all
vest immediately.  In the event of termination  without cause 24 months or later
from the Employment  Date, if either Savvis is not a public company or Savvis is
a public company and its shares on the date of termination trade at a price less
than $15 per share,  you will receive a severance  payment equal to $450,000 and
your options will all vest  immediately.  For this  purpose  "cause"  shall mean
willful misconduct,  dereliction of duties, or conviction of a felony or a crime
the nature of which would cause your  continued  employment to adversely  affect
the reputation of Savvis or Bridge.

         You may resign your employment with Savvis or Bridge, and be treated as
though you had been  terminated  without cause,  in the event that (1) an entity
other than Bridge  becomes  the holder of more than 30% of the voting  shares of
Savvis; (2) you are instructed to relocate from the St. Louis metropolitan area;
or  (3)  you  are

<PAGE>

September 30, 1999
Mr. James Mori
Page 2 of 2


reassigned  to  a  position   entailing   materially reduced responsibilities or
opportunities for compensation.

         In the  event  that your  current  employer  asserts a claim  that your
employment by Savvis  violates the  non-compete  provision of its agreement with
you, then Bridge will (1) indemnify for you for legal expenses arising from your
defense and (2) in the event that your current  employer  succeeds in preventing
your  employment  by Savvis,  employ you in an executive  position  unrelated to
Savvis  for  18  months  on  the  same  economic  terms  described  above.  Such
re-employment by Bridge shall not constitute a termination  triggering any right
to severance payments.

         If you agree  that this  letter  correctly  sets  forth our  agreement,
please sign and return the enclosed  copy of this letter.  With the  formalities
concluded,  I  would  like to  take  this  opportunity  to say  again  that I am
delighted you will be joining us and look forward to working with you.

Sincerely,                                      Accepted and agreed to



/s/  Robert McCormick
- ----------------------
Robert McCormick                                By:  /s/ James Mori
Executive Vice President                             --------------
                                                     James Mori


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10











                  MASTER ESTABLISHMENT AND TRANSITION AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                       AND

                        BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

                             ________________, 2000


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I......................................................................1
   1.1 "Acquired Network Facilities"...........................................2
   1.2 "Adverse Consequences"..................................................2
   1.3 "Assumed Liabilities"...................................................2
   1.4 "Buyer Subsidiaries"....................................................2
   1.5 "Code"..................................................................2
   1.6 "Contracts".............................................................2
   1.7 "Employee Benefit Plan".................................................2
   1.8 "ERISA".................................................................2
   1.9 "Impermissible Security Interest".......................................2
   1.10 "International Network Assets".........................................3
   1.11 "IP Network"...........................................................3
   1.12 "knowledge"............................................................3
   1.13 "Lien".................................................................3
   1.14 "Local Transfer Agreements"............................................3
   1.15 "Retained Liabilities".................................................3
   1.16 "Seller Subsidiaries"..................................................3
   1.17 "US Network Assets"....................................................4
   1.18 "WARN Act".............................................................4
   1.19 "Terms"................................................................4

ARTICLE II.....................................................................6
   2.1 Purchase and Sale of Purchased Assets; Effective Time...................6
   2.2 Assumption of Liabilities...............................................6
   2.3 Purchase Price..........................................................6
   2.4 The Closing.............................................................7
   2.5 Deliveries at the Closing...............................................7
   2.6 Purchase Price Allocation and Adjustment................................7

ARTICLE III....................................................................8
   3.1 Organization of Seller..................................................8
   3.2 Authorization of Transaction............................................8
   3.3 Noncontravention........................................................8
   3.4 Brokers'Fees............................................................9
   3.5 Purchased Assets........................................................9
   3.6 Contracts..............................................................10
   3.7 Employees..............................................................10
   3.8 Disclaimer of Other Representations and Warranties.....................10

ARTICLE IV....................................................................10
   4.1 Organization of the Buyer..............................................11
   4.2 Authorization of Transaction...........................................11
   4.3 Noncontravention.......................................................11


                                        i
<PAGE>

   4.4 Brokers'Fees...........................................................11

ARTICLE V.....................................................................11
   5.1 Notices and Consents...................................................12
   5.2 Call Right.............................................................12
   5.3 Exercise of Call Right.................................................12
   5.4 Seller's Obligation with Respect to Call Assets........................13
   5.5 Buyer's Obligations with Respect to Call Assets........................14
   5.6 Termination of Call Right..............................................14
   5.7 Employee Services......................................................14
   5.8 Offers of Employment...................................................14
   5.9 Employee Benefits......................................................15
   5.10 Access to Employee Information........................................16
   5.11 WARN Act Indemnification..............................................16
   5.12 Workers'Compensation Claims...........................................16
   5.13 Employee Benefit Plans................................................16
   5.14 Further Assurances....................................................16

ARTICLE VI....................................................................17
   6.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties.............................17
   6.2 Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of the Buyer....................17
   6.3 Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of Seller.......................17
   6.4 Matters Involving Third Parties........................................18
   6.5 Call Right Remedies....................................................18
   6.6 Exclusive Remedy.......................................................18

ARTICLE VII...................................................................19
   7.1 No Third-party Beneficiaries...........................................19
   7.2 Entire Agreement.......................................................19
   7.3 Succession and Assignment..............................................19
   7.4 Counterparts...........................................................19
   7.5 Headings...............................................................19
   7.6 Notices................................................................19
   7.6 Governing Law..........................................................20
   7.7 Arbitration............................................................20
   7.8 Amendments and Waivers.................................................21
   7.9 Severability...........................................................21
   7.10 Expenses..............................................................21
   7.11 Construction..........................................................21
   7.12 Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules...............................21
   7.13 Bulk Transfer Laws....................................................21

Exhibit A.....................................................................23
Exhibit B.....................................................................24
Exhibit C.....................................................................38


                                       ii
<PAGE>

Exhibit D.....................................................................39
Exhibit E.....................................................................40
Exhibit F.....................................................................43
Exhibit G.....................................................................54
Exhibit H.....................................................................55
Exhibit I.....................................................................65
Exhibit J.....................................................................68
Exhibit K.....................................................................
Schedule 1.3..................................................................81
Schedule 1.10.................................................................82
Schedule 1.11.................................................................83
Schedule 1.12.................................................................84
Schedule 1.16.................................................................85
Schedule 1.17.................................................................
Schedule 2.3..................................................................86
Schedule 3.3..................................................................87
Schedule 3.5(a)...............................................................88
Schedule 3.6..................................................................89
Schedule 3.7..................................................................90
Schedule 5.1..................................................................91
Schedule 5.2(a)...............................................................92
Schedule 5.2(b)...............................................................93
Schedule 5.5..................................................................94

                                      iii

<PAGE>

                  MASTER ESTABLISHMENT AND TRANSITION AGREEMENT

                  This   Master    Establishment   and   Transition    Agreement
("Agreement"),  made this ____ day of  __________,  2000, by and between  SAVVIS
Communications   Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation  ("Buyer"),  and  Bridge
Information Systems, Inc., a Missouri corporation  ("Seller").  Buyer and Seller
are referred to collectively herein as the "parties."

                                    RECITALS

                  WHEREAS,  Seller is engaged in the business of collecting  and
distributing various financial, news and other data;

                  WHEREAS,  Buyer  is  engaged  in  the  business  of  providing
Internet protocol backbone and other data transport services;

                  WHEREAS,  Seller  and  its  subsidiaries  own  certain  assets
relating to the
provision of Internet protocol backbone and other data transport services,  such
assets consisting of (i) all of the equity interest (the "Interest") in Seller's
wholly-owned  subsidiary,   Global  Network  Assets,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited
liability  company  (the  "LLC"),  and (ii)  the  International  Network  Assets
(defined below);

                  WHEREAS,  Seller does not own  outright  but instead  leases a
substantial  portion of the US based assets  comprising  its  Internet  protocol
backbone ("Leased Assets"); and

                  WHEREAS,  Seller  and  certain of its  subsidiaries  desire to
sell,  and Buyer and certain of its  subsidiaries  desire to  purchase,  (i) the
Interest, and (ii) the International Network Assets (collectively, such acquired
assets are referred to herein as the "Purchased Assets"; provided, however, that
Call Assets  first shall be added to the  Purchased  Assets as they are acquired
under a Local Transfer Agreement).

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the
mutual  promises  herein  made,  and in  consideration  of the  representations,
warranties, and covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

                  Whenever used in this Agreement,  the words and phrases listed
below shall have the meanings  given below,  and all defined terms shall include
the plural as well as the singular. Unless otherwise stated, the words "herein",
"hereunder"  and other similar words refer to this  Agreement as a whole and not
to  a  particular  Section  or  other  subdivision.  The  words  "included"  and
"including"  shall not be construed as terms of limitation.  The following terms
shall have the meanings set forth below:


<PAGE>

                  1.1 "Acquired Network Facilities" means the US Network Assets,
the International  Network Assets,  but the Call Assets are included only to the
extent acquired by Buyer and Buyer's subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement and
the Local Transfer Agreements.

                  1.2  "Adverse   Consequences"   means  all   actions,   suits,
proceedings,  hearings,  investigations,  charges, complaints,  claims, demands,
injunctions,  judgments,  orders,  decrees,  rulings,  damages, dues, penalties,
fines, costs, reasonable amounts paid in settlement,  liabilities,  obligations,
taxes, liens, losses,  expenses,  and fees, including court costs and reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses.

                  1.3   "Assumed   Liabilities"   means  all   liabilities   and
obligations  of Seller and the Seller  Subsidiaries  (whether  known or unknown,
whether asserted or unasserted,  whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued
or unaccrued,  whether liquidated or unliquidated,  and whether due or to become
due) fulfilling both of the following requirements:

                  (a)  which  are  directly  associated  with (i) the  Purchased
Assets,  (ii) the use of the IP  Network,  (iii) the  Contracts,  or (iv)  those
matters set forth on Schedule 1.3 attached hereto; and

                  (b) which are not Retained Liabilities.

                  1.4  "Buyer   Subsidiaries"  means  the  direct  and  indirect
subsidiaries  of the Buyer which will be involved in the  operation or ownership
of the Acquired  Network  Facilities,  including those  subsidiaries  purchasing
certain of the  International  Network  Assets  pursuant  to the Local  Transfer
Agreements.

                  1.5  "Code"  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
amended.

                  1.6  "Contracts"  means  any  and all  contracts,  agreements,
arrangements,  leases  understandings,  purchase orders, and offers,  written or
oral, of the Seller and the Seller Subsidiaries relating to the provision of the
IP Network and related data transport services, including without limitation the
agreements set forth on Schedule 3.6 attached hereto;  provided,  however,  such
obligations and other agreements  concerning Call  Jurisdictions or with respect
to the  Satellite  Rights shall first become  "Contracts"  upon  exercise of the
respective Call Right.

                  1.7 "Employee Benefit Plan" means all "employee benefit plans"
as such  term  is  defined  in  Section  3(3) of  ERISA  and all  stock  option,
restricted  stock,  stock  appreciation  or other  equity  plans and all  bonus,
severance,  change  in  control,  retention,   deferred  compensation  or  other
compensatory  plans  maintained  or  contributed  to by the  Seller in which any
Employee  participates,   in  addition  to  all  documents  describing  Seller's
employment policies and procedures.

                  1.8 "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended.

                  1.9  "Impermissible  Security  Interest" means any Lien, other
than (a)


                                       2
<PAGE>

mechanic's,  materialmen's,  and similar liens,  (b) liens for taxes not yet due
and payable or for taxes that the taxpayer is  contesting  in good faith through
appropriate  proceedings,  (c) purchase  money liens and liens  securing  rental
payments  under capital lease  arrangements,  and (d) other liens arising in the
ordinary course of business and not incurred in connection with the borrowing of
money.

                  1.10  "International  Network  Assets"  means  the IP  Network
assets located  outside the United States as set forth on Schedule 1.10 attached
hereto and all rights of the Seller and the Seller  Subsidiaries under Contracts
relating thereto.

                  1.11 "IP Network" means, except as set forth on Schedule 1.11,
those  assets that are used by Seller and its  subsidiaries  solely in providing
telecommunications  utilizing  the  Internet  protocol  between  Seller  and its
subsidiaries, and their suppliers and customers, and shall include, as well, all
the contractual rights relating solely thereto.

                  1.12  "Knowledge"  means actual knowledge (i.e., the conscious
awareness of facts or other  information),  or belief,  without  undertaking any
investigation,  and not constructive knowledge.  The words "know", "knowing" and
"known"  shall be construed  accordingly.  In the case of the Seller,  knowledge
means the knowledge of the persons listed on Schedule 1.12 attached hereto.

                  1.13  "Lien"  means any  lien,  security  interest,  mortgage,
option, lease, tenancy, occupancy,  covenant,  condition,  easement,  agreement,
pledge, hypothecation, charge, claim, restriction, or other encumbrance of every
kind and nature.

                  1.14 "Local Transfer  Agreements"  means the various  transfer
agreements,  including  local asset transfer  agreements  ("Local Asset Transfer
Agreements") and local contracts of assignment and assumption  ("Local Contracts
of Assignment")  executed by the direct and indirect  subsidiaries of the Seller
and of the Buyer involved in this  transaction to effectuate the transfer of the
International  Network Assets. Each such agreement shall be substantially in the
form of Exhibit E or  Exhibit F,  attached  hereto  and  incorporated  herein by
reference.

                  1.15 "Retained  Liabilities"  means  liabilities  which result
from or arise out of the  ownership or operation of the IP Network  prior to the
Effective  Time,   including   liabilities  which  exist  with  respect  to  (i)
obligations under the Contracts, other than an obligation to make payment, which
are  required  to be  fulfilled  by  Seller  wholly  prior to  Closing,  or (ii)
obligations to make payment, to the extent such payment is for services rendered
under the Contracts prior to Closing.  Provided,  further,  that the liabilities
resulting from or arising out of the ownership or operation of the IP Network in
the Call  Jurisdictions  shall be included  in the  definition  of the  Retained
Liabilities until the Call Right is exercised, and such liabilities shall remain
the responsibility of the Seller and/or the appropriate  Seller  Subsidiaries to
the extent they result from or arise out of the ownership or operation of the IP
Network in such countries prior to the effective date under each respective Call
Asset Transfer Agreement.

                  1.16  "Seller  Subsidiaries"  means the LLC and the direct and
indirect  subsidiaries  of the Seller  involved in the operation or ownership of
the  IP  Network,   including


                                       3

<PAGE>

those subsidiaries selling certain of the International  Network Assets pursuant
to (i) the Local  Transfer  Agreements,  and (ii) at the time of any  subsequent
Call Right exercise and related transfers,  the "Call Asset Transfer Agreements"
in the form attached as Exhibit J.

                  1.17 "US Network  Assets" means the assets owned by the LLC as
set forth on Schedule 1.17 attached  hereto and all rights of the Seller and the
Seller Subsidiaries under Contracts relating thereto.

                  1.18 "WARN Act" means the Workers  Adjustment  and  Retraining
Notification Act of 1988, as amended.

                  1.19 "Terms".  The following terms shall have the meanings set
forth in the below referenced sections of this Agreement:

                  "Arbitration Costs"                             Section 7.7(g)

                  "Arbitration Demand"                            Section 7.7(b)

                  "Arbitrators"                                   Section 7.7(c)

                  "Bridge Plan"                                   Section 5.9(a)

                  "Buyer"                                         Preface

                  "Call Asset Transfer Agreements"                Section 1.15

                  "Call Assets"                                   Section 5.2

                  "Call Jurisdictions"                            Section 5.2(a)

                  "Call Right"                                    Section 5.2

                  "Closing"                                       Section 2.4

                  "Dispute Notice"                                Section 7.7(b)

                  "Employees"                                     Section 3.7

                  "Employment Date"                               Section 5.8(a)

                  "Expiration Date"                               Section 5.2

                  "Effective Time"                                Section 2.1

                  "Global Operative Agreements"                   Section 2.5(a)

                                       4
<PAGE>


                  "Indemnified Party"                             Section 6.4

                  "Indemnifying Party"                            Section 6.4

                  "Interest"                                      Recitals

                  "Leased Assets"                                 Recitals

                  "LLC"                                           Recitals

                  "Local Asset Transfer Agreements"               Section 1.13

                  "Local Contracts of Assignment"                 Section 1.13

                  "Local Operative Agreements"                    Section 2.5(b)

                  "Note"                                          Section 2.3

                  "Original Asset Value"                          Section 2.6(a)

                  "Public Offering Proceeds"                      Section 2.3

                  "Purchase Price"                                Section 2.3

                  "Purchased Assets"                              Recitals

                  "Revised Asset Value"                           Section 2.6(b)

                  "Rules"                                         Section 7.7(a)

                  "Satellite Rights"                              Section 5.2(b)

                  "Savvis Plan"                                   Section 5.9(a)

                  "Seller"                                        Preface

                  "Short-Term Call Assets"                        Section 5.5

                  "Third Party Claim"                             Section 6.4

                                        5




<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II
                                 PURCHASE & SALE

                  2.1 Purchase and Sale of Purchased Assets;  Effective Time. On
and subject to the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  the Buyer  hereby
purchases  from Seller (or shall cause the Buyer  Subsidiaries  to purchase from
the  appropriate  Seller  Subsidiaries),  and Seller  hereby  sells,  transfers,
conveys,  and delivers to the Buyer (or shall cause the Seller  Subsidiaries  to
sell, transfer,  convey and deliver to the appropriate Buyer Subsidiaries),  all
of the  Purchased  Assets at the  Closing  for the  consideration  specified  in
Section    2.3    hereof.    The   Closing    shall   be    effective    as   of
_____________________________,  2000 ("Effective  Time").  The closing under any
transfer of Call Assets shall be effective as provided in the  respective  Local
Asset Transfer Agreement.

                  2.2      Assumption of Liabilities.

                  (a) On and  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this
Agreement,  the Buyer hereby assumes and becomes responsible for (or shall cause
the Buyer  Subsidiaries to assume and become responsible for) all of the Assumed
Liabilities.

                  (b)  To  the  extent   that   Seller  or  any  of  the  Seller
Subsidiaries  makes  payment on any Assumed  Liabilities  which are comprised of
undisputed  liabilities  for payment of services  received  under the Contracts,
then  Buyer or a Buyer  Subsidiary  shall  reimburse  Seller  for  such  payment
promptly upon receipt of an appropriate  invoice from Seller.  Likewise,  to the
extent that Buyer or any of the Buyer Subsidiaries makes payment on any Retained
Liabilities  which are comprised of undisputed  liabilities  under the Contracts
for payment of services  received under the  Contracts,  then Seller or a Seller
Subsidiary  shall reimburse  Buyer for such payment  promptly upon receipt of an
appropriate invoice from Buyer.

                  2.3  Purchase  Price.  The Buyer agrees to pay to the Seller $
________,  which shall be an amount equal to $150,000,000 less the book value of
all the Call Assets and less the net present  value of the sublease  payments to
be made by Buyer  related to the Leased  Assets,  both of which  amounts will be
determined by the parties at Closing (the "Purchase Price").  The Purchase Price
allocable to the Interest shall be paid partially with cash and partially with a
promissory  note  (the  "Note")  substantially  in the form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit I. The cash  portion of the  Purchase  Price is intended to be paid from
the net proceeds of the initial  public  offering by Buyer of its shares,  after
payment of all costs and expenses of such offering  including  fees and expenses
of legal  counsel,  investment  bankers,  accountants  and  other  professionals
directly engaged in connection with such public offering,  which public offering
is being made simultaneously with the Closing ("Public Offering Proceeds").  The
cash  portion  of the  Purchase  Price  shall be equal to an  amount  determined
according to the following formula:  One Hundred Million Dollars  ($100,000,000)
of the first Three Hundred  Million  Dollars  ($300,000,000)  of Public Offering
Proceeds and 50% of the remaining  Public  Offering  Proceeds in excess of Three
Hundred Million ($300,000,000),  up to the full payment of the Purchase Price in
cash.  The  principal  amount of the Note shall be the Purchase  Price less this
cash payment.  The Purchase Price allocable to the International  Network Assets
shall be allocated

                                       6
<PAGE>

first from this cash amount.  The cash  portion of the  Purchase  Price shall be
paid by the legal entities set forth on Schedule 2.3, or as otherwise  agreed by
the parties.

                  2.4  The  Closing.   The   consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement (the  "Closing")  shall take place at the offices
of Bryan Cave LLP, 211 N.  Broadway,  St. Louis,  Missouri,  commencing at 10:00
a.m. local time on the date hereof.

                  2.5  Deliveries  at the  Closing.  The Parties  shall make the
following deliveries at Closing:

                  (a) The  Seller  shall  execute  and  deliver to Buyer and the
Buyer shall cause Savvis Communications  Corporation, a Missouri corporation and
Buyer's  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  to execute and deliver to Seller each of the
following  agreements:  (i) the Network Services Agreement  substantially in the
form of Exhibit A attached hereto,  (ii) the  Administrative  Services Agreement
substantially  in the form of Exhibit B  attached  hereto,  (iii) the  Technical
Services  Agreement  substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, and
(iv) the Bill of Sale  substantially  in the form of Exhibit D  attached  hereto
(collectively,  the agreements  listed in (a)(i)  through  (a)(iv) are sometimes
referred to herein as the "Global Operative Agreements").

                  (b) The Seller shall cause the appropriate Seller Subsidiaries
to execute and deliver, and Buyer shall cause the appropriate Buyer Subsidiaries
to execute and deliver each of the following agreements: (i) the Local Contracts
of Assignment  substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto,  (ii) the
Local Asset Transfer Agreements  substantially in the form of Exhibit F attached
hereto, (iii) the Local Network Services Agreements substantially in the form of
Exhibit G attached hereto, (iv) the Equipment  Collocation Permits substantially
in the form of  Exhibit H  attached  hereto,  and (v) the  Local  Administrative
Services   Agreements   described  in  the  Administrative   Services  Agreement
(collectively,  the  agreements  listed in (b)(i)  through  (b)(v) are sometimes
referred to herein as the "Local Operative Agreements").

                  (c) Seller and the Seller Subsidiaries shall have delivered to
the Buyer satisfactory  evidence of such consents to assignment of the Contracts
(as defined in Section 5.1 hereof) and attainment of  governmental  approvals as
Seller and the Seller Subsidiaries shall have received as of the date hereof. To
the extent  Seller  and the Seller  Subsidiaries  shall not have  received  such
consents or  governmental  approvals,  the rights and obligations of the parties
with respect thereto shall be governed by Section 5.1 hereof.

                  (d) The Buyer will deliver to the Seller,  or Buyer will cause
the Buyer Subsidiaries to deliver to the Seller Subsidiaries, the Purchase Price
as specified in Section 2.3 above.

                  2.6      Purchase Price Allocation and Adjustment.

                  (a) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section  2.6(b),  the
Purchase  Price shall be allocated  among the Purchased  Assets as follows:  The
Purchase Price allocable to the  International  Network Assets shall be equal to
the sum of the agreed upon value of such assets,

                                       7
<PAGE>

as set forth on Schedule  1.10  ("Original  Asset  Value").  The Purchase  Price
allocable to the Interest shall be equal to the difference  between the Purchase
Price and the Original  Value.  The Parties believe that the allocations in this
Section  2.6(a)  reflect that most of the fair value of the Purchased  Assets is
contained in the assets of the LLC because of the positive cash flows  generated
by the US Network Assets.

                  (b) Within fifteen days after the Closing, Seller shall update
Schedule 1.10 and Schedule 1.17 attached hereto to include all US Network Assets
and all International Network Assets owned by Seller and the Seller Subsidiaries
as of the close of business on December 31, 1999.  If the sum of the agreed upon
value of the  International  Network Assets shown on such revised  Schedule 1.10
(the "Revised Asset Value") exceeds the Original Asset Value, then the amount of
the Purchase Price  allocable to the  International  Network Assets  pursuant to
Section 2.6(a) above shall be increased,  dollar for dollar,  by such excess and
the amount of the Purchase Price allocable to the Interest shall be decreased by
such  excess.  Likewise,  if the Revised  Asset Value is less than the  Original
Asset  Value,   then  the  amount  of  the  Purchase  Price   allocable  to  the
International   Network  Assets  pursuant  to  Section  2.6(a)  above  shall  be
decreased,  dollar for  dollar,  by such  amount and the amount of the  Purchase
Price  allocable  to the Interest  shall be increased by such amount.  In either
event,  Seller shall redistribute the cash portion of the Purchase Price paid by
the Buyer  hereunder such that the Seller  Subsidiaries  are compensated for the
sale of  International  Network Assets entirely in cash. In the event sufficient
cash is not available in the Purchase  Price for this purpose,  then the deficit
shall be funded by means of an early prepayment under the Note.

                                   ARTICLE III
                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

                  Seller   represents   and  warrants  to  the  Buyer  that  the
statements contained in this Article III are correct and complete as of the date
of this Agreement.

                  3.1  Organization  of  Seller.  Seller is a  corporation  duly
organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Missouri.  Each of the Seller Subsidiaries is an entity duly organized,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the  jurisdiction  in which such
entity was organized.

                  3.2  Authorization  of Transaction.  Seller has full corporate
power and  authority  to  execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and the Global
Operative  Agreements and to perform its  obligations  hereunder and thereunder.
Each of this Agreement and the Global Operative Agreements constitutes the valid
and legally binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable in accordance with its
terms and conditions.  Each of the Seller  Subsidiaries has full corporate power
and authority to execute and deliver the respective  Local Operative  Agreements
and to perform  its  obligations  thereunder.  The  respective  Local  Operative
Agreements  constitute the valid and legally  binding  obligation of each of the
Seller Subsidiaries, enforceable in accordance with their terms and conditions.

                  3.3 Noncontravention. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3, and
except  as would not  result in the  imposition  of any  Impermissible  Security
Interest upon any of the

                                       8
<PAGE>

Purchased Assets or US Network Assets, and except where the violation, conflict,
breach, default, acceleration, termination, modification,  cancellation, failure
to give notice,  or Impermissible  Security Interest would not materially impair
the value or use of the International Network Assets or the US Network Assets or
have a material  adverse  effect on the ability of the parties to consummate the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or the Global Operative Agreements,
or the  ability  of the  parties'  affiliates  to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated by the Local Operative  Agreements to the extent these are executed
and  delivered  at  Closing,  neither  the  execution  and the  delivery of this
Agreement and the  consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby by the
Seller,  nor the  execution  and  delivery  of the  Global  and Local  Operative
Agreements and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated thereby by the
Seller and by each of the Seller Subsidiaries will:

                  (a)  violate  any  constitution,  statute,  regulation,  rule,
injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any
government,  governmental  agency,  or court to which the  Seller or the  Seller
Subsidiaries,  as the case may be, is subject or any provision of the charter or
bylaws of the Seller or the Seller Subsidiaries, as the case may be,

                  (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default
under,  result  in the  acceleration  of,  create  in any  party  the  right  to
accelerate,  terminate,  modify,  or  cancel,  or require  any notice  under any
agreement,  contract, lease, license,  instrument, or other arrangement to which
the  Seller  or the  Seller  Subsidiaries,  as the case may be, is a party or by
which  they are bound or to which  any of the  Purchased  Assets  or US  Network
Assets are subject; or

                  (c) to the  knowledge  of Seller,  require  Seller to give any
notice  to,  make any filing  with,  or obtain any  authorization,  consent,  or
approval of any third party, government or governmental agency.

                  3.4 Brokers'  Fees.  Seller has no liability or  obligation to
pay any fees or commissions to any broker,  finder, or agent with respect to the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  for which the Buyer could become
liable or obligated.

                  3.5 Purchased Assets.

                  (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.5(a),  the International
Network Assets and the US Network Assets  constitute all of the material  assets
of the Seller and the Seller Subsidiaries used in the IP Network.

                  (b) Each of the Seller and the  Seller  Subsidiaries  has good
title to, or a valid  leasehold  interest  in, the  Purchased  Assets and the US
Network Assets,  free and clear of all  Impermissible  Security  Interests,  and
there  exists no  restriction  on the  transfer  of such  property,  other  than
Impermissible  Security  Interests  or  restrictions  which  would  not,  in the
aggregate,  have a material  adverse  affect on the  ability  of the  parties to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Global Operative
Agreements  or the  Local  Operative  Agreements  or on the  value or use of the
International Network Assets or the US Network Assets.

                                       9
<PAGE>

                  (c) Other than (i) the Assumed Liabilities  incurred by Seller
and Seller  Subsidiaries  in the ordinary  course of business after November 15,
1999, (ii) the Contracts,  and (iii) the Assumed  Liabilities listed on Schedule
1.3,  there are no  Assumed  Liabilities  which  are  material  to the  business
comprised of the Acquired Network Facilities, taken as a whole.

                  3.6 Contracts. Each of the Contracts material to the operation
and use of the IP Network, taken as a whole, is set forth on Schedule 3.6 and is
a valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto, enforceable in accordance
with their terms and is in full force and effect.  No party to any such contract
is in material  breach or violation  thereof or default  thereunder.  Except for
matters which would not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the
Purchased  Assets or US Network Assets,  taken as a whole, no event has occurred
which,  through  the  passage of time or the giving of  notice,  or both,  would
constitute,  and neither the execution of this Agreement nor the consummation of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby do or will  constitute  or result  in, a
breach or  violation  of or  default  under  any  contract,  or would  cause the
acceleration  of any  obligation  of any party  thereto or the  creation  of any
Impermissible Security Interest upon any Purchased Assets or US Network Assets.

                  3.7  Employees.  Schedule 3.7 sets forth the names and current
compensation of all employees of the Seller who will be transferred to the Buyer
on or before thirty (30) days following the Closing (the "Employees").

                  3.8 Disclaimer of Other  Representations and Warranties EXCEPT
AS EXPRESSLY  SET FORTH IN THIS  ARTICLE III,  NEITHER THE SELLER NOR ANY OF THE
SELLER SUBSIDIARIES MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AT
LAW  OR IN  EQUITY,  IN  RESPECT  OF  ANY  OF  ITS  ASSETS  (INCLUDING,  WITHOUT
LIMITATION, THE PURCHASED ASSETS), LIABILITIES OR OPERATIONS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION,  WITH  RESPECT  TO  MERCHANTABILITY  OR FITNESS  FOR ANY  PARTICULAR
PURPOSE,  AND ANY SUCH OTHER  REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY
DISCLAIMED.  BUYER HEREBY  ACKNOWLEDGES  AND AGREES  THAT,  EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
SPECIFICALLY  SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE III, THE BUYER AND EACH BUYER SUBSIDIARY
IS  PURCHASING  THE  PURCHASED  ASSETS ON AN "AS-IS,  WHERE-IS"  BASIS.  WITHOUT
LIMITING  THE  GENERALITY  OF THE  FOREGOING,  NEITHER THE SELLER NOR THE SELLER
SUBSIDIARIES  MAKES ANY  REPRESENTATION  OR WARRANTY  REGARDING ANY ASSETS OTHER
THAN THE  ACQUIRED  NETWORK  FACILITIES  AND THE  INTEREST AND SELLER AND SELLER
SUBSIDIARIES   EXPRESSLY  HEREBY  DISCLAIM  ANY  REPRESENTATIONS  OR  WARRANTIES
REGARDING THE CALL ASSETS PRIOR TO SUCH ASSETS BEING  ACQUIRED BY BUYER OR BUYER
SUBSIDIARIES  HEREUNDER  OR  REGARDING  ANY  LIABILITIES  OTHER THAN THE ASSUMED
LIABILITIES, AND NONE SHALL BE IMPLIED AT LAW OR IN EQUITY.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

                  The Buyer  represents  and  warrants  to the  Seller  that the
statements  contained in this Article IV are correct and complete as of the date
of this Agreement.

                                       10
<PAGE>

                  4.1 Organization of the Buyer. The Buyer is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Missouri.  Each of the Buyer  Subsidiaries is an entity duly organized,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the  jurisdiction  in which such
entity was organized.

                  4.2 Authorization of Transaction. The Buyer has full corporate
power and  authority  to  execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and the Global
Operative  Agreements and to perform its  obligations  hereunder and thereunder.
Each of this Agreement and the Global Operative Agreements constitutes the valid
and legally binding obligation of the Buyer,  enforceable in accordance with its
terms and conditions.  Each of the Buyer  Subsidiaries  has full corporate power
and authority to execute and deliver the respective  Local Operative  Agreements
and to perform  its  obligations  thereunder.  The  respective  Local  Operative
Agreements  constitute the valid and legally  binding  obligation of each of the
Buyer Subsidiaries, enforceable in accordance with their terms and conditions.

                  4.3  Noncontravention.  Except  as would  not have a  material
adverse  effect  on  ability  of the  parties  to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or the Global Operative Agreements or the ability
of the parties'  affiliates to consummate the  transactions  contemplated by the
Local  Operative  Agreements,  neither the  execution  and the  delivery of this
Agreement and the  consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby by the
Buyer,  nor the  execution  and  delivery  of the  Global  and  Local  Operative
Agreements and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated thereby by the
Buyer and by each of the Buyer Subsidiaries will:

                  (a)  violate  any  constitution,  statute,  regulation,  rule,
injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any
government,  governmental  agency,  or  court to which  the  Buyer or the  Buyer
Subsidiaries,  as the case may be, is subject or any provision of the charter or
bylaws of the Buyer of the Buyer Subsidiaries, as the case may be;

                  (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default
under,  result  in the  acceleration  of,  create  in any  party  the  right  to
accelerate,  terminate,  modify,  or  cancel,  or require  any notice  under any
agreement,  contract, lease, license,  instrument, or other arrangement to which
the Buyer or the Buyer Subsidiaries,  as the case may be, is a party or by which
they are bound; or

                  (c) require Buyer to give any notice to, make any filing with,
or  obtain  any  authorization,  consent,  or  approval  of  any  government  or
governmental agency.

                  4.4 Brokers' Fees. The Buyer has no liability or obligation to
pay any fees or commissions to any broker,  finder, or agent with respect to the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement for which the Seller could become
liable or obligated.

                                    ARTICLE V
               ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS AND COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

                                       11
<PAGE>

                  5.1 Notices and Consents.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.1
attached  hereto,  the  Seller  has given and  obtained  (or  caused  the Seller
Subsidiaries  to give or  obtain)  all  third-party  notices  and  consents  and
governmental  approvals necessary to effect the purchase of the Purchased Assets
and  the  assignment  of  the  Contracts  and  the  assumption  of  the  Assumed
Liabilities  hereunder.  With respect to any third party  notices or consents or
governmental  approvals  that  have not been  given or  obtained  as of the date
hereof,  Seller  covenants and agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to give
or obtain (or cause the Seller  Subsidiaries  to give or obtain)  the same.  The
Buyer agrees to fully cooperate with (and cause the Buyer  Subsidiaries to fully
cooperate with) the Seller and the Seller  Subsidiaries  in such efforts.  Until
such time as Seller or the Seller Subsidiaries shall have obtained all necessary
third party  consents to  assignment by Buyer or the Buyer  Subsidiaries  of the
Contracts  and the  assumption  by the  Buyer or the Buyer  Subsidiaries  of the
Assumed   Liabilities,   Seller  shall  continue  (or  shall  cause  the  Seller
Subsidiaries  to  continue) to  discharge  and perform when due all  obligations
associated therewith, and Buyer shall reimburse Seller for any expenses directly
attributable thereto.

                  5.2  Call   Right.   Seller,   for   itself   and  the  Seller
Subsidiaries,  hereby  grants to Buyer and the Buyer  Subsidiaries  the right to
purchase (the "Call Right") the following assets ("Call Assets"):

                  (a) in each of the  jurisdictions set forth on Schedule 5.2(a)
hereof and such other  jurisdictions as Buyer and Seller may, from time to time,
mutually agree (the "Call Jurisdictions"), all of the IP Network assets owned by
the Seller and/or the Seller  Subsidiaries in each Call Jurisdiction,  including
all contract rights associated therewith; and

                  (b)  all  the  rights  and  obligations  with  respect  to the
satellite  communications  agreements and all rights and obligations in specific
countries with respect thereto,  as described in Schedule 5.2(b) (the "Satellite
Rights").

Unless  earlier  terminated  pursuant to Section 5.6  hereunder,  the Call Right
granted  hereunder  shall  expire on the tenth  anniversary  of the date  hereof
("Expiration Date"); provided, however, that if the term of the Network Services
Agreement is extended beyond the Expiration Date, then the Expiration Date shall
be the date upon which the  Network  Services  Agreement,  attached as Exhibit A
hereto,  is  terminated.  Upon  the  exercise  of the  Call  Right  in any  Call
Jurisdiction  or with respect to the  Satellite  Rights,  Buyer shall assume all
liabilities and obligations of the Seller and/or the Seller Subsidiaries related
to the respective  Call Assets to the extent that such  liabilities  arise on or
after the date of exercise.

                  5.3  Exercise  of Call Right.  Buyer shall use its  reasonable
best efforts, from and after the Closing, to secure the consents,  licenses, and
other  authorizations,  whether  from  governments  or private  parties,  and to
establish such foreign legal presence and to fulfill such other  conditions,  as
are  necessary in order to permit  Buyer to acquire the Call  Assets;  provided,
however,  that this obligation shall not require that Buyer permit third parties
to own a portion of any  subsidiaries of Buyer unless Buyer otherwise  agrees to
such ownership.  Prior to the receipt of all such material  consents,  licenses,
and  authorizations  and the  establishment of any necessary  foreign  presence,
Buyer shall not be  obligated  to exercise the Call Right with respect to any or
all of the Call Jurisdictions or with respect to the Satellite Rights, nor shall
Buyer be obligated to

                                       12
<PAGE>

exercise  all the Call Rights at one time;  rather,  Buyer may exercise the Call
Right  in each  Call  Jurisdiction  and with  respect  to the  Satellite  Rights
separately,  from time to time,  and at any time  prior to the  Expiration  Date
subject to the immediately following provision. Upon the receipt of all material
consents,  licenses and  authorizations  and the  establishment of any necessary
foreign  presence in any Call  Jurisdiction or with respect to all the Satellite
Rights connected with a particular  third-party satellite contract,  Buyer shall
be obligated to proceed  expeditiously  with the exercise of the Call Right with
respect to such Call Jurisdiction or Satellite Rights. The exercise price of the
Call  Right,  other  than  with  respect  to  Satellite  Rights,  in  each  Call
Jurisdiction  shall be $1.00 plus the net book  value of the Call  Assets in the
applicable  Call  Jurisdiction(s)  on the date of exercise of the Call Right for
such Call  Jurisdiction.  The  exercise  of the Call Right  with  respect to the
Satellite  Rights shall only be permitted if made with respect to all  Satellite
Rights under a  particular  global  satellite  contract as set forth on Schedule
5.2(b),  and  the  exercise  price  shall  be $1  plus  the  assumption  of  all
obligations  of Seller with respect to such  contract.  The Call Assets shall be
transferred  via a Call  Asset  Transfer  Agreement  in  substantially  the form
attached as Exhibit J hereto.

                  5.4 Seller's Obligation with Respect to Call Assets. Until the
earliest  of (a) the  Expiration  Date,  (b) the date upon which no Call  Assets
remain subject to the Call Right,  or (c) the Call Right is terminated  pursuant
to Section 5.6, and subject at all times to the rights and obligations set forth
in the Network  Services  Agreement  executed between the parties as of the same
date as the date of this Agreement:

                  (a) Seller  shall  maintain  and  operate (or cause the Seller
Subsidiaries  to maintain and operate) the Call Assets in the same manner and to
the same extent as Seller and the Seller Subsidiaries,  as the case may be, have
maintained  such assets to date.  Seller  shall take (and shall cause the Seller
Subsidiaries  to take) any and all actions  reasonably  necessary to fulfill its
obligations hereunder;

                  (b)  Seller   shall  not  (nor  shall  it  permit  the  Seller
Subsidiaries to) dispose of, encumber or otherwise  transfer any interest in, or
amend,  waive or modify any provision of or terminate any Contract  relating to,
the Call Assets  without the prior written  consent of Buyer which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld;

                  (c)  Seller   shall   provide  (and  shall  cause  the  Seller
Subsidiaries to provide) Buyer with notice of any events that have, or may have,
a material  adverse  effect on the Call Assets or on Buyer's right or ability to
exercise the Call Right with respect to any of the Call Assets;

                  (d) If Buyer  chooses to exercise  any Call Right prior to the
receipt of all consents,  licenses and other  authorizations or establishment of
the appropriate  foreign legal  presence,  it does so with the assumption of all
risk or other liability arising from such absence of necessary consents, license
or other  authorizations  or legal  presence.  Upon  exercise of any Call Right,
Seller shall use its reasonable  best efforts to obtain any required  consent of
any other  contracting  parties to the  assignment  or novation of any agreement
pertaining to the  applicable  Call Assets,  and Buyer shall use its  reasonable
best  efforts  to assist  Seller in all such  endeavors.  Unless  and until such
consent  shall be  forthcoming  and any  relevant  agreements  shall  have  been


                                       13
<PAGE>

assigned or novated,  Buyer  shall at its own cost and expense  assume  Seller's
obligations under such agreements and Seller shall account to Buyer for all sums
received therefrom. Seller will at Buyer's request and expense give to Buyer all
assistance  in the  power  of  Seller  to  enable  Buyer to  enforce  any of the
agreements  so assigned  against  the other  contracting  party or parties  and,
without  prejudice to the  generality  of the  foregoing,  will provide all such
relevant books, documents and other information as Buyer may require in relation
thereto; and

                  (e) Buyer shall have no rights to use the Call Assets prior to
exercise of the Call Rights,  except as otherwise  consented to by Seller,  such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

                  5.5 Buyer's  Obligations  with  Respect to Call  Assets.  With
respect to those Call  Jurisdictions set forth on Schedule 5.5 ("Short-Term Call
Assets"), Buyer and Seller expect the exercise of the Call Right to occur within
the calendar year 2000.  Regardless if such  exercise  actually  occurs in 2000,
with  respect to the  Short-Term  Call Assets,  Buyer or the Buyer  Subsidiaries
shall reimburse the Seller or the Seller  Subsidiaries for all incremental costs
directly  associated  with the use,  maintenance and operation of the Short-Term
Call Assets,  including, but not limited to, maintenance of leased lines. Seller
shall invoice Buyer monthly for such costs.  Likewise,  Seller shall  compensate
Buyer  for  the use of the  Short-Term  Call  Assets  pursuant  to such  Network
Services  Agreement executed between the parties as of the same date as the date
of this Agreement.  Such  obligations of Buyer and Seller shall run concurrently
and shall  continue  until the Expiration  Date,  unless  earlier  terminated by
mutual  agreement  of Buyer and Seller.  No similar  obligations  will exist for
Buyer or Seller with respect to the remaining  Call Assets prior to the exercise
of the Call Rights with respect thereto.

                  5.6 Termination of Call Right.  The Call Right shall terminate
automatically on the earlier of the Expiration Date or the date upon which Buyer
has  exercised  the Call Right in each of the Call  Jurisdictions.  Prior to the
Expiration  Date,  at any time and from  time to  time,  the Call  Right  may be
terminated with respect to any or all of the Call  Jurisdictions upon the mutual
agreement of the parties.

                  5.7 Employee  Services.  From and after the Closing until such
time as the  Employees  are  transferred  to the Buyer  pursuant to Section 5.8,
Seller shall make all of the Employees  available to Buyer on a full-time basis.
Buyer shall reimburse Seller, on a monthly basis, for all payroll costs directly
associated with such Employees.

                  5.8      Offers of Employment.

                  (a)  Buyer  shall,  on  or  before  January  1,  2000,   offer
employment  with the Buyer to the  Employees.  The Seller agrees to release from
their employment,  on or before January 1, 2000, those Employees who are offered
and accept employment with the Buyer to enable them to commence their employment
with the Buyer. The date upon which such Employees commence  employment with the
Buyer shall be referred to herein as the "Employment Date."

                                       14
<PAGE>


                  (b) Seller shall  furnish  Buyer with all employee  data files
related to the  Employees.  The Seller makes no  representations  or  warranties
concerning such files, or the contents or sufficiency thereof.

                  5.9      Employee Benefits.

                  (a) Employees  shall  continue to participate in each Employee
Benefit  Plan  maintained  by Seller  until such time as Buyer  establishes  and
maintains a substantially  similar Employee  Benefit Plan;  provided that, as of
the  Employment  Date, an Employee  shall cease to be eligible to participate in
the Bridge Information Systems,  Inc. 401(k) Salary Savings Plan ("Bridge Plan")
and shall be eligible to  participate  in the Savvis  Communications  Co. 401(k)
Plan ("Savvis Plan"), in accordance with the terms of Section 5.9(b) and subject
to the terms of the  Savvis  Plan.  During  the  period in which  Employees  are
participating in Seller's  Employee Benefit Plans,  Buyer shall reimburse Seller
for any employer-paid amounts under such Employee Benefit Plans.

                  (b) As soon as practicable  after the Employment Date,  Seller
shall cause to be transferred from the Bridge Plan to the Savvis Plan all Bridge
Plan assets  representing  account  balances of Employees under the Bridge Plan.
Buyer and Seller  shall take all such  actions as are  necessary  to ensure that
such transfer complies with all relevant  provisions of Section 411(d)(6) of the
Code and the regulations  thereunder.  Buyer shall amend the Savvis Plan, to the
extent  necessary,  to provide that each Employee is credited,  for all purposes
under the Savvis Plan and subject to the other provisions of such plan, with all
service completed prior to the Employment Date with Seller.

                  (c) Buyer shall  assume the  obligations  in  connection  with
accrued but unused  vacation  and shall be  responsible  for vacation pay at and
after the Employment Date with respect to service (whether prior to or after the
Employment Date) of all Employees. Buyer shall afford Employees credit for their
period of  employment  with  Seller for  purposes of  determining  the amount of
vacation  to which the  Employees  are  entitled  each year and for  purposes of
determining all other seniority based benefits.

                  (d)  Buyer  and   Seller   acknowledge   and  agree  that  the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement shall not constitute a termination
of employment of any Employee.

                  (e)  No  provision  of  this  Agreement,   including   without
limitation this Section 5.9, shall create any third-party  beneficiary rights in
any person or organization,  including  without  limitation  employees or former
employees (including any beneficiary or dependent thereof) of Seller,  unions or
other  representatives  of such  employees  or former  employees,  or  trustees,
administrators, participants, or beneficiaries of any Employee Benefit Plan, and
no provision of this  Agreement,  including  this Section 5.9, shall create such
third-party  beneficiary rights in any such person or organization in respect of
any benefits that may be provided,  directly or  indirectly,  under any Employee
Benefit Plan.

                  (f) Seller and Buyer  shall  cooperate  as may  reasonably  be
required  with respect to each of the filings,  calculations,  and other actions
necessary  to effect the  transactions

                                       15
<PAGE>

contemplated  by this Section 5.9 and in obtaining any  government  approvals as
may be required hereunder.

                  5.10  Access  to  Employee  Information.  From and  after  the
Closing, the parties hereto will cooperate with each other in the administration
of any applicable  Employee Benefit Plans and programs.  To the extent permitted
by law, at the  Employment  Date or within a  reasonable  time  thereafter,  the
Seller will provide the Buyer the  necessary  employee  data or copies  thereof,
including  personnel  and benefit  information,  maintained  with respect to the
Employees  by the Seller or by its  independent  contractors,  such as insurance
companies and actuaries.

                  5.11 WARN Act  Indemnification.  The Buyer agrees to indemnify
the Seller and its directors,  officers, employees,  consultants and agents for,
and to hold the Seller and its directors,  officers, employees,  consultants and
agents  harmless from and against,  any and all losses arising or resulting,  or
alleged to arise or result from the  notification  or other  requirements of the
WARN Act.

                  5.12  Workers'   Compensation   Claims.  The  Seller  will  be
responsible  for any workers'  compensation  claims by any Employee for injuries
incurred prior to such Employee's Employment Date. The Buyer will be responsible
for any workers' compensation claims for injuries incurred by any Employee on or
after such Employee's Employment Date.

                  5.13 Employee Benefit Plans.  Except as expressly  provided in
this Article V, the Buyer will not adopt, assume or otherwise become responsible
for, either primarily or as a successor  employer,  any assets or liabilities of
any Employee  Benefit Plans,  arrangements,  commitments  or policies  currently
provided by the Seller or by any member of its controlled group of corporations.
In addition,  the Buyer will not assume Seller's  obligations under Code Section
4980B and ERISA Section 606 relating to  individuals  who are neither  Employees
nor  dependents  of  Employees.   Buyer  shall  be  responsible  for  satisfying
obligations   under  ERISA   Section  606  and  Code  Section  4980  to  provide
continuation  coverage to or with respect to any  Employees  with respect to any
"qualifying event" which occurs on or following the Employment Date.

                  5.14 Further Assurances.  From and after Closing,  the parties
shall  do such  acts  and  execute  such  documents  and  instruments  as may be
reasonably required to make effective the transactions  contemplated  hereby. In
the  event  that  consents,   approvals,  other  authorizations  or  other  acts
contemplated  by this Agreement have not been fully effected as of Closing,  the
parties will continue after Closing, without further consideration, to use their
reasonable best efforts to carry out such transactions;  provided,  however,  in
the event that  certain  approvals,  consents or other  necessary  documentation
cannot be secured,  then the party  having  legal  responsibility,  ownership or
control shall act on behalf of the other party,  without further  consideration,
to  effect  the  essential   intention  of  the  parties  with  respect  to  the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                                       16
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                     REMEDIES FOR BREACHES OF THIS AGREEMENT

                  6.1   Survival  of   Representations   and   Warranties.   The
representations  and  warranties of the Seller  contained in Article III of this
Agreement  and of the Buyer  contained  in  Article IV of this  Agreement  shall
survive for a period of one year following the Closing.

                  6.2      Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of the Buyer.

                  (a)  Subject to the  limitations  set forth in Section  6.2(c)
below,  in the event the Seller or any  Seller  Subsidiary  breaches  any of its
representations, warranties, and covenants contained in this Agreement, provided
that the Buyer makes a written claim for indemnification against the Seller with
respect to its  representations  and warranties  within the survival  period set
forth in Section  6.1,  then the Seller  agrees to  indemnify  the Buyer and the
Buyer Subsidiaries from and against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences the
Buyer and the Buyer  Subsidiaries shall suffer through and after the date of the
claim for indemnification  (but excluding any Adverse  Consequences the Buyer or
the Buyer  Subsidiaries  shall suffer after the end of any  applicable  survival
period) caused proximately by the breach.

                  (b)  Subject to the  limitations  set forth in Section  6.2(c)
below,  Seller agrees to indemnify the Buyer and the Buyer Subsidiaries from and
against  the  entirety  of any  Adverse  Consequences  the  Buyer  and the Buyer
Subsidiaries  shall suffer caused  proximately by any liability of the Seller or
any Seller Subsidiary which is a Retained Liability  (including any liability of
the Seller or any Seller Subsidiary that becomes a liability of the Buyer or any
Buyer  Subsidiary  under any bulk  transfer law of any  jurisdiction,  under any
common law doctrine of de facto merger or successor  liability,  or otherwise by
operation of law).

                  (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (i) Seller shall
not have any liability under this Article VI in respect of any individual  claim
(or group of  related  claims)  unless  such  claim or group of  related  claims
exceeds $50,000,  (ii) Seller shall not have any liability under this Article VI
except  and only to the extent  the  aggregate  of  permitted  claims  exceeds a
deductible amount of $1,500,000,  and (iii) Seller's  aggregate  liability under
this  Article VI shall not  exceed  $______________  , which  shall be an amount
equal to the sum of the  present  value of the  sublease  payments to be made by
Buyer related to the Leased Assets and the Purchase  Price;  provided,  however,
that the foregoing  limitations  shall not apply to Seller's  obligations  under
Section 2.2(b) above.

                  6.3      Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of Seller.

                  (a) In the event the  Buyer or any Buyer  Subsidiary  breaches
any  of  its  representations,  warranties,  and  covenants  contained  in  this
Agreement,  provided that the Seller makes a written  claim for  indemnification
against the Buyer within the survival period with respect to its representations
and  warranties,  then the Buyer agrees to  indemnify  the Seller and the Seller
Subsidiaries  from and against the  entirety  of any  Adverse  Consequences  the
Seller and the Seller  Subsidiaries  shall suffer  through and after the date of
the claim for indemnification

                                       17
<PAGE>

(but excluding any Adverse  Consequences the Seller and the Seller  Subsidiaries
shall suffer after the end of any applicable survival period) caused proximately
by the breach.

                  (b) Buyer  agrees  to  indemnify  the  Seller  and the  Seller
Subsidiaries  from and against the  entirety  of any  Adverse  Consequences  the
Seller  and the Seller  Subsidiaries  shall  suffer  caused  proximately  by any
liability of the Buyer or any Buyer Subsidiary which is an Assumed Liability.

                  6.4      Matters Involving Third Parties.

                  (a)  If  any  third   party   shall   notify  any  party  (the
"Indemnified  Party") with respect to any matter (a "Third Party  Claim")  which
may give rise to a claim  for  indemnification  against  the  other  party  (the
"Indemnifying  Party") under this Article VI, then the  Indemnified  Party shall
promptly (and in any event within five business days after  receiving  notice of
the Third Party Claim) notify the Indemnifying Party thereof in writing.

                  (b) The Indemnifying  Party will have the right at any time to
assume and thereafter  conduct the defense of the Third Party Claim with counsel
of its  choice  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Indemnified  Party;  provided,
however,  that the  Indemnifying  Party  will not  consent  to the  entry of any
judgment  or enter into any  settlement  with  respect to the Third  Party Claim
without the prior written consent of the  Indemnified  Party (not to be withheld
unreasonably)  unless the  judgment or  proposed  settlement  involves  only the
payment of money damages and does not impose an  injunction  or other  equitable
relief upon the Indemnified Party.

                  (c)  Unless  and  until the  Indemnifying  Party  assumes  the
defense of the Third Party Claim as provided in Section  6.4(b) above,  however,
the Indemnified  Party may defend against the Third Party Claim in any manner it
reasonably may deem appropriate,  including, without limitation,  consent to the
entry of any  judgment or enter into any  settlement  with  respect to the Third
Party Claim.

                  6.5 Call  Right  Remedies.  The  parties  agree  that the Call
Assets  and the Call  Right  are  unique  interests  and  that,  in the event of
Seller's  breach of its  obligations  with respect to the Call Assets,  monetary
damages will not fully compensate Buyer. Therefore, the parties agree that Buyer
shall  have the  remedies  which  are  available  to it for  Seller's  breach or
violation  of any of the  provisions  of this  Agreement  relating  to the  Call
Assets,  including,  but not limited to, the  equitable  remedies  for  specific
performance and injunctive relief.

                  6.6 Exclusive Remedy. The Buyer and the Seller acknowledge and
agree that,  subject to the other  remedies  granted to the Buyer in Section 6.5
hereof, the foregoing indemnification provisions in this Article VI shall be the
exclusive  remedy of the Buyer and the Seller with  respect to the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

                                       18
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  7.1 No Third-party  Beneficiaries.  This  Agreement  shall not
confer any rights or remedies  upon any Person  other than the parties and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.

                  7.2 Entire  Agreement This Agreement  (including the documents
referred to herein)  constitutes  the entire  agreement  between the parties and
supersedes  any  prior  understandings,  agreements,  or  representations  by or
between the parties,  written or oral,  to the extent they related in any way to
the subject matter hereof.

                  7.3 Succession and Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties  named herein and their  respective
successors and permitted  assigns.  No party may assign either this Agreement or
any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written
approval of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                  7.4  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in one or
more  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original  but all of which
together will constitute one and the same instrument.

                  7.5 Headings. The Section headings contained in this Agreement
are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.

                  7.6 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other
communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim,
or other  communication  hereunder  shall be deemed  duly given if (and then two
business days after) it is sent by registered or certified mail,  return receipt
requested, postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth
below:

     If to the Seller: Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
                                Three World Financial Center
                                New York, New York 10285
                                (212) 372-7195 (fax)
                                Attention:  Zachary Snow,
                                            Executive Vice President
                                            and General Counsel

     If to the Buyer:  SAVVIS Communications Corporation
                                717 Office Parkway
                                St. Louis, Missouri 63141
                                (314) 468-7550 (fax)
                                Attention:  Steven M. Gallant,
                                            Vice President and General Counsel

                                       19
<PAGE>

Any party may send any notice,  request,  demand,  claim, or other communication
hereunder  to the  intended  recipient  at the address set forth above using any
other means (including personal delivery,  expedited courier, messenger service,
telecopy,  telex,  ordinary  mail,  or  electronic  mail),  but no such  notice,
request, demand, claim, or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly
given  unless and until it actually is received by the intended  recipient.  Any
party may change the address to which notices,  requests,  demands,  claims, and
other  communications  hereunder  are to be  delivered by giving the other party
notice in the manner herein set forth.

                  7.6  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Missouri  without
giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the
State of Missouri or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of
the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Missouri.

                  7.7  Arbitration.

                  (a) The parties  hereby  agree to submit all disputes to rules
of arbitration of the American Arbitration  Association and the Missouri Uniform
Arbitration  Act (the "Rules")  under the following  provisions,  which shall be
final and binding upon the parties,  their successors and assigns,  and that the
following  provisions  constitute a binding  arbitration clause under applicable
law. Either party may serve process or notice on the other in any arbitration or
litigation in accordance with the notice  provisions  hereof.  The parties agree
not to  disclose  any  information  regarding  any dispute or the conduct of any
arbitration  hereunder,   including  the  existence  of  such  dispute  or  such
arbitration,   to  any   person  or  entity   other  than  such   employees   or
representatives of such party as have a need to know.

                  (b)  Either  party  may  commence  proceedings   hereunder  by
delivery of written notice providing a reasonable  description of the dispute to
the other,  including a reference  to this  provision  (the  "Dispute  Notice").
Either  party may  initiate  arbitration  of a dispute by  delivery  of a demand
therefor  (the  "Arbitration  Demand")  to the other  party not  sooner  than 60
calendar  days after the date of delivery of the Dispute  Notice but at any time
thereafter. The arbitration shall be conducted in St. Louis, Missouri.

                  (c) The  arbitration  shall be conducted by three  arbitrators
(the "Arbitrators"),  one of whom shall be selected by Seller, one by Buyer, and
the third by agreement of the other two not later than 10 days after appointment
of the first two, or, failing such agreement,  appointed  pursuant to the Rules.
If an  Arbitrator  becomes  unable to serve,  a  successor  shall be selected or
appointed in the same manner in which the predecessor Arbitrator was appointed.

                  (d)  The  arbitration  shall  be  conducted  pursuant  to such
procedures  as the  parties  may agree or, in the  absence  of or  failing  such
agreement,  pursuant to the Rules.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  each party
shall have the right to inspect  the books and  records of the other  party that
are  reasonably  related to the  Dispute,  and each party  shall  provide to the
other,  reasonably in advance of any hearing, copies of all documents which such
party  intends to present in such  hearing  and the names and  addresses  of all
witnesses whose testimony such party intends to present in such hearing.

                                       20
<PAGE>

                  (e) All hearings shall be conducted on an expedited  schedule,
and all proceedings shall be confidential.  Either party may at its expense make
a stenographic record thereof.

                  (f) The Arbitrators shall complete all hearings not later than
90 calendar days after the Arbitrators' selection or appointment, and shall make
a final award not later than 30 calendar days thereafter.  The Arbitrators shall
apportion all costs and expenses of the Arbitration,  including the Arbitrators'
fees and expenses of experts  ("Arbitration  Costs")  between the prevailing and
non-prevailing  parties  as  the  Arbitrators  deem  fair  and  reasonable.   In
circumstances  where a Dispute has been asserted or defended  against on grounds
that the Arbitrators  deem manifestly  unreasonable,  the Arbitrators may assess
all Arbitration  Costs against the  non-prevailing  party and may include in the
award the prevailing party's attorneys' fees and expenses in connection with any
and all proceedings under this Section 7.7.

                  (g) Either party may assert appropriate statutes of limitation
as a defense in  arbitration;  provided,  that upon delivery of a Dispute Notice
any such statute shall be tolled pending resolution hereunder.

                  7.8 Amendments  and Waivers.  No amendment of any provision of
this Agreement  shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by
the  Buyer   and  the   Seller.   No  waiver  by  any  party  of  any   default,
misrepresentation,   or  breach  of  warranty  or  covenant  hereunder,  whether
intentional  or not,  shall be  deemed  to  extend  to any  prior or  subsequent
default,  misrepresentation,  or breach of  warranty or  covenant  hereunder  or
affect in any way any rights  arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent  such
occurrence.

                  7.9 Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that
is invalid or  unenforceable  in any  situation  in any  jurisdiction  shall not
affect the validity or  enforceability  of the  remaining  terms and  provisions
hereof or the validity or  enforceability  of the offending term or provision in
any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

                  7.10 Expenses.  Each of the Seller and the Buyer will bear its
own  costs  and  expenses  (including  legal  fees  and  expenses)  incurred  in
connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  7.11 Construction. Any reference to any federal, state, local,
or  foreign  statute  or law  shall be  deemed  also to refer to all  rules  and
regulations promulgated thereunder,  unless the context requires otherwise.  The
word "including" shall mean including without limitation.

                  7.12 Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules. The Exhibits and
Schedules  identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and
made a part hereof.

                  7.13  Bulk  Transfer  Laws.  The Buyer  acknowledges  that the
Seller does not believe that the  provisions  of any bulk  transfer  laws of any
jurisdiction  are  applicable to this  transaction  and will not comply with any
such laws in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                                       21
<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                               SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                               By: _____________________________
                                               Name: ___________________________
                                               Title: __________________________

                                               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

                                               By: _____________________________
                                               Name: ___________________________
                                               Title: __________________________


                                       22
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A
                           NETWORK SERVICES AGREEMENT

             [This Exhibit A has been filed as a separate document]
























                                       23
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B
                        ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

                        ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

         This  ADMINISTRATIVE  SERVICES AGREEMENT (the "AGREEMENT") is effective
as of ______________, 2000 (the "EFFECTIVE DATE"), between SAVVIS Communications
Corporation,  a Missouri corporation ("SAVVIS"), and Bridge Information Systems,
Inc., a Delaware corporation ("BRIDGE").

                                    RECITALS

         A. Bridge is engaged in the  business of  collecting  and  distributing
various financial, news and other data.

         B. SAVVIS is engaged in the business of providing Internet backbone and
other data transport services.

         C. SAVVIS and certain of its subsidiaries have acquired from Bridge and
certain of its subsidiaries certain assets relating to the provision of Internet
backbone  and other  data  transport  services,  and may in the  future  acquire
additional such assets from Bridge and certain of its subsidiaries, all pursuant
to a Master  Establishment  and Transition  Agreement  between SAVVIS' corporate
parent, SAVVIS Communications  Corporation, a Delaware Corporation,  and Bridge,
of even date herewith (the "MASTER ESTABLISHMENT AND TRANSITION AGREEMENT").

         D. It is an obligation  of the parties  under the Master  Establishment
and Transition  Agreement to cause this Administrative  Services Agreement to be
entered into between  SAVVIS and Bridge,  pursuant to which Bridge shall provide
administrative  services  to SAVVIS  relating  to the assets  acquired by SAVVIS
pursuant to the Master Establishment and Transition Agreement.

         E. Together with this Agreement, the parties hereto are entering into a
Network  Services  Agreement  of  even  date  herewith  (the  "NETWORK  SERVICES
AGREEMENT")  providing for the provision of certain services to Bridge by SAVVIS
and a  Technical  Services  Agreement  of even  date  herewith  (the  "TECHNICAL
SERVICES AGREEMENT"),  providing for the provision of certain services to SAVVIS
by Bridge. Certain subsidiaries of SAVVIS and certain subsidiaries of Bridge are
entering into, and may in the future enter into, Local Transfer  Agreements (the
"LOCAL  TRANSFER  AGREEMENTS"),  Local Network  Services  Agreements (the "LOCAL
NETWORK SERVICES  AGREEMENTS"),  Equipment  Collocation  Permits (the "EQUIPMENT
COLLOCATION PERMITS"),  and Local Administrative Services Agreements (the "LOCAL
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENTS").


                                       24
<PAGE>
       NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
covenants  contained  herein and of other good and valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  adequacy  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties  agree as
follows:

                      1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND DEFINITIONS

          1.1. This  Agreement  shall  consist of this  Administrative  Services
               Agreement by and between SAVVIS and Bridge, including all addenda
               to this  Agreement  entered  into in the manner set forth  herein
               (each  an  "ADDENDUM"  and  collectively  the  "ADDENDA").   This
               Agreement  shall  be  interpreted   wherever  possible  to  avoid
               conflicts  between  the  Sections  hereof  and  the  Attachments,
               provided  that if such a conflict  shall arise,  the  Attachments
               shall control.

          1.2. Whenever  it is  provided  in this  Agreement  for a matter to be
               mutually  agreed upon by the parties and set forth in an Addendum
               to this  Agreement,  either  party may  initiate  the  process of
               determining  such  matter by  submitting  a  proposed  outline or
               contents of such  Addendum to the other  party.  Each party shall
               appoint  a  primary  contact  and a  secondary  contact  for  the
               completion of such Addendum,  who shall be the contact points for
               every issue concerning such Addendum and who shall be informed of
               the  progress of the project.  The names of the contacts  will be
               exchanged  in writing by the  parties.  Using the  contacts,  the
               parties shall work together in good faith with such  diligence as
               shall be  commercially  reasonable  under  the  circumstances  to
               complete such  Addendum,  provided,  however,  that neither party
               shall be  obligated  to enter  into  such an  Addendum.  Upon the
               completion of such  Addendum,  it shall be set forth in a written
               document  and  executed by the parties and shall become a part of
               this Agreement and shall be deemed to be  incorporated  herein by
               reference.

          1.3. Whenever  used in this  Agreement,  the words and phrases  listed
               below shall have the meanings given below,  and all defined terms
               shall  include  the  plural  as  well  as  the  singular.  Unless
               otherwise  stated,  the  words  "herein",  "hereunder"  and other
               similar  words  refer to this  Agreement  as a whole and not to a
               particular Section or other subdivision. The words "included" and
               "including" shall not be construed as terms of limitation.

               "AFFILIATE"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in Rule  12b-2  of the
               regulations  promulgated  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
               1934, as amended.

               "AGREEMENT  YEAR" shall mean a period of 12 months  beginning  on
               the Effective Date and each subsequent anniversary thereof.

               "BRIDGE"  means  Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc.,  a Delaware
               corporation.

               "BRIDGE  SUBSIDIARY"  means any  subsidiary of Bridge,  including
               each  subsidiary of Bridge selling  certain of the  International
               Network Assets pursuant to the Local Transfer Agreements.



                                       25
<PAGE>

               "CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION" means all information  concerning the
               business of Bridge, SAVVIS or any third party doing business with
               either of them that may be obtained from any source (i) by Bridge
               by virtue of its  performance  under  this  Agreement  or (ii) by
               SAVVIS  by virtue of its use of the  Services.  Such  information
               shall also include the terms of this Agreement (and  negotiations
               and  proposals  from one  party  to the  other  related  directly
               thereto),  network designs and design recommendations,  tools and
               programs, pricing, methods, processes,  financial data, software,
               research,  development,  strategic plans or related  information.
               All such  information  disclosed  prior to the  execution of this
               Agreement shall also be considered  Confidential  Information for
               purposes of this Agreement.  Confidential  Information  shall not
               include information that:

               (a)  is already  rightfully  known to the receiving  party at the
                    time it is obtained by such party,  free from any obligation
                    to keep such information confidential; or

               (b)  is or becomes  publicly known through no wrongful act of the
                    receiving party; or

               (c)  is rightfully  received by the receiving  party from a third
                    party  without   restriction  and  without  breach  of  this
                    Agreement.

                "EFFECTIVE  DATE"  means the date set forth in the  Preamble  of
                this Agreement.

                "INITIAL  TERM"  shall  mean  a  period  of  three   consecutive
                Agreement Years beginning on the Effective Date.

                "SAVVIS"  means SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation,  a Missouri
                corporation.

                "SAVVIS  SUBSIDIARY"  means any subsidiary of SAVVIS,  including
                each subsidiary of SAVVIS purchasing the  International  Network
                Assets pursuant to the Local Transfer Agreements.

                "SERVICES"  means  the  services  provided  by  Bridge to SAVVIS
                hereunder.

                                 2. THE SERVICES

          2.1. Bridge   agrees  to  provide  to  SAVVIS   some  or  all  of  the
               administrative services listed on Schedule 2.1 hereto which shall
               be referred to in this Agreement  collectively  as the "SERVICES"
               and individually as a "SERVICE."

          2.2. From time to time during the term of this  Agreement,  SAVVIS may
               terminate one or more Services being provided by Bridge hereunder
               by giving  Bridge  written  notice at least 30 days  prior to the
               effective date of such  termination,  with no liability to Bridge
               other than for charges  (less any  applicable  credits)  for such
               Service provided prior to the effective date of such termination.
               Any other  changes to the  Services  shall be provided  for in an
               Addendum  mutually  agreed  upon by the parties in the manner set
               forth in Section 1.2 hereof.


                                       26
<PAGE>
          2.3. SAVVIS  grants to Bridge a general  power of  attorney  to act on
               behalf of SAVVIS in all matters  relating to  performance  of the
               Services.

          2.4. In addition to the Services provided under this Agreement,  it is
               expected that additional administrative services will be provided
               under  the  separate  Local  Administrative  Services  Agreements
               between   certain   SAVVIS   Subsidiaries   and  certain   Bridge
               Subsidiaries.  Each such Local Administrative  Services Agreement
               shall  conform to the terms of this  Agreement  unless  otherwise
               required  by the laws  applicable  to such  Local  Administrative
               Services  Agreement.  Services  provided  under  each such  Local
               Administrative  Services  Agreement shall be billed  locally,  in
               local currency.

                              3. RATES AND CHARGES

         SAVVIS shall pay Bridge for the Services at rates to be mutually agreed
         by the parties;  provided,  however,  that such rates shall be based on
         the cost to Bridge of providing  the Services to SAVVIS,  except to the
         extent contrary to local law.

                              4. INVOICES

          4.1. The amounts due to Bridge from SAVVIS for the  Services  shall be
               billed monthly in arrears.  All items on invoices not the subject
               of a bona  fide  dispute  shall be  payable  by  SAVVIS in United
               States  currency  within 30 days from the date of  receipt of the
               invoice.  All  amounts  not in dispute  are  subject to  interest
               charges of 1-1/2  percent  that will accrue  daily on all amounts
               not paid within 30 days of the date of receipt of the invoice.

          4.2. SAVVIS shall pay any sales,  use,  value added,  federal  excise,
               utility, gross receipts, state and local surcharges,  and similar
               taxes,  charges or levies lawfully  levied by a duly  constituted
               taxing   authority   against  or  upon  the   Services.   In  the
               alternative,  SAVVIS  shall  provide  Bridge  with a  certificate
               evidencing  SAVVIS'  exemption  from payment of or liability  for
               such taxes.  As part of the Services,  Bridge will administer the
               payment of SAVVIS'  payroll taxes.  SAVVIS will reimburse  Bridge
               for such  payroll  taxes as invoiced  under this  Agreement.  All
               other taxes, charges or levies related to the Services, including
               any income,  franchise,  privilege, or occupation taxes of Bridge
               shall  be  paid  by  Bridge.  Except  as  otherwise  specifically
               addressed in this Agreement or Addenda  hereto,  each party shall
               pay its own taxes.

          4.3. Bona fide disputes  concerning  invoices shall be referred to the
               parties' respective Contract Managers for resolution.  Any amount
               to which  SAVVIS is entitled as a result of the  resolution  of a
               billing  dispute shall be credited  promptly to SAVVIS'  account.
               Any  amount  to which  Bridge  is  entitled  as a  result  of the
               resolution of a billing dispute shall be paid promptly to Bridge.

                             5. TERM AND EXTENSIONS

          5.1. The  initial  term  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  three  years,
               commencing  on the  Effective  Date,  and shall  continue in full
               force and effect unless  terminated in accord with the provisions
               hereof.


                                       27
<PAGE>


          5.2. The  term  of  this  Agreement  shall  automatically  extend  for
               consecutive  one-year periods unless either party gives the other
               party advance written notice of such party's intent not to extend
               not less than 60 days before the scheduled expiration of the then
               current term.

                            6. TERMINATION BY BRIDGE

         Bridge shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if:

                  (a)      SAVVIS has failed to pay any invoice  that is not the
                           subject of a bona fide dispute  within 30 days of the
                           date on which  such  payment  is due and  Bridge  has
                           provided SAVVIS with written notice thereof, provided
                           that  SAVVIS  shall  have 10 days  from  the  time it
                           receives  such notice from  Bridge of  nonpayment  to
                           cure any such default;

                  (b)      Bridge  provides 10 days written notice of its intent
                           to  terminate  in the event that SAVVIS has failed to
                           perform or comply with or has  violated  any material
                           representation,    warranty,   term,   condition   or
                           obligation of SAVVIS under this Agreement, and SAVVIS
                           has failed to cure such failure or  violation  within
                           60 days after  receiving  notice thereof from Bridge;
                           or

                  (c)      SAVVIS   becomes  the  subject  of  a  voluntary   or
                           involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
                           liquidation  proceeding,  makes an assignment for the
                           benefit of creditors, admits in writing its inability
                           to pay debts when due.

                              7. CONTRACT MANAGERS

          7.1. CONTRACT  MANAGER.  SAVVIS shall assign a representative to serve
               as  Bridge's  point-of-contact  for all  matters  concerning  its
               performance under this Agreement.

          7.2. CONTRACT  MANAGER.  Bridge shall assign a representative to serve
               as  SAVVIS'  point-of-contact  for  all  matters  concerning  its
               performance under this Agreement.

                      8. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF BRIDGE

          8.1. PROVISION OF THE  SERVICES.  Bridge shall provide the Services at
               Bridge facilities.

          8.2. INSURANCE.

               8.2.1.  At all  times  during  the  term of this  Agreement,
                    Bridge shall maintain for itself,  its officers,  employees,
                    agents and  representatives  insurance  as shall be mutually
                    agreed  upon by the  parties and set forth in an Addendum to
                    this Agreement in the manner set forth herein.

               8.2.2. Bridge shall furnish to SAVVIS, upon written request,
                    certificates of insurance or other appropriate documentation
                    (including evidence of renewal of insurance)  evidencing the
                    insurance  coverage  referenced  above,  naming SAVVIS as an
                    additional insured. Such certificates or other documentation
                    shall include a proviso whereby 15 days prior written


                                       28
<PAGE>
                    notice  shall  be  provided  to  SAVVIS  prior  to  coverage
                    cancellation  or other material  alteration by either Bridge
                    or the applicable  insurer.  Such  cancellation  or material
                    alteration  shall  not  relieve  Bridge  of  its  continuing
                    obligation to maintain insurance coverage in accordance with
                    this Section.

               8.2.3. In lieu of all or part of the insurance coverage specified
                    in this Section,  Bridge may self-insure with respect to any
                    insurance  coverage,  except where  expressly  prohibited by
                    law.

          8.3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

               8.3.1. Bridge hereby  warrants that the Services will be provided
                    in accordance  with good business  management  practices and
                    that it will use the same care in rendering  the Services to
                    SAVVIS as Bridge uses in rendering such services to itself.

               8.3.2.  THE  FOREGOING  WARRANTIES  ARE  IN  LIEU  OF  ALL  OTHER
                    WARRANTIES,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  INCLUDING  WITH RESPECT TO
                    ANY GOODS  PROVIDED  INCIDENT TO THE  SERVICES,  THE IMPLIED
                    WARRANTIES OF  MERCHANTABILITY  AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
                    PURPOSE.

                           9. LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

          9.1.     Neither  party  shall be liable  to the  other for  indirect,
                   incidental,  consequential,  exemplary,  reliance  or special
                   damages,  including  damages for lost profits,  regardless of
                   the form of action whether in contract, indemnity,  warranty,
                   strict  liability or tort,  including  negligence of any kind
                   with  respect to the  Services  or other  conduct  under this
                   Agreement.

          9.2.     Nothing  contained in this Section shall limit either party's
                   liability  to  the  other  for  (a)  willful  or  intentional
                   misconduct,  or (b)  injury or death,  or damage to  tangible
                   real or tangible personal  property or the environment,  when
                   proximately caused by SAVVIS' or Bridge's  negligence or that
                   of their respective agents, subcontractors or employees.

                         10. PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; LICENSE

          10.1.    Bridge   hereby   grants  to  SAVVIS  a   non-exclusive   and
                   non-transferable  license to use all programming and software
                   necessary  for SAVVIS to use the  Services.  Such  license is
                   granted for the term of this  Agreement  for the sole purpose
                   of enabling SAVVIS to use the Services.

          10.2.   All title and property rights (including intellectual property
                  rights) to  Services  (including  associated  programming  and
                  software)  are and shall remain with Bridge.  SAVVIS shall not
                  attempt to examine, copy, alter, reverse engineer,  decompile,
                  disassemble,  tamper with or otherwise  misuse such  Services,
                  programming and software.

                                       29
<PAGE>

                               11. CONFIDENTIALITY

          11.1.   During  the term of this  Agreement  and for a period  of five
                  years  from  the  date  of  its   expiration  or   termination
                  (including  all  extensions  thereof),  each  party  agrees to
                  maintain in strict  confidence all  Confidential  Information.
                  Neither  party shall,  without  prior  written  consent of the
                  other party,  use the other party's  Confidential  Information
                  for any purpose other than for the  performance  of its duties
                  and  obligations,  and the exercise of its rights,  under this
                  Agreement.   Each  party  shall  use,   and  shall  cause  all
                  authorized   recipients  of  the  other  party's  Confidential
                  Information  to use,  the same  degree of care to protect  the
                  other party's  Confidential  Information as it uses to protect
                  its own  Confidential  Information,  but in any event not less
                  than a reasonable degree of care.

          11.2.   Notwithstanding  Section  12.1,  either party may disclose the
                  Confidential  Information  of the  other  party  to:  (a)  its
                  employees  and the  employees,  directors  and officers of its
                  Affiliates  as  necessary  to implement  this  Agreement;  (b)
                  employees,  agents or  representatives  of the other party; or
                  (c) other persons (including counsel, consultants,  lessors or
                  managers of  facilities  or  equipment  used by such party) in
                  need of access to such  information for purposes  specifically
                  related  to  either   party's   responsibilities   under  this
                  Agreement,   provided  that  any  disclosure  of  Confidential
                  Information  under  clause  (c) shall be made only upon  prior
                  written  approval  of  the  other  party  and  subject  to the
                  appropriate  assurances that the recipient of such information
                  shall hold it in strict confidence.

          11.3.   Upon the  request of the party  having  proprietary  rights to
                  Confidential  Information,  the  party in  possession  of such
                  information  shall  promptly  return it (including any copies,
                  extracts and  summaries  thereof,  in whatever form and medium
                  recorded) to the  requesting  party or, with the other party's
                  written  consent,  shall  promptly  destroy it and provide the
                  other party with written certification of such destruction.

          11.4.   Either party may request in writing that the other party waive
                  all or any portion of the requesting party's  responsibilities
                  relative to the other party's Confidential  Information.  Such
                  waiver request shall identify the affected information and the
                  nature of the proposed  waiver.  The  recipient of the request
                  shall respond within a reasonable  time and, if it determines,
                  in its sole discretion, to grant the requested waiver, it will
                  do so in writing over the signature of an employee  authorized
                  to grant such request.

          11.5.   Bridge  and  SAVVIS   acknowledge   that  any   disclosure  or
                  misappropriation  of Confidential  Information in violation of
                  this  Agreement  could cause  irreparable  harm, the amount of
                  which may be difficult to determine,  thus potentially  making
                  any  remedy  at  law or in  damages  inadequate.  Each  party,
                  therefore, agrees that the other party shall have the right to
                  apply to any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for an order
                  restraining  any breach or  threatened  breach of this Section
                  and for any other appropriate  relief.  This right shall be in
                  addition to any other remedy available in law or equity.


                                       30
<PAGE>


          11.6.   A party requested or ordered by a court or other  governmental
                  authority  of  competent   jurisdiction  to  disclose  another
                  party's Confidential  Information shall notify the other party
                  in  advance  of any such  disclosure  and,  absent  the  other
                  party's  consent to Such  disclosure,  use its reasonable best
                  efforts to resist, and to assist the other party in resisting,
                  such   disclosure.   A   party   providing   another   party's
                  Confidential  Information  to a court  or  other  governmental
                  authority  shall use its  reasonable  best efforts to obtain a
                  protective order or comparable assurance that the Confidential
                  Information  so provided  will be held in  confidence  and not
                  further  disclosed  to any other  person,  absent the  owner's
                  prior consent.

          11.7.   The  provisions  of  Section  12.1  above  shall  not apply to
                  reasonably  necessary  disclosures  in or in  connection  with
                  filings  under any  securities  laws,  regulatory  filings  or
                  proceedings,  financial  disclosures  which in the good  faith
                  judgment  of  the  disclosing   party  are  required  by  law,
                  disclosures   required  by  court  or  tribunal  or  competent
                  jurisdiction,  or disclosures that may be reasonably necessary
                  in connection  with the  performance  or  enforcement  of this
                  Agreement or any of the obligations hereof; provided, however,
                  that if the  receiving  party would  otherwise  be required to
                  refer to or describe  any aspect of this  Agreement  in any of
                  the preceding circumstances, the receiving party shall use its
                  reasonable  efforts to take such steps as are available  under
                  such  circumstances   (such  as  by  providing  a  summary  or
                  synopsis)  to avoid  disclosure  of the  financial  terms  and
                  conditions of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding  any provisions
                  of this  Agreement to the contrary,  either party may disclose
                  the terms and  conditions of this Agreement in the course of a
                  due diligence  review performed in connection with prospective
                  debt financing or equity  investment by, or a sale to, a third
                  party,  so long as the persons  conducting  such due diligence
                  review  have agreed to maintain  the  confidentiality  of such
                  disclosure  and not to use  such  disclosure  for any  purpose
                  other such due diligence review.

                              12. INDEMNIFICATIONS

          12.1.   SAVVIS shall indemnify, defend, and hold Bridge (including any
                  of its  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents or  assigns)
                  harmless from any claims,  actions or suits to the extent that
                  such claim or action arises from Bridge's  provision to SAVVIS
                  of the Services  and to the extent that such claim,  action or
                  suit does not arise from the gross  negligence or  intentional
                  misconduct of Bridge.  SAVVIS may settle,  or otherwise manage
                  at its own cost and expense any such claims, actions or suits.
                  Bridge  shall  notify  SAVVIS  promptly in writing of any such
                  claim,  action or suit and shall  cooperate  with  SAVVIS in a
                  reasonable   way  to  facilitate  the  settlement  or  defense
                  thereof.

         12.2     Bridge shall indemnify, defend, and hold SAVVIS (including any
                  of its  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents or  assigns)
                  harmless from any claims,  actions or suits to the extent that
                  such claim or action arises from Bridge's gross  negligence or
                  intentional  misconduct  in the  provision  to  SAVVIS  of the
                  Services,  unless such claim,  action or suit also arises from
                  the gross  negligence  or  intentional  misconduct  of SAVVIS.
                  Bridge may  settle,  or  otherwise  manage at its own cost

                                       31
<PAGE>
                    and expense any such claims,  actions or suits. SAVVIS shall
                    notify Bridge promptly in writing of any such claim,  action
                    or suit and shall  cooperate with Bridge in a reasonable way
                    to facilitate the settlement or defense thereof.

                                  13. DISPUTES

          13.1.     Resolution  of any  and  all  disputes  arising  from  or in
                    connection with this  Agreement,  whether based on contract,
                    tort,   statute  or  otherwise,   including   disputes  over
                    arbitrability  and  disputes  in  connection  with claims by
                    third persons  ("DISPUTES") shall be exclusively governed by
                    and  settled  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of this
                    Section 14. The  foregoing  shall not  preclude  recourse to
                    judicial  proceedings  to obtain  injunctive,  emergency  or
                    other  equitable  relief to enforce the  provisions  of this
                    Agreement,  including  specific  performance,  and to decide
                    such issues as are  required  to be resolved in  determining
                    whether to grant such relief.  Resolution  of Disputes  with
                    respect to claims by third persons  shall be deferred  until
                    any judicial proceedings with respect thereto are concluded.

          13.2.     The parties  hereby agree to submit all Disputes to rules of
                    arbitration of the American Arbitration  Association and the
                    Missouri  Uniform  Arbitration  Act (the "RULES")  under the
                    following provisions,  which shall be final and binding upon
                    the parties,  their  successors  and  assigns,  and that the
                    following provisions constitute a binding arbitration clause
                    under  applicable  law.  Either  party may serve  process or
                    notice  on the other in any  arbitration  or  litigation  in
                    accordance with the notice  provisions  hereof.  The parties
                    agree not to disclose any information  regarding any Dispute
                    or the conduct of any arbitration  hereunder,  including the
                    existence of such Dispute or such arbitration, to any person
                    or entity other than such  employees or  representatives  of
                    such party as have a need to know.

          13.3.     Either party may commence proceedings  hereunder by delivery
                    of written notice providing a reasonable  description of the
                    Dispute  to  the  other,   including  a  reference  to  this
                    provision (the "DISPUTE NOTICE").  Either party may initiate
                    arbitration  of a Dispute by delivery  of a demand  therefor
                    (the  "ARBITRATION  DEMAND")  to the other  party not sooner
                    than 60  calendar  days  after the date of  delivery  of the
                    Dispute Notice but at any time  thereafter.  The arbitration
                    shall be conducted in St. Louis, Missouri.

          13.4.     The arbitration shall be conducted by three arbitrators (the
                    "ARBITRATORS"), one of whom shall be selected by Bridge, one
                    by SAVVIS,  and the third by  agreement of the other two not
                    later than 10 days after  appointment  of the first two, or,
                    failing such agreement,  appointed pursuant to the Rules. If
                    an Arbitrator  becomes unable to serve, a successor shall be
                    selected  or  appointed  in the same  manner  in  which  the
                    predecessor Arbitrator was appointed.

          13.5.     The  arbitration   shall  be  conducted   pursuant  to  such
                    procedures as the parties may agree or, in the absence of or
                    failing   such    agreement,    pursuant   to   the   Rules.
                    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  each party  shall have the
                    right to inspect  the books and  records of the other  party
                    that are reasonably  related to the Dispute,  and each party
                    shall  provide  to the other,  reasonably  in advance of any
                    hearing, copies of all

                                       32
<PAGE>

                    documents  which  such  party  intends  to  present  in such
                    hearing and the names and addresses of all  witnesses  whose
                    testimony such party intends to present in such hearing.


          13.6.     All hearings  shall be  conducted on an expedited  schedule,
                    and all proceedings shall be confidential.  Either party may
                    at its expense make a stenographic record thereof.

          13.7.     The  Arbitrators  shall complete all hearings not later than
                    90  calendar  days  after  the  Arbitrators'   selection  or
                    appointment,  and shall make a final award not later than 30
                    calendar days  thereafter.  The Arbitrators  shall apportion
                    all costs and  expenses of the  Arbitration,  including  the
                    Arbitrators'  fees and  expenses  of  experts  ("ARBITRATION
                    COSTS") between the prevailing and non-prevailing parties as
                    the Arbitrators  deem fair and reasonable.  In circumstances
                    where a Dispute has been  asserted  or  defended  against on
                    grounds that the Arbitrators  deem manifestly  unreasonable,
                    the Arbitrators may assess all Arbitration Costs against the
                    non-prevailing  party  and  may  include  in the  award  the
                    prevailing   party's   attorneys'   fees  and   expenses  in
                    connection with any and all  proceedings  under this Section
                    14.

          13.8.     Either party may assert  appropriate  statutes of limitation
                    as a defense in arbitration; provided, that upon delivery of
                    a Dispute  Notice any such statute  shall be tolled  pending
                    resolution hereunder.

          13.9.     Pending the resolution of any dispute or controversy arising
                    under this Agreement,  the parties shall continue to perform
                    their respective obligations hereunder, and Bridge shall not
                    discontinue,  disconnect  or in any other  fashion  cease to
                    provide all or any  substantial  portion of the  Services to
                    SAVVIS  unless  otherwise  directed by SAVVIS.  This Section
                    shall  not  apply  where  SAVVIS is in  default  under  this
                    Agreement.

                                14. FORCE MAJEURE

          14.1.     In no event  shall  either  party be liable to the other for
                    any failure to perform  hereunder that is due to war, riots,
                    embargoes,  strikes  or  other  concerted  acts  of  workers
                    (whether  of a  party  hereto  or  of  others),  casualties,
                    accidents  or other  causes to the extent that such  failure
                    and the  consequences  thereof  are  reasonably  beyond  the
                    control  and without  the fault or  negligence  of the party
                    claiming excuse.  Each party shall,  with the cooperation of
                    the other  party,  use  reasonable  efforts to mitigate  the
                    extent  of  any   failure   to  perform   and  the   adverse
                    consequences thereof.

          14.2.     If  Bridge  cannot  promptly  provide a  suitable  temporary
                    Bridge  alternative to a Service  subject to an interruption
                    in  connection   with  the  existence  or  a  force  majeure
                    condition,  SAVVIS  may,  at its option and at its own cost,
                    contract  with  one or  more  third  parties  for any or all
                    affected  Services for the shortest  commercially  available
                    period likely to cover the reasonably  expected  duration of
                    the Interruption, and may suspend Bridge's provision of such
                    Services for such period. Bridge shall not charge SAVVIS for
                    any Services thus suspended during the period of suspension.
                    Bridge shall resume provision of the suspended

                                       33
<PAGE>

                    Services upon the later of the  termination or expiration of
                    SAVVIS'  legally  binding  commitments  under contracts with
                    third parties for  alternative  services or the cessation or
                    remedy of the force majeure condition.

          14.3.     In the event that a force majeure  condition  shall continue
                    for more  than 60  days,  SAVVIS  may  cancel  the  affected
                    Services with no further  liability to Bridge other than for
                    Services  received by SAVVIS prior to the  occurrence of the
                    force majeure condition.

                             15. GENERAL PROVISIONS

          15.1.     NO  THIRD-PARTY  BENEFICIARIES.  This  Agreement  shall  not
                    confer  any  rights or  remedies  upon any  person or entity
                    other than the parties and their  respective  successors and
                    permitted assigns.

          15.2.     ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This Agreement  (including the documents
                    referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement between
                    the  parties  and  supersedes   any  prior   understandings,
                    agreements,  or  representations  by or between the parties,
                    written or oral,  to the extent  they  related in any way to
                    the subject matter hereof.

          15.3.     SUCCESSION AND  ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement shall be binding
                    upon and inure to the  benefit of the parties  named  herein
                    and their respective  successors and permitted  assigns.  No
                    party may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights,
                    interests,   or  obligations  hereunder  without  the  prior
                    written approval of the other party, which consent shall not
                    be unreasonably withheld.

          15.4.     COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
                    counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original but
                    all of  which  together  will  constitute  one and the  same
                    instrument.

          15.5.     HEADINGS.  The Section headings  contained in this Agreement
                    are  inserted for  convenience  only and shall not affect in
                    any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

          15.6.     NOTICES. All notices,  requests,  demands, claims, and other
                    communications  hereunder  will be in  writing.  Any notice,
                    request,  demand,  claim, or other  communication  hereunder
                    shall be deemed  duly given if (and then two  business  days
                    after) it is sent by  registered or certified  mail,  return
                    receipt  requested,  postage  prepaid,  and addressed to the
                    intended recipient as set forth below:

                    If to Bridge:           Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
                                            Three World Financial Center
                                            New York, New York 10285
                                            (212) 372-7195 (fax)
                                            Attention:  Zachary Snow,
                                                  Executive Vice President and
                                                     General Counsel

                                       34
<PAGE>

                    If to SAVVIS:           SAVVIS Communications Corporation
                                            717 Office Parkway
                                            St. Louis, Missouri 63141
                                            (314) 468-7550 (fax)
                                            Attention:  Steven M. Gallant,
                                                   Vice President and General
                                                        Counsel

                    Any party may send any notice,  request,  demand,  claim, or
                    other  communication  hereunder to the intended recipient at
                    the address set forth above using any other means (including
                    personal  delivery,  expedited  courier,  messenger service,
                    telecopy,  telex, ordinary mail, or electronic mail), but no
                    such notice, request,  demand, claim, or other communication
                    shall be deemed to have been duly given  unless and until it
                    actually is received by the  intended  recipient.  Any party
                    may change the address to which notices, requests,  demands,
                    claims,  and  other  communications   hereunder  are  to  be
                    delivered  by giving  the other  party  notice in the manner
                    herein set forth.

          15.7.     GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Agreement  shall be  governed  by and
                    construed in accordance  with the domestic laws of the State
                    of Missouri  without giving effect to any choice or conflict
                    of law  provision or rule  (whether of the State of Missouri
                    or any other  jurisdiction) that would cause the application
                    of the laws of any  jurisdiction  other  than  the  State of
                    Missouri.

          15.8.     AMENDMENTS  AND WAIVERS.  No  amendment of any  provision of
                    this  Agreement  shall be valid  unless the same shall be in
                    writing  and signed by SAVVIS and  Bridge.  No waiver by any
                    party  of  any  default,  misrepresentation,  or  breach  of
                    warranty or covenant hereunder,  whether intentional or not,
                    shall  be  deemed  to  extend  to any  prior  or  subsequent
                    default,   misrepresentation,   or  breach  of  warranty  or
                    covenant  hereunder or affect in any way any rights  arising
                    by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.

          15.9.     SEVERABILITY.  Any term or provision of this  Agreement that
                    is  invalid  or   unenforceable  in  any  situation  in  any
                    jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability
                    of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity
                    or  enforceability of the offending term or provision in any
                    other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

          15.10.    EXPENSES.  Each party  will bear its own costs and  expenses
                    (including  legal fees and expenses)  incurred in connection
                    with  this  Agreement  and  the  transactions   contemplated
                    hereby.

          15.11.    CONSTRUCTION. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or
                    foreign  statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all
                    rules and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  unless the
                    context requires otherwise.  The word "including" shall mean
                    including without limitation.

                                       35
<PAGE>

          15.12.    ADDENDA AND SCHEDULES.  The Addenda and Schedules identified
                    in this Agreement are  incorporated  herein by reference and
                    made a part hereof.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Administrative
     Services Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

                                      SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                      By  ______________________________________
                                      Name: ____________________________________
                                      Title: ___________________________________

                                      BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

                                      By  ______________________________________
                                      Name: ____________________________________
                                      Title: ___________________________________


                                       36
<PAGE>


                SCHEDULE 2.1 TO ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE AGREEMENT

                          ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES TO BE
                          PROVIDED BY BRIDGE TO SAVVIS

Service to be provided

Facility rental & operation

Equipment maintenance

Risk management services

Tax planning administration

Tax compliance

Treasury management

Financial planning

Human resource services

Payroll administration

Accounting, bookkeeping, financial
statement preparation

Procurement

PC support

LAN and WAN support

IT planning, installation and support

Travel  expenses  (directly  on  behalf of
SAVVIS)

















                                       37
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT C
                          TECHNICAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

             [This Exhibit C has been filed as a separate document]
























                                       38
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D
                              FORM OF BILL OF SALE

                           [To be provided at Closing]
















                                       39

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT E
               FORM OF LOCAL CONTRACT OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

                      CONTRACT OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

                  This  Contract  is  entered  into  as  of  this  ____  day  of
_________,  2000 by and  between  SAVVIS  [______________],  a [private  limited
liability]  company  organized  under the laws of  [______________]  ("SAVVIS"),
[having  a  non-registered   __________   branch],   and   [______________],   a
[______________]   company   organized   under  the  laws  of   [______________]
("Assignor").

                  WHEREAS,  SAVVIS is acquiring  certain assets and  liabilities
from various  companies  affiliated  with Assignor,  such assets and liabilities
comprising  and  relating to the IP Network  that  Assignor  and its  affiliated
companies currently own and operate; and

                  WHEREAS,  Assignor  desires  to assign to  SAVVIS  and  SAVVIS
desires to assume  from  Assignor  certain  contracts  and  liabilities  as more
particularly  set forth at  Schedule  I to this  Contract  (the  "Contracts  and
Liabilities").

                  NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, including
the provisions  and covenants  herein,  the receipt and  sufficiency of which is
hereby acknowledged, SAVVIS and Assignor agree as follows:

         1.  Assignor  hereby  assigns,  transfers  and  delivers  to SAVVIS the
Contracts and Liabilities and all of its right,  title and interest  therein and
delegates all of Assignor's duties and obligations  attached to the Contract and
Liabilities.

         2. SAVVIS  hereby  accepts  the  foregoing  assignment  and assumes and
agrees  to  keep,  observe,  perform,  pay and  discharge  when  due the  terms,
covenants,  conditions and obligations of Assignor  related to the Contracts and
Liabilities, and hereby releases Assignor from its obligations thereunder.

         3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the assignment and transfer of any
of the Contracts and Liabilities would cause a breach thereof and if no required
consent to such assignment and transfer has been obtained from the third parties
involved,  then  such  Contracts  and  Liabilities  shall  not be  assigned  and
transferred, but, instead, Assignor shall continue to hold its interests in such
Contracts and  Liabilities in trust for the benefit of SAVVIS,  shall receive in
trust and remit as promptly as possible to SAVVIS any money paid  thereunder  to
Assignor and shall cooperate in any reasonable  arrangement or action  requested
by  SAVVIS  to  secure  for  SAVVIS  all  benefits   under  such  Contracts  and
Liabilities.

         4. From and after the date of this Contract,  Assignor and SAVVIS shall
do such acts and execute such  documents  and  instruments  as may be reasonably
required to make effective the transactions  contemplated  thereby. In the event
acts  contemplated by this Agreement have not been fully effected as of the date
of this  Contract,  SAVVIS and  Assignor  will  continue  after

                                       40
<PAGE>

the date of this  Contract,  without  further  consideration,  to use their best
efforts to carry out such transactions.

         5.  Assignor  and  SAVVIS  hereby  agree  that to the extent any of the
Contracts and Liabilities  are actually  assigned to SAVVIS prior to the date of
this Contract, Assignor shall indemnify SAVVIS for any losses due to obligations
that  arose  under  such  Contracts  and  Liabilities  prior to the date of this
Contract and to the extent any of the Contracts and Liabilities are not assigned
to SAVVIS until after the date of this Contract, SAVVIS shall indemnify Assignor
for  any  losses  due  to  obligations  that  arise  under  such  Contracts  and
Liabilities following the date of this Contract.

         6. Assignor hereby agrees, from time to time, at the reasonable request
of SAVVIS,  to execute and deliver  such other  instruments  of  conveyance  and
transfer and take such other actions as SAVVIS may  reasonably  request in order
to more effectively consummate the transactions contemplated by this Contract.

         7. This  agreement  shall be governed by, and  construed in  accordance
with the law of [England] without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this
Contract as of the date first above written.

                                                    SAVVIS [______________]

                                                    By: ______________________
                                                    Name:_____________________
                                                    Title:____________________

                                                    [_____________________]

                                                    By: ______________________
                                                    Name:_____________________
                                                    Title:____________________







                                       41
<PAGE>


           SCHEDULE I TO LOCAL CONTRACT OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

                         CONTRACTS AND LIABILITIES TO BE
                              ASSIGNED AND ASSUMED

[To be used only where the contracts to be assigned are circuit leases:

         The  attached  contracts  and  circuits  as  well as any  contracts  or
         circuits not listed on the  attached by for which  Assignor has entered
         into prior to the date of this Contract  which relate to the IP Network
         of Bridge Information  Systems,  the IP Network being those assets that
         are used by the Bridge  Information  Systems  group  which  consists of
         providing  telecommunications  facilities  utilizing internet protocols
         between the Bridge Information  Systems group and the customers of such
         group.]







                                       42
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT F
                     FORM OF LOCAL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                               TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                  This  Transfer  Agreement  ("Agreement")  made  this __ day of
_______,  2000,  by  and  between  Bridge  _________________________________,  a
corporation organized under the laws of __________________, having its principal
place   of    business    at    _________________    ("Seller"),    and   SAVVIS
____________________   [a  ______________   company  organized  under  the  laws
of_________________][_____________   branch,   the  ____________   branch  of  a
______________  company organized under the laws of _______________]  having its
[registered][principal]  office  at  ______________________________   ("SAVVIS")
(Seller and SAVVIS each a "Party" and collectively the "Parties").

                                   WITNESSETH

                  WHEREAS,  pursuant  to an  agreement  of  even  date  herewith
between Bridge Information Systems, Inc. and SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation
(the "Master  Establishment  and Transition  Agreement")  the direct or indirect
parent entity of Seller, Bridge Information Systems Inc. ("BISI"), has agreed to
cause the  transfer  of certain  assets,  liabilities,  rights  and  obligations
world-wide to its subsidiary SAVVIS Communications Corporation ("SCC"), which is
the direct or indirect parent of SAVVIS;

                  WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Master  Establishment and Transition
Agreement,  transfers of assets,  liabilities,  rights and  obligations  will be
effected  by  subsidiaries  of BISI  and SCC  pursuant  to  individual  transfer
services agreements between such entities; and

                  WHEREAS,  SAVVIS  and Seller  desire to effect a  transfer  of
certain assets, liabilities,  rights and obligations on the terms and conditions
set forth herein;

                  NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants  and  obligations  herein  set  forth and of other  good and  valuable
consideration,  receipt of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the Parties  agree as
follows:

1.         DEFINITIONS

          1.1 In this  Agreement and the  Schedules  the  following  expressions
          shall have the following meanings namely:

          "Agreement" means the agreement between the Parties the terms of which
          are set out herein;

          "Assets" means the assets of the IP Network set forth in Clause 2.1 as
          amended pursuant to Clause 2.2;

                                       43
<PAGE>

          "Closing" has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.1;

          "Effective Date" means ______________, 2000;

          ["Employees"  means those  employees of Seller  listed on the attached
          Schedule 4;]

          "IP Network" means those assets that are used by Seller which
           consists  of  providing   telecommunications   facilities   utilizing
           internet  protocols between Seller,  suppliers and group companies of
           Seller and Seller's customers;

          "Liabilities"  means  all of the  liabilities  specifically  listed in
          Schedule [5]; provided,  however, that any contractual liabilities and
          contractual  obligations of the Seller for goods or services delivered
          prior to the Effective  Date shall be excluded from the  definition of
          Liabilities and shall remain the responsibility of the Seller; and

          "Software" means any and all software and software applications,
           including operating software and embedded software,  owned or used by
           Seller in relation to the maintenance, ownership or operations of the
           Assets listed in Clause 2.1.1.

          1.2 In this Agreement words importing the singular  include the plural
          and vice versa and words importing gender include any other gender.

          1.3 The  headings of Clauses are for ease of  reference  and shall not
          affect the construction of this Agreement.

          1.4   References  in  this  Agreement  to  Clauses  or  Schedules  are
          references to clauses of or schedules to this Agreement.

          1.5 Any undertaking hereunder not to do any act or thing shall be
           deemed to include an undertaking not to permit or suffer the doing of
           that act or thing.

          1.6 The  expression  "person"  used in this  Agreement  shall  include
          (without  limitation) any individual,  partnership,  local  authority,
          company or unincorporated association.

2.        SALE & PURCHASE

          2.1 Seller shall sell and SAVVIS shall  purchase  with effect from the
          Effective  Date the Assets  subject  in all cases to the  Liabilities,
          which are the following:

               2.1.1 the computer  equipment listed in Schedule 1, including but
               not  limited to the Ascend  Cascade  Switch  9000s and the Baynet
               Routers;

               2.1.2 the full benefit of all  agreements  between Seller and any
               other person,  firm or  corporation  (other than SAVVIS) to which
               Seller is entitled in connection with the


                                       44
<PAGE>

               operations  of the IP Network which are in force at the Effective
               Date  including,  without  limitation,  the  contracts  listed in
               Schedule  2 as  well  as  any  maintenance,  support,  supply  or
               licensing agreements, if any, relating to the Software;

               2.1.3 the right of SAVVIS to represent itself as operating the IP
               Network in succession to Seller;

               2.1.4 all technical and contractual  information  relating to the
               IP Network;

               2.1.5 the Software.

          2.2  SAVVIS and Seller  shall take all  reasonable  efforts to jointly
          prepare, within seventy-five days after the Effective Date, or as soon
          as practical thereafter,  a revised list of the Assets as set forth in
          Schedules 1 and 2. This  revised  list shall  supersede  the  attached
          Schedules 1 and 2 and shall  include any assets  purchased or acquired
          by Seller  after July 31,  1999 but before  the  Effective  Date which
          comprise part of the IP Network.  The parties shall  negotiate in good
          faith to finalize  such revised  Schedules  and shall  provide to each
          other any information or records reasonably necessary to finalize such
          revised Schedules.

3.        CONSIDERATION

          3.1 The  purchase  price for the Assets  exclusive  of any VAT,  stamp
          duty,  and  transfer  taxes  (the  "Consideration")  shall  be the sum
          specified in Schedule 3. To the extent the Assets are revised pursuant
          to Clause  2.2,  the  Consideration  set forth in  Schedule 3 shall be
          adjusted  based on the net book value on the date of transfer  (in the
          books of Seller) of the Assets  which are added to or removed from the
          revised list. The Parties shall take all reasonable efforts to jointly
          prepare  any such  revisions  to Schedule 3 within  seventy-five  days
          after the  Effective  Date,  or as soon as practical  thereafter.  The
          parties  shall  negotiate  in good  faith  to  finalize  such  revised
          Schedule and shall  provide to each other any  information  or records
          reasonably necessary to finalize such Schedule.

          3.2  The  Consideration  shall  be due and  payable  as set  forth  in
          Schedule 3.

          3.3 The amount set forth in Schedule 3 is  exclusive  of VAT,  and any
          and  all  transfer  or  other  taxes  or  duties   applicable  to  the
          transaction provided for in this Agreement, which SAVVIS hereby agrees
          to pay.

4.        CLOSING

          4.1  Closing of the sale shall take place on the  Effective  Date when
          Seller shall deliver to SAVVIS all physical Assets hereby agreed to be
          sold,  other than the  Assets  referred  to in Clause  2.2 above.  All
          physical  Assets referred to in Clause 2.2 above shall be delivered to
          SAVVIS  as soon  as  practicable  following  the  finalization  of any
          adjustment to the Assets as set forth in Clause 2.2.

                                       45
<PAGE>


          4.2  Property  in and title to the  Assets  referred  to in Clause 2.1
          shall pass to SAVVIS on the Effective  Date.  Property in and title to
          the Assets  referred to in Clause 2.2 shall pass to SAVVIS on the date
          that the revised  schedules are finalized in accordance with on Clause
          2.2 but such transfer shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

          4.3  Subject  to  Clause  6  below,  Seller  shall  on or as  soon  as
          practicable  after the Effective Date deliver to SAVVIS all transfers,
          assignments  and  novations  relating  to the  Assets  (including  the
          property)  together with the documents of title thereto,  necessary to
          give  effect  to this  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that  any such
          transfers shall as between the Parties be deemed to be effective as of
          the Effective Date.

5.        THE LIABILITIES

          Subject to the consent where  necessary of other  contracting  parties
          (which the Parties hereto shall use their  reasonable  best efforts to
          obtain)  SAVVIS shall as from the Effective  Date assume,  perform and
          discharge all Liabilities.  If it proves impossible to obtain any such
          consent in relation  to any of the  Liabilities,  SAVVIS will  assume,
          perform and  discharge  such  Liability  as agent for and on behalf of
          Seller and will indemnify  Seller  accordingly.  Seller will indemnify
          SAVVIS for  contractual  liabilities  for goods or services  delivered
          prior to the Effective Date.

6.        THIRD PARTY CONSENTS

          6.1 Seller and SAVVIS shall use all  reasonable  endeavours  to obtain
          any  required  consent  of  any  other  contracting   parties  to  the
          assignment or novation of any  agreement  referred to in Clause 2.1.2.
          Unless and until such consent  shall be  forthcoming  and the relevant
          agreement  shall have been assigned or novated SAVVIS shall at its own
          cost and expense assume Seller's obligations under such agreements and
          Seller  shall  account  to  SAVVIS  for  all  sums  paid  or  received
          therefrom.

          6.2 Seller  will at SAVVIS'  request  and  expense  give to SAVVIS all
          assistance  in the power of Seller to  enable  SAVVIS to  enforce  the
          agreements  referred to in Clause 2.1.2 against the other  contracting
          party or parties  and,  without  prejudice  to the  generality  of the
          foregoing,  will provide all such relevant books,  documents and other
          information as SAVVIS may require in relation thereto.

[7.       PERSONNEL

          SAVVIS and Seller  hereby agree and  acknowledge  that the Transfer of
          Undertakings  (Protection of Employment)  Regulations  applies to this
          transaction and, therefore, that the contracts of employment of all of
          the Employees of Seller, as set forth at Schedule 4 to this Agreement,
          shall not be terminated  at Closing but shall  continue to have effect
          as if  originally  made between such Employee and SAVVIS in accordance
          such Regulations.]


                                       46
<PAGE>


[8.       INDEMNIFICATION

          (a)  Seller   will   indemnify,   defend  and  hold   SAVVIS  and  its
          shareholders,  directors, officers, successors, assigns, and agents of
          each of them,  harmless  from and against any and all claims,  losses,
          damages,  liabilities,  expenses or costs, plus reasonable  attorneys'
          fees and expenses,  incurred by SAVVIS to the extent resulting from or
          arising out of any claim or suit by any Employee of Seller,  or by any
          other  employee  of Seller  that is not being  transferred  to SAVVIS,
          asserting  rights under the Transfer of  Undertakings  (Protection  of
          Employment) Regulations 1981 or any other similar law or regulation.]

9.        FURTHER ASSURANCE

          From and after  Closing,  the  Parties  shall do such acts and execute
          such documents and  instruments as may be reasonably  required to make
          effective  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  In the event that
          consents,  approvals,  other authorizations or other acts contemplated
          by this  Agreement  have not been fully  effected as of  Closing,  the
          parties will continue after Closing, without further consideration, to
          use their  reasonable  best  efforts  to carry out such  transactions;
          provided,  however,  in the event that certain approvals,  consents or
          other necessary documentation cannot be secured, then the Party having
          legal responsibility,  ownership or control shall act on behalf of the
          other Party,  without further  consideration,  to effect the essential
          intention of the Parties with respect to the transactions contemplated
          by this Agreement.

10.       SURVIVAL OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

          To the extent that any provision of this Agreement shall not have been
          performed  at  Closing it shall  survive  and remain in full force and
          effect notwithstanding Closing.

11.       GOVERNING LAW AND CHOICE OF FORUM

          This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed and  interpreted in
          accordance with the laws of  [England][the  state of Missouri,  United
          States of America] and the parties to this Agreement hereby agree that
          all matters  arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall
          be  subject   to  the   exclusive   jurisdiction   of  the  courts  of
          [England][the state of Missouri].


                                       47
<PAGE>


AS WITNESS the hands of duly authorized  representatives  of the parties the day
and year first above written

SIGNED by                            )
for and on behalf of                 )
BRIDGE INFORMATION                   )
SYSTEMS ______________               )

SIGNED by                            )
for and on behalf of                 )
SAVVIS _____________                 )















                                      48
<PAGE>


                  SCHEDULE 1 TO LOCAL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                             THE COMPUTER EQUIPMENT
                           [To be provided at Closing]




















                                       49
<PAGE>


                  SCHEDULE 2 TO LOCAL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                  THE CONTRACTS

                           [TO BE PROVIDED AT CLOSING]

















                                       50
<PAGE>



                  SCHEDULE 3 TO LOCAL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                THE CONSIDERATION

ALLOCATION OF CONSIDERATION

           Consideration to be allocated as set forth in Schedule 1.

PAYMENT OF CONSIDERATION

           The consideration  shall be due and payable thirty days after receipt
           by SAVVIS of a valid invoice,  which may be submitted on or after the
           Effective Date.

















                                       51
<PAGE>


                  [SCHEDULE 4 TO LOCAL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                 THE EMPLOYEES]

                           [To be provided at Closing]











                                       52
<PAGE>


                  SCHEDULE 5 TO LOCAL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                 THE LIABILITIES

                           [To be provided at Closing]












                                       53
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT G
                    FORM OF LOCAL NETWORK SERVICES AGREEMENT

                  [This Exhibit G is filed as an Exhibit to the
     Network Services Agreement which has been filed as a separate document]















                                       54
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT H
                      FORM OF EQUIPMENT COLLOCATION PERMIT

                          EQUIPMENT COLLOCATION PERMIT

                  This EQUIPMENT COLLOCATION PERMIT (the "Agreement") is made as
of the ____ day of _________,  2000,  by and between  [Bridge  Subsidiary]  (the
"Company") and [Savvis Subsidiary] (the "Customer").

                  WHEREAS,  the Company  occupies  the  premises  identified  on
Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the "Premises"),
which are leased by the Company under the lease  described on Exhibit B attached
hereto,  including the lease term and renewal  options  specified  therein,  and
incorporated herein by reference (the "Lease"); and

                  WHEREAS,  the Customer and the Company desire to enter into an
arrangement  permitting  the  Customer  to locate  certain of its  equipment  in
certain portions of the Premises, on and subject to the terms and conditions set
forth herein related to the Customer's collocation of the equipment;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  for and in consideration of the premises and
the mutual agreements herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.       SPACE.

(a) To the extent  permitted by this  Agreement,  the Customer may place certain
telecommunications  equipment (the  "Equipment")  within the Premises during the
Term  (hereinafter  defined)  of this  Agreement  and may use the  Equipment  in
accordance  with the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement and in accordance
with  applicable  laws and code. The precise  locations (the "Space") within the
Premises  where the Equipment may be placed and used by the Customer shall be as
designated  by the Company in written  notice(s)  to the  Customer.  The Company
shall maintain exclusive control over the manner and method of the placement and
use of the  Equipment  within  the  Space.  In  connection  with the  permission
established  under this  Agreement,  the Customer  shall have no  possessory  or
occupancy  rights with respect to the Space or control over the Space, but shall
have only permission to place and use the Equipment  within the Space,  together
with unrestricted access to the Equipment  twenty-four hours a day, seven days a
week.

(b) The Customer  shall use its  reasonable  best efforts to abide by applicable
terms and conditions of the Lease and any other agreements or indentures binding
on the Company  with  respect to the  Premises,  upon notice from the Company of
such  terms and  conditions  from  time to time  throughout  the Term;  and this
Agreement  and the  rights  of the  Customer  hereunder  shall  be  subject  and
subordinate  to the terms and  conditions of the Lease and other  agreements and
indentures in all respects.  The Company shall  promptly give written  notice to
the Customer of any notice of default they may receive pursuant to the Lease. If
the  Customer  shall not abide by any such  terms or  conditions,  upon 15 days'
written  notice  to  the  Customer,   the  Company  may

                                       55
<PAGE>

revoke the  permission  established  under this  Agreement  with  respect to the
applicable  Space and Premises and the Company may  terminate  the rights of the
Customer under this Agreement with respect to such Space and Premises.

(c) The Equipment and its method of installation within the Space shall, in each
instance,  be approved in writing by the Company in advance.  The Customer shall
not place any additional  equipment in the Space and shall not move or alter the
location  of the  Equipment  within  the Space  without  having  received  prior
approval in writing from the Company.

(d) Upon 30 days' prior written notice or, in the event of an emergency,  within
such shorter time as may be reasonably  determined  appropriate  by the Company,
the  Company may require the  Customer  to  relocate  the  Equipment  within the
Premises and may  redesignate the Space for the relocated  Equipment;  provided,
however,  the site of relocation shall be prepared for installation prior to any
required  relocation  and shall afford  substantially  comparable  environmental
conditions for the Equipment and substantially  comparable  accessibility to the
Equipment. All costs of relocating the Equipment shall be borne by the Customer,
excluding, however, the cost, if any, of improving the redesignated Space.

(e) Upon  written  request of the Customer and at the  Customer's  expense,  the
Customer may require that fencing,  caging, cabinets or other similar protective
covering for the Equipment be installed if (i) there is  sufficient  room in the
applicable Space and Premises for such  installations,  (ii) such  installations
will not unreasonably  interfere with the Company's use,  occupancy or planning,
and  will  not  unreasonably  interfere  with  the  Company's  equipment  or the
equipment of other  collocators,  and (iii) with respect to any Premises subject
to the Lease or other agreements or indentures, such installations are permitted
under the terms and conditions of the Lease or other agreements or indentures.

(f)  If the  placement  or use of the  Equipment  in the  Space  results  in any
violation  or claim of  violation  of any of the  Lease or other  agreements  or
indentures,  then in the event the Company shall be unable, at a cost acceptable
to the  Company,  to cure such  violation  or  secure a waiver of such  claim of
violation,  the  Company  may  undertake  to find other  suitable  space for the
Equipment  within the applicable  Space and Premises and relocate such Equipment
to other suitable location for the balance of the Term of this Agreement.

(g) The  Company  shall  provide  the  services  set forth on Exhibit C attached
hereto and incorporated herein by reference in connection with the placement and
use of the Equipment within the Space. The Company shall use its reasonable best
efforts to provide such  additional  services as are  requested by Customer upon
terms and  conditions  agreed  upon by  Customer  and the  Company.  The Company
represents and warrants that the services described on Exhibit C are provided by
the Company to Customer as of the date of this Agreement.

2.       TERM.

(a) The initial term (the "Initial  Term") of the permission  established  under
this Agreement  pertaining to the placement and use of the Equipment  within the
Space shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue thereafter until such
time as the  applicable  Lease expires.  If the

                                       56
<PAGE>

term of the  applicable  Lease is  extended,  then the  Customer  shall have the
option, upon prior written notice to the Company, to renew this Agreement for an
additional term (the "Renewal  Term"),  which Renewal Term shall be conterminous
with the term of the applicable  extended term under the Lease, on the terms and
conditions  otherwise  set forth in this  Agreement.  The  Initial  Term and the
Renewal   Term  are   sometimes   collectively   referred   to  as  the  "Term."
Notwithstanding anything herein or elsewhere to the contrary,  however, the Term
shall be subject to earlier termination as may be provided herein.

(b) The option to renew this  Agreement  with respect to the  Premises  shall be
contingent on the Company's continued occupation and ownership or leasing of the
Premises and shall be contingent  upon the Customer's  compliance with the terms
and conditions of this Agreement. In the event the Company shall cease to occupy
any of the Premises or shall default under this  Agreement,  the option to renew
this  Agreement  shall  expire with  respect to the  applicable  Premises or the
entirety of the Premises, as the case may be.

(c)  Following the  expiration of the Term,  this  Agreement  shall  continue in
effect on a  month-to-month  basis upon the same terms and conditions  otherwise
set forth  herein,  unless and until  terminated  by either the  Customer or the
Company upon at least 30 days' prior written notice to the other.

(d)  Notwithstanding  anything herein or elsewhere to the contrary,  the Company
reserves the right,  in its  discretion,  to revoke the  permission  established
under this Agreement  with respect to the  applicable  Space within any Premises
and to terminate  the rights of Customer  under this  Agreement  with respect to
such Space and Premises  immediately  upon written notice in the event that, for
whatever reason,  the Company loses its right to occupy the applicable  Premises
or its right to permit the collocation of Equipment within such Premises. In the
event the  Company  elects to exercise  its right to  terminate  the Lease,  the
Company shall give the Customer 6 months  written  notice of its  termination of
the Lease and the intended resulting termination of this Agreement.

3. CONSIDERATION.  The Customer agrees to pay the Company such amounts as may be
set forth on the Collocate  Schedule for the permission  established  under this
Agreement with respect to the scheduled  Space and Premises.  Such amounts shall
be payable  in equal  monthly  installments  in advance on the first day of each
calendar month during the Term.

4.  CONDITION OF THE  PREMISES.  The  Customer  approves the Premises in "as is"
condition as of the date of this Agreement,  and  acknowledges  that the Company
has no obligation to make alterations, improvements or additions, decorations or
changes  within the  Premises or the Space.  The Company  acknowledges  that the
Equipment is personal  property of the Customer and not a fixture,  and that the
Company shall not have any lienable interest in the Equipment.

5. ASSIGNMENT. The Agreement is personal to the parties, and may not be assigned
by either party without the prior written consent of the other.

                                       57
<PAGE>

6.  TERMINATION  OR  EXPIRATION.  At the  expiration  of the  Term  (or  earlier
termination of this Agreement), the Customer shall remove the Equipment from the
Premises  at the  Customer's  expense,  and the Space  shall be  restored by the
Company,  at the Customer's  expense (such expense to be defrayed by reimbursing
the Company for the same upon demand) to substantially the same as the condition
as of the date of this Agreement.

7.  DEFAULT.  If the Customer  breaches any term or condition of this Agreement,
the Company,  after providing the Customer with notice of such breach, may elect
by written  notice to the Customer to terminate this  Agreement.  In addition to
such right of  termination,  the Company shall have any and all other rights and
remedies afforded to the Company at law or in equity.

8.  INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) The Customer covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless
from and  against  any and all suits,  actions,  claims,  damages,  charges  and
expenses,  including  reasonable  attorney  fees, for damages or injuries to the
Space or the Premises  occurring or claimed to have  occurred in, upon, or about
the Space or the Premises as a result of the  Customer's  conduct or omission in
placing,  operating or removing the Equipment or using the Equipment  within the
Space, unless arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of the Company.

(b) The Company covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold the Customer harmless
from and  against  any and all suits,  actions,  claims,  damages,  charges  and
expenses,  including  reasonable  attorney  fees, for damages or injuries to the
Equipment  occurring or claimed to have occurred in, upon, or about the Space or
the Premises as a result of the negligence or willful  misconduct of the Company
in handling the  Equipment or using the Space or the  Premises,  unless  arising
from the negligence or willful misconduct of the Customer.

9.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

(a) Liability  for Damages to Property.  The Company shall not be liable for any
damages  whatsoever to the Customer's  property resulting from the installation,
maintenance,  repair or removal of Equipment  and  associated  wiring unless the
damage is caused by the Company's negligence or willful misconduct.

(b) Liability  for Equipment not Provided by the Company.  The Company shall not
be liable for any damages whatsoever associated with facilities or Equipment not
furnished by the Company or for any act or omission of the Customer or any other
entity furnishing facilities or Equipment.

(c) Liability for Force Majeure Events.  The Company shall not be liable for any
failure of  performance  due to causes  beyond its  control,  including  but not
limited  to acts of God,  fire,  flood or  other  catastrophes;  any law,  order
regulation,  direction, action or request of the United States Government, or of
any other government,  including state and local governments  having or claiming
jurisdiction or of any department,  agency, commission,  bureau, corporation, or
other  instrumentality  of any federal,  state, or local  government,  or of any
civil or military authority;

                                       58
<PAGE>

national   emergencies;    unavailability   of   materials   or   rights-of-way;
insurrections;  riots;  wars;  or  strikes,  lock-outs,  work  stoppages,  labor
difficulties, or utilities/power outages.

(d) No Special  Damages.  In no event shall the  Company be liable for  special,
consequential,  lost profit,  exemplary,  or punitive damages as a result of its
performance  or  nonperformance  of this Agreement or as a result of any default
under or breach of this Agreement.

(e) No Claims against the Company's  Landlords.  The Customer  acknowledges  the
owners of any Premises subject to the Lease have no  responsibilities or duties,
direct or  indirect,  to the  Customer,  and the Customer  disclaims  any rights
against or  recourse to (i) the owners of any  Premises  subject to the Lease or
(ii) such Premises.  In furtherance of this  acknowledgment and disclaimer,  the
Customer  releases and waives any claim  against  such owners (such  release and
waiver  being for the  benefit  of, and  enforceable  by such owners as intended
third party beneficiaries).

10. CASUALTY OR EMINENT DOMAIN.  In the event of any taking by eminent domain or
damage by fire or other  casualty to the  Premises  and/or  Space,  the Customer
shall acquiesce and be bound by any action taken by or agreement entered into by
the Company with respect  thereto,  and in any event the Customer shall not have
(and hereby waives and releases) any claim with respect to any award, damages or
proceeds associated with any such taking or damage.

11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. All prior agreements and understandings of the parties are
merged within this  Agreement,  which alone fully and completely  sets forth the
understanding  of the  parties  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  of  this
Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall not be  modified  without  the prior  written
agreement of all the parties.  Any handwritten  modifications  to this Agreement
shall be void ab initio.

12. NOTICES. Any and all notices or communications which either party may desire
or be required to give to the other shall be in writing and shall be sent to the
other party by certified or registered mail at the address designated below:

      If to Company:    Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
                                 Three World Financial Center
                                 New York, New York 10285
                                 (212) 372-7195 (fax)
                                 Attention:  Zachary Snow,
                                             Executive Vice President and
                                              General Counsel

      If to Customer:   SAVVIS Communications Corporation
                                 717 Office Parkway
                                 St. Louis, Missouri 63141
                                 (314) 468-7550 (fax)
                                 Attention:  Steven M. Gallant,
                                             Vice President and General Counsel


                                       59
<PAGE>

13. GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of
- -------------.

14. INSURANCE.  The Customer agrees to provide the Company evidence (in the form
of certificates of insurance),  on or before the date of the commencement of the
Term,  and to keep in force and  effect  during  the Term,  with  respect to the
Equipment, a policy of comprehensive liability insurance,  naming the Company as
an additional insured,  and a policy of property insurance containing waivers of
subrogation  against the  Company  and  against the owners and other  parties in
interest of any Premises  subject to the Lease.  Such insurance  shall be for an
- -----------------------------------------------------------------.

15.  INTERPRETATION.  In the  event of any  conflict  between  the terms of this
Agreement  and the  terms  contained  in any  Exhibit  hereto,  the terms of the
Exhibit shall govern.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written.

BRIDGE ______________________________     SAVVIS _______________________________

By:  ________________________________     By: __________________________________

Title:_______________________________     Title:________________________________

Date:________________________________     Date:_________________________________



                                       60
<PAGE>

                   EXHIBIT A TO EQUIPMENT COLLOCATION PERMIT

                               COLLOCATE SCHEDULE

                           [TO BE PROVIDED AT CLOSING]

1.       Premises:    __________________________________________________________


2.       Price:       __________________________________________________________










                                       61
<PAGE>

                   EXHIBIT B TO EQUIPMENT COLLOCATION PERMIT

                                      LEASE

                          [TO BE COMPLETED AT CLOSING]

                  The term "Lease" shall include the leases listed below, as the
same may be amended from time to time by the Company.

Boston

Seattle

Minneapolis

New York

Miami

Houston

Chicago

Dallas

D.C.

Atlanta

Los Angeles

Denver

San Francisco








                                       62
<PAGE>

                   EXHIBIT C TO EQUIPMENT COLLOCATION PERMIT

                              SERVICES DESCRIPTION

                          [TO BE COMPLETED AT CLOSING]

The  Company  shall  coordinate  with the  Customer  to  provide  the  following
services:

1. Cross  Connects:  If other  carriers are in the same building as the Company,
the Company shall provide any necessary  cross  connects to the other  carrier's
demarc for T-1s,  DS-3s and OC-3s.  Customer  shall  provide  the  Company  with
customer facility access ("CFA").

2.  Services:  The Company,  at its cost (except as otherwise  provided),  shall
provide Customer with the following:

         A.       DS-3 cross connect  equipment,  T-1 DSX cross connect cabling,
                  10'  coaxial  cable  from the DS-3  cross  connect to the RJ48
                  cross connect panel;

         B.       OC-3 cross connect equipment [specifications to be provided];

         C.       Access to 110 V AC power outlet for test equipment.

         D.       Transmission cabling to the collocation Space (terminated):

                  i.       For ATM T-1  connections,  the Company will wire to a
                           common DSX cross  connect and will wire the  Customer
                           portion of this  common DSX to a 28 port,  RJ48 cross
                           connect  panel.  The Company  shall  provide the RJ48
                           cross  connect  panel  at  Customer's  cost  and  the
                           Company  shall  provide DSX  equipment  and the cross
                           connect from the DSX to Customer's RJ48 cross connect
                           panel at the Company's  cost.  The DSX panel shall be
                           the Company's demarc.

                  ii.      For Frame Relay T-1  connections,  the Company  shall
                           provide a hubbed DS-3,  channelized  on the Company's
                           end and a standard  DS-3  termination  on  Customer's
                           end.  The  Company  shall bring each DS-3 to a common
                           DS-3  cross  connects.  The  DS-3  is  the  Company's
                           demarcation  point. The Company shall provide 10 feet
                           of coaxial  cable slack with BNC  connectors  on each
                           end of the foregoing  DS-3 to Customer's  collocation
                           racks.

                  iii.     [Specifications for OC-3 cross-connections]

                  In both above cases,  all circuits must be clearly  tagged and
                  labeled  with  circuit  ID.  Customer  will  provide the cross
                  connect  cabling for the ATM T-1s from  Customer's RJ48 panel,
                  to  Customer's   equipment.   The  Frame  Relay  and  ATM  T-1
                  connections  shall be  provided in the Space.  During  initial
                  installation Frame


                                       63
<PAGE>

                  Relay T-1s  connectivity  is required  in the Space.  Customer
                  will order ATM T-1  connections  on a site by site basis based
                  upon Customer's requirements.

         E.       Grounding for relay racks.

         F.       Labor required to anchor relay rack to floor.

         G.       Labor   required   to  run    power   feeds  to  relay    rack
                  (non-terminated); and

         H.       Environmental conditions of approximately 70 degrees (F) and a
                  50% humidity level.

3.  Electricity:  The Company  shall supply  Customer with two (2), ten (10) amp
power feeds (one for main, one for standby).  Power requirements in excess shall
be charged in ten (10) amp increments to Customer at a rate to be agreed upon by
the  parties.   Customer  shall  pay  any  electric  or  other  utility  charges
attributable  to the  equipment  and  related use of the Space as  described  on
Exhibit A. Upon thirty (30) days' prior written notice,  the monthly rate may be
adjusted  by the  Company  from time to time to  reflect  increases  in the rate
charged for electricity by the utility provider.  Unless otherwise  provided for
in  Exhibit  A, if  Customer  requires  120 VAC power for their  Equipment,  the
Company shall provide the -48 VDC power feeds as indicated above and invert them
at Customer's  expense.  The Company shall  provide  uninterrupted  power supply
(UPS) or generator access for the Customer's POPs, the details of such provision
to be agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Customer.











                                       64
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT I
                             FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

[amount]                                                    St. Louis, Missouri
                                                            ___________, 2000

     The undersigned, SAVVIS Communications Corporation (hereinafter referred to
as  "Maker"),  for  value  received,  promises  to pay to the  order  of  Bridge
Information  Systems,  Inc. (the  "Payee"),  at its office located at 717 Office
Parkway, St. Louis,  Missouri 63141, or at such other place as may be designated
in writing by the holder hereof, in lawful money of the United States of America
in     immediately     available     funds,     the     principal     sum     of
_______________________________  United States  Dollars  (US$_________________),
together  with  interest  thereon  from  the date  hereof,  at the rate or rates
hereinafter specified, as follows:

     1.  Interest.  This  Note  shall  bear  interest  on the  aggregate  unpaid
principal  amount  thereof  from the date  hereof at the fixed rate of  interest
equal to ten percent (10%) per annum.

     2. Interest and Principal Payments; Maturity. This Note shall be payable as
follows:

          (a) Interest shall be payable  semi-annually in cash on each _____ and
     commencing on _______________, 2000.;

          (b) On  ________________,  2003,  the  Maker  shall pay to the Payee a
     final  installment  of principal and interest in an amount equal to the sum
     of the principal  balance of this Note together with the remaining  accrued
     and unpaid interest thereon.

     3.  Calculation of Interest.  The interest rate payable  hereunder shall be
calculated on the basis of twelve (12) thirty (30) day months over a year of 360
days.

     4.  Application of Payments.  All  installments  paid hereunder shall be in
currently available funds.

     5. Payments Due on Saturdays,  Sundays or Legal Holidays. If any payment of
principal or interest due on this Note is payable on a day which is a
Saturday,  Sunday or legal  holiday in the state of Missouri,  then such payment
shall be due on the next business day, the amount of such payment, in such case,
to include all interest accrued to the date of actual payment.

                                       65
<PAGE>

     6. Voluntary  Prepayment.  The  indebtedness  evidenced by this Note may be
prepaid, in whole or in part, at any time without premium. All prepayments shall
be applied  first to accrued  interest  and the balance to the  reduction of the
principal. No prepayment shall obligate Payee to re-advance any sums prepaid.

     7. Mandatory Prepayment.  If the Maker receives an "Infusion of Capital" of
three hundred million United States dollars (U.S.$300,000,000.00) or more in the
aggregate,  then it shall reduce the principal balance of this Note by an amount
equal to no less than fifty percent (50%) of the excess of such infusions  above
$300 million;  provided,  however, if the Maker's board of directors  reasonably
determine   that  Maker  has   insufficient   funding  to  meet  estimated  cash
requirements  for the ensuing 18 months,  then no prepayment  shall be required.
"Infusion of Capital"  means any  issuance of equity in exchange  for cash,  and
thus excluding acquisitions and stock options.

     8. Default Rate of Interest.  After maturity, by acceleration or otherwise,
this Note shall bear interest at a rate equal to fifteen percent (15%) per annum
("Default  Rate").  Should Maker fail to make any payment  hereon on the date on
which it shall fall due,  or should any  default be made in the  performance  by
Maker or any affiliated  entity of Maker of any of the  agreements,  conditions,
covenants,  provisions  or  stipulations  contained in this Note or any material
agreements,  conditions,  covenants, provisions or stipulations contained in any
other  documents  securing or executed in  connection  with this Note,  then the
holder of this Note,  at its option and  without  notice or demand,  may declare
immediately  due and payable the entire unpaid  balance of principal  under this
Note,  together  with all  accrued  interest  thereon and after the date of such
default  this Note shall bear  interest  at the Default  Rate.  In such case the
holder of this Note may also  recover  all costs of suit and other  expenses  in
connection with efforts to collect any of the aforesaid  amounts,  together with
attorneys' fees (including  attorneys'  fees for  representation  in proceedings
under the  Bankruptcy  Code),  regardless  of whether  litigation  is commenced,
together  with  interest on any judgment  obtained by the holder of this Note at
the Default Rate, including interest at the Default Rate from and after the date
of any foreclosure  sale until actual payment is made to the holder of this Note
of the full amount due such holder.

     9. Oral  Agreements.  Oral agreements or commitments to loan money,  extend
credit or to forbear from enforcing  repayment of a debt  including  promises to
extend or renew such debt are not  enforceable.  To protect  you  (Maker) and us
(Payee)  from  misunderstanding  or  disappointment,  any  agreements  we  reach
covering such matters are  contained in this writing,  which is the complete and
exclusive statement of the agreement between us, except as we may later agree in
writing to modify it.

     10.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be construed  according to and
governed by the laws of the State of Missouri.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Maker has executed and delivered this Note the day and
year first above written.

                                       66
<PAGE>

                                            SAVVIS Communications Corporation

                                            By:_______________________________
                                            Name:_____________________________
                                            Title:______________________________









                                       67
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT J

                      FORM OF CALL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                  This Transfer Agreement ("Agreement") made as of 12:01 A.M. on
this ___ day of  _____________,  2000 (the  "Effective  Date"),  by and  between
Bridge _________________________________, a corporation organized under the laws
of   __________________,   having   its   principal   place   of   business   at
_________________  ("Seller"), and SAVVIS ____________________ [a ______________
company organized under the laws of_________________][_____________  branch, the
____________  branch of a  ______________  company  organized  under the laws of
_______________]     having     its     [registered][principal]     office    at
______________________________  ("SAVVIS") (Seller and SAVVIS each a "Party" and
collectively the "Parties").

                                   WITNESSETH

                  WHEREAS,  pursuant to that certain  Master  Establishment  and
Transition  Agreement dated January ___, 2000 by and between Bridge  Information
Systems, Inc. and SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation (the "Master Establishment
and  Transition  Agreement")  the direct or  indirect  parent  entity of Seller,
Bridge Information Systems Inc. ("BISI"),  has granted to SAVVIS  Communications
Corporation  ("SCC"),  which is the direct or indirect  parent of SAVVIS and the
subsidiaries  or other  operations of SCC  worldwide,  the right to purchase the
Call Assets and to assume the  Assumed  Liabilities  in the Call  Jurisdictions.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to
them in the Master Establishment and Transition Agreement;

                  WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Master  Establishment and Transition
Agreement,  transfers  of Call  Assets and the Assumed  Liabilities,  rights and
obligations  associated  therewith will be effected by  subsidiaries of BISI and
SCC pursuant to individual  transfer services  agreements between such entities;
and

                  WHEREAS,  SAVVIS and Seller desire to effect a transfer of the
certain  Call  Assets and the  liabilities,  rights and  obligations  associated
therewith on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

                  NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants  and  obligations  herein  set  forth and of other  good and  valuable
consideration,  receipt of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the Parties  agree as
follows:

1.         DEFINITIONS

          1.1 In this  Agreement and the  Schedules  the  following  expressions
          shall have the following meanings namely:

                                       68
<PAGE>

          "Agreement" means the agreement between the Parties the terms of which
          are set out herein;

          "Assets" means the assets of the IP Network set forth in Clause 2.1 as
          amended pursuant to Clause 2.2;

          "Closing" has the meaning set forth in Clause 5.1;

          "Effective Date" has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph;

          ["Employees"  means those  employees of Seller  listed on the attached
          Schedule 4;]


          "Knowledge"  means actual knowledge (i.e., the conscious  awareness of
          facts  or other  information),  or  belief,  without  undertaking  any
          investigation,  and not  constructive  knowledge.  The  words  "know",
          "knowing" and "known" shall be construed  accordingly.  In the case of
          the  Seller,   Knowledge   means  the   Knowledge   of   ____________,
          _____________, and ______________.

          "IP Network" means those assets that are used by Seller which consists
          of  providing   telecommunications   facilities   utilizing   Internet
          protocols between Seller,  suppliers and group companies of Seller and
          Seller's customers;

          "Liabilities"  means  all of the  liabilities  specifically  listed in
          Schedule [5]; provided,  however, that any contractual liabilities and
          contractual  obligations of the Seller for goods or services delivered
          prior to the Effective  Date shall be excluded from the  definition of
          Liabilities and shall remain the responsibility of the Seller; and

          "Software"  means  any and all  software  and  software  applications,
          including  operating software and embedded software,  owned or used by
          Seller in relation to the maintenance,  ownership or operations of the
          Assets listed in Clause 2.1.1.

          1.2 In this Agreement words importing the singular  include the plural
          and vice versa and words importing gender include any other gender.

          1.3 The  headings of Clauses are for ease of  reference  and shall not
          affect the construction of this Agreement.

          1.4   References  in  this  Agreement  to  Clauses  or  Schedules  are
          references to clauses of or schedules to this Agreement.

          1.5 Any  undertaking  hereunder  not to do any act or  thing  shall be
          deemed to include an undertaking  not to permit or suffer the doing of
          that act or thing.

          1.6 The  expression  "person"  used in this  Agreement  shall  include
          (without  limitation) any individual,  partnership,  local  authority,
          company or unincorporated association.

                                       69
<PAGE>

2.        SALE & PURCHASE

          2.1 Seller shall sell and SAVVIS shall  purchase  with effect from the
          Effective  Date the Assets  subject  in all cases to the  Liabilities,
          which are the following:

                    2.1.1 the computer equipment listed in Schedule 1, including
                    but not limited to the Ascend  Cascade  Switch 9000s and the
                    Baynet Routers;

                    2.1.2 the full benefit of all agreements  between Seller and
                    any other person, firm or corporation (other than SAVVIS) to
                    which Seller is entitled in connection  with the  operations
                    of the IP Network which are in force at the  Effective  Date
                    including,  without  limitation,  the  contracts  listed  in
                    Schedule 2 as well as any  maintenance,  support,  supply or
                    licensing agreements, if any, relating to the Software;

                    2.1.3 the right of SAVVIS to  represent  itself as operating
                    the IP Network in succession to Seller;

                    2.1.4 all technical and contractual  information relating to
                    the IP Network;

                    2.1.5  the Software.

           2.2 SAVVIS and Seller  shall take all  reasonable  efforts to jointly
           prepare,  within fifteen days after the Effective Date, or as soon as
           practical  thereafter,  a revised  list of the Assets as set forth in
           Schedules 1 and 2. This  revised  list shall  supersede  the attached
           Schedules 1 and 2 and shall include any assets  purchased or acquired
           by Seller after October 31, 1999 but before the Effective  Date which
           comprise part of the IP Network.  The parties shall negotiate in good
           faith to finalize  such revised  Schedules  and shall provide to each
           other any  information  or records  reasonably  necessary to finalize
           such revised Schedules.

3.        CONSIDERATION

          3.1 The  purchase  price for the Assets  exclusive  of any VAT,  stamp
          duty,  and  transfer  taxes  (the  "Consideration")  shall  be the sum
          specified in Schedule 3. To the extent the Assets are revised pursuant
          to Clause  2.2,  the  Consideration  set forth in  Schedule 3 shall be
          adjusted  based on the net book  value on the  Effective  Date (in the
          books of Seller) of the Assets  which are added to or removed from the
          revised list. The Parties shall take all reasonable efforts to jointly
          prepare any such revisions to Schedule 3 within fifteen days after the
          Effective Date, or as soon as practical thereafter.  The parties shall
          negotiate in good faith to finalize  such  revised  Schedule and shall
          provide to each other any information or records reasonably  necessary
          to finalize such Schedule.

          3.2  The  Consideration  shall  be due and  payable  as set  forth  in
          Schedule 3.

                                       70
<PAGE>


          3.3 The amount set forth in Schedule 3 is  exclusive  of VAT,  and any
          and  all  transfer  or  other  taxes  or  duties   applicable  to  the
          transaction provided for in this Agreement, which SAVVIS hereby agrees
          to pay.

4.        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

          Seller  represents  and  warrants  to the  Buyer  that the  statements
          contained  in this Clause 4 are correct and complete as of the date of
          this Agreement.

          4.1 Seller is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing,  and in
          good standing  under the laws of the  jurisdiction  in which Seller is
          organized.

          4.2 Seller  has full  corporate  power and  authority  to execute  and
          deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.  This
          Agreement  constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the
          Seller, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions.

          4.3 Except as would not result in the imposition of any  Impermissible
          Security  Interest  upon  any of  the  Assets  and  except  where  the
          violation,  conflict,  breach,  default,  acceleration,   termination,
          modification,  cancellation,  failure to give notice,  or a lien would
          not impair  the value of use of the Assets or have a material  adverse
          effect on  ability  of the  parties  to  consummate  the  transactions
          contemplated by this Agreement, neither the execution and the delivery
          of  this   Agreement  nor  the   consummation   of  the   transactions
          contemplated hereby by the Seller will:

               (a)  violate  any  constitution,   statute,   regulation,   rule,
          injunction,   judgment,   order,  decree,  ruling,  charge,  or  other
          restriction of any government,  governmental agency, or court to which
          the Seller is subject or any provision of the charter or bylaws of the
          Seller,

               (b) conflict  with,  result in a breach of,  constitute a default
          under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to
          accelerate,  terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under
          any  agreement,   contract,  lease,  license,   instrument,  or  other
          arrangement  to which the Seller is a party or by which they are bound
          or to which any of the Assets are subject; or

               (c) require  Seller to give any notice to, make any filing  with,
          or obtain any authorization,  consent, or approval of any third party,
          government or governmental agency.

          4.4  Seller  has no  liability  or  obligation  to  pay  any  fees  or
          commissions  to any  broker,  finder,  or agent  with  respect  to the
          transactions  contemplated by this Agreement for which the Buyer could
          become liable or obligated.

                                       71
<PAGE>


           4.5 The Seller has good title to, or a valid  leasehold  interest  in
           the Assets,  free and clear of all Impermissible  Security  Interest,
           and there  exists no  material  restriction  on the  transfer of such
           property.

           4.6 Each of the  Contracts  with respect to the Assets is a valid and
           binding obligation of the parties thereto,  enforceable in accordance
           with terms,  in full force and effect.  No party to any such contract
           is in material  breach or  violation  thereof or default  thereunder.
           Except for matters which would not, in the aggregate, have a material
           adverse effect on the Assets,  no event has occurred  which,  through
           the  passage  of  time  or the  giving  of  notice,  or  both,  would
           constitute,  and  neither the  execution  of this  Agreement  nor the
           consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  do or  will
           constitute  or result in, a breach or violation  of or default  under
           any contract,  or would cause the  acceleration  of any obligation of
           any party  thereto  or the  creation  of any  Impermissible  Security
           Interest upon the Assets.

           4.7 EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY  SET FORTH IN THIS CLAUSE 4, THE SELLER MAKES
           NO  REPRESENTATION  OR  WARRANTY,  EXPRESS OR  IMPLIED,  AT LAW OR IN
           EQUITY,  IN RESPECT OF ANY OF ITS ASSETS,  LIABILITIES OR OPERATIONS,
           INCLUDING,  WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  WITH RESPECT TO  MERCHANTABILITY OR
           FITNESS   FOR   ANY   PARTICULAR   PURPOSE,   AND  ANY   SUCH   OTHER
           REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED.  BUYER
           HEREBY   ACKNOWLEDGES   AND  AGREES   THAT,   EXCEPT  TO  THE  EXTENT
           SPECIFICALLY  SET FORTH IN THIS CLAUSE 4, THE BUYER IS PURCHASING THE
           ASSETS ON AN "AS-IS, WHERE-IS" BASIS. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY
           OF THE  FOREGOING,  THE SELLER  MAKES NO  REPRESENTATION  OR WARRANTY
           REGARDING ANY ASSETS OTHER THAN THE ASSETS BEING PURCHASED  HEREUNDER
           OR ANY LIABILITIES OTHER THAN THE LIABILITIES ASSUMED HEREUNDER,  AND
           NONE SHALL BE IMPLIED AT LAW OR IN EQUITY.

5.         CLOSING

           5.1 Closing of the sale shall take place on the  Effective  Date when
           Seller shall  deliver to SAVVIS all physical  Assets hereby agreed to
           be sold,  other than the Assets referred to in Clause 2.2 above.  All
           physical Assets referred to in Clause 2.2 above shall be delivered to
           SAVVIS  as soon as  practicable  following  the  finalization  of any
           adjustment to the Assets as set forth in Clause 2.2.

           5.2 Property  in and title to the  Assets  referred  to in Clause 2.1
           shall pass to SAVVIS on the Effective Date.  Property in and title to
           the Assets referred to in Clause 2.2 shall pass to SAVVIS on the date
           that the revised schedules are finalized in accordance with on Clause
           2.2 but such transfer shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

           5.3 Subject  to  Clause  7  below,  Seller  shall  on or as  soon  as
           practicable after the Effective Date deliver to SAVVIS all transfers,
           assignments  and  novations  relating  to the Assets  (including  the
           property) together with the documents of title thereto,  necessary to
           give

                                       72
<PAGE>
          effect to this Agreement;  provided,  however, that any such transfers
          shall as  between  the  Parties  be deemed to be  effective  as of the
          Effective Date.

6.         THE LIABILITIES

           Subject to the consent where necessary of other  contracting  parties
           (which the Parties hereto shall use their  reasonable best efforts to
           obtain) SAVVIS shall as from the Effective  Date assume,  perform and
           discharge all Liabilities. If it proves impossible to obtain any such
           consent in relation to any of the  Liabilities,  SAVVIS will  assume,
           perform and  discharge  such  Liability as agent for and on behalf of
           Seller and will indemnify Seller  accordingly.  Seller will indemnify
           SAVVIS for contractual  liabilities  for goods or services  delivered
           prior to the Effective Date.

7.         THIRD PARTY CONSENTS

           7.1 Seller  and SAVVIS  shall use their  reasonable  best  efforts to
           obtain any required consent of any other  contracting  parties to the
           assignment or novation of any agreement  referred to in Clause 2.1.3.
           Unless and until such consent shall be  forthcoming  and the relevant
           agreement  shall have been  assigned or novated,  SAVVIS shall at its
           own  cost  and  expense  assume  Seller's   obligations   under  such
           agreements  and Seller  shall  account to SAVVIS for all sums paid or
           received therefrom.

           7.2 Seller will at SAVVIS'  request  and  expense  give to SAVVIS all
           assistance  in the power of Seller to enable  SAVVIS to  enforce  the
           agreements  referred to in Clause 2.1.3 against the other contracting
           party or parties  and,  without  prejudice to the  generality  of the
           foregoing,  will provide all such relevant books, documents and other
           information as SAVVIS may require in relation thereto.

[8.        PERSONNEL

           SAVVIS and Seller hereby agree and  acknowledge  that the Transfer of
           Undertakings  (Protection of Employment)  Regulations applies to this
           transaction and,  therefore,  that the contracts of employment of all
           of the  Employees  of  Seller,  as set  forth at  Schedule  4 to this
           Agreement,  shall not be terminated at Closing but shall  continue to
           have effect as if originally made between such Employee and SAVVIS in
           accordance such Regulations.]

                                       73
<PAGE>

[9.        INDEMNIFICATION

           Seller will indemnify,  defend and hold SAVVIS and its  shareholders,
           directors, officers, successors, assigns, and agents of each of them,
           harmless  from  and  against  any and all  claims,  losses,  damages,
           liabilities,  expenses or costs, plus reasonable  attorneys' fees and
           expenses,  incurred by SAVVIS to the extent resulting from or arising
           out of any claim or suit by any  Employee of Seller,  or by any other
           employee of Seller that is not being transferred to SAVVIS, asserting
           rights under the Transfer of Undertakings  (Protection of Employment)
           Regulations 1981 or any other similar law or regulation.]

10.        FURTHER ASSURANCE

           From and after  Closing,  the Parties  shall do such acts and execute
           such documents and instruments as may be reasonably  required to make
           effective the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  In the event that
           consents,  approvals, other authorizations or other acts contemplated
           by this  Agreement  have not been fully  effected as of Closing,  the
           parties will continue after Closing,  without further  consideration,
           to use their reasonable best efforts to carry out such  transactions;
           provided,  however, in the event that certain approvals,  consents or
           other  necessary  documentation  cannot  be  secured,  then the Party
           having legal responsibility, ownership or control shall act on behalf
           of the other  Party,  without  further  consideration,  to effect the
           essential  intention of the Parties with respect to the  transactions
           contemplated by this Agreement.

11.        SURVIVAL OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

           To the extent that any  provision  of this  Agreement  shall not have
           been  performed at Closing it shall  survive and remain in full force
           and effect notwithstanding Closing.

12.        GOVERNING LAW AND CHOICE OF FORUM

           This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in
           accordance with the laws of [England][the  state of Missouri,  United
           States of America]  and the parties to this  Agreement  hereby  agree
           that all matters  arising out of or in connection with this Agreement
           shall be  subject  to the  exclusive  jurisdiction  of the  courts of
           [England][the state of Missouri].

                                       74
<PAGE>

AS WITNESS the hands of duly authorized  representatives  of the parties the day
and year first above written

SIGNED by                            )
for and on behalf of                 )
BRIDGE INFORMATION                   )
SYSTEMS ______________               )

SIGNED by                            )
for and on behalf of                 )
SAVVIS _____________                 )










                                       75
<PAGE>


                  SCHEDULE 1 TO CALL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                             THE COMPUTER EQUIPMENT
                [To be Completed at Call Right Exercise Closing]










                                       76
<PAGE>


                   SCHEDULE 2 TO CALL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                  THE CONTRACTS

                [To be Completed at Call Right Exercise Closing]









                                       77
<PAGE>



                   SCHEDULE 3 TO CALL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                THE CONSIDERATION

                [To be Completed at Call Right Exercise Closing]


ALLOCATION OF CONSIDERATION





PAYMENT OF CONSIDERATION

           The consideration  shall be due and payable thirty days after receipt
           by SAVVIS of a valid invoice,  which may be submitted on or after the
           Effective Date.















                                       78
<PAGE>

                  [SCHEDULE 4 TO CALL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                 THE EMPLOYEES]


                [To be Completed at Call Right Exercise Closing]





















                                       79
<PAGE>


                   SCHEDULE 5 TO CALL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                 THE LIABILITIES

                [To be Completed at Call Right Exercise Closing]




















                                       80
<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE 1.3
                            OTHER ASSUMED LIABILITIES

                          [To be Completed at Closing]















                                       81
<PAGE>



                                 SCHEDULE 1.10
                          INTERNATIONAL NETWORK ASSETS

                          [To be Completed at Closing]


















                                       82


<PAGE>


                                 SCHEDULE 1.11
                      ASSETS NOT INCLUDED IN THE IP NETWORK

                          [To be Completed at Closing]
















                                       83
<PAGE>

                                 SCHEDULE 1.12
                                    KNOWLEDGE

                          [To be Completed at Closing]















                                       84
<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE 1.16
                                US NETWORK ASSETS

                          [To be Completed at Closing]






















                                       85
<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE 2.3

                            PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE

                          [To be Completed at Closing]

Payment of Purchase Price for International  Network Assets:  Buyer shall pay to
the  Seller,  for the  International  Network  Assets  an amount  cash  equal to
$________________, which is the sum of the Net Book Value of such assets, as set
forth  in each  Local  Transfer  Agreement.  This  amount  shall  be paid by the
following entities in the following described manner:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                              <C>                          <C>                    <C>
Payor                            Payee                        Amount                 Manner of Payment




</TABLE>

Payment of Purchase Price for LLC Interest:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                            <C>                                   <C>
============================================== ===================================== ==================================
          TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE FOR                             CASH                   PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF PROMISSORY
                LLC INTEREST                                 PAYMENT                               NOTE

============================================== ===================================== ==================================
============================================== ===================================== ==================================

$                                              $                                     $
============================================== ===================================== ==================================

</TABLE>











                                       86
<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE 3.3
                                    CONSENTS

                          [To be Completed at Closing]















                                       87
<PAGE>



                                 SCHEDULE 3.5(A)
                              IP NETWORK EXCEPTIONS

                          [To be Completed at Closing]








                                       88
<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE 3.6
                                    CONTRACTS

                          [To be Completed at Closing]








                                       89
<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE 3.7
                                    EMPLOYEES

                          [To be Completed at Closing]







                                       90
<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE 5.1
                              NOTICES AND CONSENTS

                          [To be Completed at Closing]









                                       91
<PAGE>

                                SCHEDULE 5.2(A)
                    CALL RIGHT JURISDICTIONS AND CALL ASSETS

                          [To be Completed at Closing]

Jurisdiction:                                                 Assets:











                                       92
<PAGE>


                                SCHEDULE 5.2(B)
                                SATELLITE RIGHTS

                          [To be Completed at Closing]







                                       93
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 5.5
                             SHORT-TERM CALL ASSETS

                          [To be Completed at Closing]







                                       94



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11

CONFIDENTIAL  MATERIALS  HAVE BEEN  OMMITTED FROM THIS  AGREEMENT  PURSUANT TO A
REQUEST  FOR  CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  AND HAVE BEEN FILED  SEPARATELY  WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. ASTERISKS DENOTE OMISSIONS.



                           NETWORK SERVICES AGREEMENT


         This NETWORK  SERVICES  AGREEMENT (the  "AGREEMENT") is effective as of
12:01 A.M. _________, 2000 (the "EFFECTIVE DATE"), between SAVVIS Communications
Corporation,  a Missouri corporation ("SAVVIS"), and Bridge Information Systems,
Inc., a Missouri corporation ("BRIDGE").

                                    RECITALS

     A. Bridge is engaged in the business of collecting and distributing various
financial, news and other data.

     B.  SAVVIS is  engaged  in the  business  of  providing  Internet  Protocol
backbone and other data transport services.

     C. SAVVIS and certain of its  subsidiaries  have  acquired  from Bridge and
certain of its subsidiaries certain assets relating to the provision of Internet
Protocol  backbone  and other  data  transport  services,  and may in the future
acquire additional such assets from Bridge and certain of its subsidiaries,  all
pursuant to a Master  Establishment  and Transition  Agreement  between  SAVVIS'
corporate parent, SAVVIS Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and
Bridge,  of  even  date  herewith  (the  "MASTER  ESTABLISHMENT  AND  TRANSITION
AGREEMENT").

     D. It is an obligation of the parties  under the Master  Establishment  and
Transition Agreement to cause this Network Services Agreement to be entered into
between  SAVVIS and Bridge,  pursuant to which  SAVVIS  shall  provide  Internet
Protocol backbone and other data transport services to Bridge.

     E. Together  with this  Agreement,  the parties  hereto are entering into a
Technical  Services  Agreement of even date  herewith (the  "TECHNICAL  SERVICES
AGREEMENT") and an Administrative  Services Agreement of even date herewith (the
"Administrative  Services  Agreement"),  providing  for the provision of certain
services  to SAVVIS by  Bridge.  Certain  subsidiaries  of  SAVVIS  and  certain
subsidiaries  of Bridge are  entering  into,  and may in the future  enter into,
Local Transfer Agreements, Local Network Services Agreements (the "Local Network
Services Agreements"), Equipment Collocation Permits (the "Equipment Collocation
Permits"), and Local Administrative Services Agreements.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
covenants  contained  herein and of other good and valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  adequacy  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties  agree as
follows:

1.       CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND DEFINITIONS

         1.1.     This  Agreement   shall  consist  of  this  Network   Services
                  Agreement  by and  between  SAVVIS and Bridge,  including  all
                  addenda to this Agreement entered into in the manner set forth
                  herein (each an "ADDENDUM" and  collectively  the  "ADDENDA").
                  This Agreement shall be interpreted wherever possible to avoid
                  conflicts  between the  Sections  hereof and the  Attachments,
                  provided that if such a conflict shall arise,  the Attachments
                  shall control.

         1.2.     Whenever it is provided in this Agreement for a matter to
                  be  mutually  agreed  upon by the  parties and set forth in an
                  Addendum to this  Agreement,  either  party may  initiate  the
                  process of  determining  such matter by  submitting a proposed
                  outline or contents of such Addendum to the other party.  Each
                  party shall appoint a primary contact and a secondary  contact
                  for the completion of such Addendum,  who shall be the contact
                  points for every issue  concerning such Addendum and who shall
                  be informed of the progress of the  project.  The names of the
                  contacts  will be exchanged  in writing by the parties.  Using
                  the  contacts,  the parties  shall work together in good faith
                  with such diligence as shall be commercially  reasonable under
                  the   circumstances  to  complete  such  Addendum,   provided,
                  however,  that neither  party shall be obligated to enter into
                  such an Addendum.  Upon the  completion of such  Addendum,  it
                  shall be set forth in a written  document  and executed by the
                  parties and shall become a part of this Agreement and shall be
                  deemed to be incorporated herein by reference.

         1.3.     Whenever used in this Agreement,  the words and phrases listed
                  below shall have the  meanings  given  below,  and all defined
                  terms shall include the plural as well as the singular. Unless
                  otherwise  stated,  the words "herein",  "hereunder" and other
                  similar words refer to this  Agreement as a whole and not to a
                  particular Section or other subdivision.  The words "included"
                  and "including" shall not be construed as terms of limitation.
                  Additional  definitions  are  provided in Schedule 3.1 of this
                  Agreement.  Capitalized  terms not otherwise  defined have the
                  meanings  assigned  to such terms in the Master  Establishment
                  and Transition Agreement.

                  "ADDITIONAL NETWORK FACILITIES" means any assets and contracts
                  of SAVVIS for the provision of Internet  Protocol backbone and
                  other data transport  services other than the Acquired Network
                  Facilities.

                  "AFFILIATE"  has the  meaning  set forth in Rule  12b-2 of the
                  regulations  promulgated under the Securities  Exchange Act of
                  1934, as amended.

                  "AGREEMENT  YEAR" means a period of 12 months beginning on the
                  Effective Date and each subsequent anniversary thereof.

                  "AMERICAS"  means  North  America,  Central  America and South
                  America, including the Caribbean, but excluding the United
                  States.

                  "ASIA" means Australia,  China, Hong Kong,  India,  Indonesia,
                  Japan, Korea, Macau, Malaysia, New Zealand, Philippines,
                  Singapore, Taiwan, and Thailand.

                  "BRIDGE" means Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc., a Missouri
                  corporation, and its successors and assigns.

                  "BRIDGE  SUBSIDIARIES"  has the  meaning  assigned to the term
                  "Seller   Subsidiaries"  in  the  Master   Establishment   and
                  Transition Agreement.

                  "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" means all information concerning
                  the  business  of  Bridge,  SAVVIS  or any third  party  doing
                  business  with  either of them that may be  obtained  from any
                  source (i) by SAVVIS by virtue of its  performance  under this
                  Agreement  or  (ii)  by  Bridge  by  virtue  of its use of the
                  Networks.  Such  information  shall also  include the terms of
                  this Agreement (and  negotiations and proposals from one party
                  to the other related  directly  thereto),  network designs and
                  design recommendations,  tools and programs, pricing, methods,
                  processes,  financial data, software,  research,  development,
                  strategic plans or related  information.  All such information
                  disclosed  prior to the execution of this Agreement shall also
                  be considered  Confidential  Information  for purposes of this
                  Agreement.
                  Confidential Information shall not include information that:

                          (a)   is already rightfully known to the receiving
                                party at the time it is  obtained by such party,
                                free   from   any   obligation   to  keep   such
                                information confidential; or

                           (b)  is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful
                                act of the receiving party; or

                           (c)  is  rightfully  received  by  the  receiving
                                party from a third party without restriction
                                and without breach of this Agreement.

                  "DISTRIBUTOR  COUNTRY" means any country in which the products
                  and  services of Bridge and Bridge  Subsidiaries  are provided
                  through third-party distributors.

                  "EFFECTIVE  DATE" means the date set forth in the  Preamble of
                  this Agreement.

                  "EUROPE" means Austria,  Belgium,  Denmark,  Finland,  France,
                  Germany,   Greece,  Hungary,   Ireland,   Italy,   Luxembourg,
                  Netherlands,   Norway,  Poland,  Spain,  Sweden,  Switzerland,
                  Turkey and the United Kingdom.

                  "EVENT OF DEFAULT BY SAVVIS" has the meaning  assigned to such
                  term in Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

                  "INITIAL  TERM"  means a period of ten  consecutive  Agreement
                  Years beginning on the Effective Date.

                                        2
<PAGE>

                   "INSTALLATION  SITE" means any facility of Bridge or a Bridge
                   Subsidiary  or  of  vendors  or  customers  of  Bridge  or  a
                   BridgeSubsidiary  at  which  one or more of the  Networks  is
                   installed.   "MARKET  HOURS"  means,   with  respect  to  any
                   Installation  Site,  the period of time  beginning  two hours
                   before  the time at  which  trading  opens  on the  principal
                   securities  exchange or automated quotation system designated
                   by Bridge in  writing  from time to time as being used by the
                   purchasers  and sellers of  securities  at such  Installation
                   Site,  and  ending  two hours  after  the time at which  such
                   trading ceases to be conducted.

                  "MINIMUM ANNUAL  COMMITMENT" has the meaning  assigned to such
                  term in Schedule 3.1 of this Agreement.

                  "NETWORK"  and  "NETWORKS"  have the meaning  assigned to such
                  terms in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

                  "REPLACED  ROUTERS"  has the meaning  assigned to such term in
                  Section 2.7 of this Agreement.

                  "QUALITY OF SERVICE  STANDARDS"  means the  standards  for the
                  performance  of the Networks  contained in Schedule 2.2 hereto
                  or an Addendum to this Agreement.

                  "SAVVIS" means SAVVIS Communications  Corporation,  a Missouri
                  corporation, and its successors and assigns.

                  "SAVVIS BACKBONE" means those facilities that are owned by, or
                  leased to, SAVVIS providing  telecommunications  utilizing the
                  Internet Protocol.

                  "SAVVIS  PARENT" means SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation,  a
                  Delaware corporation.

                  "SAVVIS  SUBSIDIARIES"  has the  meaning  assigned to the term
                  "Buyer   Subsidiaries"   in  the  Master   Establishment   and
                  Transition Agreement.

                  "Securities EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of
                  1934, as amended.

                  "TELERATE"   means   Telerate   Holdings,   Inc.,  a  Delaware
                  corporation.

                  "TELERATE  NETWORK  SERVICES   AGREEMENT"  means  the  network
                  services  agreement  pursuant to which  SAVVIS  shall  provide
                  Internet Protocol  backbone and other data transport  services
                  to Telerate.

                  "TRANSITION  PERIOD" has the meaning  assigned to such term in
                  Section 6.3 of this Agreement.

2.       THE NETWORKS AND QUALITY OF SERVICE STANDARDS

         2.1.     SAVVIS agrees to use the Acquired  Network  Facilities to
                  provide  (or to cause the SAVVIS  Subsidiaries  to provide) to
                  Bridge  and the  Bridge  Subsidiaries  the  following  managed
                  packet-data  transport  networks,   including  the  operation,
                  management and maintenance thereof:

                  (a)   a  global  office-automation  network,  providing
                        connectivity  between  the offices of Bridge (the "OA
                        NETWORK"),

                  (b)   a global data collection network (the "COLLECTION
                        NETWORK") and

                  (c)   a global data distribution network (the "DISTRIBUTION
                        NETWORK"),

                  which shall be referred to in this Agreement  collectively  as
                  the "NETWORKS" and individually as a "NETWORK."

                                       3
<PAGE>

         2.2.     Each Network  shall be  operated,  managed and  maintained  by
                  SAVVIS.  SAVVIS  may,  but  shall  not be  obligated  to,  use
                  facilities   of  SAVVIS  other  than  the   Acquired   Network
                  Facilities  to  provide  all  or  any  part  of  any  Network.
                  Beginning on the first  anniversary  of the Effective Date and
                  thereafter,  each  Network  shall  be  operated,  managed  and
                  maintained  by SAVVIS  according  to the  Quality  of  Service
                  Standards  set forth in Schedule 2.2 hereof,  and SAVVIS shall
                  be responsible  for monitoring the performance of the Networks
                  with  respect to the  Quality of Service  Standards  and shall
                  provide Bridge with monthly  reports of such  performance.  If
                  the Quality of Service Standards are not met with respect to a
                  particular  Installation  Site in any month,  Bridge  shall be
                  entitled to receive,  upon written request by Bridge within 30
                  days  of  its  receipt  of the  performance  report  for  such
                  Installation  Site for such month,  a credit in the amount set
                  forth on Schedule 2.2 attached  hereto,  which amount shall be
                  deemed  to  be  one  month's   charges   applicable   to  such
                  Installation  Site under this  Agreement  with respect to such
                  month; provided, however, that Bridge shall not be entitled to
                  such credit to the extent that the failure to meet the Quality
                  of Service Standards with respect to such Installation Site is
                  due to (i) an act or omission of Bridge or a Bridge Subsidiary
                  or a vendor or  customer of Bridge or a Bridge  Subsidiary  or
                  (ii)  equipment or software used by Bridge and not provided by
                  SAVVIS.  Not more than one credit of one month's charges shall
                  be given for a particular  Installation  Site for a particular
                  month. The Quality of Service Standards shall not apply to the
                  provision of Local Access Facilities in countries in which the
                  products  and services of Bridge and Bridge  Subsidiaries  are
                  provided through third-party distributors. For all purposes of
                  this Agreement, including without limitation the determination
                  of an Event of  Default  by  SAVVIS,  the  Quality  of Service
                  Standards applicable to a particular  Installation Site in any
                  month shall be deemed to have been met unless  Bridge,  within
                  30 days of its  receipt  of the  performance  report  for such
                  Installation Site for such month, requests in writing a credit
                  as set forth above with respect to such  Installation Site for
                  such month.

         2.3.     SAVVIS  agrees  that,  for the  term of  this  Agreement,  the
                  network  operations  centers for the Networks shall be managed
                  by Bridge under the Technical  Services  Agreement;  provided,
                  however,  that SAVVIS shall not be restricted  from  building,
                  managing and operating one or more network operations for such
                  portions of the SAVVIS Backbone or other  operations of SAVVIS
                  that are not used to provide the Networks to Bridge.

         2.4.     [Intentionally omitted.]

         2.5.     In providing  Additional Network Facilities,  SAVVIS agrees to
                  use its best  efforts  to  expedite  the  provisioning  of the
                  circuits  for  such  Additional  Network  Facilities  in those
                  instances in which SAVVIS is responsible for provisioning such
                  circuits,  and to use its best efforts to avoid single  points
                  of  failure  in the  engineering  design  of  such  Additional
                  Network  Facilities,  consistent  with the level of redundancy
                  specified in the applicable Addendum.

         2.6.     Throughout  the term of this  Agreement,  SAVVIS shall use its
                  reasonable  best  efforts to continue to meet the  requests of
                  Bridge to enhance the total capacity, geographic extension and
                  performance  quality  of the  Networks,  and to  maintain  its
                  research  and  development  effort at a level  appropriate  to
                  sustain  the  ability of Bridge to compete on the basis of the
                  quality of the Networks.

         2.7.     The parties acknowledge that SAVVIS intends to replace certain
                  existing  routers among the Acquired  Network  Facilities (the
                  "REPLACED  ROUTERS")  with new  equipment  promptly  after the
                  Effective  Date.  It is the  intention of the parties that the
                  Replaced Routers will be re-deployed at Installation  Sites at
                  which  one or more  56 Kbps  ports  or 64 Kbps  ports  will be
                  provided by SAVVIS using Additional  Network Facilities as set
                  forth in Section 3.1 hereof.  SAVVIS  agrees to manage the use
                  of its  inventory of routers in order to re-deploy the maximum
                  number of Replaced Routers as is commercially  reasonable.  So
                  long as  Replaced  Routers  are  available  for  re-deployment
                  during the 18 months  following  the  Effective  Date,  SAVVIS
                  agrees not to make any bulk  purchases of  additional  routers
                  without the prior written consent of Bridge, which will not be
                  unreasonably  withheld.  Upon  the  expiration  of  18  months
                  following the Effective  Date, the parties shall determine the
                  number of Replaced Routers that the parties mutually agree are
                  likely to be so  re-deployed  within the succeeding 12 months.
                  All Replaced  Routers that are not reasonably  likely to be so
                  re-deployed  within such  12-month  period  shall be purchased
                  from SAVVIS by Bridge at a price per Replaced  Router equal to
                  the  average  net book value as of the  Effective  Date of all
                  routers included in the Acquired Network Facilities.

                                       4
<PAGE>

3.       RATES AND CHARGES

         3.1.     Bridge  shall pay SAVVIS for the  Networks  using the Acquired
                  Network Facilities and Additional Network Facilities according
                  to the rates and charges set forth in Schedule 3.1 hereof.

         3.2.     The parties  recognize that certain  savings might be obtained
                  by consolidating the multiple Local Access Facilities that are
                  provided at such building  locations on the Effective Date. In
                  the event that SAVVIS  consolidates  the multiple Local Access
                  Facilities  at one or  more  of such  building  locations  and
                  obtains  cost  savings as a result  thereof,  the parties will
                  mutually agree within 30 days following such  consolidation on
                  the  manner in which  such  savings  shall be  shared  between
                  SAVVIS and Bridge.  Any  reduction  pursuant  to this  Section
                  shall not affect the Minimum Annual Commitment.

         3.3.     For  any  Installation  Site  to  which  SAVVIS  is  providing
                  services both under this  Agreement  and the Telerate  Network
                  Services  Agreement,  the rates and charges applicable to such
                  Installation  Site under this  Agreement  shall be one-half of
                  the rates and charges that would  otherwise be  applicable  to
                  such Installation Site under this Agreement.

4.       STRATEGIC ADVISORY COMMITTEE

         4.1.     Within 30 days  after the  Effective  Date,  SAVVIS and Bridge
                  shall each appoint three senior  executives to the  "STRATEGIC
                  ADVISORY  COMMITTEE,"  and one  outside  consultant  shall  be
                  jointly  appointed by both  parties.  Any fees and expenses of
                  such outside consultant incurred in connection with service on
                  the Strategic  Advisory  Committee  shall be shared equally by
                  SAVVIS and  Bridge.  Each party shall have the right to change
                  any or all of its  representatives  on the Strategic  Advisory
                  Committee  upon written notice to the other party. A quorum of
                  the  Strategic   Advisory  Committee  shall  consist  of  four
                  members,  provided that at least two members appointed by each
                  party  are  present.  The  Chair  of  the  Strategic  Advisory
                  Committee  shall be  designated by Bridge from among the seven
                  members of the Committee.

         4.2.     The mission of the Strategic  Advisory  Committee  shall be to
                  review the performance of the Networks,  to serve as forum for
                  the  consideration  and  discussion of issues raised by either
                  SAVVIS or Bridge with respect to the Networks,  and to discuss
                  issues related to the future development of the data transport
                  and Internet  Protocol  backbone  operations  of SAVVIS in the
                  context of the relationship of SAVVIS and Bridge.

         4.3.     The Strategic  Advisory  Committee  shall meet with reasonable
                  frequency, at the call of the Chair.

         4.4.     The Strategic  Advisory Committee shall have reasonable access
                  to the Chief  Executive  Officer and the Board of Directors of
                  SAVVIS to raise areas of concern to the  Committee  under this
                  Agreement.

         4.5.     SAVVIS agrees to use its commercially  reasonable best efforts
                  to comply with the  recommendations  of the Strategic Advisory
                  Committee  regarding  performance  issues  arising  under this
                  Agreement.

5.       INVOICES

         5.1.     The amounts  due to SAVVIS  from Bridge for the  installation,
                  operation, management and maintenance of the Networks shall be
                  billed  monthly  in  advance.  All items on  invoices  not the
                  subject of a bona fide  dispute  shall be payable by Bridge in
                  United States currency within 30 days from the date of receipt
                  of the  invoice.  All  amounts  not in dispute  are subject to
                  interest  charges of 1-1/2  percent  that will accrue daily on
                  all  amounts not paid within 30 days of the date of receipt of
                  the invoice.

         5.2.     At any time and from  time to time,  Bridge  may,  by  written
                  notice to SAVVIS,  have one or more Installation Sites removed
                  from the Networks.  Each monthly invoice from SAVVIS to Bridge
                  shall reflect a reduction in the amount  charged to Bridge for
                  the Networks  resulting from any such removal of  Installation
                  Sites. In the case of any  Installation  Site removed from the
                  Acquired Network  Facilities,  such reduction shall be the sum
                  of:

                  (a)      the  actual  cost  of  the  Local  Access  Facilities
                           connecting  the Acquired  Network  Facilities to such
                           Installation  Site,  effective  as of  such  time  as
                           SAVVIS is no longer required to pay such costs, and

                  (b)      the  amounts  set  forth  on  Schedule  5.2  attached
                           hereto,  which are deemed to be one  month's  charges
                           applicable  to  such  Installation  Site  under  this
                           Agreement with respect to such month during the first
                           Agreement Year, according to connection speed at such
                           Installation Site,  effective as of such time as such
                           Installation Site is disconnected from the Networks.

         5.3.     Bridge  shall pay any sales,  use,  federal  excise,  utility,
                  gross receipts,  state and local  surcharges,  value added and
                  similar  taxes,  charges or levies  lawfully  levied by a duly
                  constituted taxing authority against or upon the Networks.  In
                  the   alternative,   Bridge  shall   provide   SAVVIS  with  a
                  certificate  evidencing  Bridge's exemption from payment of or
                  liability for such taxes. All other taxes,  charges or levies,
                  including  any ad valorem,  income,  franchise,  privilege  or
                  occupation taxes of SAVVIS shall be paid by SAVVIS.

         5.4.     Bona fide disputes  concerning  invoices  shall be referred to
                  the parties' respective  representatives who are authorized to
                  resolve such  matters.  Any amount to which Bridge is entitled
                  as a result of the  resolution  of a billing  dispute shall be
                  credited  promptly  to Bridge's  account.  Any amount to which
                  SAVVIS is entitled as a result of the  resolution of a billing
                  dispute shall be paid promptly to SAVVIS.

         5.5.     Against  the  amounts  owed by  Bridge to  SAVVIS  under  this
                  Agreement,  Bridge  shall have the right to offset any amounts
                  owed by SAVVIS to Bridge under this  Agreement,  the Technical
                  Services Agreement, or otherwise, including without limitation
                  any  amounts   paid  by  Bridge  on  behalf  of  SAVVIS  under
                  guarantees by Bridge of obligations of SAVVIS.

6.       TERM AND EXTENSIONS

         6.1.     This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall
                  continue in full force and effect for the Initial  Term unless
                  terminated  or  extended  in  accordance  with the  provisions
                  hereof.

         6.2.     The term of this  Agreement  may be extended by Bridge for one
                  additional  five-year  period by giving SAVVIS  written notice
                  not less than one year before the scheduled  expiration of the
                  Initial Term.

         6.3.     Upon the  termination of this Agreement in accordance with its
                  scheduled  expiration  or by Bridge  pursuant  to  Section  7,
                  SAVVIS will  continue to provide  the  Networks in  accordance
                  with the terms and  conditions  herein  (excluding the Minimum
                  Annual  Commitment) for a period of up to five years after the
                  effective  date  of  termination  (the  "TRANSITION  PERIOD").
                  During the Transition Period,  Bridge shall pay SAVVIS for the
                  use of the  Networks  at the rates in effect at the  effective
                  date of termination. If Bridge has not completely transitioned
                  from its use of the  Networks  after  the  Transition  Period,
                  SAVVIS will  provide the Networks at SAVVIS' then current list
                  rates.  SAVVIS and its successor  will  cooperate  with Bridge
                  until Bridge has completely migrated to another provider.

7.       TERMINATION BY BRIDGE

         7.1.     An "EVENT OF DEFAULT BY SAVVIS" shall be deemed to occur if:

                  (a)      SAVVIS has failed to a material  degree to perform or
                           comply with or has violated to a material  degree any
                           material representation, warranty, term, condition or
                           obligation of SAVVIS under this Agreement, and SAVVIS
                           has failed to cure such failure or  violation  within
                           60 days after  receiving  notice thereof from Bridge;
                           or

                  (b)      SAVVIS   becomes  the  subject  of  a  voluntary   or
                           involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
                           liquidation  proceeding,  makes an assignment for the
                           benefit  of  creditors,  or  admits  in  writing  its
                           inability to pay debts when due; or

                  (c)      an   Event  of  Default by SAVVIS  occurs  under  the
                           Telerate Network Services Agreement.

                                       5
<PAGE>

         7.2.     Bridge shall have the right to terminate this Agreement,  with
                  no  liability  to  SAVVIS  other  than for  charges  (less any
                  applicable  credits) for the Networks  provided  prior to such
                  termination, if:

                  (a)      Bridge provides written notice to SAVVIS, at any time
                           after the ninth anniversary of the Effective Date, of
                           Bridge's intent to terminate,  such termination to be
                           effective  not less than one year  following the date
                           of such notice; or

                  (b)      Bridge  provides 10 days written notice of its intent
                           to terminate in the event that an Event of Default by
                           SAVVIS occurs.

         7.3.     For  purposes  of Section  7.1(a),  if the  Quality of Service
                  Standards   are  not  met  with   respect   to  a   particular
                  Installation Site in any month, SAVVIS shall be deemed to have
                  cured such  failure  within 60 days if the  Quality of Service
                  Standards  are met with respect to such  Installation  Site in
                  the following  month.  The parties  acknowledge and agree that
                  the failure of the Quality of Service Standards to be met with
                  respect  to one or  more  Installation  Sites  in one or  more
                  months may, but does not necessarily,  constitute a failure by
                  SAVVIS to a material  degree to perform or comply  with,  or a
                  violation   to   a   material    degree   of,   any   material
                  representation,  warranty,  term,  condition or  obligation of
                  SAVVIS under this Agreement.

         7.4.     As  provided  in  Section   2.2,  for  all  purposes  of  this
                  Agreement,  including without  limitation the determination of
                  an Event of Default by SAVVIS under this Section,  the Quality
                  of Service Standards  applicable to a particular  Installation
                  Site in any month  shall be  deemed  to have  been met  unless
                  Bridge,  within  30 days  of its  receipt  of the  performance
                  report for such Installation Site for such month,  requests in
                  writing a credit as set forth in Section  2.2 with  respect to
                  such Installation Site for such month.

8.       TERMINATION BY SAVVIS

         8.1.     SAVVIS shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if:

                  (a)      Bridge has failed to pay any invoice  that is not the
                           subject of a bona fide dispute  within 60 days of the
                           date on which  such  payment  is due and  SAVVIS  has
                           provided Bridge with written notice thereof, provided
                           that  Bridge  shall  have a further  30 days from the
                           time  it   receives   such   notice  from  SAVVIS  of
                           nonpayment to cure any such default;

                  (b)      SAVVIS  provides 10 days written notice of its intent
                           to  terminate  in the event that Bridge has failed to
                           perform or comply with or has  violated  any material
                           representation,    warranty,   term,   condition   or
                           obligation of Bridge under this Agreement, and Bridge
                           has failed to cure such failure or  violation  within
                           60 days after receiving notice thereof from SAVVIS;

                  (c)      Bridge   becomes  the  subject  of  a  voluntary   or
                           involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
                           liquidation  proceeding,  makes an assignment for the
                           benefit  of  creditors,  or  admits  in  writing  its
                           inability to pay debts when due; or

                  (d)      SAVVIS  becomes  entitled  to  terminate the Telerate
                           Network   Services  Agreement  pursuant  to the terms
                           thereof.

         8.2.     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.1(b) above, SAVVIS
                  shall not have the right to  terminate  this  Agreement  under
                  Section  8.1(b)  solely  for a failure by Bridge to perform or
                  comply  with,  a violation  by Bridge of, the  obligations  of
                  Bridge under Section 15  (Confidentiality)  of this Agreement,
                  without prejudice,  however, to such rights as SAVVIS may have
                  pursuant to such  Section  and to such rights and  remedies to
                  which  SAVVIS may be  entitled,  at law or in  equity,  as the
                  result  of an actual  or  threatened  breach by Bridge of such
                  Section.

                                       6
<PAGE>

9.       ACCEPTANCE OF ADDITIONAL NETWORK FACILITIES

         9.1.     Upon the installation of Additional  Network Facilities at any
                  Installation  Site, SAVVIS shall conduct  appropriate tests to
                  establish that such Additional  Network  Facilities perform in
                  accordance  with  mutually  agreed  upon  acceptance  criteria
                  ("ACCEPTANCE  CRITERIA") set forth in the applicable  Addendum
                  entered  into  pursuant  to Section  2.4,  and shall  promptly
                  inform Bridge of such test results.  If test results show that
                  the Additional Network Facilities are performing in accordance
                  with the Acceptance Criteria, Bridge shall be deemed to accept
                  the Additional  Network  Facilities at the  Installation  Site
                  immediately.

         9.2.     If SAVVIS' tests  establish  that newly  installed  Additional
                  Network  Facilities at the Installation Site do not perform in
                  accordance with the mutually agreed upon Acceptance  Criteria,
                  then SAVVIS shall  immediately  and diligently  exert its best
                  efforts to bring the  Additional  Network  Facilities  at such
                  Installation  Site  into  compliance.  SAVVIS  shall  not bill
                  Bridge  for  the   Additional   Network   Facilities  at  such
                  Installation  Site  until  the  test  results  show  that  the
                  Additional  Network  Facilities  are  performing in accordance
                  with the Acceptance Criteria.

         9.3.     Upon repair or restoration of any part of the Networks, SAVVIS
                  shall conduct appropriate tests to establish that the Networks
                  perform in  accordance  with mutually  agreed upon  Acceptance
                  Criteria  and  shall  promptly  inform  Bridge  of  such  test
                  results.

10.      RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF BRIDGE

         10.1.    SITE PREPARATION.  For the installation of Additional  Network
                  Facilities,  Bridge  shall,  at its own  expense,  provide all
                  necessary preparations of each Installation Site in accordance
                  with  the  requirements  to be  mutually  agreed  upon  by the
                  parties and set forth in an Addendum hereto,  including inside
                  wiring,  demarcation  extension  and rack  mount  accessories.
                  Bridge shall ensure that Bridge-provided  equipment is on-site
                  by the scheduled  installation  date. If SAVVIS is required to
                  reschedule  the  installation  of  Bridge-provided   equipment
                  because it is not on-site by the scheduled  installation date,
                  Bridge shall pay SAVVIS to redispatch installation personnel.

         10.2.    PROPER USE OF NETWORKS.

                  10.2.1.  Bridge shall use any equipment  provided by SAVVIS in
                           connection  with the Networks in accordance  with its
                           documentation,  which documentation shall be provided
                           by SAVVIS at no additional  charge.  Unless otherwise
                           provided   herein,   upon  the  termination  of  this
                           Agreement   Bridge  shall  surrender  to  SAVVIS  the
                           equipment  provided by SAVVIS, in good working order,
                           ordinary wear and tear excepted.

                  10.2.2.  Bridge  shall be liable for  damages to the  Networks
                           caused by the negligence or willful acts or omissions
                           of   Bridge's   officers,    employees,   agents   or
                           contractors,  for loss through  theft or vandalism of
                           the  Networks  at  the  Installation  Site,  and  for
                           damages  to  the  Networks   caused  by  the  use  of
                           equipment or supplies  not provided  hereunder or not
                           otherwise authorized by SAVVIS.

                  10.2.3.  Bridge shall neither  permit nor assist others to use
                           the  Networks  for any  purpose  other  than that for
                           which  they  are  intended,  nor fail to  maintain  a
                           suitable  environment  specified  by  SAVVIS  in  the
                           applicable  schedule,  nor alter, tamper with, adjust
                           or  repair  the   Networks.   Any  such   alteration,
                           tampering,  adjustment  or  repair  by  Bridge  shall
                           relieve  SAVVIS  from  any  liability  or  obligation
                           hereunder   (including   any  warranty  or  indemnity
                           obligation)  relating to the  affected  Network,  and
                           Bridge  shall be liable to SAVVIS for any  documented
                           direct  costs  incurred by SAVVIS as a result of such
                           actions.

         10.3.    ABUSE OR  FRAUDULENT  USE OF NETWORKS.  Bridge  shall  neither
                  permit  nor  assist  others to abuse or  fraudulently  use the
                  Networks,  or to use  the  Networks  for any  unauthorized  or
                  illegal purposes, including:

                  (a)      obtaining or  attempting to  obtain  service  by  any
                           fraudulent means or device to avoid payment; or

                  (b)      accessing,  altering or destroying any information of
                           another party by any fraudulent  means or device,  or
                           attempting to do so; or

                                       7
<PAGE>
                  (c)      using the Networks so as to interfere with the use of
                           the  SAVVIS  network  by other  SAVVIS  customers  or
                           authorized users or in violation of law or in support
                           of any unlawful act; or

                  (d)      using the  Networks for voice  communications  over a
                           private  network in  jurisdictions  where such use is
                           not allowed.

                  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of Section 8, upon the breach
                  of this Section 10.3 by Bridge, SAVVIS shall have the right to
                  terminate  this Agreement  immediately  upon written notice to
                  Bridge.

         10.4.    COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.

                  10.4.1.  As  an  inducement  to  SAVVIS  to  enter  into  this
                           Agreement, which Bridge acknowledges is of benefit to
                           it,  and  in   consideration   of  the  promises  and
                           representations   of  SAVVIS  under  this  Agreement,
                           Bridge  covenants  and agrees that during the term of
                           this  Agreement  and  for  a  period  of  five  years
                           thereafter,  neither Bridge nor any of its successors
                           or assigns will,  directly or indirectly,  engage in,
                           or have  any  interest  in any  other  person,  firm,
                           corporation  or other entity engaged in, any business
                           activities  anywhere in the world competitive with or
                           similar  or  related  to  the  packet-data  transport
                           network  services   provided  by  SAVVIS  under  this
                           Agreement; provided, however, that (i) Bridge and the
                           Bridge  Subsidiaries shall be free to continue to use
                           the Call Assets and the satellite  networks currently
                           used by Bridge,  until such Call Assets or  satellite
                           networks  have been  acquired by SAVVIS or the SAVVIS
                           Subsidiaries pursuant to the Master Establishment and
                           Transition  Agreement,  and (ii) Bridge shall be free
                           to  make  passive   investments   in   securities  of
                           companies   that   provide   network    services   in
                           competition  with  SAVVIS  which,  in the case of any
                           such  security,  does not  constitute  more  than ten
                           percent (10%) of the total outstanding amount of such
                           security.

                  10.4.2.  If any court or  tribunal of  competent  jurisdiction
                           shall refuse to enforce one or more of the  covenants
                           in  this   Section   10.4   because  the  time  limit
                           applicable  thereto  is  deemed  unreasonable,  it is
                           expressly understood and agreed that such covenant or
                           covenants  shall not be void but that for the purpose
                           of such  proceedings  such time  limitation  shall be
                           deemed  to be  reduced  to the  extent  necessary  to
                           permit the enforcement of such covenant or covenants.

                  10.4.3.  If any court or  tribunal of  competent  jurisdiction
                           shall  refuse to enforce any or all of the  covenants
                           in this Section 10.4 because,  taken  together,  they
                           are more  extensive  (whether as to geographic  area,
                           scope of business or otherwise)  than is deemed to be
                           reasonable,  it is  expressly  understood  and agreed
                           between  the  parties  hereto  that such  covenant or
                           covenants  shall not be void but that for the purpose
                           of  such  proceedings  the   restrictions   contained
                           therein  (whether  as to  geographic  area,  scope of
                           business or otherwise)  shall be deemed to be reduced
                           to the extent  necessary to permit the enforcement of
                           such covenant or covenants.

                  10.4.4.  Bridge specifically  acknowledges and agrees that the
                           foregoing  covenants are commercially  reasonable and
                           reasonably  necessary  to protect  the  interests  of
                           SAVVIS  hereunder.  Bridge hereby  acknowledges  that
                           SAVVIS and its  successors  and  assigns  will suffer
                           irreparable  and  continuing  harm to the extent that
                           any of the  foregoing  covenants is breached and that
                           legal  remedies  would be  inadequate in the event of
                           any such breach.

11.      RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF SAVVIS

         11.1.    PROVISION OF THE NETWORKS.  SAVVIS shall operate, maintain and
                  manage  the  Networks  at the  Installation  Sites  using  the

                                       8
<PAGE>
                  Acquired Network  Facilities in accordance with the Quality of
                  Service Standards and other terms of this Agreement, including
                  all Addenda hereto.
         11.2.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

                  11.2.1.  [Intentionally omitted.]

                   11.2.2.  SAVVIS hereby represents and warrants that the terms
                            hereof do not  conflict  in any  respect  whatsoever
                            with any  SAVVIS  tariff  on file  with the  Federal
                            Communications  Commission or other regulatory body.
                            If, during the term of this Agreement,  SAVVIS shall
                            file  a  contract   specific  tariff  governing  the
                            Networks or any portion thereof,  such tariff filing
                            shall be  consistent  in all respects with the terms
                            of this  Agreement,  and SAVVIS shall give Bridge 10
                            days advance  written notice of making such a tariff
                            filing  and of filing any  subsequent  modifications
                            thereto.

                   11.2.3.  THE  FOREGOING  WARRANTIES  ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
                            WARRANTIES,   EXPRESS  OR  IMPLIED,   INCLUDING  THE
                            IMPLIED  WARRANTIES OF  MERCHANTABILITY  AND FITNESS
                            FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

         11.3.    So long as Bridge is the beneficial owner of 20% of the
                  outstanding voting securities of SAVVIS Parent,  SAVVIS Parent
                  shall not,  without the prior written consent of Bridge,  take
                  any action or otherwise enter into any agreement,  arrangement
                  or understanding, including without limitation the creation or
                  issuance  of any  class of stock  or  other  security,  or any
                  agreement with any shareholder of SAVVIS Parent, the effect of
                  which would be to provide  any  shareholder  of SAVVIS  Parent
                  with any voting or registration  rights superior to the voting
                  or  registration  rights of Bridge,  other than as required by
                  law.

         11.4.    SAVVIS acknowledges that the occurrence of Event of Default by
                  SAVVIS,  arising  from either (i) a failure of the Networks to
                  meet  Quality  of  Service  Standards  or (ii) a total loss to
                  Bridge of the use of the  Networks,  could  cause  irreparable
                  harm to  Bridge,  the  amount  of which  may be  difficult  to
                  determine,  thus  potentially  making  any remedy at law or in
                  damages  inadequate.  SAVVIS,  therefore,  agrees  that Bridge
                  shall  have  the  right to  apply  to any  court of  competent
                  jurisdiction  for injunctive  relief upon the occurrence of an
                  Event of  Default  by  SAVVIS  or the  occurrence  of an event
                  which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, could
                  become  an  Event  of  Default  by  SAVVIS  and for any  other
                  appropriate  relief.  This right  shall be in  addition to any
                  other  remedy  available  to Bridge in law or  equity.  SAVVIS
                  further  agrees  that,  upon  the  occurrence  of an  Event of
                  Default by SAVVIS,  SAVVIS shall pay to Bridge,  as liquidated
                  damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the lesser of
                  (a) the aggregate  amounts paid by Bridge to SAVVIS under this
                  Agreement  during  the six  months  preceding  such  Event  of
                  Default by SAVVIS or (b) $50,000,000;  provided, however, that
                  Bridge may recover  liquidated damages under this Section only
                  for an Event of Default by SAVVIS that occurs (i) prior to any
                  Event of  Default  by SAVVIS  for  which  Bridge  has  claimed
                  liquidated  damages  under  this  Section  or under  any Local
                  Network  Services,  or (ii) more than 36 months  following the
                  most  recent  Event of Default by SAVVIS for which  Bridge has
                  claimed  liquidated  damages  under this  Section or under any
                  Local Network Services Agreement.

12.      LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

         12.1.    Neither  party  shall be liable  to the  other  for  indirect,
                  incidental,  consequential,  exemplary,  reliance  or  special
                  damages, including damages for lost profits, regardless of the
                  form of  action  whether  in  contract,  indemnity,  warranty,
                  strict  liability or tort,  including  negligence  of any kind
                  with  respect  to the  Networks  or other  conduct  under this
                  Agreement.

         12.2.    Nothing  contained in this Section shall limit either  party's
                  liability  to  the  other  for  (a)  willful  or   intentional
                  misconduct, including fraud, or (b) injury or death, or damage
                  to  tangible  real  or  tangible   personal  property  or  the
                  environment,  when  proximately  caused by SAVVIS' or Bridge's
                  negligence or that of their respective agents,  subcontractors
                  or  employees.  Nothing  contained in this Section shall limit

                                       9
<PAGE>
                  SAVVIS'  intellectual  property  indemnification   obligations
                  under  Section  16.1 or Bridge's  indemnification  obligations
                  with respect to a breach of Section 10.3.

13.      EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE NOT PROVIDED BY SAVVIS

         13.1.    SAVVIS  shall  not  be  responsible   for  the   installation,
                  operation or maintenance of equipment or software not provided
                  by it under this  Agreement,  nor shall SAVVIS be  responsible
                  for the  transmission or reception of information by equipment
                  or software  not  provided by SAVVIS  hereunder.  In the event
                  that Bridge uses  equipment or software not provided by SAVVIS
                  hereunder  in a  manner  that  impairs  Bridge's  use  of  the
                  Networks,  Bridge  shall not be excused  from payment for such
                  use and SAVVIS shall not be responsible for any failure of the
                  Networks  to meet the Quality of Service  Standards  resulting
                  from the use of such  equipment  or software  by Bridge.  Upon
                  notice from SAVVIS that the equipment or software not provided
                  by SAVVIS  under  this  Agreement  is  causing or is likely to
                  cause  hazard,  interference  or service  obstruction,  Bridge
                  shall eliminate the likelihood of such hazard, interference or
                  service obstruction.

         13.2.    Notwithstanding the foregoing,  SAVVIS shall, at no additional
                  charge, provide all interface  specifications for the Networks
                  reasonably requested by Bridge. SAVVIS shall, upon the receipt
                  of appropriate  specifications  from Bridge,  inform Bridge of
                  the  compatibility  with  the  Networks  of any  equipment  or
                  software that Bridge proposes to use in connection  therewith,
                  the effects,  if any, of the use of such equipment or software
                  on the quality,  operating  characteristics  and efficiency of
                  the Networks,  and the effects, if any, of the Networks on the
                  operating characteristics and efficiency of any such equipment
                  or software.

14.      PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; LICENSE

         14.1.    SAVVIS   hereby   grants   to  Bridge  a   non-exclusive   and
                  non-transferable  license to use all  programming and software
                  necessary  for  Bridge to use the  Networks.  Such  license is
                  granted for the term of this Agreement for the sole purpose of
                  enabling Bridge to use the Networks.

         14.2.    All title and property rights (including intellectual property
                  rights) to the Networks (including associated  programming and
                  software) are and shall remain with SAVVIS or the  third-party
                  providers  thereof  to  SAVVIS.  Bridge  shall not  attempt to
                  examine,    copy,   alter,   reverse   engineer,    decompile,
                  disassemble,  tamper with or  otherwise  misuse the  Networks,
                  programming and software.

15.      CONFIDENTIALITY

         15.1.    During  the term of this  Agreement  and for a period  of five
                  years  from  the  date  of  its   expiration  or   termination
                  (including  all  extensions  thereof),  each  party  agrees to
                  maintain in strict  confidence all  Confidential  Information.
                  Neither  party shall,  without  prior  written  consent of the
                  other party,  use the other party's  Confidential  Information
                  for any purpose other than for the  performance  of its duties
                  and  obligations,  and the exercise of its rights,  under this
                  Agreement.   Each  party  shall  use,   and  shall  cause  all
                  authorized   recipients  of  the  other  party's  Confidential
                  Information  to use,  the same  degree of care to protect  the
                  other party's  Confidential  Information as it uses to protect
                  its own  Confidential  Information,  but in any event not less
                  than a reasonable degree of care.

         15.2.    Notwithstanding  Section  15.1,  either party may disclose the
                  Confidential  Information  of the  other  party  to:  (a)  its
                  employees  and the  employees,  directors  and officers of its
                  Affiliates  as  necessary  to implement  this  Agreement;  (b)
                  employees,  agents or  representatives  of the other party; or
                  (c) other persons (including counsel, consultants,  lessors or
                  managers of  facilities  or  equipment  used by such party) in
                  need of access to such  information for purposes  specifically
                  related  to  either   party's   responsibilities   under  this
                  Agreement,   provided  that  any  disclosure  of  Confidential
                  Information  under  clause  (c) shall be made only upon  prior
                  written  approval  of  the  other  party  and  subject  to the
                  appropriate  assurances that the recipient of such information
                  shall hold it in strict confidence.

                                       10
<PAGE>
         15.3.    Upon the  request of the party  having  proprietary  rights to
                  Confidential  Information,  the  party in  possession  of such
                  information  shall  promptly  return it (including any copies,
                  extracts and  summaries  thereof,  in whatever form and medium
                  recorded) to the  requesting  party or, with the other party's
                  written  consent,  shall  promptly  destroy it and provide the
                  other party with written certification of such destruction.

         15.4.    Either party may request in writing that the other party waive
                  all or any portion of the requesting party's  responsibilities
                  relative to the other party's Confidential  Information.  Such
                  waiver request shall identify the affected information and the
                  nature of the proposed  waiver.  The  recipient of the request
                  shall respond within a reasonable  time and, if it determines,
                  in its sole discretion, to grant the requested waiver, it will
                  do so in writing over the signature of an employee  authorized
                  to grant such request.

         15.5.    Bridge  and  SAVVIS   acknowledge   that  any   disclosure  or
                  misappropriation  of Confidential  Information in violation of
                  this  Agreement  could cause  irreparable  harm, the amount of
                  which may be difficult to determine,  thus potentially  making
                  any  remedy  at  law or in  damages  inadequate.  Each  party,
                  therefore, agrees that the other party shall have the right to
                  apply to any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for an order
                  restraining  any breach or  threatened  breach of this Section
                  and for any other appropriate  relief.  This right shall be in
                  addition to any other remedy available in law or equity.

         15.6.    A party requested or ordered by a court or other  governmental
                  authority  of  competent   jurisdiction  to  disclose  another
                  party's Confidential  Information shall notify the other party
                  in  advance  of any such  disclosure  and,  absent  the  other
                  party's  consent to such  disclosure,  use its best efforts to
                  resist,  and to assist  the  other  party in  resisting,  such
                  disclosure.  A party providing  another  party's  Confidential
                  Information to a court or other  governmental  authority shall
                  use  its  best  efforts  to  obtain  a  protective   order  or
                  comparable  assurance  that the  Confidential  Information  so
                  provided will be held in confidence and not further  disclosed
                  to any other person, absent the owner's prior consent.

         15.7.    The  provisions  of  Section  15.1  above  shall  not apply to
                  reasonably  necessary  disclosures  in or in  connection  with
                  filings  under any  securities  laws,  regulatory  filings  or
                  proceedings,  financial  disclosures  which in the good  faith
                  judgment  of  the  disclosing   party  are  required  by  law,
                  disclosures   required  by  court  or  tribunal  or  competent
                  jurisdiction,  or disclosures that may be reasonably necessary
                  in connection  with the sale of securities or the  performance
                  or  enforcement  of this  Agreement or any of the  obligations
                  hereof;  provided,  however, that if the receiving party would
                  otherwise  be required  to refer to or describe  any aspect of
                  this  Agreement  in any of the  preceding  circumstances,  the
                  receiving party shall use its reasonable  efforts to take such
                  steps as are available  under such  circumstances  (such as by
                  providing a summary or  synopsis) to avoid  disclosure  of the
                  financial    terms   and   conditions   of   this   Agreement.
                  Notwithstanding  any  provisions  of  this  Agreement  to  the
                  contrary,  either party may disclose the terms and  conditions
                  of this  Agreement  in the  course of a due  diligence  review
                  performed in connection  with  prospective  debt  financing or
                  equity  investment by, or a sale to, a third party, so long as
                  the persons  conducting such due diligence  review have agreed
                  to maintain the  confidentiality of such disclosure and not to
                  use such  disclosure  for any purpose other such due diligence
                  review.

16.      INDEMNIFICATIONS

         16.1.    SAVVIS shall defend,  settle,  or otherwise  manage at its own
                  cost and expense any claim or action  against Bridge or any of
                  its  directors,  officers,  employees or assigns for actual or
                  alleged infringement by the Networks of any patent, copyright,
                  trademark,  trade secret or similar  proprietary  right of any
                  third party,  except to the extent that such actual or alleged
                  infringement   arises   from  (i)  such   actual  or   alleged
                  infringement  by  the  Acquired  Network   Facilities  on  the
                  Effective  Date or  (ii) an act or  omission  of  Bridge  or a
                  Bridge  Subsidiary  or a vendor  or  customer  of  Bridge or a
                  Bridge  Subsidiary  or (iii)  equipment  or  software  used by

                                       11
<PAGE>
                  Bridge and not provided by SAVVIS.  Bridge shall notify SAVVIS
                  promptly  in  writing  of any such  claim  or suit  and  shall
                  cooperate  with SAVVIS in a reasonable  way to facilitate  the
                  settlement  or  defense  thereof.  SAVVIS  further  agrees  to
                  indemnify  and hold Bridge  harmless  from and against any and
                  all liabilities and damages (whether incurred as the result of
                  a judicial decree or a settlement), and the costs and expenses
                  associated  with any claim or action of the type identified in
                  this Section (including reasonable attorneys' fees).

         16.2.    If,  as a  consequence  of a  claim  or  action  of  the  kind
                  described in Section  16.1,  SAVVIS' or Bridge's use of all or
                  part of any Network is enjoined,  SAVVIS shall,  at its option
                  and  expense,  either:  (a)  procure  for  Bridge the right to
                  continue using the affected  Network;  (b) modify such Network
                  so  that   they  are   non-infringing,   provided   that  such
                  modification  does not affect the  intended use of the Network
                  as contemplated  hereunder. If SAVVIS does not take any of the
                  actions  described  in  clauses  (a) or (b),  then  Bridge may
                  terminate  the affected  portion of such  Network,  and SAVVIS
                  shall refund to Bridge any prepaid charges therefor.

         16.3.    Subject to Section 12, Bridge will defend,  indemnify and hold
                  harmless SAVVIS or any of its directors,  officers,  employees
                  or assigns  from and against all loss,  liability,  damage and
                  expense, including reasonable attorneys' fees, caused by:

                  (a)      claims for  libel,  slander,  invasion  of privacy or
                           infringement   of  copyright,   and  invasion  and/or
                           alteration  of private  records or data  arising from
                           any  information,  data or messages  transmitted over
                           the Networks by Bridge; and

                  (b)      claims for  infringement  of patents arising from the
                           use by Bridge of equipment  and  software,  apparatus
                           and systems not provided hereunder in connection with
                           the Networks; and

                  (c)      the  violation  of any  representations,   warranties
                           and covenants made by Bridge in this Agreement.

         16.4.    Subject to Section 12, SAVVIS will defend,  indemnify and hold
                  harmless Bridge or any of its directors,  officers,  employees
                  or assigns  from and against all loss,  liability,  damage and
                  expense, including reasonable attorneys' fees, caused by:

                  (a)      claims for  infringement  of patents arising from the
                           use by SAVVIS of equipment  and  software,  apparatus
                           and  systems  not  provided  by SAVVIS  hereunder  in
                           connection with the Networks (other than any Acquired
                           Network Facilities); and

                  (b)      the  violation  of any  representations,   warranties
                           and covenants made by SAVVIS in this Agreement.

17.      DISPUTES

         17.1.    Except  as   expressly   provided  in  Schedule  4.1  of  this
                  Agreement, the resolution of any and all disputes arising from
                  or  in  connection  with  this  Agreement,  whether  based  on
                  contract, tort, statute or otherwise,  including disputes over
                  arbitrability  and disputes in connection with claims by third
                  persons  ("DISPUTES")  shall be  exclusively  governed  by and
                  settled in accordance  with the provisions of this Section 17.
                  The  foregoing   shall  not  preclude   recourse  to  judicial
                  proceedings to obtain injunctive, emergency or other equitable
                  relief to enforce the provisions of this Agreement,  including
                  specific  performance,  and  to  decide  such  issues  as  are
                  required to be resolved in  determining  whether to grant such
                  relief. Resolution of Disputes with respect to claims by third
                  persons shall be deferred until any judicial  proceedings with
                  respect thereto are concluded.

         17.2.    The parties  hereby  agree to submit all  Disputes to rules of
                  arbitration of the American  Arbitration  Association  and the
                  Missouri  Uniform  Arbitration  Act (the  "RULES")  under  the
                  following  provisions,  which shall be final and binding  upon
                  the  parties,  their  successors  and  assigns,  and  that the
                  following  provisions  constitute a binding arbitration clause
                  under applicable law. Either party may serve process or notice
                  on the other in any  arbitration  or  litigation in accordance
                  with the notice  provisions  hereof.  The parties agree not to
                  disclose any information  regarding any Dispute or the conduct
                  of any arbitration hereunder,  including the existence of such
                  Dispute or such  arbitration,  to any  person or entity  other
                  than such employees or representatives of such party as have a
                  need to know.

         17.3.    Either party may commence proceedings hereunder by delivery of
                  written  notice  providing  a  reasonable  description  of the
                  Dispute to the other,  including a reference to this provision
                  (the "DISPUTE NOTICE").  Either party may initiate arbitration
                  of  a  Dispute  by   delivery  of  a  demand   therefor   (the
                  "ARBITRATION  DEMAND")  to the other  party not sooner than 60
                  calendar days after the date of delivery of the Dispute Notice
                  but at any time thereafter. The arbitration shall be conducted
                  in St. Louis, Missouri.

                                       12
<PAGE>
         17.4.    The arbitration shall be conducted by three arbitrators (the
                  "ARBITRATORS"),  one of whom shall be selected by Bridge,  one
                  by  SAVVIS,  and the third by  agreement  of the other two not
                  later than 10 days  after  appointment  of the first two,  or,
                  failing such agreement, appointed pursuant to the Rules. If an
                  Arbitrator  becomes  unable to  serve,  a  successor  shall be
                  selected  or  appointed  in  the  same  manner  in  which  the
                  predecessor Arbitrator was appointed.

         17.5.    The arbitration shall be conducted pursuant to such procedures
                  as the parties may agree or, in the absence of or failing such
                  agreement,   pursuant  to  the  Rules.   Notwithstanding   the
                  foregoing,  each party  shall  have the right to  inspect  the
                  books and  records  of the  other  party  that are  reasonably
                  related to the  Dispute,  and each party shall  provide to the
                  other,  reasonably  in advance of any  hearing,  copies of all
                  documents  which such party intends to present in such hearing
                  and the names and addresses of all witnesses  whose  testimony
                  such party intends to present in such hearing.

         17.6.    All hearings shall be conducted on an expedited schedule,  and
                  all proceedings shall be confidential. Either party may at its
                  expense make a stenographic record thereof.

         17.7.    The Arbitrators  shall complete all hearings not later than 90
                  calendar days after the Arbitrators' selection or appointment,
                  and shall make a final award not later than 30  calendar  days
                  thereafter.  The  Arbitrators  shall  apportion  all costs and
                  expenses of the Arbitration,  including the Arbitrators'  fees
                  and  expenses  of experts  ("ARBITRATION  COSTS")  between the
                  prevailing and non-prevailing  parties as the Arbitrators deem
                  fair and reasonable. In circumstances where a Dispute has been
                  asserted or defended  against on grounds that the  Arbitrators
                  deem manifestly  unreasonable,  the Arbitrators may assess all
                  Arbitration  Costs  against the  non-prevailing  party and may
                  include in the award the prevailing  party's  attorneys'  fees
                  and expenses in connection with any and all proceedings  under
                  this Section 17.

         17.8.    Either party may assert appropriate statutes of limitation as
                  a defense in  arbitration;  provided,  that upon delivery of a
                  Dispute  Notice  any  such  statute  shall be  tolled  pending
                  resolution hereunder.

         17.9.    Pending the resolution of any dispute or controversy arising
                  under this  Agreement,  the parties shall  continue to perform
                  their respective obligations  hereunder,  and SAVVIS shall not
                  discontinue,  disconnect  or in any  other  fashion  cease  to
                  provide  all or any  substantial  portion of the  Networks  to
                  Bridge unless otherwise directed by Bridge. This Section shall
                  not apply where (a) Bridge is in default under this  Agreement
                  or (b) the dispute or controversy  between the parties relates
                  to harm to the Networks  allegedly caused by Bridge and Bridge
                  does not immediately cease and desist from the activity giving
                  rise to the dispute or controversy.

18.      FORCE MAJEURE

         18.1.    In no event shall  either party be liable to the other for any
                  failure  to  perform  hereunder  that  is due to  war,  riots,
                  embargoes, strikes or other concerted acts of workers (whether
                  of a party  hereto or of  others),  casualties,  accidents  or
                  other   causes  to  the  extent  that  such  failure  and  the
                  consequences  thereof  are  reasonably  beyond the control and
                  without the fault or negligence of the party claiming  excuse.
                  Each party shall, with the cooperation of the other party, use
                  reasonable  efforts to  mitigate  the extent of any failure to
                  perform and the adverse consequences thereof.

         18.2.    If SAVVIS cannot promptly provide a suitable  temporary SAVVIS
                  alternative  to  all  or  part  of a  Network  subject  to  an
                  interruption  in  connection  with  the  existence  of a force
                  majeure  condition,  Bridge  may, at its option and at its own
                  cost, contract with one or more third parties for the affected
                  portion of the Network for the shortest commercially available
                  period likely to cover the reasonably expected duration of the
                  interruption,  and  may  suspend  SAVVIS'  provision  of  such
                  affected  portion  for such  period.  SAVVIS  shall not charge
                  Bridge for the  affected  portion  thus  suspended  during the
                  period of  suspension.  SAVVIS shall  resume  provision of the
                  suspended  portion  of  the  Network  upon  the  later  of the
                  termination   or  expiration  of  Bridge's   legally   binding
                  commitments under contracts with third parties for alternative
                  services  or the  cessation  or remedy  of the  force  majeure
                  condition.
                                       13
<PAGE>

         18.3.    In the event that a force majeure condition shall continue for
                  more than 60 days,  Bridge may cancel the affected  portion of
                  the Network with no further liability to SAVVIS other than for
                  obligations  incurred  with respect to such  affected  portion
                  prior to the occurrence of the force majeure condition.

         18.4.    The consequences  arising from existence and continuation of a
                  force majeure  condition,  including  without  limitation  any
                  interruption of the Networks and the exercise by Bridge of its
                  rights   under  this  Section  18,  shall  be  deemed  not  to
                  constitute   a  breach   by   either   party   hereto  of  any
                  representations,  warranties or covenants  hereunder and shall
                  not be grounds  for the  exercise of any  remedies  under this
                  Agreement, including without limitation remedies under Section
                  2.2 or Section 7, other than those  specified  in this Section
                  18.

19.      GENERAL PROVISIONS

         19.1.    NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement shall not confer
                  any rights or  remedies  upon any person or entity  other than
                  the  parties and their  respective  successors  and  permitted
                  assigns.

         19.2.    ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement  (including  the documents
                  referred to herein)  constitutes the entire agreement  between
                  the  parties   and   supersedes   any  prior   understandings,
                  agreements,  or  representations  by or between  the  parties,
                  written or oral,  to the extent they related in any way to the
                  subject matter hereof.

         19.3.    SUCCESSION AND  ASSIGNMENT.  This  Agreement  shall be binding
                  upon and inure to the benefit of the parties  named herein and
                  their respective  successors and permitted  assigns.  No party
                  may  assign  either  this  Agreement  or any  of  its  rights,
                  interests,  or obligations hereunder without the prior written
                  approval  of the  other  party,  which  consent  shall  not be
                  unreasonably withheld.

         19.4.    COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
                  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an  original  but
                  all of  which  together  will  constitute  one  and  the  same
                  instrument.

         19.5.    HEADINGS. The Section headings contained in this Agreement are
                  inserted for convenience  only and shall not affect in any way
                  the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

         19.6.    NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other
                  communications  hereunder  will  be in  writing.  Any  notice,
                  request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder shall
                  be deemed duly given if (and then two business  days after) it
                  is  sent by  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt
                  requested,  postage  prepaid,  and  addressed  to the intended
                  recipient as set forth below:

                  If to Bridge:             Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
                                            Three World Financial Center
                                            New York, New York 10285
                                            (212) 372-7195 (fax)
                                            Attention:  Zachary Snow,
                                                        Executive Vice President
                                                        and General Counsel

                  If to SAVVIS:             SAVVIS Communications Corporation
                                            717 Office Parkway
                                            St. Louis, Missouri 63141
                                            (314) 468-7550 (fax)
                                            Attention:  Steven M. Gallant,
                                                        Vice President
                                                        and General Counsel

                  Any party may send any  notice,  request,  demand,  claim,  or
                  other communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the
                  address  set forth  above  using any  other  means  (including
                  personal  delivery,   expedited  courier,  messenger  service,
                  telecopy,  telex,  ordinary mail, or electronic  mail), but no
                  such notice,  request,  demand,  claim, or other communication
                  shall be deemed to have been duly  given  unless  and until it
                  actually is received by the intended recipient.  Any party may
                  change  the  address  to  which  notices,  requests,  demands,
                  claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered
                  by giving  the other  party  notice in the  manner  herein set
                  forth.
                                       14
<PAGE>

         19.7.    GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and
                  construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of
                  Missouri  without  giving  effect to any choice or conflict of
                  law provision or rule (whether of the State of Missouri or any
                  other  jurisdiction)  that would cause the  application of the
                  laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Missouri.

         19.8.    AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. No amendment of any provision of this
                  Agreement  shall be valid  unless the same shall be in writing
                  and signed by SAVVIS and Bridge. No waiver by any party of any
                  default, misrepresentation,  or breach of warranty or covenant
                  hereunder,  whether  intentional  or not,  shall be  deemed to
                  extend to any prior or subsequent default,  misrepresentation,
                  or breach of warranty or covenant  hereunder  or affect in any
                  way any rights  arising  by virtue of any prior or  subsequent
                  such occurrence.

         19.9.    SEVERABILITY. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is
                  invalid or  unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction
                  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  the
                  remaining  terms  and  provisions  hereof or the  validity  or
                  enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other
                  situation or in any other jurisdiction.

         19.10.   EXPENSES. Each party will bear its own costs and expenses
                  (including  legal fees and  expenses)  incurred in  connection
                  with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

         19.11.   CONSTRUCTION. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or
                  foreign  statute  or law shall be deemed  also to refer to all
                  rules  and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  unless  the
                  context requires  otherwise.  The word "including"  shall mean
                  including without limitation.

         19.12.   Addenda and Schedules. The Addenda and Schedules identified in
                  this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a
                  part hereof.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties hereto have caused this Network Services
         Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                                     By_________________________
                                                     Name:______________________
                                                     Title:_____________________

                        BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

                                                     By_________________________
                                                     Name:______________________
                                                     Title:_____________________

                                       15
<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE 2.2
                          QUALITY OF SERVICE STANDARDS

1.       FOR THE COLLECTION NETWORK AND DISTRIBUTION NETWORK:

         (a)      Between any two Installation  Sites on the Collection  Network
                  and the  Distribution  Network  that  are  connected  by fully
                  redundant   circuits   provided  with  the  Acquired   Network
                  Facilities  there  shall be not less  than  99.99%  end-to-end
                  availability   during  each  one-month   period  between  such
                  Installation   Sites   during   the   Market   Hours  at  such
                  Installation Sites.

         (b)      There  shall be  delivered  not less  than  99.99% of all data
                  packets offered to such Network during each one-month period.

         (c)      The  average  round-trip  latency  period  for the  Collection
                  Network  and  the  Distribution  Network  using  the  Acquired
                  Network  Facilities  during each  one-month  period  shall not
                  exceed:

                  (i)   150 milliseconds within each of the following geographic
                        regions: (i) the United States, (ii) the Americas, (iii)
                        Europe, and (iv) Asia; and

                  (ii)  250  millisecond  between  any  two  of  such geographic
                        regions.

2.        FOR THE OA NETWORK:

         (a)      Between any two Installation  Sites on the OA Network that are
                  connected  by  circuits  provided  with the  Acquired  Network
                  Facilities  there  shall be not less  than  99.90%  end-to-end
                  availability   during  each  one-month   period  between  such
                  Installation   Sites   during   the   Market   Hours  at  such
                  Installation Sites.

         (b)      There  shall be  delivered  not less  than  99.90% of all data
                  packets offered to the OA Network during each one-month
                  period.

         (c)      The average round-trip latency period for the OA Network using
                  the Acquired  Network  Facilities  for each  one-month  period
                  shall not exceed:

                  (i)   150 milliseconds within each of the following geographic
                        regions:  (i)  the  United  States, (ii)  the  Americas,
                        (iii) Europe, and (iv) Asia; and

                  (ii)  250  millisecond  between  any  two of  such  geographic
                        regions.

3.       CREDIT AMOUNTS

         Amounts to be credited if the Quality of Service  Standards are not met
         with respect to a particular Installation Site in any month shall be as
         follows during the first  Agreement  Year,  according to the connection
         speed at such Installation Site:


              CONNECTION SPEED              MONTHLY CREDIT

                     T1                           *

                  256 KBS                         *

                  128 KBS                         *

                   56 KBS                         *

                    ISDN                          *

                     E1                           *

CONFIDENTIAL  MATERIALS  HAVE BEEN  OMMITTED FROM THIS  SCHEDULE  PURSUANT  TO A
REQUEST  FOR  CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  AND HAVE BEEN FILED  SEPARATELY  WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. ASTERISKS DENOTE OMISSIONS.




                                       16
<PAGE>



                                 SCHEDULE 3.1

                                     PRICING


1.       DEFINITIONS.

         1.1.     "BACKBONE LOCAL ACCESS FACILITIES" means the local access line
                  or other  local  communications  circuit  provided  by a local
                  exchange  carrier  connecting  long-haul  circuits to a SAVVIS
                  POP.

         1.2.     "INITIAL   POP   THRESHOLD   REVENUE"   with  respect  to  any
                  metropolitan  area means an amount  equal to 2.5 times the sum
                  of:

                  (a)      (i)    *   if the POP is built by SAVVIS,

                           (ii)   *   if the POP is leased to SAVVIS, plus

                  (b)      the actual cost to SAVVIS of extending  two redundant
                           circuits of the SAVVIS long-haul circuits to a SAVVIS
                           POP in such metropolitan area, plus

                  (c)      the actual cost to SAVVIS for  Backbone  Local Access
                           Facilities  connecting  the two  redundant  long-haul
                           circuits to such SAVVIS POP, plus

                 (d)       the actual  cost  to  SAVVIS of obtaining collocation
                           and power for such SAVVIS POP.

         1.3.     "INSTALLATION  SITE" means any  facility of Bridge or a Bridge
                  Subsidiary  or of vendors or  customers  of Bridge or a Bridge
                  Subsidiary at which one or more of the Networks is installed.

         1.4.     "INSTALLATION  SITE LOCAL ACCESS  FACILITIES"  means the local
                  access line or other local communications  circuit provided by
                  a local exchange carrier  connecting an Installation Site to a
                  SAVVIS POP.

         1.5.     "LOCAL ACCESS FACILITIES" means the local access line or other
                  local  communications  circuit  provided  by a local  exchange
                  carrier.

         1.6.     "POP" means point-of-presence.

         1.7.     "SUBSEQUENT  POP  THRESHOLD   REVENUE"  with  respect  to  any
                  metropolitan  area means an amount  equal to 2.5 times the sum
                  of:

                        (a)    (i)  * if the POP is built by SAVVIS, or

                              (ii)  * if the POP is leased by SAVVIS, plus

                        (b)   the actual cost  to SAVVIS of connecting  a second
                              switch to an existing switch in such  metropolitan
                              area by means of a DS3 circuit, plus

                        (c)   the actual cost to SAVVIS of obtaining collocation
                              and power for such second switch.

         1.8.     "POP SITE" means any Installation  Site that accesses a SAVVIS
                  POP by means of Local Access Facilities.

         1.9.     "NON-POP  SITE" means any  Installation  Site other than a POP
                  Site.

                                       17
<PAGE>

 2.      FIRST-YEAR PRICE FOR NETWORKS USING ACQUIRED  NETWORK FACILITIES

         2.1.     For  the  first  Agreement  Year in the  Initial  Term of this
                  Agreement, Bridge and the Bridge Subsidiaries shall pay SAVVIS
                  and  the  SAVVIS  Subsidiaries  for  the  Networks  using  the
                  Acquired Network Facilities plus the Short-Term Call Assets in
                  the aggregate amount determined as follows,  allocated between
                  this  Agreement  and the  Local  Network  Services  Agreements
                  substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto:

                  (a)   The sum of:

                        (i)     the  actual cost  to  Bridge  of  operating  the
                                Networks as of October 31, 1999; plus

                        (ii)    the  actual  cost  to  Bridge  of  the employees
                                transferred  from  Bridge  to  SAVVIS  for   the
                                operation  of  the  Networks,  determined on the
                                basis  of   the   actual   salaries   of    such
                                employees  plus  a  benefits  loading  factor to
                                be mutually agreed upon;

                  (b)   less the  actual  cost to  Bridge of  backbone  circuits
                        removed or replaced subsequent to October 31, 1999;

                  (c)   plus, (i) with respect to the Distribution  Network, the
                        actual  cost  to  SAVVIS  as of the  Effective  Date  of
                        backbone  circuits  added or substituted or used in part
                        by any party other than  Bridge,  subsequent  to October
                        31, 1999,  multiplied by the proportionate megabit usage
                        of such  circuits by Bridge  under this  Agreement as of
                        the Effective Date, and further multiplied by 130%; or

                        (ii)  with  respect  to  the  Collection  Network  and
                              the OA  Network, the  actual  cost to SAVVIS as of
                              the Effective Date of backbone circuits  added  or
                              substituted  subsequent   to   October  31,  1999,
                              multiplied by 130%;

                  (d)   plus the actual cost to Bridge of the  additional  Local
                        Access  Facilities  associated  with  backbone  circuits
                        added subsequent to October 31, 1999.

                  The pricing under the Local Network  Services  Agreement shall
                  be as  set  forth  in  this  Schedule  3.1,  according  to the
                  geographic territory applicable to such Local Network Services
                  Agreement; provided that the pricing for Installation Sites in
                  Latin  America  shall be  mutually  agreed upon  following  an
                  analysis  to  be   conducted  by  the  parties  of  the  costs
                  pertaining to such Installation Sites. Charges under each such
                  Local Network Services  Agreement shall be billed locally,  in
                  local currency.

3.       FIRST-YEAR PRICES AT ADDITIONAL POP SITES

         3.1.     3.1A. For the first Agreement Year in the Initial Term of this
                  Agreement,  Bridge  shall pay  SAVVIS for the  Networks  using
                  Additional   Network  Facilities  in  the  United  States,  as
                  follows:

                  (a)      * per  month  for  each T1 port,  reflecting the cost
                           of equipment,  hardware maintenance, the provision of
                           a diagnostic  dial-up line, and the use of the SAVVIS
                           Backbone, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities, permanent virtual circuits or other means
                           for connecting such  Installation  Site to the SAVVIS
                           POP, including equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

         3.2.     3.1B. For the first Agreement Year in the Initial Term of this
                  Agreement,  Bridge  shall pay  SAVVIS for the  Networks  using
                  Additional Network Facilities in Europe, as follows:

                  (a)      an amount per month to be determined on an individual
                           case basis for each T1 port,  reflecting  the cost of
                           equipment,  hardware maintenance and the provision of
                           a diagnostic dial-up line, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities, permanent virtual circuits or other means
                           for connecting such  Installation  Site to the SAVVIS
                           POP, including equipment installation, plus

                                       18
<PAGE>

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

         3.3.     3.1C. For the first Agreement Year in the Initial Term of this
                  Agreement,  Bridge  shall pay  SAVVIS for the  Networks  using
                  Additional Network Facilities in Asia, as follows:

                  (a)      an amount per month to be determined on an individual
                           case basis for each T1 port,  reflecting  the cost of
                           equipment,  hardware maintenance and the provision of
                           a diagnostic dial-up line, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities, permanent virtual circuits or other means
                           for connecting such  Installation  Site to the SAVVIS
                           POP, including equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

         3.4.     In the event  that  Bridge  wishes to  attach  any  additional
                  servers to a router  having a single T1 port,  or any fraction
                  thereof,  at any POP Site, SAVVIS will provide such service at
                  the rate of * per  month for  each such  additional server for
                  the  first   Agreement  Year  in  the  Initial  Term  of  this
                  Agreement.

         3.5.     Following the first Agreement Year in the Initial Term of this
                  Agreement,  the  rates  and  charges  for the  Networks  using
                  Additional  Network  Facilities  at any new POP Site  shall be
                  mutually  agreed upon by the parties from time to time and set
                  forth in an Addendum to this Agreement in the manner set forth
                  in  Section  1.2 of this  Agreement  and  Section  7.1 of this
                  Schedule.  If the parties fail to reach  agreement on any such
                  Addendum  prior  to the  expiration  of the  Addendum  then in
                  effect,  the rates and charges  shall be determined by binding
                  arbitration as provided below.

4.       4A.      FIRST-YEAR PRICES FOR ADDITIONAL NON-POP SITES IN THE UNITED
                  STATES

         4.1.     4A.1.  56 KBPS  SITES.  For the  first  Agreement  Year in the
                  Initial  Term of this  Agreement,  Bridge shall pay SAVVIS for
                  the Networks using  Additional  Network  Facilities at any new
                  Non-POP Site in the United States at which one or more 56 Kbps
                  ports are provided, as follows:

                  (a)      * per  month  for  each 56 Kbps port,  reflecting the
                           cost  of   equipment,   hardware   maintenance,   the
                           provision of a diagnostic  dial-up line,  and the use
                           of the SAVVIS Backbone, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities, permanent virtual circuits or other means
                           for connecting such  Installation  Site to the SAVVIS
                           POP, including equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

         4.2.     4A.2.  128 KBPS  SITES.  For the first  Agreement  Year in the
                  Initial  Term of this  Agreement,  Bridge shall pay SAVVIS for
                  the Networks using  Additional  Network  Facilities at any new
                  Non-POP Site at which one or more 128 Kbps ports are provided,
                  as follows:

                  (a)      * per  month  for  each 128 Kbps port, reflecting the
                           cost  of   equipment,   hardware   maintenance,   the
                           provision of a diagnostic  dial-up line,  and the use
                           of the SAVVIS Backbone, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities, permanent virtual circuits or other means
                           for connecting such  Installation  Site to the SAVVIS
                           POP, including equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

                                       19
<PAGE>
         4.3.     4A.3.  256 KBPS  SITES.  For the first  Agreement  Year in the
                  Initial  Term of this  Agreement,  Bridge shall pay SAVVIS for
                  the Networks using  Additional  Network  Facilities at any new
                  Non-POP Site at which one or more 256 Kbps ports are provided,
                  as follows:

                  (a)      * per  month  for  each 256 Kbps port, reflecting the
                           cost  of   equipment,   hardware   maintenance,   the
                           provision of a diagnostic  dial-up line,  and the use
                           of the SAVVIS Backbone, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities, permanent virtual circuits or other means
                           for connecting such  Installation  Site to the SAVVIS
                           POP, including equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

         4.4.     4A.4 ISDN BACK-UP LINE. In the event that Bridge wishes to use
                  an ISDN back-up line in lieu of full redundancy at any Non-POP
                  Site at which one or more 56 Kbps  ports or 128 Kbps ports are
                  provided as Additional Network Facilities, SAVVIS will provide
                  such  service at the  following  rate for the first  Agreement
                  Year in the Initial Term of this Agreement:

                   (a)     * per month for each ISDN line,  reflecting  the cost
                           of equipment and the use of the SAVVIS Backbone, plus

                   (b)     the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities,  permanent virtual  circuits,  basic rate
                           interface   or  other  means  for   connecting   such
                           Installation  Site  to  the  SAVVIS  POP,   including
                           equipment installation, plus

                   (c)     the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

5.       4B.      FIRST-YEAR PRICES FOR ADDITIONAL NON-POP SITES IN EUROPE

         5.1.     4B.1.  64 KBPS  SITES.  For the  first  Agreement  Year in the
                  Initial  Term of this  Agreement,  Bridge shall pay SAVVIS for
                  the Networks using  Additional  Network  Facilities at any new
                  Non-POP  Site in Europe at which one or more 64 Kbps ports are
                  provided, as follows:

                  (a)      *   per   month  (*  per   month   in  a  Distributor
                           Country) for each 64 Kbps port,  reflecting  the cost
                           of equipment,  hardware maintenance and the provision
                           of a diagnostic dial-up line, plus
                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities, permanent virtual circuits or other means
                           for connecting such  Installation  Site to the SAVVIS
                           POP, including equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

         5.2.     4B.2. 128 KBPS SITES. For the first Agreement Year in the
                  Initial  Term of this  Agreement,  Bridge shall pay SAVVIS for
                  the Networks using  Additional  Network  Facilities at any new
                  Non-POP Site at which one or more 128 Kbps ports are provided,
                  as follows:

                  (a)      *   per  month   (*  per  month   in  a   Distributor
                           Country) for each 128 Kbps port,  reflecting the cost
                           of equipment,  hardware maintenance and the provision
                           of a diagnostic dial-up line, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities, permanent virtual circuits or other means
                           for connecting such  Installation  Site to the SAVVIS
                           POP, including equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

                                       20
<PAGE>
         5.3.     4B.3.  256 KBPS  SITES.  For the first  Agreement  Year in the
                  Initial  Term of this  Agreement,  Bridge shall pay SAVVIS for
                  the Networks using  Additional  Network  Facilities at any new
                  Non-POP Site at which one or more 256 Kbps ports are provided,
                  as follows:

                  (a)      an amount per month to be determined on an individual
                           case  basis for each 256 Kbps  port,  reflecting  the
                           cost  of  equipment,  hardware  maintenance  and  the
                           provision of a diagnostic dial-up line, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities, permanent virtual circuits or other means
                           for connecting such  Installation  Site to the SAVVIS
                           POP, including equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

         5.4.     4B.4. E1 SITES.  For the first  Agreement  Year in the Initial
                  Term  of this  Agreement,  Bridge  shall  pay  SAVVIS  for the
                  Networks  using  Additional  Network  Facilities  at  any  new
                  Non-POP  Site at which one or more E1 ports are  provided,  as
                  follows:

                  (a)      *  per  month  (*  per   month   in   a   Distributor
                           Country)  for  each E1 port,  reflecting  the cost of
                           equipment,  hardware maintenance and the provision of
                           a diagnostic dial-up line, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities, permanent virtual circuits or other means
                           for connecting such  Installation  Site to the SAVVIS
                           POP, including equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

         5.5.     4B.5. ISDN BACK-UP LINE. In the event that Bridge wishes to
                  use an ISDN  back-up  line in lieu of full  redundancy  at any
                  Non-POP  Site at which  one or more 64 Kbps  ports or 128 Kbps
                  ports are provided as Additional  Network  Facilities,  SAVVIS
                  will provide such service at the following  rate for the first
                  Agreement Year in the Initial Term of this Agreement:

                  (a)       * per  month  (*  per   month   in   a   Distributor
                           Country)  for each  ISDN  line,  reflecting  the cost
                           of equipment, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities,  permanent virtual  circuits,  basic rate
                           interface   or  other  means  for   connecting   such
                           Installation  Site  to  the  SAVVIS  POP,   including
                           equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

6.       4C.      FIRST-YEAR PRICES FOR ADDITIONAL NON-POP SITES IN ASIA

         6.1.     4C.1.  64 KBPS  SITES.  For the  first  Agreement  Year in the
                  Initial  Term of this  Agreement,  Bridge shall pay SAVVIS for
                  the Networks using  Additional  Network  Facilities at any new
                  Non-POP Site in the United States at which one or more 64 Kbps
                  ports are provided, as follows:

                  (a)        *  per   month  (  *  per  month  in a  Distributor
                           Country) for each 64 Kbps port,  reflecting  the cost
                           of equipment,  hardware maintenance and the provision
                           of a diagnostic dial-up line, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities, permanent virtual circuits or other means
                           for connecting such  Installation  Site to the SAVVIS
                           POP, including equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

                                       21
<PAGE>

         6.2.     4C.2.  128 KBPS  SITES.  For the first  Agreement  Year in the
                  Initial  Term of this  Agreement,  Bridge shall pay SAVVIS for
                  the Networks using  Additional  Network  Facilities at any new
                  Non-POP Site at which one or more 128 Kbps ports are provided,
                  as follows:

                  (a)        *  per  month  (  *  per  month  in  a  Distributor
                           Country) for each 128 Kbps port,  reflecting the cost
                           of equipment,  hardware maintenance and the provision
                           of a diagnostic dial-up line, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities, permanent virtual circuits or other means
                           for connecting such  Installation  Site to the SAVVIS
                           POP, including equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

         6.3.     4C.3.  256 KBPS  SITES.  For the first  Agreement  Year in the
                  Initial  Term of this  Agreement,  Bridge shall pay SAVVIS for
                  the Networks using  Additional  Network  Facilities at any new
                  Non-POP Site at which one or more 256 Kbps ports are provided,
                  as follows:

                  (a)      an amount per month to be determined on an individual
                           case  basis for each 256 Kbps  port,  reflecting  the
                           cost  of  equipment,  hardware  maintenance  and  the
                           provision of a diagnostic dial-up line, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities, permanent virtual circuits or other means
                           for connecting such  Installation  Site to the SAVVIS
                           POP, including equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

         6.4.     4C.4 ISDN BACK-UP LINE. In the event that Bridge wishes to use
                  an ISDN back-up line in lieu of full redundancy at any Non-POP
                  Site at which one or more 56 Kbps  ports or 128 Kbps ports are
                  provided as Additional Network Facilities, SAVVIS will provide
                  such  service at the  following  rate for the first  Agreement
                  Year in the Initial Term of this Agreement:

                  (a)      *  per  month for each ISDN line, reflecting the cost
                           of equipment and the use of the SAVVIS Backbone, plus

                  (b)      the actual charges for Installation Site Local Access
                           Facilities,  permanent virtual  circuits,  basic rate
                           interface   or  other  means  for   connecting   such
                           Installation  Site  to  the  SAVVIS  POP,   including
                           equipment installation, plus

                  (c)      the  actual  cost to  SAVVIS  of  installing  at such
                           Installation Site the equipment referred to in clause
                           (a) and the connection referred to in clause (b).

7.       REDUNDANCY AND BANDWIDTH USAGE

         7.1.     The  amount  due to  SAVVIS  from  Bridge  for  providing  the
                  Networks  using  Additional  Network  Facilities  at  any  new
                  Installation Site having full redundancy will be two times the
                  amount due under Sections 3.1, 4A, 4B or 4C above with respect
                  to a single port.

         7.2.     Bandwidth usage of any port provided to Bridge by SAVVIS under
                  this Agreement, including both the Acquired Network Facilities
                  and any Additional  Network  Facilities,  shall not exceed 128
                  Kbps.  In the event  that  Bridge  wishes to obtain  Bandwidth
                  usage in excess of 128 Kbps on any such port, such usage shall
                  be provided for in an Addendum  hereto mutually agreed upon by
                  the  parties in the  manner  set forth in  Section  1.2 of the
                  Agreement.

8.       CONVERSION TO POP SITES AND INSTALLATION OF SECOND SWITCH

         8.1.     In the event that the  aggregate  amount that would be paid by
                  Bridge to SAVVIS with  respect to Non-POP  Sites  specified by
                  Bridge in a metropolitan  area if such sites were converted to
                  POP Sites equals or exceeds the Initial POP Threshold  Revenue
                  per month  applicable to such  metropolitan  area,  then, upon
                  written request from Bridge, SAVVIS shall (i) install a switch
                  in a SAVVIS  POP in such  metropolitan  area  capable of being
                  accessed by means of a connection using only Installation Site
                  Local Access  Facilities,  (ii) extend the SAVVIS  Backbone to
                  such SAVVIS POP with two redundant circuits, and (iii) convert
                  such Non-POP Sites to POP Sites.

                                       22
<PAGE>
         8.2.     In the event that,  following the  installation by SAVVIS of a
                  switch  and the  conversion  of  Non-POP  Sites  to POP  Sites
                  pursuant to Section 6.1 above, the aggregate amount that would
                  be paid by Bridge to SAVVIS with respect to additional Non-POP
                  Sites in a  specified  metropolitan  area if such  sites  were
                  converted  to POP Sites equals or exceeds the  Subsequent  POP
                  Threshold  Revenue per month  applicable to such  metropolitan
                  area, then, upon written request from Bridge, SAVVIS shall (i)
                  install a second  switch in a SAVVIS POP in such  metropolitan
                  area capable of being accessed by means of a connection  using
                  only Installation Site Local Access  Facilities,  (ii) connect
                  the two  switches  by means of a  circuit  having  appropriate
                  transmission  capacity,  and  (iii)  convert  such  additional
                  Non-POP Sites to POP Sites.

9.       DETERMINATION OF RATES AND CHARGES AFTER FIRST AGREEMENT YEAR

         9.1.     Following the first Agreement Year in the Initial Term of this
                  Agreement,  the rates and  charges  for the  Networks  and any
                  Additional Network Facilities as shall be mutually agreed upon
                  by the  parties  from  time  to time  in an  Addendum  to this
                  Agreement  in the  manner  set  forth in  Section  1.2 of this
                  Agreement;  provided that the charge for any backbone  circuit
                  in the  Distribution  Network that is not used exclusively for
                  the carriage of Bridge traffic under this  Agreement  shall be
                  charged to Bridge  according  to the actual  cost to SAVVIS of
                  such backbone circuit multiplied by the proportionate  megabit
                  usage of such  circuits by Bridge  under this  Agreement as of
                  the  Effective  Date,  and further  multiplied  by *.  If  the
                  parties fail to reach  agreement on any such Addendum prior to
                  the  expiration of the Addendum then in effect,  the rates and
                  charges  shall  be  determined  by  binding  arbitration,   as
                  follows:

9.2.              The  arbitration  shall be  conducted  by a single  arbitrator
                  jointly  selected  by the  parties,  who shall be an  attorney
                  experienced  and  knowledgeable  in the tariffs and pricing of
                  telecommunications services (the "Arbitrator"). If the parties
                  are unable to agree on the selection of the Arbitrator  within
                  30 days,  either party may apply to the United States District
                  Court for the  Eastern  District of Missouri or to the Circuit
                  Court  of  St.  Louis  County  for  the   appointment  of  the
                  Arbitrator.

                  (b)      Within  10  days  following  the  appointment  of the
                           Arbitrator, each party shall submit to the Arbitrator
                           such  party's  best and final offer for the rates and
                           charges to be set forth in such Addendum.

                  (c)      The Arbitrator  must select the offer of one party or
                           the  other as being  closer to the  Arbitrator's  own
                           assessment of what an independent vendor would charge
                           for services similar in nature and volume to those to
                           be covered by such Addendum (the "INDEPENDENT  VENDOR
                           PRICE").

                  (d)      The  decision  of the  Arbitrator  shall be final and
                           binding on the parties and shall be  incorporated  in
                           this Agreement as an Addendum hereto.

                  (e)      Each party shall bear its own costs in conducting the
                           arbitration,  and the non-prevailing  party shall pay
                           the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator.

         9.3.     At the time any  Addendum is entered  into with respect to the
                  rates and  charges  for any POP Site,  the  amount  charged to
                  Bridge  for the T-1 ports at such  Installation  Site shall be
                  not more than the Independent  Vendor Price for providing such
                  ports at such  Installation  Site,  as mutually  agreed by the
                  parties or as determined by the Arbitrator  under Section 8.1,
                  reduced  by 75% of the  excess,  if  any,  of the  Independent
                  Vendor Price for providing  such ports over the actual cost to
                  SAVVIS of providing such ports at such Installation Site.

10.      MINIMUM ANNUAL COMMITMENT

         10.1.    If the  aggregate  amounts  paid by Bridge  to SAVVIS  for the
                  Networks  hereunder for any Agreement  Year during the Initial
                  Term of this  Agreement,  using not only the Acquired  Network
                  Facilities but also any Additional Network Facilities, is less
                  than the Minimum Annual  Commitment (as defined  below),  then
                  the  amount of such  deficiency  shall be payable by Bridge to
                  SAVVIS upon the receipt by Bridge of an invoice  therefor,  in
                  accordance with Section 5 of the Agreement.

                                       23
<PAGE>

         10.2.    THE "MINIMUM ANNUAL COMMITMENT" shall mean:

                  (a)      With respect to the first  Agreement  Year during the
                           Initial  Term,  the amount set  forth in  Section 2.1
                           of this Schedule 3.1;

                  (b)      With respect to the second  Agreement Year during the
                           Initial Term, 110% of the amount set forth in Section
                           2.1 of this Schedule 3.1;

                  (c)      With respect to the third  Agreement  Year during the
                           Initial Term, 120% of the amount set forth in Section
                           2.1 of this Schedule 3.1;

                  (d)      With respect to the fourth, fifth and sixth Agreement
                           Years during the Initial Term, an amount equal to 80%
                           of the total  amount  paid by Bridge  and all  Bridge
                           Subsidiaries  during such  Agreement  Year to SAVVIS,
                           SAVVIS  Subsidiaries  and third  parties for Internet
                           Protocol backbone and other data transport services;

                  (e)      With respect to the seventh,  eighth, ninth and tenth
                           Agreement  Years during the Initial  Term,  an amount
                           equal to 60% of the total  amount  paid by Bridge and
                           all Bridge Subsidiaries during such Agreement Year to
                           SAVVIS,  SAVVIS  Subsidiaries  and third  parties for
                           Internet  Protocol  backbone and other data transport
                           services.

         10.3.    With respect to the fourth  Agreement  Year and each Agreement
                  Year  thereafter,  SAVVIS shall have the right,  at reasonable
                  times and on reasonable  notice,  but not more often than once
                  during any  Agreement  Year, to audit the books and records of
                  Bridge and the Bridge  Subsidiaries  in order to determine the
                  total amount paid by Bridge and the Bridge Subsidiaries during
                  an Agreement  Year to SAVVIS,  SAVVIS  Subsidiaries  and third
                  parties  for  Internet   Protocol   backbone  and  other  data
                  transport  services.  Such audits may be  conducted  either by
                  SAVVIS personnel or by outside auditors retained by SAVVIS for
                  such purpose, subject to the consent of Bridge to such outside
                  auditors,  such  consent  not to be  unreasonably  withheld or
                  delayed.  Such  audits  shall be  conducted  at the expense of
                  SAVVIS,  including any additional  cost to Bridge in obtaining
                  the  cooperation  of  Bridge's  outside  auditors  that may be
                  required;  provided,  that if the actual  total amount paid by
                  Bridge and the Bridge Subsidiaries during an Agreement Year to
                  SAVVIS,  SAVVIS  Subsidiaries  and third  parties for Internet
                  Protocol  backbone  and  other  data  transport   services  is
                  determined  by such  audit  to be  105% or more of the  amount
                  initially  claimed by Bridge  with  respect to such  Agreement
                  Year, then the cost of such audit shall be borne by Bridge.


CONFIDENTIAL  MATERIALS  HAVE BEEN  OMITTED  FROM THIS  SCHEDULE  PURSUANT  TO A
REQUEST  FOR  CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  AND HAVE BEEN FILED  SEPARATELY  WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. ASTERISKS DENOTE OMISSIONS.

<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE 5.2

                        INSTALLATION SITE REMOVAL AMOUNTS


         Amounts by which each  monthly  invoice  from SAVVIS to Bridge shall be
         reduced  resulting from the removal of a particular  Installation  Site
         shall be as follows during the first Agreement  Year,  according to the
         connection speed at such Installation Site:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         UNITED STATES:

                                          INSTALLATION SITES            INSTALLATION SITES
                                               EXISTING                     ADDED AFTER
              CONNECTION SPEED          AS OF OCTOBER 31, 1999           OCTOBER 31, 1999
<S>           <C>                       <C>                              <C>

                     T1                              *                             *

                  256 KBS                            *                             *

                  128 KBS                            *                             *

                   56 KBS                            *                             *

                    ISDN                             *                             *
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         EUROPE:

                                         INSTALLATION SITES         INSTALLATION SITES
                                       AS OF OCTOBER 31, 1999          ADDED AFTER            DISTRIBUTOR COUNTRY
              CONNECTION SPEED                                       OCTOBER 31, 1999

<S>           <C>                      <C>                          <C>                       <C>

                     T1                            *                         *                          *

                   256 KBS                         *                         *                          *

                   128 KBS                         *                         *                          *

                   64 KBS                          *                         *                          *

                    ISDN                           *                         *                          *

                     E1                            *                         *                          *
</TABLE>

                                       24
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         ASIA:

                                         INSTALLATION SITES         INSTALLATION SITES
                                       AS OF OCTOBER 31, 1999          ADDED AFTER            DISTRIBUTOR COUNTRY
              CONNECTION SPEED                                       OCTOBER 31, 1999

<S>           <C>                      <C>                          <C>                       <C>
                     T1                            *                         *                          *

                   256 Kbs                         *                         *                          *

                   128 Kbs                         *                         *                          *

                   56 Kbs                          *                         *                          *

                    ISDN                           *                         *                          *

</TABLE>

CONFIDENTIAL  MATERIALS  HAVE BEEN  OMITTED  FROM THIS  SCHEDULE  PURSUANT  TO A
REQUEST  FOR  CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  AND HAVE BEEN FILED  SEPARATELY  WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. ASTERISKS DENOTE OMISSIONS.





                                       25
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A

                                  FORM OF LOCAL
                           NETWORK SERVICES AGREEMENT

         This LOCAL NETWORK SERVICES AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is effective as
of  ___________,  2000 (the "Effective  Date") between [local SAVVIS entity],  a
[limited liability company] incorporated under the laws of [country ] ("SAVVIS")
and [local  Bridge/Telerate  entity], a [limited liability company] incorporated
under the laws of [country] ("Customer").

                                    RECITALS

         A. Customer is engaged in the business of collecting  and  distributing
various financial, news and other data in [country] (the "JURISDICTION").

         B. SAVVIS is engaged in the  business of  providing  Internet  Protocol
backbone and other data transport services in the Jurisdiction.

         C. SAVVIS  Parent and [Bridge  Parent]/[Telerate  Parent]  have entered
into the Network  Services  Agreement  for the  provision and receipt of similar
services on a  world-wide  basis at the parent  level as are being  provided and
received by the parties to this Agreement within the Jurisdiction.

         D.  Together with this  Agreement,  the SAVVIS is entering into certain
other agreements with Customer, or Affiliates of the Customer,  related to their
operations in the Jurisdiction,  including Local Transfer Agreements,  Equipment
Collocation Permits, and Local Administrative Services Agreements.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
covenants  contained  herein and of other good and valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  adequacy  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties  agree as
follows:

1.       CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND DEFINITIONS

         1.1.     This  Agreement  shall consist of this Local Network  Services
                  Agreement by and between  SAVVIS and  Customer,  including all
                  addenda to this Agreement entered into in the manner set forth
                  herein (each an "ADDENDUM" and  collectively  the  "ADDENDA").
                  This Agreement shall be interpreted wherever possible to avoid
                  conflicts  between the  Sections  hereof and the  Attachments,
                  provided that if such a conflict shall arise,  the Attachments
                  shall control.

         1.2.     Whenever it is provided in this  Agreement  for a matter to be
                  mutually  agreed  upon  by the  parties  and set  forth  in an
                  Addendum to this  Agreement,  either  party may  initiate  the
                  process of  determining  such matter by  submitting a proposed
                  outline or contents of such Addendum to the other party.  Each
                  party shall appoint a primary contact and a secondary  contact
                  for the completion of such Addendum,  who shall be the contact
                  points for every issue  concerning such Addendum and who shall
                  be informed of the progress of the  project.  The names of the
                  contacts  will be exchanged  in writing by the parties.  Using
                  the  contacts,  the parties  shall work together in good faith
                  with such diligence as shall be commercially  reasonable under
                  the   circumstances  to  complete  such  Addendum,   provided,
                  however,  that neither  party shall be obligated to enter into
                  such an Addendum.  Upon the  completion of such  Addendum,  it
                  shall be set forth in a written  document  and executed by the
                  parties and shall become a part of this Agreement and shall be
                  deemed to be incorporated herein by reference.

         1.3.     Whenever used in this Agreement,  the words and phrases listed
                  below shall have the  meanings  given  below,  and all defined
                  terms shall include the plural as well as the singular. Unless
                  otherwise  stated,  the words "herein",  "hereunder" and other
                  similar words refer to this  Agreement as a whole and not to a
                  particular Section or other subdivision.  The words "included"
                  and "including" shall not be construed as terms of limitation.
                  Capitalized  terms  not  otherwise  defined  herein  have  the
                  meanings  assigned  to  such  terms  in the  Network  Services
                  Agreement.

                  "ACQUIRED  NETWORK  FACILITIEs" means the assets and contracts
                  for the provision of Internet Protocol backbone and other data
                  transport  services  within  the  Jurisdiction  to the  extent
                  acquired by SAVVIS  pursuant to the Local  Transfer  Agreement
                  between Customer, or Affiliates of the Customer, and SAVVIS.

                  "ADDITIONAL NETWORK FACILITIES" means any assets and contracts
                  of SAVVIS for the provision of Internet  Protocol backbone and
                  other data transport  services other than the Acquired Network
                  Facilities.

                  "AFFILIATE"  has the  meaning  set forth in Rule  12b-2 of the
                  regulations  promulgated under the Securities  Exchange Act of
                  1934, as amended.

                  "AGREEMENT YEAR" means a period of 12 months beginning on  the
                  Effective Date and each subsequent anniversary thereof.

                  ["BRIDGE PARENT"  means  Bridge  Information   Systems,  Inc.,
                  a Missouri corporation, and its successors and assigns.]

                  "CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION"  means all information  concerning
                  the  business  of  Customer,  SAVVIS or any third  party doing
                  business  with  either of them that may be  obtained  from any
                  source (i) by SAVVIS by virtue of its  performance  under this
                  Agreement  or (ii) by  Customer  by  virtue  of its use of the
                  Networks.  Such  information  shall also  include the terms of
                  this Agreement (and  negotiations and proposals from one party
                  to the other related  directly  thereto),  network designs and
                  design recommendations,  tools and programs, pricing, methods,
                  processes,  financial data, software,  research,  development,
                  strategic plans or related  information.  All such information
                  disclosed  prior to the execution of this Agreement shall also
                  be considered  Confidential  Information  for purposes of this
                  Agreement.
                  Confidential Information shall not include information that:

                           (a)      is already rightfully known to the receiving
                                    party  at the  time it is  obtained  by such
                                    party, free from any obligation to keep such
                                    information confidential; or

                           (b)      is  or  becomes  publicly  known  through no
                                    wrongful act of the receiving party; or

                           (c)      is  rightfully  received  by  the  receiving
                                    party from a third party without restriction
                                    and without breach of this Agreement.

                  "CUSTOMER" means [local  Bridge/Telerate  entity],  a [limited
                  liability  company]  incorporated under the laws of [country],
                  and its successors and assigns.

                  "EFFECTIVE  DATE" means the date set forth in the  Preamble of
                  this Agreement.

                  "EVENT OF DEFAULT BY SAVVIS" has the meaning  assigned to such
                  term in Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

                  "INITIAL  TERM"  means a period of ten  consecutive  Agreement
                  Years beginning on the Effective Date.

                  "INSTALLATION  SITE"  means any  facility  of  Customer  or of
                  vendors or  customers  of Customer at which one or more of the
                  Networks is installed.

                  "LOCAL  EXCHANGE  CARRIER" means the local  telecommunications
                  provider(s)  from  which  SAVVIS  leases  the  lines  it makes
                  available to Customer.

                  "LOCAL [TELERATE]/[Bridge] Network Services Agreement" means a
                  local  network  services  agreement  pursuant to which  SAVVIS
                  shall  provide  Internet  Protocol  backbone  and  other  data
                  transport    services   to   an    Affiliate    of   [Telerate
                  Parent]/[Bridge Parent] operating in the Jurisdiction.

                  "MARKET HOURS" means,  with respect to any Installation  Site,
                  the  period of time  beginning  two hours  before  the time at
                  which trading opens on the  principal  securities  exchange or
                  automated  quotation system  designated by Customer in writing
                  from time to time as being used by the  purchasers and sellers
                  of securities at such Installation  Site, and ending two hours
                  after the time at which such trading ceases to be conducted.

                  "NETWORK"  and  "NETWORKS"  have the meaning  assigned to such
                  terms in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

                  "NETWORK  SERVICES   AGREEMENT"  means  the  Network  Services
                  Agreement between SAVVIS Parent and [Bridge  Parent]/[Telerate
                  Parent], effective as of _________, 2000.

                  "POP" means point-of-presence.

                   "QUALITY OF SERVICE  STANDARDS"  means the  standards for the
                  performance  of the Networks  contained in Schedule 2.2 hereto
                  or an Addendum to this Agreement.

                  "SAVVIS"  means [local SAVVIS  entity],  a [limited  liability
                  company]  incorporated  under the laws of  [country ], and its
                  successors and assigns.

                  "SAVVIS  PARENT" means SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation,  a
                  Missouri corporation, its successors and assigns.

                  "SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT" means the United States  Securities
                  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                  "TAIL CIRCUIT"  means the access line or other  communications
                  circuit from the SAVVIS POP to an Installation Site.

                  ["TELERATE PARENT" means Telerate  Holdings,  Inc., a Delaware
                  corporation, and its successors and assigns.]

                  "TRANSITION  PERIOD" has the meaning  assigned to such term in
                  Section 6.3 of this Agreement.

2.       THE NETWORKS AND QUALITY OF SERVICE STANDARDS

         2.1.     SAVVIS  agrees  to use  the  Acquired  Network  Facilities  to
                  provide  to  Customer  the   following   managed   packet-data
                  transport  networks,  including the operation,  management and
                  maintenance thereof:

                  (a)      that  portion of a global  office-automation  network
                           located in the Jurisdiction,  providing  connectivity
                           between the offices of  Customer,  Bridge  Parent and
                           Affiliates of Bridge Parent (the "OA NETWORK"),

                   (b)      that  portion of a global  data  collection  network
                            located  in  the   Jurisdiction   (the   "COLLECTION
                            NETWORK") and

                   (c)      that portion of a global data  distribution  network
                            located  in  the  Jurisdiction  (the   "DISTRIBUTION
                            NETWORK"),

                            which   shall  be  referred  to  in  this  Agreement
                            collectively as the "Networks" and individually as a
                            "Network."

         2.2.     Each Network shall be  operated,  managed  and  maintained  by
                  SAVVIS.  SAVVIS  may,  but  shall  not be  obligated  to,  use
                  facilities   of  SAVVIS  other  than  the   Acquired   Network
                  Facilities  to  provide  all  or  any  part  of  any  Network.
                  Beginning on the first  anniversary  of the Effective Date and
                  thereafter,  each  Network  shall  be  operated,  managed  and
                  maintained  by SAVVIS  according  to the  Quality  of  Service
                  Standards  set forth in Schedule 2.2 hereof,  and SAVVIS shall
                  be responsible  for monitoring the performance of the Networks
                  with  respect to the  Quality of Service  Standards  and shall
                  provide Customer with monthly reports of such performance.  If
                  the Quality of Service Standards are not met with respect to a
                  particular  Installation Site in any month,  Customer shall be
                  entitled to receive,  upon written  request by Customer within
                  30 days of its  receipt  of the  performance  report  for such
                  Installation  Site for such month,  a credit in the amount set
                  forth on Schedule 2.2 attached  hereto,  which amount shall be
                  deemed  to  be  one  month's   charges   applicable   to  such
                  Installation  Site under this  Agreement  with respect to such
                  month; provided,  however, that Customer shall not be entitled
                  to such  credit to the  extent  that the  failure  to meet the
                  Quality of Service Standards with respect to such Installation
                  Site is due to (i) an act or  omission of Customer or a vendor
                  or customer of Customer or (ii)  equipment or software used by
                  Customer and not provided by SAVVIS.  Not more than one credit
                  of  one  month's  charges  shall  be  given  for a  particular
                  Installation  Site for a particular month. For all purposes of
                  this Agreement, including without limitation the determination
                  of an Event of  Default  by  SAVVIS,  the  Quality  of Service
                  Standards applicable to a particular  Installation Site in any
                  month shall be deemed to have been met unless Customer, within
                  30 days of its  receipt  of the  performance  report  for such
                  Installation Site for such month, requests in writing a credit
                  as set forth above with respect to such  Installation Site for
                  such month.

2.3.     [Intentionally omitted.]

         2.4.     In providing Additional Network Facilities, SAVVIS agrees to
                  use its best  efforts  to  expedite  the  provisioning  of the
                  circuits  for  such  Additional  Network  Facilities  in those
                  instances in which SAVVIS is responsible for provisioning such
                  circuits,  and to use its best efforts to avoid single  points
                  of  failure  in the  engineering  design  of  such  Additional
                  Network  Facilities,  consistent  with the level of redundancy
                  specified in the applicable Addendum.

         2.5.     Throughout  the term of this  Agreement,  SAVVIS shall use its
                  reasonable  best  efforts to continue to meet the  requests of
                  Customer to enhance the total capacity,  geographic  extension
                  and performance  quality of the Networks,  and to maintain its
                  research  and  development  effort at a level  appropriate  to
                  sustain the ability of Customer to compete on the basis of the
                  quality of the Networks.

3.       RATES AND CHARGES

         3.1.     Customer  shall pay SAVVIS for the Networks using the Acquired
                  Network Facilities and Additional Network Facilities according
                  to the rates and  charges  set  forth in  Schedule  3.1 of the
                  Network Services Agreement.

         3.2.     The parties  recognize that certain  savings might be obtained
                  by consolidating the multiple Local Access Facilities that are
                  provided at such building  locations on the Effective Date. In
                  the event that SAVVIS  consolidates  the multiple Local Access
                  Facilities  at one or  more  of such  building  locations  and
                  obtains  cost  savings as a result  thereof,  the parties will
                  mutually agree within 30 days following such  consolidation on
                  the manner in which such savings shall be shared as follows:

                            (a)     between   SAVVIS  and   Customer,   if  only
                                    Customer  uses  those   consolidated   Local
                                    Access Facilities; or

                            (b)     between  SAVVIS,  Customer and the Affiliate
                                    of [Telerate Parent]/[Bridge Parent] that is
                                    a  party  to the  Local  [Telerate]/[Bridge]
                                    Network Services Agreement, if both Customer
                                    and such  Affiliate  use those  consolidated
                                    Local Access Facilities.

         3.3.     For  any  Installation  Site  to  which  SAVVIS  is  providing
                  services    both   under   this    Agreement   and   a   Local
                  [Telerate]/[Bridge]  Network Services Agreement, the rates and
                  charges  applicable  to  such  Installation  Site  under  this
                  Agreement  shall be  one-half  of the rates and  charges  that
                  would otherwise be applicable to such  Installation Site under
                  this Agreement.

4.       PROVISION OF TAIL CIRCUITS

         4.1.     SAVVIS  shall use its  reasonable  efforts  to  provide a Tail
                  Circuit to Customer  by  contracting  with the Local  Exchange
                  Carrier  for access to the Tail  Circuit  and causing the Tail
                  Circuit to be operated,  managed,  and maintained as necessary
                  to  provide  access  thereto  to  Customer.  SAVVIS  does  not
                  guarantee  or warrant the  performance  of the Tail Circuit or
                  the   performance  by  the  Local  Exchange   Carrier  of  its
                  obligations  under any contract  between  SAVVIS and the Local
                  Exchange   Carrier,   applicable  laws  and  regulations,   or
                  standards of the industry.

         4.2.     Customer  shall not use the Tail Circuit in any way that might
                  cause SAVVIS to violate the terms and  conditions  under which
                  access to the Tail  Circuit is provided by the Local  Exchange
                  Carrier,  whether such terms and  conditions  be  contractual,
                  regulatory, or other.

         4.3.     Customer shall be responsible for only that portion of SAVVIS'
                  costs  attributable to Customer's own access to and use of the
                  Tail Circuit.  In the event that SAVVIS provides access to any
                  third  party or parties,  Customer  and SAVVIS will follow the
                  procedure set forth in Section 1.2 above in order to establish
                  a mutually  agreed upon method or formula for  determining the
                  amount to be charged  to  Customer,  generally  based on a pro
                  rata allocation of SAVVIS' total costs among all its customers
                  and other relevant  considerations  and/or fair and reasonable
                  adjustments in light of the circumstances at that time.

5.       INVOICES

         5.1.     The amounts due to SAVVIS from Customer for the  installation,
                  operation, management and maintenance of the Networks shall be
                  billed  monthly  in  advance.  All items on  invoices  not the
                  subject of a bona fide dispute shall be payable by Customer in
                  [local  currency]  within 30 days from the date of  receipt of
                  the  invoice.  All  amounts  not in  dispute  are  subject  to
                  interest  charges of 1-1/2  percent  that will accrue daily on
                  all  amounts not paid within 30 days of the date of receipt of
                  the invoice.

         5.2.     At any time and from time to time,  Customer  may,  by written
                  notice to SAVVIS,  have one or more Installation Sites removed
                  from  the  Networks.  Each  monthly  invoice  from  SAVVIS  to
                  Customer  shall  reflect a reduction in the amount  charged to
                  Customer for the Networks  resulting  from any such removal of
                  Installation  Sites.  In the  case  of any  Installation  Site
                  removed from the Acquired Network  Facilities,  such reduction
                  shall be the sum of:

                  (a)      the  actual  cost  of  the  Local  Access  Facilities
                           connecting  the Acquired  Network  Facilities to such
                           Installation  Site,  effective  as of  such  time  as
                           SAVVIS is no longer required to pay such costs, and

                  (b)      the amounts set forth on Schedule  5.2 of the Network
                           Services  Agreement,  which  are  deemed  to  be  one
                           month's charges  applicable to such Installation Site
                           under  this  Agreement  with  respect  to such  month
                           during the first  Agreement  Year,  according  to the
                           geographic  location  and  connection  speed  at such
                           Installation Site,  effective as of such time as such
                           Installation Site is disconnected from the Networks.

         5.3.     Customer shall pay any sales,  use,  federal excise,  utility,
                  gross receipts,  state and local  surcharges,  value added and
                  similar  taxes,  charges or levies  lawfully  levied by a duly
                  constituted taxing authority against or upon the Networks.  In
                  the   alternative,   Customer  shall  provide  SAVVIS  with  a
                  certificate evidencing Customer's exemption from payment of or
                  liability for such taxes. All other taxes,  charges or levies,
                  including  any ad valorem,  income,  franchise,  privilege  or
                  occupation taxes of SAVVIS shall be paid by SAVVIS.

         5.4.     Bona fide disputes  concerning  invoices  shall be referred to
                  the parties' respective  representatives who are authorized to
                  resolve such matters. Any amount to which Customer is entitled
                  as a result of the  resolution  of a billing  dispute shall be
                  credited promptly to Customer's  account.  Any amount to which
                  SAVVIS is entitled as a result of the  resolution of a billing
                  dispute shall be paid promptly to SAVVIS.

         5.5.     Against  the amounts  owed by  Customer  to SAVVIS  under this
                  Agreement, Customer shall have the right to offset any amounts
                  owed by SAVVIS to Customer under this Agreement, or otherwise,
                  including without limitation any amounts paid by Bridge Parent
                  on behalf  of  SAVVIS  under  guarantees  by Bridge  Parent of
                  obligations of SAVVIS.

6.       TERM AND EXTENSIONS

         6.1.     This Agreement  shall commence on the Effective Date and shall
                  continue in full force and effect for the Initial  Term unless
                  terminated  or  extended  in  accordance  with the  provisions
                  hereof.

         6.2.     The term of this Agreement may be extended by Customer for one
                  additional  five-year  period by giving SAVVIS  written notice
                  not less than one year before the scheduled  expiration of the
                  Initial Term.

         6.3.     Upon the  termination of this Agreement in accordance with its
                  scheduled  expiration  or by  Customer  pursuant to Section 7,
                  SAVVIS will  continue to provide  the  Networks in  accordance
                  with the terms and  conditions  herein  (excluding the Minimum
                  Annual  Commitment) for a period of up to five years after the
                  effective  date  of  termination  (the  "TRANSITION  PERIOD").
                  During the  Transition  Period,  Customer shall pay SAVVIS for
                  the  use of  the  Networks  at  the  rates  in  effect  at the
                  effective date of termination.  If Customer has not completely
                  transitioned from its use of the Networks after the Transition
                  Period,  SAVVIS  will  provide the  Networks  at SAVVIS'  then
                  current list rates.  SAVVIS and its successor  will  cooperate
                  with  Customer  until  Customer  has  completely  migrated  to
                  another provider.

         6.4.     The above  provisions of this Section 6  notwithstanding,  the
                  term of this  Agreement,  including  the Initial  Term and any
                  extension  provided  under  Section  6.2,  and the  Transition
                  Period  shall not  extend  beyond  the term or the  transition
                  period of the Network Services Agreement.

7.       TERMINATION BY CUSTOMER

         7.1.     An "EVENT OF DEFAULT BY SAVVIS" shall be deemed to occur if:

                  (a)      SAVVIS has failed to a material  degree to perform or
                           comply   with   or   has    violated   any   material
                           representation,    warranty,   term,   condition   or
                           obligation of SAVVIS under this Agreement, and SAVVIS
                           has failed to cure such failure or  violation  within
                           60 days after receiving notice thereof from Customer;
                           or

                  (b)      SAVVIS   becomes  the  subject  of  a  voluntary   or
                           involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
                           liquidation  proceeding,  makes an assignment for the
                           benefit  of  creditors,  or  admits  in  writing  its
                           inability to pay debts when due; or

                  (c)      an Event of Default by SAVVIS  occurs under the Local
                           [Telerate]/[Bridge]  Network  Services  Agreement  or
                           SAVVIS Parent defaults under the terms of the Network
                           Services Agreement.

         7.2.     Customer  shall have the right to  terminate  this  Agreement,
                  with no liability  to SAVVIS other than for charges  (less any
                  applicable  credits) for the Networks  provided  prior to such
                  termination, if:

                  (a)      Customer  provides  written notice to SAVVIS,  at any
                           time  after the ninth  anniversary  of the  Effective
                           Date,  of  Customer's   intent  to  terminate,   such
                           termination  to be  effective  not less than one year
                           following the date of such notice; or

                  (b)      Customer  provides 10 days  written   notice  of  its
                           intent  to  terminate  in  the  event  that  an Event
                           of  Default by SAVVIS occurs.

         7.3.     For  purposes  of Section  7.1(a),  if the  Quality of Service
                  Standards   are  not  met  with   respect   to  a   particular
                  Installation Site in any month, SAVVIS shall be deemed to have
                  cured such  failure  within 60 days if the  Quality of Service
                  Standards  are met with respect to such  Installation  Site in
                  the following  month.  The parties  acknowledge and agree that
                  the failure of the Quality of Service Standards to be met with
                  respect  to one or  more  Installation  Sites  in one or  more
                  months may, but does not necessarily,  constitute a failure by
                  SAVVIS to a material  degree to  perform  or comply  with or a
                  violation to a material degree of any material representation,
                  warranty,  term,  condition or obligation of SAVVIS under this
                  Agreement.

         7.4.     As provided in Section 2.2, for all purposes of this
                  Agreement,  including without  limitation the determination of
                  an Event of Default by SAVVIS under this Section,  the Quality
                  of Service Standards  applicable to a particular  Installation
                  Site in any month  shall be  deemed  to have  been met  unless
                  Bridge,  within  30 days  of its  receipt  of the  performance
                  report for such Installation Site for such month,  requests in
                  writing a credit as set forth in Section  2.2 with  respect to
                  such Installation Site for such month.

8.       TERMINATION BY SAVVIS

         8.1.     SAVVIS shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if:

                  (a)      Customer  has failed to pay any  invoice  that is not
                           the subject of a bona fide dispute  within 60 days of
                           the date on which such  payment is due and SAVVIS has
                           provided   Customer  with  written  notice   thereof,
                           provided that  Customer  shall have a further 30 days
                           from the time it receives  such notice from SAVVIS of
                           nonpayment to cure any such default;

                  (b)      SAVVIS  provides 10 days written notice of its intent
                           to terminate in the event that Customer has failed to
                           perform or comply with or has  violated  any material
                           representation,    warranty,   term,   condition   or
                           obligation  of  Customer  under this  Agreement,  and
                           Customer has failed to cure such failure or violation
                           within 60 days after  receiving  notice  thereof from
                           SAVVIS; or

                  (c)      Customer  becomes  the  subject  of  a  voluntary  or
                           involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
                           liquidation  proceeding,  makes an assignment for the
                           benefit  of  creditors,  or  admits  in  writing  its
                           inability to pay debts when due; or

                  (d)      SAVVIS  becomes   entitled  to  terminate  the  Local
                           [Telerate]/[Bridge]  Network  Services  Agreement  or
                           SAVVIS  Parent  becomes  entitled  to  terminate  the
                           Network Services Agreement.

         8.2.     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.1(b) above, SAVVIS
                  shall not have the right to  terminate  this  Agreement  under
                  Section  8.1(b) solely for a failure by Customer to perform or
                  comply with, a violation  by Customer of, the  obligations  of
                  Customer under Section 15 (Confidentiality) of this Agreement,
                  without prejudice,  however, to such rights as SAVVIS may have
                  pursuant to such  Section  and to such rights and  remedies to
                  which  SAVVIS may be  entitled,  at law or in  equity,  as the
                  result of an actual or  threatened  breach by Customer of such
                  Section.

9.       ACCEPTANCE OF ADDITIONAL NETWORK FACILITIES

         9.1.     Upon the installation of Additional  Network Facilities at any
                  Installation  Site, SAVVIS shall conduct  appropriate tests to
                  establish that such Additional  Network  Facilities perform in
                  accordance  with  mutually  agreed  upon  acceptance  criteria
                  ("ACCEPTANCE  CRITERIA") set forth in the applicable  Addendum
                  entered  into  pursuant  to Section  2.4,  and shall  promptly
                  inform  Customer of such test  results.  If test  results show
                  that the  Additional  Network  Facilities  are  performing  in
                  accordance  with the  Acceptance  Criteria,  Customer shall be
                  deemed to accept  the  Additional  Network  Facilities  at the
                  Installation Site immediately.

         9.2.     If SAVVIS' tests  establish  that newly  installed  Additional
                  Network  Facilities at the Installation Site do not perform in
                  accordance with the mutually agreed upon Acceptance  Criteria,
                  then SAVVIS shall  immediately  and diligently  exert its best
                  efforts to bring the  Additional  Network  Facilities  at such
                  Installation  Site  into  compliance.  SAVVIS  shall  not bill
                  Customer  for  the  Additional   Network  Facilities  at  such
                  Installation  Site  until  the  test  results  show  that  the
                  Additional  Network  Facilities  are  performing in accordance
                  with the Acceptance Criteria.

         9.3.     Upon repair or restoration of any part of the Networks, SAVVIS
                  shall conduct appropriate tests to establish that the Networks
                  perform in  accordance  with mutually  agreed upon  Acceptance
                  Criteria  and  shall  promptly  inform  Customer  of such test
                  results.

10.      RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF CUSTOMER

         10.1.    SITE PREPARATION.  For the installation of Additional  Network
                  Facilities,  Customer shall,  at its own expense,  provide all
                  necessary preparations of each Installation Site in accordance
                  with  the  requirements  to be  mutually  agreed  upon  by the
                  parties and set forth in an Addendum hereto,  including inside
                  wiring,  demarcation  extension  and rack  mount  accessories.
                  Customer  shall  ensure that  Customer-provided  equipment  is
                  on-site  by the  scheduled  installation  date.  If  SAVVIS is
                  required to reschedule the  installation of  Customer-provided
                  equipment   because  it  is  not  on-site  by  the   scheduled
                  installation  date,  Customer  shall pay SAVVIS to  redispatch
                  installation personnel.

         10.2.    PROPER USE OF NETWORKS.

                  10.2.1.   Customer shall use any equipment  provided by SAVVIS
                            in connection  with the Networks in accordance  with
                            its  documentation,  which  documentation  shall  be
                            provided by SAVVIS at no additional  charge.  Unless
                            otherwise  provided herein,  upon the termination of
                            this Agreement  Customer  shall  surrender to SAVVIS
                            the  equipment  provided by SAVVIS,  in good working
                            order, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

                  10.2.2.   Customer shall be liable for damages to the Networks
                            caused  by  the   negligence   or  willful  acts  or
                            omissions of Customer's officers,  employees, agents
                            or contractors,  for loss through theft or vandalism
                            of the Networks at the  Installation  Site,  and for
                            damages  to  the  Networks  caused  by  the  use  of
                            equipment or supplies not provided  hereunder or not
                            otherwise authorized by SAVVIS.

                  10.2.3.   Customer  shall neither  permit nor assist others to
                            use the Networks for any purpose other than that for
                            which  they are  intended,  nor fail to  maintain  a
                            suitable  environment  specified  by  SAVVIS  in the
                            applicable schedule,  nor alter, tamper with, adjust
                            or  repair  the  Networks.   Any  such   alteration,
                            tampering,  adjustment  or repair by Customer  shall
                            relieve  SAVVIS  from any  liability  or  obligation
                            hereunder   (including  any  warranty  or  indemnity
                            obligation)  relating to the affected  Network,  and
                            Customer   shall  be  liable   to  SAVVIS   for  any
                            documented  direct  costs  incurred  by  SAVVIS as a
                            result of such actions.

         10.3.    ABUSE OR FRAUDULENT  USE OF NETWORKS.  Customer  shall neither
                  permit  nor  assist  others to abuse or  fraudulently  use the
                  Networks,  or to use  the  Networks  for any  unauthorized  or
                  illegal purposes, including:

                  (a)      obtaining or  attempting  to obtain  service  by  any
                           fraudulent means or device to avoid payment; or

                  (b)      accessing,  altering or destroying any information of
                           another party by any fraudulent  means or device,  or
                           attempting to do so; or

                  (c)      using the Networks so as to interfere with the use of
                           the  SAVVIS  network  by other  SAVVIS  customers  or
                           authorized users or in violation of law or in support
                           of any unlawful act; or

                  (d)      using the  Networks for voice  communications  over a
                           private  network in  jurisdictions  where such use is
                           not allowed.

                  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of Section 8, upon the breach
                  of this Section 10.3 by Customer,  SAVVIS shall have the right
                  to terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to
                  Customer.

         10.4.    COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE.

                  10.4.1.   As an  inducement  to  SAVVIS  to  enter  into  this
                            Agreement, which Customer acknowledges is of benefit
                            to it,  and in  consideration  of the  promises  and
                            representations  of  SAVVIS  under  this  Agreement,
                            Customer  covenants  and agrees that during the term
                            of this  Agreement  and for a period  of five  years
                            thereafter,   neither   Customer   nor  any  of  its
                            successors or assigns will,  directly or indirectly,
                            engage in, or have any interest in any other person,
                            firm,  corporation  or other entity  engaged in, any
                            business    activities   anywhere   in   the   world
                            competitive  with  or  similar  or  related  to  the
                            packet-data  transport  network services provided by
                            SAVVIS under this Agreement; provided, however, that
                            (i)  Customer  shall be free to  continue to use the
                            Call  Assets and the  satellite  networks  currently
                            used  by   Customer,   until  such  Call  Assets  or
                            satellite  networks  have been  acquired  by SAVVIS,
                            SAVVIS Parent or Affiliates  of SAVVIS  Parent,  and
                            (ii)   Customer   shall  be  free  to  make  passive
                            investments  in securities of companies that provide
                            network  services in competition  with SAVVIS which,
                            in  the  case  of  any  such   security,   does  not
                            constitute  more than ten percent (10%) of the total
                            outstanding amount of such security.

                  10.4.2.   If any court or tribunal of  competent  jurisdiction
                            shall refuse to enforce one or more of the covenants
                            in  this   Section   10.4  because  the  time  limit
                            applicable  thereto  is deemed  unreasonable,  it is
                            expressly  understood  and agreed that such covenant
                            or  covenants  shall  not be void  but  that for the
                            purpose  of such  proceedings  such time  limitation
                            shall  be  deemed  to  be   reduced  to  the  extent
                            necessary to permit the enforcement of such covenant
                            or covenants.

                  10.4.3.   If any court or tribunal of  competent  jurisdiction
                            shall refuse to enforce any or all of the  covenants
                            in this Section 10.4 because,  taken together,  they
                            are more extensive  (whether as to geographic  area,
                            scope of business or otherwise) than is deemed to be
                            reasonable,  it is expressly  understood  and agreed
                            between  the parties  hereto  that such  covenant or
                            covenants shall not be void but that for the purpose
                            of  such  proceedings  the  restrictions   contained
                            therein  (whether as to  geographic  area,  scope of
                            business or otherwise) shall be deemed to be reduced
                            to the extent necessary to permit the enforcement of
                            such covenant or covenants.

                  10.4.4.   Customer  specifically  acknowledges and agrees that
                            the foregoing covenants are commercially  reasonable
                            and reasonably necessary to protect the interests of
                            SAVVIS hereunder.  Customer hereby acknowledges that
                            SAVVIS and its  successors  and assigns  will suffer
                            irreparable  and continuing  harm to the extent that
                            any of the foregoing  covenants is breached and that
                            legal  remedies  would be inadequate in the event of
                            any such breach.

11.      RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF SAVVIS

         11.1.    PROVISION OF THE NETWORKS.  SAVVIS shall operate, maintain and
                  manage  the  Networks  at the  Installation  Sites  using  the
                  Acquired Network  Facilities in accordance with the Quality of
                  Service Standards and other terms of this Agreement, including
                  all Addenda hereto.

         11.2.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

                  11.2.1.   [Intentionally omitted.]

                  11.2.2.   SAVVIS hereby represents and warrants that the terms
                            hereof do not  conflict  in any  respect  whatsoever
                            with any  SAVVIS  tariff  on file  with the  Federal
                            Communications  Commission or other regulatory body.
                            If, during the term of this Agreement,  SAVVIS shall
                            file  a  contract   specific  tariff  governing  the
                            Networks or any portion thereof,  such tariff filing
                            shall be  consistent  in all respects with the terms
                            of this Agreement, and SAVVIS shall give Customer 10
                            days advance  written notice of making such a tariff
                            filing  and of filing any  subsequent  modifications
                            thereto.

                  11.2.3.   THE  FOREGOING  WARRANTIES  ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
                            WARRANTIES,   EXPRESS  OR  IMPLIED,   INCLUDING  THE
                            IMPLIED  WARRANTIES OF  MERCHANTABILITY  AND FITNESS
                            FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

         11.3.    SAVVIS acknowledges that the occurrence of Event of Default by
                  SAVVIS,  arising  from either (i) a failure of the Networks to
                  meet  Quality  of  Service  Standards  or (ii) a total loss to
                  Bridge of the use of the  Networks,  could  cause  irreparable
                  harm to  Customer,  the  amount of which may be  difficult  to
                  determine,  thus  potentially  making  any remedy at law or in
                  damages inadequate.  SAVVIS,  therefore,  agrees that Customer
                  shall  have  the  right to  apply  to any  court of  competent
                  jurisdiction  for injunctive  relief upon the occurrence of an
                  Event of  Default  by  SAVVIS  or the  occurrence  of an event
                  which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, could
                  become  an  Event  of  Default  by  SAVVIS  and for any  other
                  appropriate  relief.  This right  shall be in  addition to any
                  other remedy  available  to Customer in law or equity.  SAVVIS
                  further  agrees  that,  upon  the  occurrence  of an  Event of
                  Default by SAVVIS, SAVVIS shall pay to Customer, as liquidated
                  damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the lesser of
                  (a) the  aggregate  amounts  paid by Customer to SAVVIS  under
                  this Agreement  during the six months  preceding such Event of
                  Default by SAVVIS or (b) $50,000,000;  provided, however, that
                  Customer  may recover  liquidated  damages  under this Section
                  only for an Event of Default by SAVVIS  that  occurs (i) prior
                  to any Event of  Default  by SAVVIS  for  which  Customer  has
                  claimed  liquidated  damages under this Section,  or (ii) more
                  than 36 months  following  the most recent Event of Default by
                  SAVVIS for which Customer has claimed liquidated damages under
                  this Section.

12.      LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

         12.1.    Neither  party  shall be liable  to the  other  for  indirect,
                  incidental,  consequential,  exemplary,  reliance  or  special
                  damages, including damages for lost profits, regardless of the
                  form of  action  whether  in  contract,  indemnity,  warranty,
                  strict  liability or tort,  including  negligence  of any kind
                  with  respect  to the  Networks  or other  conduct  under this
                  Agreement.

         12.2.    Nothing contained in this Section shall limit either party's
                  liability  to  the  other  for  (a)  willful  or   intentional
                  misconduct, including fraud, or (b) injury or death, or damage
                  to  tangible  real  or  tangible   personal  property  or  the
                  environment,  when proximately caused by SAVVIS' or Customer's
                  negligence or that of their respective agents,  subcontractors
                  or  employees.  Nothing  contained in this Section shall limit
                  SAVVIS'  intellectual  property  indemnification   obligations
                  under Section 16.1 or Customer's  indemnification  obligations
                  with respect to a breach of Section 10.3.

13.      EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE NOT PROVIDED BY SAVVIS

         13.1.    SAVVIS  shall  not  be  responsible   for  the   installation,
                  operation or maintenance of equipment or software not provided
                  by it under this  Agreement,  nor shall SAVVIS be  responsible
                  for the  transmission or reception of information by equipment
                  or software  not  provided by SAVVIS  hereunder.  In the event
                  that  Customer  uses  equipment  or software  not  provided by
                  SAVVIS  hereunder in a manner that impairs  Customer's  use of
                  the Networks,  Customer  shall not be excused from payment for
                  such use and SAVVIS shall not be  responsible  for any failure
                  of the  Networks  to meet the  Quality  of  Service  Standards
                  resulting  from  the  use of such  equipment  or  software  by
                  Customer.  Upon  notice  from  SAVVIS  that the  equipment  or
                  software  not  provided  by SAVVIS  under  this  Agreement  is
                  causing or is likely to cause hazard,  interference or service
                  obstruction,  Customer shall  eliminate the likelihood of such
                  hazard, interference or service obstruction.

         13.2.    Notwithstanding the foregoing,  SAVVIS shall, at no additional
                  charge, provide all interface  specifications for the Networks
                  reasonably  requested  by  Customer.  SAVVIS  shall,  upon the
                  receipt of appropriate  specifications  from Customer,  inform
                  Customer  of  the  compatibility  with  the  Networks  of  any
                  equipment  or  software  that  Customer  proposes  to  use  in
                  connection therewith,  the effects, if any, of the use of such
                  equipment    or   software   on   the    quality,    operating
                  characteristics  and  efficiency  of  the  Networks,  and  the
                  effects,   if  any,   of  the   Networks   on  the   operating
                  characteristics  and  efficiency  of  any  such  equipment  or
                  software.

14.      PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; LICENSE

         14.1.    SAVVIS   hereby  grants  to  Customer  a   non-exclusive   and
                  non-transferable  license to use all  programming and software
                  necessary  for Customer to use the  Networks.  Such license is
                  granted for the term of this Agreement for the sole purpose of
                  enabling Customer to use the Networks.

         14.2.    All title and property rights (including intellectual property
                  rights) to the Networks (including associated  programming and
                  software) are and shall remain with SAVVIS or the  third-party
                  providers  thereof to SAVVIS.  Customer  shall not  attempt to
                  examine,    copy,   alter,   reverse   engineer,    decompile,
                  disassemble,  tamper with or  otherwise  misuse the  Networks,
                  programming and software.

15.      CONFIDENTIALITY

         15.1.    During  the term of this  Agreement  and for a period  of five
                  years  from  the  date  of  its   expiration  or   termination
                  (including  all  extensions  thereof),  each  party  agrees to
                  maintain in strict  confidence all  Confidential  Information.
                  Neither  party shall,  without  prior  written  consent of the
                  other party,  use the other party's  Confidential  Information
                  for any purpose other than for the  performance  of its duties
                  and  obligations,  and the exercise of its rights,  under this
                  Agreement.   Each  party  shall  use,   and  shall  cause  all
                  authorized   recipients  of  the  other  party's  Confidential
                  Information  to use,  the same  degree of care to protect  the
                  other party's  Confidential  Information as it uses to protect
                  its own  Confidential  Information,  but in any event not less
                  than a reasonable degree of care.

         15.2.    Notwithstanding  Section  15.1,  either party may disclose the
                  Confidential  Information  of the  other  party  to:  (a)  its
                  employees  and the  employees,  directors  and officers of its
                  Affiliates  as  necessary  to implement  this  Agreement;  (b)
                  employees,  agents or  representatives  of the other party; or
                  (c) other persons (including counsel, consultants,  lessors or
                  managers of  facilities  or  equipment  used by such party) in
                  need of access to such  information for purposes  specifically
                  related  to  either   party's   responsibilities   under  this
                  Agreement,   provided  that  any  disclosure  of  Confidential
                  Information  under  clause  (c) shall be made only upon  prior
                  written  approval  of  the  other  party  and  subject  to the
                  appropriate  assurances that the recipient of such information
                  shall hold it in strict confidence.

         15.3.    Upon the  request of the party  having  proprietary  rights to
                  Confidential  Information,  the  party in  possession  of such
                  information  shall  promptly  return it (including any copies,
                  extracts and  summaries  thereof,  in whatever form and medium
                  recorded) to the  requesting  party or, with the other party's
                  written  consent,  shall  promptly  destroy it and provide the
                  other party with written certification of such destruction.

         15.4.    Either party may request in writing that the other party waive
                  all or any portion of the requesting party's  responsibilities
                  relative to the other party's Confidential  Information.  Such
                  waiver request shall identify the affected information and the
                  nature of the proposed  waiver.  The  recipient of the request
                  shall respond within a reasonable  time and, if it determines,
                  in its sole discretion, to grant the requested waiver, it will
                  do so in writing over the signature of an employee  authorized
                  to grant such request.

         15.5.    Customer  and  SAVVIS   acknowledge  that  any  disclosure  or
                  misappropriation  of Confidential  Information in violation of
                  this  Agreement  could cause  irreparable  harm, the amount of
                  which may be difficult to determine,  thus potentially  making
                  any  remedy  at  law or in  damages  inadequate.  Each  party,
                  therefore, agrees that the other party shall have the right to
                  apply to any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for an order
                  restraining  any breach or  threatened  breach of this Section
                  and for any other appropriate  relief.  This right shall be in
                  addition to any other remedy available in law or equity.

         15.6.    A party requested or ordered by a court or other  governmental
                  authority  of  competent   jurisdiction  to  disclose  another
                  party's Confidential  Information shall notify the other party
                  in  advance  of any such  disclosure  and,  absent  the  other
                  party's  consent to such  disclosure,  use its best efforts to
                  resist,  and to assist  the  other  party in  resisting,  such
                  disclosure.  A party providing  another  party's  Confidential
                  Information to a court or other  governmental  authority shall
                  use  its  best  efforts  to  obtain  a  protective   order  or
                  comparable  assurance  that the  Confidential  Information  so
                  provided will be held in confidence and not further  disclosed
                  to any other person, absent the owner's prior consent.

         15.7.    The  provisions  of  Section  15.1  above  shall  not apply to
                  reasonably  necessary  disclosures  in or in  connection  with
                  filings  under any  securities  laws,  regulatory  filings  or
                  proceedings,  financial  disclosures  which in the good  faith
                  judgment  of  the  disclosing   party  are  required  by  law,
                  disclosures   required  by  court  or  tribunal  or  competent
                  jurisdiction,  or disclosures that may be reasonably necessary
                  in connection  with the sale of securities or the  performance
                  or  enforcement  of this  Agreement or any of the  obligations
                  hereof;  provided,  however, that if the receiving party would
                  otherwise  be required  to refer to or describe  any aspect of
                  this  Agreement  in any of the  preceding  circumstances,  the
                  receiving party shall use its reasonable  efforts to take such
                  steps as are available  under such  circumstances  (such as by
                  providing a summary or  synopsis) to avoid  disclosure  of the
                  financial    terms   and   conditions   of   this   Agreement.
                  Notwithstanding  any  provisions  of  this  Agreement  to  the
                  contrary,  either party may disclose the terms and  conditions
                  of this  Agreement  in the  course of a due  diligence  review
                  performed in connection  with  prospective  debt  financing or
                  equity  investment by, or a sale to, a third party, so long as
                  the persons  conducting such due diligence  review have agreed
                  to maintain the  confidentiality of such disclosure and not to
                  use such  disclosure  for any purpose other such due diligence
                  review.

16.      INDEMNIFICATIONS

         16.1.    SAVVIS shall defend,  settle,  or otherwise  manage at its own
                  cost and expense any claim or action  against  Customer or any
                  of its directors, officers, employees or assigns for actual or
                  alleged infringement by the Networks of any patent, copyright,
                  trademark,  trade secret or similar  proprietary  right of any
                  third party,  except to the extent that such actual or alleged
                  infringement   arises   from  (i)  such   actual  or   alleged
                  infringement  by  the  Acquired  Network   Facilities  on  the
                  Effective  Date or (ii) an act or  omission  of  Customer or a
                  vendor or customer of Customer or (iii)  equipment or software
                  used by Customer  and not provided by SAVVIS.  Customer  shall
                  notify  SAVVIS  promptly  in writing of any such claim or suit
                  and  shall  cooperate  with  SAVVIS  in a  reasonable  way  to
                  facilitate the settlement or defense  thereof.  SAVVIS further
                  agrees  to  indemnify  and  hold  Customer  harmless  from and
                  against any and all liabilities and damages (whether  incurred
                  as the result of a judicial  decree or a settlement),  and the
                  costs and expenses  associated with any claim or action of the
                  type   identified  in  this  Section   (including   reasonable
                  attorneys' fees).

         16.2.    If,  as a  consequence  of a  claim  or  action  of  the  kind
                  described in Section 16.1, SAVVIS' or Customer's use of all or
                  part of any Network is enjoined,  SAVVIS shall,  at its option
                  and  expense,  either:  (a) procure for  Customer the right to
                  continue using the affected  Network;  (b) modify such Network
                  so  that   they  are   non-infringing,   provided   that  such
                  modification  does not affect the  intended use of the Network
                  as contemplated  hereunder. If SAVVIS does not take any of the
                  actions  described  in clauses (a) or (b),  then  Customer may
                  terminate  the affected  portion of such  Network,  and SAVVIS
                  shall refund to Customer any prepaid charges therefor.

         16.3.    Subject to Section 12,  Customer  will defend,  indemnify  and
                  hold  harmless  SAVVIS  or  any of  its  directors,  officers,
                  employees  or assigns  from and against  all loss,  liability,
                  damage and  expense,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,
                  caused by:

                  (a)      claims for  libel,  slander,  invasion  of privacy or
                           infringement   of  copyright,   and  invasion  and/or
                           alteration  of private  records or data  arising from
                           any  information,  data or messages  transmitted over
                           the Networks by Customer;

                  (b)      claims for  infringement  of patents arising from the
                           use by Customer of equipment and software,  apparatus
                           and systems not provided hereunder in connection with
                           the Networks; and

                   (c)     the violation of any representations,  warranties and
                           covenants made by Customer in this Agreement.

         16.4.    Subject to Section 12, SAVVIS will defend,  indemnify and hold
                  harmless Customer or any of its directors, officers, employees
                  or assigns  from and against all loss,  liability,  damage and
                  expense, including reasonable attorneys' fees, caused by:

                  (a)      claims for  infringement  of patents arising from the
                           use by SAVVIS of equipment  and  software,  apparatus
                           and  systems  not  provided  by SAVVIS  hereunder  in
                           connection with the Networks (other than any Acquired
                           Network Facilities); and

                  (b)       the violation of any representations, warranties and
                            covenants made by SAVVIS in this Agreement.

17.      DISPUTES

         17.1.    Except  as   expressly   provided  in  Schedule  4.1  of  this
                  Agreement, the resolution of any and all disputes arising from
                  or  in  connection  with  this  Agreement,  whether  based  on
                  contract, tort, statute or otherwise,  including disputes over
                  arbitrability  and disputes in connection with claims by third
                  persons  ("DISPUTES")  shall be  exclusively  governed  by and
                  settled in accordance  with the provisions of this Section 17.
                  The  foregoing   shall  not  preclude   recourse  to  judicial
                  proceedings to obtain injunctive, emergency or other equitable
                  relief to enforce the provisions of this Agreement,  including
                  specific  performance,  and  to  decide  such  issues  as  are
                  required to be resolved in  determining  whether to grant such
                  relief. Resolution of Disputes with respect to claims by third
                  persons shall be deferred until any judicial  proceedings with
                  respect thereto are concluded.

         17.2.    The parties  hereby  agree to submit all  Disputes to rules of
                  arbitration of the American  Arbitration  Association  and the
                  Missouri  Uniform  Arbitration  Act (the  "RULES")  under  the
                  following  provisions,  which shall be final and binding  upon
                  the  parties,  their  successors  and  assigns,  and  that the
                  following  provisions  constitute a binding arbitration clause
                  under applicable law. Either party may serve process or notice
                  on the other in any  arbitration  or  litigation in accordance
                  with the notice  provisions  hereof.  The parties agree not to
                  disclose any information  regarding any Dispute or the conduct
                  of any arbitration hereunder,  including the existence of such
                  Dispute or such  arbitration,  to any  person or entity  other
                  than such employees or representatives of such party as have a
                  need to know.

         17.3.    Either party may commence proceedings hereunder by delivery of
                  written  notice  providing  a  reasonable  description  of the
                  Dispute to the other,  including a reference to this provision
                  (the "DISPUTE NOTICE").  Either party may initiate arbitration
                  of  a  Dispute  by   delivery  of  a  demand   therefor   (the
                  "ARBITRATION  DEMAND")  to the other  party not sooner than 60
                  calendar days after the date of delivery of the Dispute Notice
                  but at any time thereafter. The arbitration shall be conducted
                  in St. Louis, Missouri.

         17.4.    The arbitration  shall be conducted by three  arbitrators (the
                  "ARBITRATORS"), one of whom shall be selected by Customer, one
                  by  SAVVIS,  and the third by  agreement  of the other two not
                  later than 10 days  after  appointment  of the first two,  or,
                  failing such agreement, appointed pursuant to the Rules. If an
                  Arbitrator  becomes  unable to  serve,  a  successor  shall be
                  selected  or  appointed  in  the  same  manner  in  which  the
                  predecessor Arbitrator was appointed.

         17.5.    The arbitration shall be conducted pursuant to such procedures
                  as the parties may agree or, in the absence of or failing such
                  agreement,   pursuant  to  the  Rules.   Notwithstanding   the
                  foregoing,  each party  shall  have the right to  inspect  the
                  books and  records  of the  other  party  that are  reasonably
                  related to the  Dispute,  and each party shall  provide to the
                  other,  reasonably  in advance of any  hearing,  copies of all
                  documents  which such party intends to present in such hearing
                  and the names and addresses of all witnesses  whose  testimony
                  such party intends to present in such hearing.

         17.6.    All hearings shall be conducted on an expedited schedule,  and
                  all proceedings shall be confidential. Either party may at its
                  expense make a stenographic record thereof.

         17.7.    The Arbitrators  shall complete all hearings not later than 90
                  calendar days after the Arbitrators' selection or appointment,
                  and shall make a final award not later than 30  calendar  days
                  thereafter.  The  Arbitrators  shall  apportion  all costs and
                  expenses of the Arbitration,  including the Arbitrators'  fees
                  and  expenses  of experts  ("ARBITRATION  COSTS")  between the
                  prevailing and non-prevailing  parties as the Arbitrators deem
                  fair and reasonable. In circumstances where a Dispute has been
                  asserted or defended  against on grounds that the  Arbitrators
                  deem manifestly  unreasonable,  the Arbitrators may assess all
                  Arbitration  Costs  against the  non-prevailing  party and may
                  include in the award the prevailing  party's  attorneys'  fees
                  and expenses in connection with any and all proceedings  under
                  this Section 17.

         17.8.    Either party may assert appropriate  statutes of limitation as
                  a defense in  arbitration;  provided,  that upon delivery of a
                  Dispute  Notice  any  such  statute  shall be  tolled  pending
                  resolution hereunder.

         17.9.    Pending the resolution of any dispute or controversy arising
                  under this  Agreement,  the parties shall  continue to perform
                  their respective obligations  hereunder,  and SAVVIS shall not
                  discontinue,  disconnect  or in any  other  fashion  cease  to
                  provide  all or any  substantial  portion of the  Networks  to
                  Customer unless otherwise  directed by Customer.  This Section
                  shall not apply where (a)  Customer  is in default  under this
                  Agreement  or (b)  the  dispute  or  controversy  between  the
                  parties  relates to harm to the Networks  allegedly  caused by
                  Customer and Customer  does not  immediately  cease and desist
                  from the activity giving rise to the dispute or controversy.

18.      FORCE MAJEURE

         18.1.    In no event shall  either party be liable to the other for any
                  failure  to  perform  hereunder  that  is due to  war,  riots,
                  embargoes, strikes or other concerted acts of workers (whether
                  of a party  hereto or of  others),  casualties,  accidents  or
                  other   causes  to  the  extent  that  such  failure  and  the
                  consequences  thereof  are  reasonably  beyond the control and
                  without the fault or negligence of the party claiming  excuse.
                  Each party shall, with the cooperation of the other party, use
                  reasonable  efforts to  mitigate  the extent of any failure to
                  perform and the adverse consequences thereof.

         18.2.    If SAVVIS cannot promptly provide a suitable  temporary SAVVIS
                  alternative  to  all  or  part  of a  Network  subject  to  an
                  interruption  in  connection  with  the  existence  of a force
                  majeure condition,  Customer may, at its option and at its own
                  cost, contract with one or more third parties for the affected
                  portion of the Network for the shortest commercially available
                  period likely to cover the reasonably expected duration of the
                  interruption,  and  may  suspend  SAVVIS'  provision  of  such
                  affected  portion  for such  period.  SAVVIS  shall not charge
                  Customer for the affected  portion thus  suspended  during the
                  period of  suspension.  SAVVIS shall  resume  provision of the
                  suspended  portion  of  the  Network  upon  the  later  of the
                  termination  or  expiration  of  Customer's   legally  binding
                  commitments under contracts with third parties for alternative
                  services  or the  cessation  or remedy  of the  force  majeure
                  condition.

         18.3.    In the event that a force majeure condition shall continue for
                  more than 60 days, Customer may cancel the affected portion of
                  the Network with no further liability to SAVVIS other than for
                  obligations  incurred  with respect to such  affected  portion
                  prior to the occurrence of the force majeure condition.

         18.4.    The consequences  arising from existence and continuation of a
                  force majeure  condition,  including  without  limitation  any
                  interruption  of the  Networks and the exercise by Customer of
                  its  rights  under  this  Section  18,  shall be deemed not to
                  constitute   a  breach   by   either   party   hereto  of  any
                  representations,  warranties or covenants  hereunder and shall
                  not be grounds  for the  exercise of any  remedies  under this
                  Agreement, including without limitation remedies under Section
                  2.2 or Section 7, other than those  specified  in this Section
                  18.

19.      GENERAL PROVISIONS

         19.1.    NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement shall not confer
                  any rights or  remedies  upon any person or entity  other than
                  the  parties and their  respective  successors  and  permitted
                  assigns.

         19.2.    ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement (including the documents
                  referred to herein)  constitutes the entire agreement  between
                  the  parties   and   supersedes   any  prior   understandings,
                  agreements,  or  representations  by or between  the  parties,
                  written or oral,  to the extent they related in any way to the
                  subject matter hereof.

         19.3.    SUCCESSION AND  ASSIGNMENT.  This  Agreement  shall be binding
                  upon and inure to the benefit of the parties  named herein and
                  their respective  successors and permitted  assigns.  No party
                  may  assign  either  this  Agreement  or any  of  its  rights,
                  interests,  or obligations hereunder without the prior written
                  approval  of the  other  party,  which  consent  shall  not be
                  unreasonably withheld.

         19.4.    COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
                  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an  original  but
                  all of  which  together  will  constitute  one  and  the  same
                  instrument.

         19.5.    HEADINGS. The Section headings contained in this Agreement are
                  inserted for convenience  only and shall not affect in any way
                  the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

         19.6.    NOTICES.  All notices,  requests,  demands,  claims, and other
                  communications  hereunder  will  be in  writing.  Any  notice,
                  request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder shall
                  be deemed duly given if (and then two business  days after) it
                  is  sent by  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt
                  requested,  postage  prepaid,  and  addressed  to the intended
                  recipient as set forth below:

                  If to Customer:           [Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
                                            Three World Financial Center
                                            New York, New York 10285
                                            (212) 372-7195 (fax)
                                            Attention:  Zachary Snow,
                                                        Executive Vice President
                                                        and General Counsel]
                                                        [Use same address for
                                                         Telerate entities?]

                  If to SAVVIS:             SAVVIS Communications Corporation
                                            717 Office Parkway
                                            St. Louis, Missouri 63141
                                            (314) 468-7550 (fax)
                                            Attention:  Steven M. Gallant,
                                                        Vice President and
                                                        General Counsel


                  Any party may send any  notice,  request,  demand,  claim,  or
                  other communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the
                  address  set forth  above  using any  other  means  (including
                  personal  delivery,   expedited  courier,  messenger  service,
                  telecopy,  telex,  ordinary mail, or electronic  mail), but no
                  such notice,  request,  demand,  claim, or other communication
                  shall be deemed to have been duly  given  unless  and until it
                  actually is received by the intended recipient.  Any party may
                  change  the  address  to  which  notices,  requests,  demands,
                  claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered
                  by giving  the other  party  notice in the  manner  herein set
                  forth.

         19.7.    GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and
                  construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of
                  Missouri  in the  United  States of  America,  without  giving
                  effect to any  choice or  conflict  of law  provision  or rule
                  (whether of the State of  Missouri or any other  jurisdiction)
                  that  would  cause  the   application   of  the  laws  of  any
                  jurisdiction other than the State of Missouri.

         19.8.    AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  No amendment of any provision of this
                  Agreement  shall be valid  unless the same shall be in writing
                  and signed by SAVVIS and  Customer.  No waiver by any party of
                  any  default,  misrepresentation,  or  breach of  warranty  or
                  covenant  hereunder,  whether  intentional  or not,  shall  be
                  deemed  to  extend  to  any  prior  or   subsequent   default,
                  misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder
                  or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior
                  or subsequent such occurrence.

         19.9.    SEVERABILITY.  Any term or provision of this Agreement that is
                  invalid or  unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction
                  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  the
                  remaining  terms  and  provisions  hereof or the  validity  or
                  enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other
                  situation or in any other jurisdiction.

         19.10.   EXPENSES. Each party will bear its own costs and expenses
                  (including  legal fees and  expenses)  incurred in  connection
                  with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

         19.11.   CONSTRUCTION.  Any reference to any federal,  state, local, or
                  foreign  statute  or law shall be deemed  also to refer to all
                  rules  and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  unless  the
                  context requires  otherwise.  The word "including"  shall mean
                  including without limitation.

         19.12.   ADDENDA AND SCHEDULES. The Addenda and Schedules identified in
                  this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a
                  part hereof.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this  Network
Services Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

                                                     [local SAVVIS entity]

                                                     By_________________________
                                                     Name:______________________
                                                     Title:_____________________

                         [local Bridge/Telerate entity].

                                                     By_________________________
                                                     Name:______________________
                                                     Title:_____________________


<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE 2.2
                          QUALITY OF SERVICE STANDARDS

1.       FOR THE COLLECTION NETWORK AND DISTRIBUTION NETWORK:

         (a)      Between any two Installation  Sites on the Collection  Network
                  and the  Distribution  Network  that  are  connected  by fully
                  redundant   circuits   provided  with  the  Acquired   Network
                  Facilities  there  shall be not less  than  99.99%  end-to-end
                  availability   during  each  one-month   period  between  such
                  Installation   Sites   during   the   Market   Hours  at  such
                  Installation Sites.

         (b)      There  shall   be  delivered   not less  than  99.99%  of  all
                  data  packets  offered to such  Network  during each one-month
                  period.

         (c)      The  average  round-trip  latency  period  for the  Collection
                  Network  and  the  Distribution  Network  using  the  Acquired
                  Network  Facilities  during each  one-month  period  shall not
                  exceed:

                  (i)   150 milliseconds within each of the following geographic
                        regions: (i) the United States, (ii) the Americas, (iii)
                        Europe, and (iv) Asia; and

                  (ii)  250  millisecond  between  any  two of  such  geographic
                        regions.

2.       FOR THE OA NETWORK:

         (a)      Between any two Installation  Sites on the OA Network that are
                  connected  by  circuits  provided  with the  Acquired  Network
                  Facilities  there  shall be not less  than  99.90%  end-to-end
                  availability   during  each  one-month   period  between  such
                  Installation   Sites   during   the   Market   Hours  at  such
                  Installation Sites.

         (b)      There   shall  be  delivered   not  less than  99.90%  of  all
                  data packets offered to the OA Network  during each  one-month
                  period.

         (c)      The average round-trip latency period for the OA Network using
                  the Acquired  Network  Facilities  for each  one-month  period
                  shall not exceed:

                  (i)   150 milliseconds within each of the following geographic
                        regions: (i) the United States, (ii) the Americas, (iii)
                        Europe, and (iv) Asia; and

                  (ii)  250  millisecond  between  any  two of  such  geographic
                        regions.

3.       Credit Amounts

         Amounts to be credited if the Quality of Service  Standards are not met
         with respect to a particular Installation Site in any month shall be as
         follows during the first  Agreement  Year,  according to the connection
         speed at such Installation Site:
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

            CONNECTION SPEED       MONTHLY CREDIT       MONTHLY CREDIT        MONTHLY CREDIT
                                      [EUROPE]              [ASIA]              [AMERICAS]
<S>         <C>                    <C>                  <C>                   <C>

                   T1                      *                  *                   *

                256 KBS                    *                  *                   *

                128 KBS                    *                  *                   *

                 64 KBS                    *                  *                   *

                  ISDN                     *                  *                   *

                   E1                      *                  *                   *
</TABLE>


CONFIDENTIAL  MATERIALS  HAVE BEEN  OMMITTED  FROM THIS  SCHEDULE  PURSUANT TO A
REQUEST  FOR  CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  AND HAVE BEEN FILED  SEPARATELY  WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. ASTERISKS DENOTE OMISSIONS.





                                                                   EXHIBIT 16.1



December 27, 1999

Securities and Exchange Commission
Mail Stop 9-5
450 5th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

Gentlemen:

We   have   read   the  disclosure  under  the  caption  "Change  in  Certifying
Accountants"  included  in  the  SAVVIS  Communications Corporation Registration
Statement  on  Form S-1 (No. 333-90881) and are in agreement with the statements
contained in the paragraphs therein.




/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
St. Louis, Missouri



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1


                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


We  consent  to  the  use  in this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No.
333-90881   of  SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation,  formerly  SAVVIS  Holdings
Corporation,  of  our report dated August 12, 1999, appearing in the Prospectus,
which  is  part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under
the headings "Selected Financial Data" and "Experts" in such Prospectus.






/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
     St. Louis, Missouri
     December 29, 1999



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2


               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


We  consent  to  the  reference  to  our  firm  under the captions "Experts" and
"Selected  Consolidated Financial Data" and to the use of our report dated April
23,  1998,  with  respect  to  the financial statements of SAVVIS Communications
Corporation,  a  Missouri  Corporation  and  a wholly owned subsidiary of SAVVIS
Communications  Corporation,  a  Delaware  Corporation, formerly known as Savvis
Holdings  Corporation included in the Registration Statement (Amendment No. 3 to
Form  S-1  No.  333-90881)  and  related  Prospectus  of  SAVVIS  Communications
Corporation for the registration of 12,765,957 shares of its common stock.






/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
     St. Louis, Missouri
     December 27, 1999


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> 5

<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   9-MOS                  YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1999             DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1999             JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1999             DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                             1983                   2521
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                     2461                    2798
<ALLOWANCES>                                     (355)                   (149)
<INVENTORY>                                          0                       0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                  4578                    5311
<PP&E>                                            7555                    6943
<DEPRECIATION>                                   (1560)                 (2190)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   41422                   11454
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            27825                    7025
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                   37937
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                           720                       2
<OTHER-SE>                                        8452                 (35159)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     41422                   11454
<SALES>                                          17632                   13674
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 17632                   13674
<CGS>                                            19524                   20889
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    19524                   20889
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 26433                   14453
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 917                      75
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (29242)                 (21743)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0                       0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (29242)                 (21743)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (29242)                 (21743)
<EPS-BASIC>                                   (0.31)                 (16.28)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.31)                 (16.28)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission